Skip to content
Opens in a new window Opens an external site Opens an external site in a new window
Ecology & Society
  • Current Issue
  • About the Journal
    • Our Editors
    • Policies
    • Submissions
    • Contact
  • Open Access Policy
  • Submit an Article
  • Sign In
Icons/Search
Icons/Close
Icons/Search
Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 17 Insight

Reconciliatory water governance: reflections on the Collaborative Leadership Initiative as a means of transforming water governance in Canada

Phare, M. S., B. J. Kapron, E. R. Hoppe, C. Sklar, M. Miltenberger, J. Bear, L. Bill, O. M. Brandes, P. Wilson, R. Farthing-Nichol, and D. Helmesi. 2025. Reconciliatory water governance: reflections on the Collaborative Leadership Initiative as a means of transforming water governance in Canada. Ecology and Society 30(4):17. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16591-300417
Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
Share
  • Twitter logo
  • LinkedIn logo
  • Facebook logo
  • Email Icon
  • Link Icon
  • Merrell-Ann S. Phare, Merrell-Ann S. Phare
    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources; Phare Law
  • Benjamin J. KapronORCID, Benjamin J. Kapron
  • Emily R. HoppeORCIDcontact author, Emily R. Hoppe
    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources
  • Colleen Sklar, Colleen Sklar
    Creative Resolutions
  • Michael Miltenberger, Michael Miltenberger
    North Raven
  • Jim Bear, Jim Bear
    The Sergeant Tommy Prince MM SS Memorial Corporation
  • Laren Bill, Laren Bill
    Implementation Monitoring Committee for Manitoba Framework Agreement Treaty Land Entitlement
  • Oliver M. Brandes, Oliver M. Brandes
    Centre for Global Studies; POLIS Project on Ecological Governance; University of Victoria.
  • Peigi Wilson, Peigi Wilson
    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources
  • Richard Farthing-Nichol, Richard Farthing-Nichol
    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources
  • Dariel HelmesiORCIDDariel Helmesi
    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources

The following is the established format for referencing this article:

Phare, M. S., B. J. Kapron, E. R. Hoppe, C. Sklar, M. Miltenberger, J. Bear, L. Bill, O. M. Brandes, P. Wilson, R. Farthing-Nichol, and D. Helmesi. 2025. Reconciliatory water governance: reflections on the Collaborative Leadership Initiative as a means of transforming water governance in Canada. Ecology and Society 30(4):17.

https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16591-300417

  • Introduction
  • Literature Review
  • Methods
  • The Collaborative Leadership Initiative
  • The Transformative Potential of the Collaborative Leadership Initiative
  • Refining and Expanding the Collaborative Leadership Initiative
  • Conclusion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • Canada; collaborative governance; First Nations; Indigenous Nations; indigenous peoples; municipalities; reconciliation; treaties; water governance
    Reconciliatory water governance: reflections on the Collaborative Leadership Initiative as a means of transforming water governance in Canada
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16591.pdf
    Insight, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    Water scarcity and poor water health are increasingly understood as primarily a challenge of governance. Water governance in Canada is notably complicated and fractured, and collaborative water governance is impeded by the colonial relationship between Crown governments (federal and provincial governments) and Indigenous Nations. The Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources (CIER) has, therefore, developed the Collaborative Leadership Initiative (CLI) as a framework for collaborative water governance between Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments. In this study, CIER personnel and the CLI team reflect on their efforts to implement this framework, primarily focusing on the inaugural CLI process in Manitoba. The CLI brings together elected Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders—principally from First Nations and municipalities—who historically have had little impetus or precedent for working together, and yet who often make decisions that impact shared or interconnected waterbodies. Emphasizing building personal relationships as a means of achieving good working relationships, the CLI process is facilitated by CIER but led by the participating leaders. By creating governance tables where Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments collaboratively and consensually use their power and decision-making responsibilities, the CLI has potential to transform water governance in Canada, contributing to Canada’s national project of Truth and Reconciliation, fostering treaty relationships that adhere to the spirit and intent with which Indigenous Nations entered into treaties, and possibly even creating ethical space where dialogue can occur across differing legal and political orders. The extent to which the CLI is able to realize this potential remains to be seen. The CLI team continues to refine the process, responding to challenges and limitations that arise, while also expanding the CLI to different sites to learn how it may be adaptable to different situations and settings.

    INTRODUCTION

    Organizations including the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), UNESCO, and the World Bank all maintain that poor water governance is a significant factor in water scarcity and poor water health (Caretta et al. 2022, UNESCO 2023, World Bank Group n.d.). Issues with water governance arise because water flows without regard for human boundaries or borders, and how water is treated in one jurisdiction can impact water in other jurisdictions. There is, therefore, a need for governments to coordinate how they use and manage water to ensure the sustainable management of water resources for all. Refusing or failing to coordinate on projects and decisions that use or impact water can greatly reduce the efficacy and even undermine efforts to manage water sustainably and to ensure its ecological integrity.

    The need to coordinate decision-making regarding water is not only a concern between countries, but within them as well. In Canada, federal, provincial, territorial, municipal, Inuit, and First Nations governments all have jurisdiction and responsibility for different matters concerning water (Bakker and Cook 2011, Renzetti and Dupont 2017). First Nations and municipalities, while being very different in their jurisdictions, often have a core of similar responsibilities when it comes to managing water supply, sewage, and waste (Municipal Act 1996:91, Canada. Report 3-Access to Safe Drinking Water in First Nations Communities-Indigenous Services Canada 2021). Both make decisions that can significantly impact water quality and quantity, immediately and directly. However, several factors can hinder collaboration between First Nations and municipalities on matters concerning water.

    In response to these challenges, the Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources (CIER) developed the Collaborative Leadership Initiative (CLI): a facilitated process that provides resources and expertise to Indigenous and non-Indigenous elected leaders as they learn to work together in new ways to address shared water challenges. In this study, CIER personnel and the CLI team reflect on their efforts to implement the CLI, primarily focusing on the inaugural CLI process in Manitoba. The authors address the potential that the CLI has to transform water governance in Canada, and how the CLI might continue to be refined, adapted, and implemented in different parts of the country, and even beyond Canada’s borders.

    Research context

    Water governance in Canada is impeded by the colonial relationship between Crown governments and Indigenous Nations whose territory is occupied by the Canadian state. These Indigenous Nations sustain sovereign relationships with water that predate colonial occupation and, accordingly, practice their own forms of water governance in adherence with their worldviews (Bédard 2008, Simpson 2008, McGregor 2012, 2014, 2015, Chiblow 2019, 2023, Craft 2019, Luby 2020, O’Donnell 2023). However, the colonial occupation of Indigenous lands by European powers and, subsequently, settler-colonial states including Canada and the United States of America had a purpose of suppressing the sovereignty and inherent rights of Indigenous Nations.

    In Canada, many Indigenous Peoples considered to be “Indians” remain subject to the Indian Act, in whole or in part. Since coming into effect in 1876, the Indian Act has “undermined Indigenous sovereignty . . . attacking both collective and individual self-determination . . . [and] sought to remake Indigenous governance completely and to place it under the control of the superintendent general of Indian Affairs and the Department of Indian Affairs’ staff.” (Kelm and Smith 2018:6). Even today, “[t]he Indian Act still contains archaic provisions that demand government permission for minor matters affecting the use of the land,” (Kelm and Smith 2018:6), obligating First Nations governments to work alongside, or seek approval from, federal government officials on many matters of governance, including water governance.

    Recognition of First Nations’ authority over lands and waters is currently undergoing transition. Since the repatriation of the Canadian constitution, “[t]he existing [A]boriginal and treaty rights of the [A]boriginal [P]eoples of Canada are . . . recognized and affirmed” in Canadian law, via section 35 of the Constitution Act, 1982 (Consolidation of the Constitution Acts, 1867 to 1982). However, the position of the Canadian government, as expressed in its 1995 Inherent Right to Self-Government (IRSG) policy, is that implementation of Aboriginal and treaty rights relating to governance must be negotiated with the Canadian government, which can and often does take decades (Canada. The government of Canada’s approach to implementation of the inherent right and the negotiation of Aboriginal self-government n.d.). Some First Nations have negotiated self-government agreements but, for the time being, the federal government still has oversight over a variety of First Nations’ governance decisions.

    Challenges related to water governance are further exacerbated by Canada’s founding documents. Neither the Constitution Act, 1867 nor the Constitution Act, 1982 define water as being the responsibility of any single level of government, while different levels of government are simultaneously given jurisdiction for matters that relate to or concern water. The federal government has jurisdiction for navigation and shipping, and coastal and inland fisheries, for example, while the provinces have jurisdiction for natural resources, and property and civil rights, including regulating land and property use (Consolidation of the Constitution Acts, 1867 to 1982).

    Municipalities are not afforded any governing powers through the Constitution Act, 1867 nor the Constitution Act, 1982. Instead, provinces delegate certain governing powers to municipalities, to help fulfill the provinces’ own constitutional duties and responsibilities. In Manitoba, for example, these delegated powers include providing “sewage collection, treatment, and disposal . . . water supply, treatment, and distribution . . . [and] waste management” (Municipal Act 1996:91), meaning that municipalities often make decisions that directly impact water. Municipalities in Canada’s other provinces have similar powers. Since provinces delegate governing powers to municipalities, there is precedent and a funding impetus for municipal government officials to deal directly and solely with provincial government officials.

    Under this framework, where First Nations tend to have their primary Crown relationship with the federal government, and municipalities with provincial governments, there is little structural impetus for First Nations and municipalities to meet regarding policies, projects, or decisions that might impact each other. Yet, throughout the country, First Nations and municipalities often make decisions that can affect transboundary water systems upon which they both rely. Therefore, there is a strong case for bringing interested leaders together to meet, discuss, and collaborate when making decisions regarding water.

    Lake Winnipeg in Manitoba, for instance, is bordered by over forty communities including eleven First Nations, with numerous other Indigenous and non-Indigenous communities in the Lake Winnipeg basin (Manitoba n.d.). Lake Winnipeg has also been designated a “priority . . . waterbody” (Canada. Canada strengthens protection of freshwater with launch of standalone Canada Water Agency 2024) in need of restoration and protection by the Canada Water Agency: high levels of phosphorus and nitrogen have caused significant and, at times, toxic algal blooms in Lake Winnipeg (Schindler et al. 2012), to such an extent that, in 2013, the Global Nature Fund (n.d.) named Lake Winnipeg as the “Threatened Lake of the Year.” The complicated and fractured state of water governance in Canada makes it difficult for communities along Lake Winnipeg’s shores to coordinate how they utilize the water of the lake, or how they might work to restore and protect the transboundary waters that they rely on. Lake Winnipeg is, unfortunately, not unique in these regards. Despite Canada holding 20 percent of the world’s freshwater, World Wildlife Fund Canada (WWF-Canada) reports that Canada’s 25 major watersheds, and 167 sub-watersheds, are varyingly under threat due to pollution, habitat loss, habitat fragmentation, invasive species, climate change, the overuse of water, and the alteration of water flows (WWF-Canada 2017, 2020), all of which are water governance challenges that require innovative governance solutions.

    LITERATURE REVIEW

    The CLI’s work to support collaborative governance between Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments aligns with a growing body of literature on the significant role that Indigenous Nations play, or ought to play, in water governance (Baird and Plummer 2013). Baijius (2021) analyzes Indigenous involvement in water governance at international, regional, and local levels, and finds that “[e]nhanced coordination, alternative institutional arrangements, and greater recognition and respect of Indigenous rights are needed to ensure water justice is attainable by Indigenous communities” (ii). Despite this recognition, the literature also reveals that government efforts to include Indigenous Nations in formal decision-making regarding water typically require adherence to colonial governance practices and structures that exclude Indigenous Nations’ own relationships and governance structures with water. As Wilson (2019) outlines, Indigenous Nations are compelled to develop state-like bureaucracies to exert self-governance over water, which creates challenges when these bureaucracies are at odds with Indigenous relationships with water. In Canada, challenges arise because water governance is couched in non-Indigenous understandings and assumptions, including assumptions regarding appropriate representation, issues of mandate and authority, what information is shared and how, the length of time needed or taken to make decisions, and confidentiality requirements, as well as larger epistemological and ontological assumptions about the very nature of water. While Indigenous Nations work to maintain, strengthen, and rebuild their own relationships and governance arrangements with water, the federal, provincial, and territorial governments of Canada have so far been unable to actualize meaningful collaborative water governance through policy or legislation. In this context, the CLI brings Indigenous and non-Indigenous elected leaders together and supports them in creating new collaborative governance structures, endeavoring that doing so might help to reimagine what water governance in Canada can look like in practice, and providing space for a more transformative approach.

    Beyond the fractured state of water governance in Canada, the failure to adequately include Indigenous Nations in water governance and decision-making is, in part, a consequence of Canada’s governance systems being based in colonial practices, beliefs, and assumptions. Wilson (2020) relays how water governance arrangements with four First Nations in Yukon, Canada, fall short of co-governance by “fail[ing] to acknowledge Yukon First Nation jurisdiction over water” (105), maintaining “barriers to implementing the rights that are acknowledged in land claim agreements” (105), and “failing to adequately reflect First Nation water ontologies, epistemologies and governance systems” (107). As Von der Porten and de Loë (2013) explain,

    . . . the fact that scholars of collaborative governance, and practitioners working on the ground, continue to view Indigenous peoples as stakeholders rather than as nations is problematic. . . . Therefore, the challenge is for those promoting collaborative approaches to water governance to find creative ways to reconcile the underlying assumptions of collaborative governance with those of Indigenous peoples. (7)

    These challenges point to the need for new institutional structures and spaces for collaborative governance to emerge that transcend the jurisdictional boundaries of any one government authority.

    Discrepancies between Indigenous and non-Indigenous approaches to water governance arise, in part, due to different cultures holding different values and different understandings of what is appropriate in governance systems. For example, Basdeo and Bharadwaj (2013) explain that because Canadian governance structures tend to emphasize the “physical and often discrete impacts of various water issues, the effect on social, cultural and spiritual aspects of First Nations is often overlooked” (2). Irvine et al. (2020) similarly outline how “[c]ultural and spiritual protocols as well as Traditional Knowledge have . . . been cited as important perspectives that are imperative to First Nations drinking water governance but have yet to be adequately incorporated into governance models” (2). Wilson and Inkster (2018) summarize the issue, writing that “respecting” water “insists on the viability of Indigenous forms of governance and refuses to subsume their forms of governance within that of settler-colonial society” (532).

    Moreover, differences between colonial and Indigenous approaches to water governance can extend not only to how cultures govern, but how cultures fundamentally understand and relate to water. Wilson and Inkster (2018) describe how there are “profound differences between Yukon First Nations and settler views of water . . . expressed through all aspects of Canadian law and policy,” with implications “for water conflict and governance” (517). In one example, Grimwood and Doubleday (2013) present that “[t]he temporal and spatial dimensions of Inuit relationships with the Thelon River . . . have implications for river system governance in Nunavut and Northern Canada” (13). Including Indigenous Nations in water governance and decision-making, therefore, requires attention to the values and belief systems underlying Indigenous governance systems and Indigenous water ontologies.

    Nonetheless, recent policy and legislative developments may have potential to enable collaborative water governance processes in Canada. Bill C-61, An Act respecting water, source water, drinking water, wastewater, and related infrastructure on First Nation lands (2023, 2024), was federal legislation proposed in 2023 that would have broadly affirmed First Nations’ governance regarding source water protection and the human right to water on their lands, as well as creating a mechanism for collaborative transboundary water governance to protect source waters. The bill was supported by all political parties, but did not reach third reading due to politically-related procedural issues. Therefore, it is unknown how well Bill C-61 would have adequately addressed exclusions that First Nations face regarding participation in water governance. In addition to the possibilities offered by Bill C-61, the Canada Water Agency was established in 2023 with a mandate to improve freshwater management in Canada through “improved coordination and collaboration with provinces, territories, and Indigenous Peoples to proactively address national and regional transboundary freshwater challenges and opportunities”; however, translation of that broad mandate into programs, policies, and initiatives has not yet occurred (Canada. The Canada Water Agency’s Mandate 2025). The Canada Water Agency also has a direct mandate to modernize the 1970 Canada Water Act. While this process has not formally begun at the time of writing, it could represent an opportunity to address many long-standing water governance concerns (Canada. About the Canada Water Act review 2024).

    Canada is not alone in facing challenges reconciling colonial and Indigenous approaches to water governance. Jackson et al. (2012) discuss how Indigenous water values are excluded from water management in Australia, mirroring the Canadian situation. Berry et al. (2018) further examine how collaborative water governance is impeded in Australia and Brazil, where colonial governments are accustomed to “perceiving water only as a physical and chemical liquid, defining quality in narrow terms, rendering water knowledge as invisible, boiling down water values to uses of presumed economic importance and limiting how and by whom objectives are set or actions taken” (40). That Indigenous Nations around the world face such similar issues demonstrates how colonialism continues to shape approaches to water governance.

    Attending to the barriers that impede Indigenous Nations from participating in water governance and decision-making and allowing for different ontologies, epistemologies, and authorities to co-exist in governance spaces can, however, enable new and different solutions to water challenges with notable outcomes. For instance, Arsenault et al. (2018) “encourage innovative, adaptable solutions, rooted in Indigenous epistemologies,” outlining how such approaches “can better provide clean water and ensure cultural survival to Indigenous communities for the long term” (13). Despite, or in light of, the difficulties that they face bringing their relationships with water into colonial governance structures, Indigenous Nations are working to maintain, strengthen, and rebuild their own relationships and governance arrangements with water. As Leonard, et al. (2023) describe, there are innumerable ways that Indigenous Nations are “calling for the reclamation and rematriation of Indigenous Water Knowledges that are inclusive of not only rights to Water but responsibilities to Water” (378). In one example discussed by Daigle (2018), members of Constance Lake First Nation, in northern Ontario, Canada, are “rebuild[ing] relations . . . with Mushkegowuk waterways, through extended paddles on Kishiichiwan [river] with the intention of connecting youth with Knowledge Holders and Elders in the community” (168). Initiatives like this one showcase the significant continuation and evolution of Indigenous water governance and the value of establishing collaborative governance arrangements between Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments.

    Transformation is, nonetheless, needed if collaborative governance arrangements are going to be meaningfully achieved. Simms et al. (2016) examine growing interest in collaborative watershed governance with First Nations in British Columbia, Canada. However, they find that “colonial governments remain in control of water governance processes, and resource and capacity imbalances are an impediment to equal Indigenous participation in collaborative watershed efforts” (Simms et al. 2016:14), stressing that “new arrangements that would both explicitly acknowledge competing Indigenous and Provincial claims to water and establish clear terms for ‘a more respectful approach to coexistence’ through shared decision-making . . . will require a long-term commitment to work together . . . and ongoing renewal” (Simms et al. 2016:14). Mora et al. (2022) similarly analyze the Mistawasis Nêhiyawak Honour the Water Governance Framework as an approach to collaborative water governance in Saskatchewan, Canada; but recognize that “[t]he incorporation of this framework . . . requires that water governance systems are aware of legal pluralism that will affirm Indigenous ontologies, knowledge, and laws” (21). Aotearoa New Zealand provides inspiration that it is possible to bring transformative legal pluralism into colonial governance structures. Fisher and Parsons (2020) outline how “treaty settlements, which involve the New Zealand government apologizing and providing reparations to the Māori iwi [tribe] . . . , [are] result[ing] in innovative legislation that is changing how rivers are conceptualized and managed” (456), “allow[ing] for the inclusion of Indigenous ontologies and epistemologies . . . through legal reforms that embrace pluralism . . . and the establishment of Indigenous-state co-governance arrangements that are similarly pluralistic” (458). By providing a mechanism for Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders to imagine new collaborative governance arrangements, the CLI is supporting the creation of a pathway for transformative water governance in this context.

    METHODS

    This study employs a qualitative research approach to examine the CLI process, drawing upon multiple sources of data to provide a comprehensive understanding of its development, implementation, and impact. Data collection incorporated elements of participatory action research and included participant observation, reflective discussions among facilitators, and a review of internal and publicly available materials related to the CLI.

    Several authors of this study are directly involved in the CLI process as creators and facilitators, allowing for in-depth participant observation. These authors developed, attended, and participated in the CLI process and meetings, where they documented key discussions, emerging themes, and process dynamics based on firsthand experiences. Their observations provide valuable practitioner insights into the evolution of the initiative.

    To enhance reflexivity and deepen understanding, the CLI team has initiated a series of internal reflective meetings aimed at documenting "Lessons Learned" from the process. Preliminary insights from discussions held in March 2024 are incorporated into this study to contextualize the ongoing evolution of the initiative.

    Finally, the authors conducted a document review of both internal and publicly-available materials produced by CIER related to the CLI. These documents provide critical background on the motivations for establishing the CLI, the strategic goals underlying its design, and its trajectory over time. Formal interviews from the inaugural CLI Manitoba, which were video-recorded and made publicly available on YouTube, were included in this document review. These videos offer additional context and perspectives from early participants in the CLI.

    THE COLLABORATIVE LEADERSHIP INITIATIVE

    The Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources (CIER) is an Indigenous-directed, non-profit, charitable organization based in Winnipeg, Manitoba, with a mission aimed at collaboration and environmental capacity-building. Since being founded by eight First Nations Chiefs in 1995, CIER has worked with well over four hundred Indigenous communities and governments across Canada on environmental research, education, and training through programs and projects focused on building sustainable communities and protecting lands and waters.

    CIER’s Collaborative Leadership Initiative (CLI) focuses on on-the-ground collaborative governance and reconciliation, with particular attention to water governance. The CLI strives to address the fractured nature of Canadian water governance through a structured process that creates collaborative tables of elected Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders—people chosen by their constituents to lead decision-making—who work together to address matters of common concern. Notably, the CLI process recognizes that Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments each have jurisdiction and authority to make governance decisions as a starting point. Instead of waiting for First Nations’ constitutional Aboriginal and treaty rights to be affirmed and defined by the common law through litigation, or negotiated through agreements and modern-day treaties, “[a]ll governments [must] recognize each other as legitimate authorities” (Phare et al. 2017:2) as a foundation for participation in the CLI process, even if the full scope of the parties’ unique or overlapping authorities is not the subject of consensus agreement. The CLI is a process where each leader is asked to conceive of their participation in the following way: they bring the authorities they believe they have to the table, and then they use those authorities towards achieving a consensus outcome on an issue of common concern.

    CIER’s structured CLI process consists of three phases. Especially during its first phase, “Building the Foundation for Reconciliation,” the CLI process emphasizes truth-telling and building relationships between the individual leaders around the table. The first several meetings of a CLI process are carefully crafted to focus on getting the leaders “to know one another on a personal level, to learn about each other’s communities, and to build a shared knowledge base on issues of common concern” (CIER 2022, unpublished report). Building these personal relationships is understood to be a means of achieving good working relationships and beginning to build a sense of a common base of humanity. This phase of the CLI includes various meetings with elements of non-work activities designed to make introductions and emphasize common ground. While activities differ between different CLI processes, past activities have included sharing meals, attending an NHL hockey game together, and visiting an exhibition of Indigenous art, in pairs, with the ask that participants reflect on a personal connection to a piece of art in the gallery. These meetings also adhere to local Indigenous protocols, such as opening prayers and tobacco offerings, depending on what is relevant, desired, and shared by Indigenous participants. Therein, this first phase starts creating opportunities for sharing cultural knowledge and difficult truths, which will be examined further, later in this study.

    In the second phase, the participating leaders are encouraged, but not obligated, to find a way of “Formalizing a Commitment to Work Together.” These formal commitments are typically codified into Memoranda of Understanding (MOUs) or Memoranda of Agreement (MOAs) where the participating leaders may, for example, commit to establishing “long-lasting and durable political agreement[s]” and “further collaboration and cooperation” (First Nations of the Southern Chiefs’ Organization, Inc., and Municipalities of the Winnipeg Metropolitan Region, Inc. 2019:1). This phase is also characterized by highlighting shared opportunities that would not exist without collaboration and sharing information to ensure that leaders have a common understanding of each other’s individual communities, challenges and opportunities, jurisdictions, and rights. Participating leaders come to recognize not only that they have common goals, such as access to safe drinking water and effective waste treatment, but that they have authority they can employ to achieve these goals. There is a critical moment of realization in the CLI process when First Nations and municipal leaders begin to see each other as potential allies, with differing legal and policy tools that they can use collaboratively to achieve common goals.

    The third phase, “Moving from Ideas to Action,” focuses on actionable items, initiating tangible projects, and embedding or connecting the CLI collaborative governance table, and the commitments of the MOUs or MOAs, into the participants’ respective governance structures. Embedding the CLI collaborative governance table into governance structures ensures that the CLI process continues as CIER’s direct role diminishes. Elected leaders then direct a sustainable transition and long-term collaborative decision-making in areas of common concern. As Michael Miltenberger, one of the CLI creators and facilitators, describes, the CLI is “all built on having a relationship and . . . eventually a formal process, where there’s a table created that, regardless of who the current political players are, . . . there's a process that will exist and carry on, that will allow long-term decisions to be made” (CIER 2022c).

    While the CLI process is guided and facilitated by CIER, who provides support and resources—sometimes in partnership with a local facilitator team—it is led by the leaders who are engaging in the process. Therefore, although the CLI process follows this three-phase structure, it is also adaptable, iterative, and constantly evolving. At the start of a CLI process, CIER—or a local facilitator team with CIER’s support—sets the agendas for meetings, based on what they have learned from the leaders about what they want to do, talk about, and learn about. However, as the process proceeds, the leaders set and plan the table direction themselves, often with assistance from a coordinator or coordinating team. How many meetings will be required to move through each phase of the process, or the process as a whole, is not predetermined; decisions are made by the leaders around the table, in response to their needs and objectives.

    CLI Manitoba: The inaugural CLI process

    The first CLI process began in 2017 and brought together elected leaders from eleven First Nations and sixteen municipalities in and around Treaty One territory in southern Manitoba. Of particular concern to the participating leaders was the health of Lake Winnipeg: many of the First Nations and municipalities brought together by CLI Manitoba reside on the shores of Lake Winnipeg, or on waterbodies that flow into or out of Lake Winnipeg. Yet, despite being neighbors to the same waterbodies, and neighbors to each other, the CLI gatherings were the first time that some of the leaders ever met one another. As described by Shelley Hart, Mayor of the Rural Municipality of East St. Paul during CLI Manitoba, “you can’t negotiate, you can’t work with people, if you don’t even know who they are and, honestly, that’s where I think we were in the [Winnipeg] capital region, with our Indigenous neighbors” (CIER 2022a).

    Starting a process by taking time to build relationships is unusual for electoral politics and may be seen by some people as moving too slow. First Nations and municipal leaders are often pressed to act and demonstrate the results of their actions quickly, usually being elected for 1-2 year and 4-year terms, respectively. However, the relationship-building meetings in phase one of the CLI process lay the groundwork for collaboration, getting the assembled leaders familiar with what concerns they share, as well as how they might pool resources and otherwise work together. As Colleen Sklar, one of the creators and facilitators of CLI Manitoba, explains,

    . . . one of the main challenges is [that] we’re going to have to give this some time; we’re going to have to allow patience to be one of the things that leads us forward. Too often, we get together and we want to talk about projects right off the bat . . . [and] we really need to get to know one another, start to know [the] ways that we govern . . . [and] operate . . . to really . . . begin to find solutions that are based on relationship, first. And then, we can move into doing projects that will lead us into a brighter future. (CIER 2022b)

    Several CLI Manitoba participants share positive thoughts and feelings on the value of this relationship-building, and the uniqueness of this approach considering that building personal relationships is rarely a focus in governance meetings. As Jim Campbell, former Reeve of the Rural Municipality of Rockwood, describes, “first, we just met; and then, we got to know each other; and then, friendships were made. And it’s a lot easier doing business when you’re talking to a friend” (CIER 2022a). Chief Deborah Smith, then Chief of Brokenhead Ojibway Nation, explains that “we are neighbors . . . and we’ve sat down, and we’ve learned from one another in a really good way, and . . . that’s how you build relationships. There’s more value in this process” (CIER 2022a). And Frances Smee, former Reeve of the Rural Municipality of Rosser, reflects that “when we get together, it feels very much like a sacred place,” compared to other government meetings and work in the municipality, which are “a work space” (CIER 2022a).

    As the CLI Manitoba leaders started building interpersonal relationships, they also formalized their commitment to working together by developing a collective Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), which was signed by participating leaders in a ceremony held on March 1st, 2019. After signing this MOU, CLI Manitoba meetings turned towards developing and implementing tangible projects. In 2021, leaders involved in CLI Manitoba worked together to launch three natural infrastructure pilot projects in the Lake Winnipeg basin. In one of these projects, the Rural Municipality of Rosser began harvesting biomass, bulrushes, grasses, and other plants to prevent excess nutrients from entering Lake Winnipeg. There are plans to use the collected biomass as an alternative means of heating buildings in Rosser. In the second project, the village of Dunnottar started using duckweed as a natural means of filtering phosphorous out of water that is discharged from the village’s wastewater lagoon. The village now plants duckweed, which absorbs the phosphorous, and subsequently harvests the duckweed to remove the phosphorous from the system before it can enter Lake Winnipeg. The third project has seen Sagkeeng First Nation plant 550 native trees, primarily willow and silver poplar, along the shoreline of the Winnipeg River. These fast-growing trees can protect the shoreline from erosion, while also reducing runoff. The CLI Manitoba team was also involved in the creation of an online inventory of wetlands, lakes and rivers, grasslands, forests, shrub lands, and agricultural lands throughout the entirety of Treaty One territory. This inventory is available to anyone, and provides information that will allow First Nations, municipal, and other leaders to collaboratively improve land-use planning, infrastructure, and recreation opportunities. CLI Manitoba helped to form Waste Quadrant Working Groups (WQWG), aimed at reducing organic and plastic waste in each of the four quadrants of the Lake Winnipeg region, while also exploring how a regional wood chipper might provide a means of disposing of wood waste that is more environmentally-friendly than the common practice of burning wood waste. And, in 2024, the City of Winnipeg invited six Indigenous governments and organizations to co-develop the city’s Greenspace Plan and Biodiversity Policy, supported by the CLI process (City of Winnipeg 2024). The decision to open these plans to co-development with Indigenous governments and organizations was largely motivated by the mayor of Winnipeg, who was part of CLI Manitoba during his time as a city councillor.

    Apart from issues impacting water, or environmental concerns more broadly, the Rural Municipality of St. Clements renamed one of its roads from Colonization Road to Reconciliation Road, working in collaboration with the neighboring community of Brokenhead Ojibway Nation (Rural Municipality of St. Clements n.d.). This effort prompted the Rural Municipality of Gimli to rename its Colonization Road, South Colonization Road, North Colonization Road, and Colonization Close, to Ramsay Road, South Beach Road, Loni Beach Road, and 6th Avenue, respectively.

    Given its foundation in changing beliefs, perceptions, and relationships, the results of the CLI process can in some ways be intangible; but, building relationships between First Nations and municipal leaders and bringing them together in a collaborative governance process that respects Indigenous sovereignty and self-governance has innumerable material ripple effects. In conversations with elected leaders who participated in the CLI process, and conversations amongst CIER personnel and the CLI team, the simple fact that leaders exchange personal cell phone numbers during CLI meetings is often raised as a significant outcome of the CLI process. To reiterate, prior to the CLI process in southern Manitoba, many of the participating leaders had never met, and sometimes did not even know who the other leaders were. It is a significant shift to move from a place of complete unfamiliarity, to one where First Nations and municipal leaders from neighboring communities not only know one another, but have committed themselves to working together, built a working relationship if not a friendship, and have ways of communicating with each other. Merrell-Ann Phare, Executive Team Lead at CIER and one of the CLI creators and facilitators, recalls that one of the municipal mayors shared that his relationship with the local First Nations was “forever different.” While he previously had little to no contact with First Nations, he now felt able to “phone the Chief, and see what they think about this problem I’m having, and whether there’s something we could do together” (Phare, M., personal observation).

    THE TRANSFORMATIVE POTENTIAL OF THE COLLABORATIVE LEADERSHIP INITIATIVE

    Underlying the CLI process is a hope that, through creating collaborative governance tables, Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders might challenge the colonial dynamics of Canadian governance. CIER personnel and the CLI team envision that the CLI process might contribute to transforming water governance in Canada in a variety of ways, including advancing truth and reconciliation, renewing treaty relationships, and transforming legal orders.

    Truth and Reconciliation

    The Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada (TRC), inaugurated in 2008, seeks to “tell Canadians about the history of Indian Residential Schools and the impacts it had on Aboriginal children who were sent to the schools by the Canadian government” and “guide a process of reconciliation between and within Aboriginal families, communities, churches, governments and Canadians” (TRC 2010; refer to TRC 2015b for more information on Canada’s residential schools). Especially since the release of the TRC Final Report and Calls to Action in 2015, “reconciliation” between the Canadian government, Canadian society at large, and Indigenous Nations has become a significant point of discussion.

    By acknowledging the governing authority of First Nations as a starting point, and working to create governing structures where this authority can be recognized, respected, and exercised, the CLI promotes and advances reconciliation as laid out in the TRC Calls to Action (TRC 2015a), as well as the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP; United Nations 2007), which the TRC refers to as “the framework for reconciliation” (TRC 2015a:4). At the time of writing, the Government of Canada is in the process of working to implement UNDRIP via the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act and associated Action Plan (Canada. Implementing the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act n.d.).

    Alongside these systemic efforts to promote reconciliation, the founders of the CLI feel strongly that reconciliation is a personal process that is the responsibility of all Canadians. Therefore, the CLI process works to promote truth and reconciliation on a more personal level, between the Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders who it brings together. While working towards “reconciliation” has become a common talking point in many segments of Canadian society, the “truth” aspect of “truth and reconciliation” is not as prevalent in public discourse. There appears to be some assumption that the formal TRC process uncovered the truth, so that part of the process is complete, and it is now time to work towards reconciliation. There are, however, many more truths that Indigenous Peoples may wish to share regarding residential schools and other aspects of Canadian settler colonialism. The relationship-building process developed and initiated by the CLI fosters a recommitment to truth by embracing a two-way truth-telling process. As a way of coming together into relationship, CLI gatherings offer the participating leaders space to share their experiences and truths regarding how colonialism has impacted themselves as individuals and the communities that they represent. For non-Indigenous leaders, this conversation is often a new one; municipal leaders may especially feel that it is outside the scope of their work to consider colonialism, given the distance created between them and Indigenous Nations as a result of the federal-provincial division of powers discussed earlier. However, once they start discussing colonial histories, the non-Indigenous participants soon understand that they also grew up and live within a colonial system. A foundation of the CLI is striving to achieve recognition that decolonization is something that applies to all. While the TRC may have uncovered and formalized a national narrative regarding residential schools and their impacts, the CLI enables a sharing of truth that is local, immediate, personal, and connected to a commitment to action.

    Several of the elected leaders involved in CLI Manitoba speak of the important learning opportunities that happened as part of the CLI Manitoba process. Chief Craig Alexander, then Chief of Roseau River Anishinabe First Nation during CLI Manitoba, explains that “there [are] hurts from the past that we have to overcome, and . . . by helping each other to understand where we come from, that’s only going to help us. . . . [B]y creating that partnership and sharing our histories, we’re going to be able to overcome these barriers” (CIER 2022a). Wes Taplin, then Reeve of the Rural Municipality of Rockwood and CLI Manitoba participant, similarly says that it is important to “listen to everything that’s being told to you, of what’s gone on . . . that’s the only way that we’re going to become comfortable, trust each other, and move forward” (CIER 2022a).

    Renewing treaty relationships

    The agreements made and relationships entered into as part of the CLI process can also be seen as a renewal of treaty relationships, returning to the original spirit and intent of collaboration and partnership with which Indigenous Nations entered into treaties. The British Crown—and, subsequently, Canada—tends to treat treaties made between Indigenous Nations and the British Crown as essentially “sale[s] of land” (Craft 2013:111) whereby Indigenous Nations relinquished their claims to, and governance over, lands and resources. However, as outlined by Craft (2013), when the Anishinabe and Ininew (Swampy Cree) living within the Lake Winnipeg watershed met with representatives of the British Crown to negotiate and sign what became Treaty One, they did so in the context of “their relationship to Mother Earth[, which] informed what could be negotiated in terms of sharing the land with the incoming settlers” (16). For the Anishinabe and Ininew party to Treaty One, Treaty One “was an agreement to share in the land . . . in a spirit of ‘peace and good will’ ” (Craft 2013:16-17), with “kinship relationships, the obligations derived from them, and a sense of . . . sacred obligations . . . inform[ing] the agreement that was made between the parties” (Craft 2013:13). These Anishinabe and Ininew understood the treaty as establishing “a relationship which has no end” (Craft 2013:113); a relationship that would be “constantly fostered, re-defined, re-examined, and re-negotiated . . . [that] must be tended, fuelled, nurtured, or simmered . . . [that would] morph and evolve over time” (Craft 2013:113).

    The elected leaders brought together in CLI Manitoba represent First Nations and municipalities within and nearby to the territory covered by Treaty One. Treaty One was negotiated at the Hudson’s Bay Company fur trading post known as Lower Fort Garry or the Stone Fort, in July and August of 1871. And, on March 1st, 2019, nearly 148 years after the signing of Treaty One, Indigenous and settler leaders once again met at Lower Fort Garry, this time to sign a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) establishing “a long-lasting and durable political agreement” committed to “further collaboration and cooperation” (First Nations of the Southern Chiefs’ Organization, Inc., and Municipalities of the Winnipeg Metropolitan Region, Inc. 2019:1), as part of phase two of the CLI process, “Formalizing a Commitment to Work Together.” As part of a ceremony held to mark the signing of this MOU, the leaders exchanged treaty medals recast from original treaty medals that had been presented to Indigenous Chiefs at the 1871 Treaty One negotiations. In these respects, the CLI Manitoba MOU signing symbolizes a re-forging of the sacred promise of Treaty One, where, as described by Craft (2013), even today “changes in circumstances over the years, should not imply the extinguishment of the treaty, but merely that the relationship needs tending” (113).

    CLI Manitoba may not have the same jurisdictions around the table as the original Treaty One, with municipal leaders participating rather than official representatives of the British Crown, but municipalities are part of the colonial governance structure in Canada and they have, as noted above, extensive powers to affect the lands and waters that both they and Indigenous Nations depend upon. In fact, the structure of Canadian governance and jurisdictional power-sharing often limits opportunities for municipalities to work collaboratively with Indigenous governments, as discussed earlier, which can make it challenging for municipal leaders to examine or address their role in colonialism. Fostering an understanding that municipalities have a role to play in renewing treaties and upholding treaty relationships is, therefore, an important development. Moreover, having Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders come together to discuss matters of common concern and arrangements for living together seems very much in the spirit of what Indigenous negotiators understood they were agreeing to in Treaty One; and the CLI, and the MOU that was signed as part of CLI Manitoba, might thereby become living tools for the implementation of treaty relationships.

    Transforming legal orders

    Part of the reason that Indigenous Nations have different understandings of treaties than the British Crown or Canadian state is because these parties negotiated treaties in accordance with different legal and political systems, based within different worldviews and philosophical systems. According to Ermine (2007), the existence of unique legal and political systems within Indigenous Nations is not often acknowledged in Canadian society, partly due to the perception that the principles underpinning the dominant Canadian legal system are universal, leading to a lack of scrutiny. Ermine (2007) contends that “a protracted effort to create a level playing field” (202) is needed to reconcile the thought worlds of Indigenous Nations and dominant Canadian society, and he proposes the concept of “ethical space,” a term taken from Roger Poole, as a framework for this “level playing field” (202). Ermine (2007) envisions “ethical space” as “a neutral zone between entities or cultures,” (202) “a venue to step out of our allegiances, to detach from the cages of our mental worlds and assume a position where human-to-human dialogue can occur” (202). Such ethical space “will create new currents of thought that flow in different directions and overrun the old ways of thinking” (Ermine 2007:203), possibly allowing for “Indigenous and non-Indigenous legal traditions . . . [to] blend and form a new, distinctive, or hybrid form of law” (Craft 2013:107).

    What ethical space looks like in practice is something that Ermine continues to explore (Weaving Ways of Knowing for the Environment, n.d.). It may be that existence of ethical space cannot be determined until one is in it, experiencing it. The creators of the CLI envision that the CLI’s collaborative governance tables may have potential to play a role in creating ethical space. While CIER designed the CLI to focus on building collaboration between elected Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders within the structures of the Canadian legal system, as that is the system that Canadian society currently operates within, they are trying to highlight and give effect to Indigenous legal orders as a fundamental element of a legal structure that is and ought to be recognized as pluralistic (Borrows 2005:174). The collaborative governance tables created through the CLI, where Indigenous and non-Indigenous governments collaboratively and consensually use their power and decision-making responsibilities, can offer space for conversations across and inclusive of differing legal and political orders. CLI processes are aimed at figuring out what this looks like in each situation. Notably, the CLI process underway in kɬúsx̌nítkʷ / the Okanagan, British Columbia, is following a Syilx-led process where the CLI process was adapted collaboratively by the Okanagan Nation Alliance (ONA) and CIER. Collaborative governance can be transformative as it provides for the meaningful enactment of Indigenous sovereignty in partnership with Canadian legal orders. Moreover, at its furthest extent, collaborative governance may be able to bring Indigenous and Canadian law together to create something new, something that is truly reconciliatory.

    REFINING AND EXPANDING THE COLLABORATIVE LEADERSHIP INITIATIVE

    The CLI may have potential to be truly transformative for water governance in Canada, but the extent to which it will be able to realize this potential remains to be seen. The CLI team is, for instance, mindful of the different layers of trust that are being navigated in the CLI. Although the focus on relationship building can help to build interpersonal trust between leaders, this trust does not necessarily extend to institutional trust. Canadian governments have a long history of breaking promises to Indigenous Nations. Therefore, it is reasonable that Indigenous leaders may not trust that meaningful change can be achieved via the structures and systems of Canadian governance, even if they do come to trust the individual leaders with whom they build relationships.

    To help build institutional trust, the third phase of the CLI process, “Moving from Ideas to Action,” aims to have participating leaders embed the CLI collaborative governance table into the structures of their respective governments, as outlined earlier. Embedding the CLI collaborative governance table into governance structures obliges participating governments to continue with the CLI process, even as new leaders enter into the process and CIER steps away from actively guiding the process. It is critical, for example, to embed collaboration through the help of a local coordinator—one that resides permanently in an ethical space created by the CLI table—that continues to support, organize, and promote communication regarding the detailed machinations of collaboration as it rolls out.

    Furthermore, CIER’s CLI facilitators have learned that emphasizing the development of protocols and written agreements at the beginning of a process can help build institutional trust that keeps participating elected leaders committed to the process. Developing written agreements gives elected leaders something to show for the work that they are doing, helping to assuage possible impatience related to the CLI process, while also serving as an initial step for cementing collaborative governance into participants’ different governing structures.

    These strategies may not be enough to fully overcome institutional distrust, but CIER and the CLI team continue to refine the CLI process and explore how it may be applicable in different situations and settings. The initial CLI process in southern Manitoba coalesced around the health of Lake Winnipeg, developing out of prior relationships that CIER personnel and the eventual CLI team had with leaders in the Winnipeg Metropolitan Region and the broader Lake Winnipeg basin. The CLI process can and is also being used in other regions for purposes beyond collaborative water governance, including collaborative governance regarding socio-economic development, waste management, recreation, and emergency services. As previously mentioned, the CLI process is designed to be adaptable, iterative, and constantly evolving, with CIER providing support and resources while following the lead of the participating leaders.

    Beyond CLI Manitoba, CLI processes are now underway in seven different sites, each chosen so that CIER and the CLI team can learn how the CLI process might be adapted to different situations and settings, while also responding to the need expressed by CLI partners in these locations for collaborative governance at these different sites. For example, the CLI process in Fort Smith, Northwest Territories, is characterized by its geographic location in the north, and includes a Métis government alongside two First Nations and one municipal government. The process in kɬúsx̌nítkʷ / the Okanagan, British Columbia, follows a particular Syilx-led process on unceded Indigenous territory. The CLI process in the Mackenzie River Basin considers collaborative governance at a water-basin level, and spans Treaty Eight and Treaty Eleven as well as colonial borders between the Northwest Territories, Yukon, British Columbia, Alberta, and Saskatchewan. The City of Winnipeg CLI process brings together First Nation, Métis, and Inuit governments and organizations in an urban location, and specifically focuses on the co-development of a municipal plan and bylaw related to greenspace, natural corridors, and biodiversity. By developing CLI processes at different sites, CIER and the CLI team are able learn more about how the process can be adapted, explore what the process can look like in different circumstances, and refine the process to overcome existing limitations.

    CONCLUSION

    The CLI brings together elected Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders in Canada, cognizant that the current state of water governance in Canada does not provide motivation or impetus for these leaders to work collaboratively, but that consequences may be dire if these leaders fail to collaborate on decisions impacting shared or interconnected waterbodies. The CLI’s approach to collaborative water governance focuses on building meaningful relationships before moving into negotiating written agreements, implementing tangible projects, and embedding the CLI collaborative governance table into governance structures. By bringing together elected Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders, the people chosen by their constituents to lead decision-making, the CLI creates opportunities to further Canada’s ongoing project of truth and reconciliation, renew treaty relationships, embrace pluralistic dialogue between Canadian and Indigenous legal systems, and achieve positive outcomes on matters of common concern.

    It is particularly significant that municipalities are the main non-Indigenous governments included in the CLI process. Municipalities often make local decisions affecting water, which is transboundary and often shared with neighboring Indigenous communities. However, the governance structure of Canada generally limits opportunities for municipalities to work with First Nations or other Indigenous governments. By including municipal governments, the CLI brings truth and reconciliation and treaty relationships into local decision-making.

    The extent to which the CLI will be able to realize its transformative potential remains to be seen; however, CIER and the CLI team remain dedicated to learning how the CLI might be adaptable to different situations and settings, and how it might contribute to the future of water governance in Canada.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We gratefully acknowledge the individuals quoted in this article for their valuable contributions. We also extend our heartfelt thanks to the participants of the Collaborative Leadership Initiative (CLI) in Manitoba, Fort Smith, kɬúsx̌nítkʷ / the Okanagan Lake Watershed, the City of Winnipeg, and the Mackenzie River Basin. Your participation has been instrumental in shaping the learnings discussed in this study.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    No AI generative or AI-assisted technology was used in the writing of this study.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data and code that are publicly available are cited and included in the article's Literature Cited section. Data and code that support the findings of this study, that are not publicly available, are available on request from the lead author, M.P. These data and code are not publicly available because they were collected and produced in internal Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources (CIER) meetings and documents, and may contain information that could compromise the privacy of CIER as an organization, CIER partners, CIER staff, and/or research participants. This research study adheres to CIER's standards for ethical research.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Act respecting water, source water, drinking water, wastewater and related infrastructure on First Nation lands, An, Bill C-61. 2023, 2024. https://www.parl.ca/documentviewer/en/44-1/bill/C-61/first-reading

    Arsenault, R., S. Diver, D. McGregor, A. Witham, and C. Bourassa. Shifting the framework of Canadian water governance through Indigenous research methods: Acknowledging the past with an eye on the future. Water 10(1):49. https://doi.org/10.3390/w10010049

    Baijius, W. R. 2021. Indigenous water justice in Manitoba through engagement in water governance. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada. https://harvest.usask.ca/handle/10388/13724

    Baird, J., and R. Plummer. 2013. Exploring the governance landscape of Indigenous Peoples and water in Canada: an introduction to the special issue. Indigenous Policy Journal 23(4).

    Bakker, K., and C. Cook. 2011. Water governance in Canada: Innovation and fragmentation. International Journal of Water Resources Development 27(2):275-289. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2011.564969

    Basdeo, M., and L. Bharadwaj. 2013. Beyond physical: social dimensions of the water crisis on Canada’s First Nations and considerations for governance. Indigenous Policy Journal 23(4).

    Bédard, R. E. M. 2008. Keepers of the water: Nishnaabe-kwewag speaking for the water. Pages 89-109 in L. Simpson, editor. Lighting the eighth fire: the liberation, resurgence, and protection of Indigenous nations. ARP Books, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada.

    Berry, K. A., S. E. Jackson, L. Saito, and L. Forline. 2018. Reconceptualising water quality governance to incorporate knowledge and values: Case studies from Australian and Brazilian Indigenous communities. Water Alternatives 11(1):40-60. http://hdl.handle.net/11714/5273

    Borrows, J. 2005. Indigenous legal traditions in Canada. Washington University Journal of Law & Policy 19(1):167-223. https://openscholarship.wustl.edu/law_journal_law_policy/vol19/iss1/13

    Canada. Canada Water Agency. 2024. Canada strengthens protection of freshwater with launch of standalone Canada Water Agency. https://www.canada.ca/en/canada-water-agency/news/2024/10/canada-strengthens-protection-of-freshwater-with-launch-of-standalone-canada-water-agency.html

    Canada. Canada Water Agency. 2024. About the Canada Water Act review. https://www.canada.ca/en/canada-water-agency/canada-water-act-review/about-canada-water-act-review.html

    Canada. Canada Water Agency. 2025. The Canada Water Agency’s Mandate. https://www.canada.ca/en/canada-water-agency/corporate/mandate.html

    Canada. Crown-Indigenous Relations and Northern Affairs Canada. n.d. The government of Canada’s approach to implementation of the inherent right and the negotiation of Aboriginal self-government. https://www.rcaanc-cirnac.gc.ca/eng/1100100031843/1539869205136

    Canada. Department of Justice Canada. n.d. Implementing the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act. https://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/declaration/

    Canada. Indigenous Services Canada. 2023. Ninth annual (2023) statutory report pursuant to section 2 of the Indian act amendment and replacement act, statutes of Canada, chapter 38, 2014. https://www.sac-isc.gc.ca/eng/1678466804016/1678466848823

    Canada. Office of the Auditor General of Canada. 2021. Report 3-Access to safe drinking water in First Nations communities-Indigenous Services Canada. https://www.oag-bvg.gc.ca/internet/English/parl_oag_202102_03_e_43749.html

    Caretta, M. A., A. Mukherji, M. Arfanuzzaman, R. A. Betts, A. Gelfan, Y. Hirabayashi, T. K. Lissner, J. Liu, E. Lopez Gunn, R. Morgan, S. Mwanga, and S. Supratid. 2022. Water. Pages 551-712 in H. O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E. S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke, V. Möller, A. Okem, and B. Rama, editors. Climate change 2022: Impacts, adaptation, and vulnerability. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009325844.006

    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources. 2022a. CLI Manitoba reconciliation in action documentary. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_a9dEeH0pIs

    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources. 2022b. Colleen Sklar. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DSTVaayGiwI

    Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources. 2022c. Michael Miltenberger. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofBqPTpZ6j4

    Chiblow, S. 2019. Anishinabek women‛s nibi giikendaaswin (water knowledge). Water 11(2):209. https://doi.org/10.3390/w11020209

    Chiblow, S. 2023. Relationships and responsibilities between Anishinaabek and Nokomis Giizis (Grandmother Moon) inform N‛bi (Water) governance. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous peoples 19(2):283-292. https://doi.org/10.1177/11771801231173114

    City of Winnipeg. 2024, June 17. City of Winnipeg and Indigenous partners join together to co-develop greenspace plan and biodiversity policy. https://www.winnipeg.ca/news/2024-06-17-city-winnipeg-and-indigenous-partners-join-together-co-develop-greenspace-plan-and-biodiversity

    Consolidation of the Constitution Acts, 1867 to 1982. https://laws.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/Const_index.html

    Craft, A. 2013. Breathing life into the Stone Fort Treaty: An Anishinabe understanding of Treaty One. Purich, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada. https://doi.org/10.59962/9781895830682

    Craft, A. 2019. Navigating our ongoing sacred legal relationship with Nibi (water). Pages 101-110 in J. Borrows, L. Chartrand, O. E. Fitzgerald, & R. Schwartz, editors. Braiding legal orders: Implementing the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. Centre for International Governance Innovation, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.11955033.14

    Daigle, M. 2018. Resurging through Kishiichiwan: The spatial politics of Indigenous water relations. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society 7:159-172. https://resolver.scholarsportal.info/resolve/19298692/v07i0001/159_rtk.xml

    Ermine, W. 2007. The ethical space of engagement. Indigenous Law Journal 6(1):193-203. http://hdl.handle.net/1807/17129

    First Nations of the Southern Chiefs’ Organization, Inc., and Municipalities of the Winnipeg Metropolitan Region, Inc. 2019. Collaborative Leadership Initiative intergovernmental memorandum of understanding between First Nations of the Southern Chiefs’ Organization, Inc. and Municipalities of the Winnipeg Metropolitan Region, Inc. Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada.

    Fisher, K., and M. Parsons. 2020. River co-governance and co-management in Aoetearoa New Zealand: Enabling Indigenous ways of knowing and being. Transnational Environmental Law 9:455-480. https://doi.org/10.1017/S204710252000028X

    Global Nature Fund. n.d. Lake Winnipeg - Canada.

    Grimwood, B. S. R., and N. C. Doubleday. 2013. From river trails to adaptive co-management: Learning and relating with Inuit inhabitants of the Thelon River, Canada. Indigenous Policy Journal 23(4).

    Irvine, A., C. Schuster-Wallace, S. Dickson-Anderson, and L. Bharadwaj. 2020. Transferable principles to revolutionize drinking water governance in First Nation communities in Canada. Water 12(11):3091. https://doi.org/10.3390/w12113091

    Jackson, S., P.-L. Tan, C. Mooney, S. Hoverman, and I. White. 2012. Principles and guidelines for good practice in Indigenous engagement in water planning. Journal of Hydrology 474:57-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2011.12.015

    Kelm, M., and K. D. Smith. 2018. Talking back to the Indian Act: critical readings in settler colonial histories. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Leonard, K., D. David-Chavez, D. Smiles, L. Jennings, R. A. Alegado, L. Tsinnajinnie, J. Manitowabi, R. Arsenault, R. L. Begay, A. Kagawa-Viviani, D. D. Davis, V. van Uitregt, H. Pichette, M. Liboiron, B. Moggridge, S. R. Carroll, R. L. Tsosie, and A. Gomez. 2023. Water back: a review centering rematriation and Indigenous water research sovereignty. Water Alternatives 16(2):374-428.

    Luby, B. 2020. Dammed: The politics of loss and survival in Anishinaabe territory. University of Manitoba Press, Winnipeg, Manitoba. Canada. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780887558764

    Manitoba. n.d. Lake Winnipeg. https://www.gov.mb.ca/sd/water/lakes-beaches-rivers/lake-winnipeg.html

    McGregor, D. 2012. Traditional knowledge: Considerations for protecting water in Ontario. International Indigenous Policy Journal 3(3). https://doi.org/10.18584/iipj.2012.3.3.11

    McGregor, D. 2014. Traditional knowledge and water governance: The ethic of responsibility. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous peoples 10(5):493-507. https://doi.org/10.1177/117718011401000505

    McGregor, D. 2015. Indigenous women, water justice, and zaagidowin (love). Canadian Woman Studies 30(2,3):71-78.

    Mora, M. F., A. B. D. Johnston, M. Watson, and L. Bharadwaj. 2022. Honouring water: The Mistawasis Nêhiyawak water governance framework. International Indigenous Policy Journal 13(3). https://doi.org/10.18584/iipj.2022.13.3.14271

    The Municipal Act, C.C.S.M. c. M225. https://web2.gov.mb.ca/laws/statutes/ccsm/_pdf.php?cap=m225

    O’Donnell, E. 2023. Water sovereignty for Indigenous Peoples: pathways to pluralist, legitimate and sustainable water laws in settler colonial states. Plos Water 2(11):e0000144. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pwat.0000144

    Phare, M-A., R. Simms, O. M. Brandes, and M. Miltenberger. 2017. Collaborative consent and water in British Columbia: towards watershed co-governance. POLIS Project on Ecological Governance, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, and Centre for Indigenous Environmental Resources, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. https://poliswaterproject.org/polis-research-publication/collaborative-consent-water-british-columbia-towards-watershed-co-governance/

    Renzetti, S., and D. P. Dupont, editors. 2017. Water policy and governance in Canada. Springer Nature, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-42806-2

    Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples. 1996a. Report of the Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples: Looking forward, looking back. Vol. 1. Canadian Communication Group - Publishing, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. https://www.bac-lac.gc.ca/eng/discover/aboriginal-heritage/royal-commission-aboriginal-peoples/Pages/final-report.aspx

    Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples. 1996b. Report of the Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples: Perspectives and realities. Vol. 4. Canadian Communication Group - Publishing, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. https://www.bac-lac.gc.ca/eng/discover/aboriginal-heritage/royal-commission-aboriginal-peoples/Pages/final-report.aspx

    Rural Municipality of St. Clements. n.d. Road to reconciliation.

    Schindler, D. W., R. E. Hecky, and G. K. McCullough. 2012. The rapid eutrophication of Lake Winnipeg: greening under global change. Journal of Great Lakes Research 38(Suppl. 3):6-13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jglr.2012.04.003

    Simms, R., L. Harris, N. Joe, and K. Bakker. 2016. Navigating the tensions in collaborative watershed governance: Water governance and Indigenous communities in British Columbia, Canada. Geoforum 73:6-16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2016.04.005

    Simpson, L. 2008. Nogojiwanong: the place at the foot of the rapids. Pages 205-212 in L. Simpson, editor. Lighting the eighth fire: the liberation, resurgence, and protection of Indigenous nations. ARP Books, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada.

    Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. 2010. For the child taken, for the parent left behind. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. https://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/cvrc-trcc/IR4-10-2010-eng.pdf

    Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. 2015a. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada: Calls to action. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. https://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2015/trc/IR4-8-2015-eng.pdf

    Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. 2015b. Honouring the truth, reconciling for the future: Summary of the final report of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. https://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2015/trc/IR4-7-2015-eng.pdf

    United Nations. 2007. United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. https://doi.org/10.18356/111d60ea-en

    UNESCO World Water Assessment Programme. 2023. The United Nations world water development report 2023: partnerships and cooperation for water. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781849773355

    von der Porten, S., and R. de Loë. 2013. Water governance and Indigenous governance: towards a synthesis. Indigenous Policy Journal 23(4). https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2013.046

    Weaving Ways of Knowing for the Environment. n.d. Ethical Space. https://weavingknowledges.ca/weaving/ethical-space

    Wilson, N. J. 2019. “Seeing water like a state?”: Indigenous water governance through Yukon First Nation self-government agreements. Geoforum 104:101-113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2019.05.003

    Wilson, N. J. 2020. Querying water co-governance: Yukon First Nations and water governance in the context of modern land claim agreements. Water Alternatives 13:93-118.

    Wilson, N. J., and J. Inkster. 2018. Respecting water: Indigenous water governance, ontologies, and the politics of kinship on the ground. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1:516-538. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848618789378

    World Bank Group. n.d. Water: Overview. https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/water/overview

    World Wildlife Fund Canada. 2017. Watershed reports: a national assessment of Canada’s freshwater. https://wwf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Watershed_Reports_June-2016.pdf

    World Wildlife Fund Canada. 2022. WWF-Canada’s 2020 watershed reports: a national reassessment of Canada’s freshwater. https://wwf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/WWF-Watershed-Report-2020-FINAL-WEB.pdf

    Corresponding author:
    Emily Hoppe
    emilyroslynhoppe@gmail.com
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Andrea K Gerlak, Dave Huitema, Dona H. Geagea, Hannah Porada, Javier Rodríguez Ros, Jens Newig, Johanna K.L. Koehler, Nicolas W Jager, Nina Valin, Radhika Singh, Shahana Bilalova
    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Jens Newig, Nicolas W Jager, Sergio Villamayor-Tomas, Shahana Bilalova
    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Dave Huitema, Kirsty Holstead, Noelle MCG Lasseur
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 16 Research

    Mobile apps increase the visibility of women’s work contributions in Mexican small-scale fisheries

    Ahmed, T., M. Précoma-de La Mora, K. E. Pellowe, and E. A. L. Lindkvist. 2025. Mobile apps increase the visibility of women’s work contributions in Mexican small-scale fisheries. Ecology and Society 30(4):16. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16531-300416
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Tamhida Ahmedcontact author, Tamhida Ahmed
      Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden
    • Magdalena Précoma-de La MoraORCID, Magdalena Précoma-de La Mora
      Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI), Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico
    • Kara E. PelloweORCID, Kara E. Pellowe
      Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden
    • Emilie A. L. LindkvistORCIDEmilie A. L. Lindkvist
      Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Ahmed, T., M. Précoma-de La Mora, K. E. Pellowe, and E. A. L. Lindkvist. 2025. Mobile apps increase the visibility of women’s work contributions in Mexican small-scale fisheries. Ecology and Society 30(4):16.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16531-300416

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • collective action; data; gender equality; marine reserves; Q methodology; trust
    Mobile apps increase the visibility of women’s work contributions in Mexican small-scale fisheries
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16531.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Small-scale fisheries in low and middle-income countries often lack information on data reporting processes and reliable data sources. Accurate data collection is crucial for accountability, as it helps track reporting sources and monitor fishing activities. Current empirical studies on the effectiveness of mobile apps in facilitating transparent data sharing, addressing gender disparities, and improving compliance with marine reserves remain limited. To address these challenges, the non-governmental organization Comunidad y Biodiversidad launched PescaData in 2020, a mobile app designed to help fishers record logbooks, share community solutions, and access a marketplace for trading, knowledge exchange, and communication. This study examines the potential of PescaData to enhance the visibility of women's contributions to small-scale fisheries, using marine reserves in Mexico as a case study. The research employs Q-methodology, a participatory mixed-methods approach that identifies shared perspectives within a group. Using generic purposive sampling, 10 fishery leaders participated, representing general opinions on PescaData’s impact. Findings highlight two key perspectives. First, mobile apps like PescaData increase the visibility of women in fisheries, fostering trust and collaboration between male and female fishers and fish workers, strengthening collective action. Second, as trust grows, male fishers begin to delegate traditionally male-dominated tasks, such as reporting catch data, to women. This shift enables women to take on more active roles in reporting both community solutions and catch data, which leads to increased compliance with marine reserves in the fishing community. These findings emphasize the transformative potential of mobile technology to promote gender inclusivity and sustainability in small-scale fisheries. By integrating digital tools like PescaData, fisheries management can enhance data transparency, accountability, and conservation efforts while fostering equitable participation among fishery actors. The study underscores the need for further research and policy to maximize the benefits of mobile technology to achieve sustainable and inclusive fisheries.

    INTRODUCTION

    Small-scale fisheries (SSF) in low and middle-income countries lag significantly behind in access to trustworthy, consistent, and easily available data, which is needed to promote agency and sovereignty (Development Gateway 2023). Currently, there is a lack of available data on who is reporting and how data is being used (Pita et al. 2019). Communities have become testing grounds for technology, with little control over how the resulting data is used, maintained, and evaluated (Tilley and Roscher 2020), leading fishers to value transparent and fair data sharing (Fujita et al. 2018). Given that mobile apps are perceived as transparent and fair, there is the potential for increased adoption of apps in fisheries (Bradley et al. 2019). As mobile apps become more integrated into data collection and management in SSF, it is essential to ensure that digital tools like mobile apps capture and reflect the contributions of all fish workers, including women, for equitable and inclusive fisheries management.

    Women’s role in fisheries is often not recognized (Mills et al. 2011, Kleiber et al. 2017), and they have limited decision-making power and access to or control over resources (Tilley et al. 2021). The contribution of women fishers and fishworkers in SSF is substantial (Harper 2019), but is often omitted from statistics and decision making, which impacts the ability to manage resources effectively (Tilley et al. 2020). This research gap makes it pertinent to study whether mobile apps could assist in recognizing and accounting for women and their role in SSF. Based on recent reviews (Kleiber et al. 2015, Frangoudes et al. 2019, Tilley et al. 2021), there is a widespread trend in SSF toward differentiating space and resource use based on gender. Different environmental impacts are generated because men and women use coastal and marine resources differently (de la Torre-Castro et al. 2017). Gender issues have recently come to light in SSF within a diversity of areas such as empowerment and agency (Onyango and Jentoft 2011, Torre et al. 2019, Freeman and Svels 2022), well-being approaches (Weeratunge et al. 2014, Szaboova et al. 2022, Drury O’Neill et al. 2024b), women’s contribution in fisheries (Harper et al. 2013, Fröcklin et al. 2014, Kleiber et al. 2015, Harper 2019, Harper et al. 2023), recognition of the gendered aspects of knowledge (Iniesta-Arandia et al. 2015, Salmi and Sonck-Rautio 2018), the need for policy inclusion and way of life considerations (Santos 2015, Koralagama et al. 2017, Mangubhai and Lawless 2021), women entering fish trade arenas (Fröcklin et al. 2013, Gopal et al. 2020), and gender integration in coastal management (Diamond et al. 2003, Szymkowiak and Rhodes-Reese 2020). Despite these initiatives, the management discourse continues to employ terms like “stakeholders” and “appropriators,” or “fishermen” and “middlemen,” which categorize resource users broadly. These phrases are typically linked to the actions and characteristics of males and conceal the contributions of women (de la Torre-Castro et al. 2017).

    In the context of SSF, traditional gender roles often dictate women’s roles as supportive rather than central to fishing activities (Lentisco and Lee 2015, Monfort 2015). Gender theory acknowledges the unequal distribution of power and resources between men and women in many societies (Carter 2014), which can influence trust and group identity dynamics (Danyliuk et al. 2022). Identities in fisheries are shaped by traditional ideas, such as the perception of women as housewives, whereas male identities are strongly linked to reinforced concepts of masculinity (de la Torre-Castro et al. 2017). Trust and group identity may be constructed around masculine norms and values in male-dominated contexts, with men holding greater authority and influence within groups. This can create barriers for women to fully participate in and contribute to group identity formation, leading to feelings of exclusion or marginalization (Kleiber et al. 2017). Trust and reciprocity-based social norms have been recognized as key variables in overcoming principal-agent or collective action problems (Ostrom 1990). This also holds true in SSF, where it has been shown that the different levels of trust in a community and the heterogeneity of fishers (e.g., gender and fishing roles) matter for sustainable fisheries outcomes and collective action (Basurto et al. 2013, Lindkvist et al. 2017, Drury O’Neill et al. 2024a,b). The use of “inclusive management,” which incorporates gender and women’s participation, may offer a solution to coastal resource management (de la Torre-Castro 2019). Mobile apps can provide women with access to information, resources, and networks that enhance their visibility, voice, and agency within SSF (Organization for Economic Development and Cooperation (OECD) 2018).

    Of particular interest in fisheries from a gender, equity, and conservation perspective are marine reserves (Ban et al. 2019). Marine reserves are one of the main conservation strategies in fisheries that provide a refuge for targeted species and create a positive spillover effect that benefits fisheries. Yet struggles with non-compliance, gender-related equity, and fairness issues are common (Bergseth et al. 2023, Drury O’Neill et al. 2024a).

    This research aims to explore if and how mobile apps enhance women’s visibility in SSF. The study will examine how apps shape social identities and power dynamics, and examine their impact on compliance with marine reserves, by answering the following research questions: (1) Can mobile apps be used as a digital tool to increase the visibility of women’s contributions to Mexican SSF, and how? (2) Can apps build trust and lead to increased compliance with marine reserves, especially among the male fishers in the community, and how? and (3) Does the use of mobile apps lead to stronger collective action in Mexican SSF, and how? Using Q-methodology, we examine the impact of PescaData, an app developed by the NGO Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI) in Mexico (pescadata.org). We further discuss the implications of our findings for the future of apps as tools for increasing women’s visibility, trust, and collective action in the pursuit of sustainable fisheries.

    METHODS

    Case study context

    Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI) is a non-governmental organization founded in 1999 by young people interested in marine life and reducing poverty levels (cobi.org.mx). It promotes marine conservation and sustainable fisheries management through its work with Mexico’s coastal communities (Sanchez 2015). With a strong participation strategy, COBI encourages future generations of fishers to co-design solutions for resilient communities and healthy oceans (COBI and PescaData 2025).

    In 2020, COBI launched the PescaData mobile app as part of the Innovación Azul (Blue Innovation) digital ecosystem (pescadata.org). With over 2500 registered users across Mexico, PescaData is a free and interactive mobile app with three main functions. One part of the app helps fishers record logbooks to keep more accurate control of target species and access the resulting data. Most importantly, these data are owned by the fishers. Second, the app has a section where any user can share solutions that can reach other fishers across different coastal communities through anyone who is using the app. In addition, a third use is that fishers are able to access “The Market” interface in the app to buy and sell products, share knowledge, and create communication forums (Precoma de la Mora et al. 2020). This research focuses on the first two parts of the app.

    The demographic composition of PescaData users reflects the diversity of the Mexican fishing community, encompassing fishers of different ages, genders, and ethnic backgrounds (see Append. 1). Users include fishers, but also those involved in post-processing activities and/or those who take on administrative roles. Approximately 75% of PescaData users are male, with the remaining 25% being female. In terms of age distribution, the majority of PescaData users fall within the 25–45 age range, reflecting the active participation of both younger and middle-aged fishers in adopting mobile technology for fisheries management (pescadata.org). Additionally, as shown in Fig. 1, PescaData users are geographically dispersed, with significant user populations located in coastal regions such as Baja California Sur, Sonora, Quintana Roo, Oaxaca, Nayarit, Colima, Guerrero, Sinaloa, and Yucatan, where SSF play a crucial role in local economies and livelihoods.

    Q-methodology

    Q-methodology is a way to articulate numerous individual viewpoints into a few “factors” that are believed to represent shared ways of thinking between people (Li 2022). Q is especially appropriate for uncovering points of view and emphasizing differences and similarities between and within groups (Damio 2016). The participants do a Q-sorting exercise that captures the concept that individuals think about ideas in connection to other ideas rather than in isolation. The set of statements, better known as the Q-set, is usually written as expressions of opinions or beliefs on a given topic (Watts and Stenner 2005). The Q-set is drawn from the “concourse,” which is the sum of all things people say or think about the issue being investigated. Ranking the Q-set gives rise to the Q-sorts, which is a cluster of subjectivity representing a shared view (Watts and Stenner 2005).

    Drawing on the suitability of Q-methodology according to Brown (1980, 2004), Q was suitable for this study because: (1) the research participants are end users themselves and have reported community solutions using PescaData, and Q is good for articulating their shared visions on how the app has changed their understanding of women’s role in Mexican SSF; and (2) through a careful process of selection, the research participants can mirror the breadth of individuals who are using PescaData.

    Q-factor analysis is an inversion of the conventional by-item factor analysis (Stephenson 1965). Q-factor analysis differs from traditional factor analysis by correlating individuals rather than test items, making it a form of by-person factor analysis. If each participant held entirely unique preferences—expressed through their Q-sorts—no meaningful correlations would emerge. However, when significant clusters of correlations are present, they can be factorized to identify shared viewpoints, with individuals aligning to specific factors. Thus, Q-methodology is designed to uncover and describe distinct perspectives within a population, rather than categorizing individuals as in conventional factor analysis (Brown 1980, van Exel and de Graaf 2005, ten Klooster et al. 2008). In studies employing Q-methodology, a small but strategically selected sample is sufficient, as participants are chosen to represent the diversity of opinions within the target population (Brown 1980, 1996). Therefore, Q-analysis as part of Q-methodology does not need large numbers of participants because it can reveal characteristics independent of the distribution of that characteristic relative to other characteristics (Smith 2001, van Exel and de Graaf 2005). It only requires a sufficient number of participants to establish the existence of a factor for purposes of comparing one factor with another (Militello and Benham 2010).

    The Q-method steps are summarized in Fig. 2 below and are detailed in the following sub-section.

    Discourse identification

    The first step of Q-methodology is to gain a good understanding of the discourse and gather all possible information related to the research objective. In this study, the aim was to itemize the full range of subjective perceptions (attitudes and norms) of the fishers who are using the mobile app, PescaData, based on four themes, i.e., trust, collective action, closure areas, and women’s work contributions to Mexican SSF that exists in the studied area. In order to understand the discourse, we used the following methods: analysis of the COBI database, which comprised a collection of community solutions provided by the users of the PescaData app; informal discussions with fishery experts from COBI; and a review of literature on Mexican SSF. This study concluded with 25 statements, where the saturation point was achieved, i.e., when the addition of more statements did not present more opinions (Eden et al. 2005).

    Process of identifying statements

    Step 1: A single researcher conducted the thematic coding, as the data were obtained from a pre-existing COBI database containing 172 statements on community solutions, collected during field workshops through PescaData, led by COBI. The data were color coded and analyzed using Quirkos qualitative software (Quirkos n.d.) to identify preliminary correlations between the themes. Thematic coding involves identifying predefined themes in the data (Bryman 2016). Of the 172 statements, 133 were extracted, each connected to one or more of the four themes. As codification was conducted by a single researcher, intercoder reliability was not applicable in this step.

    Step 2: The Quirkos statement clusters revealed a group of 12 statements under the theme “Trust,” a group of 17 statements under the theme “Closure areas,” a group of 35 statements under the theme “Women’s contribution to SSF,” and a group of 111 statements under the theme “Collective action,” along with overlap statements between and across the four themes. The statement clusters helped to map out the themes that were more or less represented. This approach also enabled the selection of representative statements from each theme, including those with overlaps, allowing for the identification of themes that clustered together and the formulation of relevant statements. Subsequently, this step guided the development of the concourse and unpacked the shared ways of thinking among the fishers to design the Q-set.

    Q-set design

    Q-set content

    This step involved reducing the concourse into a manageable and comprehensive set of statements (Q-set) that the participants would rank during the Q-sorting exercise. A deductive coding technique was used to color code all the statements in the concourse and group them into the four main themes.

    Triangulation was applied to determine which subjective perceptions (attitudes and norms) of the fishers under the four themes (trust, collective action, closure areas, and women’s work contributions to Mexican SSF) would be included in the final list (Q-set). This required data to be identified from at least two independent data sources (Bryman 2016). Triangulation was used to strengthen the internal validity of the research design and ensure an inclusive and relevant inventory of fishers’ subjective perceptions. As indicated in Fig. 3, only those statements validated through all three data sources were chosen. If that was not possible, then data from a minimum of two different sources were considered. This concourse development resulted in a total of 37 statements.

    Three fishery experts from COBI initially refined the 37 statements to 35. Subsequently, two rounds of pilot studies were conducted with two academics from the Stockholm Resilience Centre and the three COBI fishery experts, resulting in the development of the final Q-set comprising 25 statements, as outlined in Append. 2. The pilots refined the clarity of statements and comprehensiveness of the Q-set and provided feedback on the shape and scale of the distribution, clarity of instructions, and overall experience.

    Q-board design

    The Q-board in the Q-method software was designed as a quasi-normal, symmetrical distribution with 25 spots (one for each of the 25 statements), as shown in Fig. 4. Participants were asked to rank the statements in order of agreement.

    Q-participant selection

    Using COBI’s network of fishery actors, a generic purposive sampling was used to identify individuals who are using PescaData in Mexican SSF and would be representative of general opinions of PescaData. The individuals selected to participate were fishery leaders in their communities, came from diverse backgrounds with varying ages, were geographically dispersed, and are representative of the larger group of fishers’ main viewpoints. The study consisted of 10 participants (i.e., four males and six females). Two of the participants were PescaData users outside of COBI’s network.

    Q-sort administration

    Q-sorting with the research participants was conducted online using Q-method software (Q Method Software n.d.) between 11–20 January 2024, and semi-structured interviews were conducted and recorded on Zoom on three separate interview days (23, 25 January and 1 February 2024). Studies have suggested no apparent difference in the validity or reliability between in-person and online Q-sorts (Reber et al. 2000).

    After completing their Q-sorting exercise, the participants were assigned individual interview time slots. There were five rounds of interviews, each with two participants, spread over three interview days. The participants completed their Q-sorting exercise in around 15 min., and the semi-structured interviews took approximately 30 min. per person for each interview round.

    The participants were sent a short message (53 words) via WhatsApp before the Q-sorting exercise, as well as a link to the exercise in the Q-method software. After signing the consent form integrated into the Q-method software, the participants completed their Q-sorting exercise. They were instructed to sort the 25 statements into three piles: Agree, Neutral, Disagree. During the interview, the researcher provided the plain language statement, which was translated by an interpreter who was present on Zoom for the interviews. The interpreter provided live translations from English to Spanish and vice versa for both the researcher and the participants. Stockholm Resilience Centre’s ethics committee approved the consent forms and ethical assessment.

    After the Q-sorts were generated and analyzed, the semi-structured interviews were structured based on the Q-results, which prompted the participants to reflect on the ranking of their Q-set again. Corresponding questions were asked when they expressed thoughts that were relevant to the study objectives in order to address the research questions.

    A semi-structured method was chosen to complement the constructivist epistemology. The semi-structured interview provides the researcher with a more exploratory and open-ended approach, using the Q-set (Watts and Stenner 2005). Furthermore, semi-structured interviews give a level of structuring and standardization across participants while leaving the session open enough to allow for reflective insights and the emergence of an untold narrative (Bryman 2016).

    Q-data analysis

    From Q-sorts to Q-factor analysis

    The ten Q-sorts collected were used to examine whether or not the group had common viewpoints. If opinions generated from the Q-sorts are sufficiently similar, they form clusters, also known as factors. A factor requires the participation of at least two individuals (Watts and Stenner 2005). The analysis was carried out using the online Q-method software (n.d.).

    A Spearman correlation was established because the data in Q-sorts is ordinal. According to Alberts and Ankenmann (2001), this provides a standardized measure of the linear relationship between two sets of ranked scores. Secondly, a principal component analysis (PCA) was used because the factors are orthogonal to each other; they are being statistically and linearly independent of one another. Thirdly, a varimax rotation method was used to identify the factors that contributed the most to the study variance.

    Accepting a factor

    To find the appropriate number of factors, the following criteria were followed: (1) after varimax rotation, at least two Q-sorts should load significantly to that factor at the level of P < 0.05. This meant exceeding ± 0.396 based on the equation for standard error: 1.96*(1/√N), where N = number items in Q-set. 1.96*(1/√25) = 0.396 (Watts and Stenner 2005); (2) if the Eigenvalue of the factors were equal to or more than 1; and (3) if the cross-product of the two highest factor loadings for that factor exceeded twice the standard error, called Humphrey’s rule (Brown 1993). If a Q-sort loaded significantly to two or more factors, it was not included in the analysis as it would lead to confounded factor loading.

    Factor interpretations

    Factor interpretation involves an analysis of the factors with the support of the qualitative data gathered during the post-sort interviews. The crib sheet writing exercise (Watts and Stenner 2005), which guides the researcher to interpret the data holistically, and the answers from the semi-structured interviews helped build the study’s narrative.

    Discourse analysis: building the narrative from the Q-sorts

    Discourse analysis summarizes the opinions of the factor it represents and aims to make the results more comprehensible across factors. The narrative was created using the crib sheet technique, which helped to give an overview of the insights of the findings. This was a security measure to ensure that statements were not overlooked. With this technique, the highest and lowest rated statements from each factor, along with the most different rated statements from the other factor, were chosen for the narrative (Watts and Stenner 2005). Ten statements chosen for the narrative from Factor 1 and Factor 2 rated +4, -4, +3, and -3. Additionally, seven consensus statements rated across +2 to -3 were also selected to build the narrative.

    In total, 17 statements were selected to represent the narrative of the Q-exercise. These statements will later be referred to by number; for example, statement number 23 with a ranking of +4, will be referred to as (23: +4), and statement number 12 with a ranking of +1 from factor 1 and +2 from factor 2 will be referred to as (12: +1, +2) in the narrative. The viewpoints that create the narrative were also complemented with quotes from the interviews.

    The chosen statements for the narrative (marked in Italics) can be found in Append. 3.

    RESULTS

    For factor extraction, the Kaiser-Guttman criterion and Humprey’s rule were applied. The online Q-method software suggested two factors for retention, accounting for approximately 42% of the study’s explained variance. Of the 10 Q-sorts, four loaded significantly to Factor 1, and five loaded significantly to Factor 2 (Table 1). In other words, two clusters of shared viewpoints could significantly be derived from this exercise.

    The composite Q-sorts for Factor 1 and Factor 2 are shown in Figs. 5 and 6 below. Subsequently, the Venn diagram in Fig. 7 was created using these composite Q-sorts and the factor arrays from the crib sheet (see Append. 4). The Venn diagram prompted the development of the narrative for this study.

    The narrative from the Q

    This section will explain the Venn diagram (Fig. 7) with supporting quotes (see Append. 4 for the extended version) from the participants of the interviews to answer the three research questions of this study. A summary of Factor 1, Factor 2, and Consensus statements are highlighted below.

    Factor 1

    Summary of opinion 1: Mobile apps promote the visibility of women and lead to increased collaboration between male and female fishers in the community, creating a sense of group identity that fosters trust and facilitates stronger collective action.

    Factor 1 demonstrates a relative disagreement with the statement that mobile apps like PescaData allow fishers to have self-recognition, which in turn, increases collective action in the community (25: -3). Rather, apps generate group identity in the fishing community, which increases trust and collective action (3: +3).

    ...apps are also able to connect to fishing communities on the other side of the village. They’re able to share what they are doing and what has been done and they also promote collaboration between communities. So it definitely has strengthened these types of connections and allowed for the visibility of different fishing groups to increase. (P4, Female)

    Also, as noted by Factor 1, NGOs cannot train fishers on gender equality or provide a safe space for women to join fishing networks (20: -4). Rather, the use of mobile apps has the potential to bridge the gender gap and facilitate knowledge co-sharing among male and female fishers in the community, which in turn fosters increased trust and leads to more inclusive decision making and compliance with marine reserves. This, in turn, encourages more collective action within the fishing community (1: +3). In the post-sort interviews, a task-sharing mechanism was mentioned where, if fishers were working under a patron (i.e., a permisionario, or holder of an individual fishing permit), then whenever a male fisher encountered a female fisher (i.e., a wife or daughter at home), the male fisher hands over the catch data reporting to the woman. Similarly, in a fishing cooperative, the members come to a consensus on a woman qualified to report catch on behalf of the cooperative. This way, using the mobile app, the women start reporting not only community solutions but also the daily catch data on behalf of the male fishers in the community, leading to increased group identity and trust.

    Once women actively use apps, it gives us a lot of trust and confidence to engage with each other as a community. (P7, Male)

    Additionally, Factor 1 demonstrated that fishers respect the ban placed on scarce species because they have trust in their community (7: +4). Fishers’ strong agreement with this statement demonstrates how apps help to build trust and increase compliance with marine reserves.

    ...in my community, marine reserves are respected using the app. We duly share information in the app, and then more people are able to respect the reserves and the norms that are established for our fishing community. (P9, Male)

    Factor 2

    Summary of opinion 2: Mobile apps facilitate stronger collective action and promote gender equality, which has led to increased compliance with marine reserves among the male fishers in the community.

    Relative disagreement is seen in the statement that mobile apps have allowed women to understand their fishing contributions across the value chain, making them more aware of their rights (17: -4). The interviews later revealed that it is more from the support of the cooperatives that the visibility of women’s contributions in small-scale fisheries increases (for example, by accelerating the process to obtain their fishing permits when women are involved), which enables them to have more capacity for action and provides opportunities to be involved in decision making (14: +3). Factor 2 further illustrates that gender equality and collective action begin when men increasingly support and collaborate with their wives (23: +4), or female fishers in their cooperatives. This collaboration unites the fishing community with greater respect and compliance with marine reserves (9: +3). The participants’ high support for this statement demonstrates how mobile apps lead to stronger collective action in the community.

    ...in their community, they work closely with CONANP [National Commission of Natural Protected Areas], and for CONANP projects and the projects that are realized within the community, they’re obligated to include about 60–70% women on these projects. (P2, Female)
    The ability to communicate between fishers or community members that this action or this reserve is precisely for conserving so we can have these species in the future as well, leads to better fishing in general. Well, I believe that this would promote trust and collective action. (P3, Male)

    Consensus statements—shared opinions by all research participants

    Summary of consensus statements: The rise in gender-specific fisheries data through mobile apps indicates a growing trend of women’s active participation in decision-making processes, thus increasing their visibility within Mexican fishing communities.

    The participants of the study showed a relative disagreement with the statements that female-led cooperatives that own fishing permits offer equal opportunities for female fishers to earn fair compensation (16: -2, -1), and mobile apps aid fishers in connecting with NGOs, enhancing their training, and promoting the inclusion of women and young people in the fishing network (18: -3, -3). It was later revealed from the interviews that fishing cooperatives and NGOs like COBI need to play a significant role in increasing the use of mobile apps among fishers in the community by explaining to both male and female fishers how mobile apps like PescaData can benefit them in their day-to-day fishing activities.

    Explain how Pescadata helps fishers to improve their market or the agility of the river warnings; so more people want to use mobile apps. Such training not only gives us [women] visibility but also empowerment without having us require independent permits... (P5, Female)

    All respondents were in disagreement with the statement that female fishers’ active participation in environmental promoter groups will raise awareness for fishermen to respect marine reserves (15: -2, -3). Post-sort interviews later revealed that female fishers’ active participation in reporting community solutions and catch data using mobile apps like PescaData has increased trust and collaboration between male and female fishers, leading to stronger collective action and compliance with marine reserves.

    Well, I’m going to tell you from my experience of the time I have in fishing, which is 11 years that I have already been in the fishing sector, working as such, and I have realized that not only here in San Felipe but in the majority of coastal communities, women are the ones who promote conservation and environmental care. Although there are men in conservation, but we mostly see women, at least in the fishing communities of community groups or associations, we are more the women who promote conservation through reporting community solutions in the apps. I include myself in it. (P10, Female)

    The statement that focus groups are safe spaces to improve trust and collective action in the community (2: 0, 0) received a neutral opinion from both factors. However, in the post-sort interviews, all participants expressed strong support for the role of cooperatives or NGOs in setting up focus groups for discussing privacy policies of mobile apps. The reason was, first, to increase knowledge of apps among the fishers and, second, to discuss offering scholarships and other support to members’ children, where the cooperatives can expect the next generation of children to keep contributing to the fishing community when they are older (22: +2, +2). Another neutral opinion was expressed for the statement that apps are being used to increase the visibility of women’s involvement in various communal activities (21: -1, 0), a high positive consensus from all ten participants in the Q-sorting exercise and post-sort interviews revealed that the rise in gender-specific fisheries data significantly highlighted women’s involvement in decision-making processes, enhancing their visibility in the community (12: +1, +2). Thus, their contributions are acknowledged and taken into account because the reporting source can be observed and monitored. This demonstrates how mobile apps provide a platform for women’s fishing roles to be recognized in Mexican fishing communities.

    Of course, as my colleague said, women have always participated in fishing activities, but to a certain extent, they are not seen, because, in a certain way, they are hidden. So when using the apps, they appear, as they have always been there. (P3, Male)

    Overall, the consensus statements in this study highlight the significant role that mobile apps, like PescaData, play in increasing women’s visibility and participation in decision-making processes within Mexican fishing communities. Although mobile apps have empowered women by providing a platform to report fishing data and promote conservation efforts, challenges remain in achieving gender equality, particularly regarding fair compensation in female-led cooperatives. The study revealed that, although there was initial disagreement about women’s equal opportunities in cooperatives, post-sort interviews showed that women’s involvement in reporting data has fostered trust and collaboration among fishers. Additionally, focus groups, facilitated by cooperatives and NGOs, play a crucial role in enhancing understanding of mobile apps and fostering support for the next generation of fishers. In summary, mobile apps were found to be a valuable tool for amplifying women’s voices and promoting their roles in the fishing community, although structural barriers to achieving full equality persist.

    DISCUSSION

    This study finds that mobile apps like PescaData can play a transformative role in fostering collaboration, trust, and gender inclusivity within small-scale fisheries (SSF). By analyzing fishers’ perspectives through Q-methodology, it reveals how increased visibility of women’s contributions reshapes social and collective dynamics in Mexican fishing communities. These findings offer valuable local insights and contribute to global conversations on gender equity and fisheries management, addressing challenges such as gender invisibility, data transparency, and compliance with marine reserves that affect SSF worldwide. Although Tilley and Roscher (2020) caution that digital technologies can exacerbate social inequalities, digital exclusion, and elite capture if not carefully governed and locally engaged, our study provides empirical evidence that co-developed tools like PescaData—designed to promote transparency and data ownership—can enhance gender inclusivity, trust, and collective action. However, Ferguson (2006) critiques that development technologies are rarely neutral, often reinforcing existing bureaucratic and political power structures rather than dismantling them. He asserts that development efforts may function “not as a machine for eliminating poverty [...] but a machine for reinforcing the power of those who dominate the poor” (ibid.). Our study responds to Ferguson’s critique by showing that when digital tools are developed collaboratively with local communities and integrated into inclusive management frameworks, they can help redistribute power—for example, by increasing women’s visibility in resource management. This highlights that the potential of information and communication technology depends heavily on their embeddedness within supportive social and institutional contexts that address power dynamics and ensure meaningful participation (Cuevas Gómez et al. 2022). Ultimately, the transformative impact of digitalization arises not from technology alone, but from its inclusive, context-sensitive integration into fisheries management.

    In the following paragraphs, we explore the key themes that emerged from the Q-factor analysis, emphasizing how mobile apps enhance women’s involvement across the fisheries value chain and how this, in turn, strengthens group identity and compliance with marine reserves. Additionally, we discuss the study’s methodological contributions, broader implications, and limitations, offering a clearer understanding of the relationship between digital tools, gender inclusivity, and sustainable fisheries management.

    Factor 1, which includes all Q-sorts from the female participants across the value chain (fisherwoman, community monitors, technical, post-harvest processing), reveals an important finding of this study: PescaData has increased the visibility of women’s work contributions; this, in turn, has fostered collaboration between male and female fishers to operate as a social unit in the community. This leads to increased trust and a sense of group identity, which strengthens collective action within and across communities. Importantly, these findings contribute to global conversations on gender equity in SSF, where women’s roles remain largely invisible despite their substantial contributions across the fisheries value chain (Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) 2016, Franz et al. 2023).

    On a global scale, women constitute half of the small-scale fisheries workforce and are extensively engaged in processing and commercial activities (FAO 2016). According to Monfort (2015), “women are perceived to be trustworthy, dedicated, meticulous, flexible, compliant, quality minded, and cheaper than men.” Given that, with PescaData, women are now involved in reporting both catch data and community solutions, it can be concluded that women’s activities are more visible across the fishing sector. This higher visibility of women together with their perceived trustworthiness may contribute to increased trust within the community, and thus, better management of illegal fishing. The findings of this study contribute to the global discourse on gender equity by demonstrating how digital tools like PescaData can increase the visibility of women’s contributions, foster gender-inclusive fisheries governance, and promote collective action in traditionally male-dominated sectors.

    Furthermore, to counteract the invisibility of women in the fishing sector, COBI collaborated with various institutions to jointly develop key actions and programs that contribute to achieving gender equality. One such program is called “Gender Equality at Sea,” through which women recognize themselves as part of the fishing sector and strengthen their capacities to actively participate in the implementation of fisheries sustainability solutions (Igualdad de Género en el Mar 2025).

    Additionally, initiatives promoting gender equity in Mexico have included a forum on this topic held by the Fisheries Commission and chaired by a deputy of the National Chamber of Deputies (a legislative arm of the Mexican government), which highlighted the critical yet often overlooked role of women in the fishing sector and the inequalities they face (Cámara de Diputados 2022). Women contribute significantly across the entire fisheries value chain—as fishers, processors, and sellers—yet their work remains undervalued, and they are underrepresented in decision making. Speakers at the forum emphasized key challenges, including limited access to credit, economic and infrastructure constraints, unfair wages, and even workplace harassment. Despite these barriers, women continue to be a fundamental pillar of the industry, particularly in indigenous communities where they often lead fishing activities. Calls were made for stronger public policies, increased institutional support, and greater recognition of women’s contributions to ensure gender equity and empower women within the fisheries sector (ibid.). Initiatives like these are part of a growing global effort to address gender disparities in SSF, as similar challenges of underrepresentation and limited decision-making power persist worldwide. By showcasing the positive impacts of digital tools on gender dynamics, this study offers valuable insights for other regions facing comparable socio-economic contexts, reinforcing the global relevance of promoting women’s agency in fisheries management.

    Our results show that PescaData is reshaping gender dynamics in fisheries by increasing the visibility of women’s contributions and influencing power structures within fishing communities. Although the sector remains highly gender-stratified, digital tools could facilitate shifts in traditional roles by fostering greater recognition of women’s economic and decision-making power (Castillo and Vosloo 2018). According to Pedroza-Gutiérrez et al. (2024), economic power plays a crucial role in enabling the formal participation of women in the fishing sector. Access to fish resources, economic activities, and social institutions (e.g., family networks, cooperatives, and government programs) significantly influence gender equity (ibid). Regional differences in gender roles further highlight how variations in fisheries productivity, resource availability, and external economic opportunities shape power dynamics within households and communities (Frangoudes and Gerrard 2018). Frangoudes and Gerrard (2018) argue that achieving gender equity in fisheries requires increased visibility of women’s work, better access to training, and supportive policies that enhance their economic, positional, and definitional power. Our results support this conclusion with respect to increased visibility of women’s work.

    Building on this, our findings (drawing on Factor 2 results) indicate that the increased visibility of women through PescaData has led to a shift in attitudes and norms among male fishers in the community, resulting in greater recognition and appreciation of women’s contributions to small-scale fisheries. Furthermore, the app has fostered trust and collective action, promoting gender equality through the delegation and co-production of fishing knowledge by both male and female fishers. Higher levels of trust have, in turn, led to increased compliance with marine reserves, demonstrating the broader social and environmental benefits of integrating women more fully into fisheries management and decision making. Thus, our study supports earlier findings that trust and reciprocity-based norms are crucial for addressing collective action challenges in general (Ostrom 1990) and in small-scale fisheries in particular (Basurto et al. 2013, Lindkvist et al. 2017).

    Based on the subjective perceptions of the 10 fishery leaders, this study adds new knowledge to the current literature by showing how the growing trend of women’s active participation in decision-making processes through the use of mobile apps has increased their visibility in Mexican fishing communities. Correspondingly, the study also shows that this increased visibility has strengthened collaboration between the male and female fishers in the fishing communities, leading to increased trust and group identity. The participatory approach that is facilitated by apps leads to fairer and more sustainable fisheries management outcomes like gender equality and increased compliance with marine reserves among the male fishers in the community. As previously identified by Ban et al. (2019), marine reserves are a key component of fisheries conservation strategies because of their positive spillover effect on target species. However, the challenge of compliance with marine reserves remains. The results of this study suggest that women’s active reporting of fishing activities on a daily basis increases compliance with marine reserves, which can help to address non-compliance by reducing illegal fishing.

    Furthermore, the results show that apps like PescaData can serve as tools for providing accessible and transparent data on who is reporting. Our results also show that this can lead to capacity building and knowledge exchange, whereby fishers retain rights over their data they generate, learn from each other, and share best fishing practices within and across different communities without third-party involvement. Such collective action can prevent the exploitation of common-pool resources and mitigate the tragedy of the commons in SSF (Basurto et al. 2020, Thanh et al. 2021, van Klingeren and de Graaf 2021). This has global implications for small-scale fisheries, where the adoption of digital tools may enhance transparency, empower local communities, and promote more equitable and sustainable fisheries management worldwide.

    Methodological contributions

    This is the first study in the context of Mexican SSF that used Q-methodology to investigate the relationship between mobile app usage and women’s visibility in SSF. The study further explored the implications of this relationship on communal trust, collective action, and compliance with marine reserves. Q-methodology was used to conduct an exploratory analysis to uncover underlying patterns in fishers’ perspectives and opinions. This allowed for the identification of shared and differing viewpoints and emergent themes within SSF, shedding light on key issues and dynamics in the Mexican fishing community that may not have been apparent through the traditional combination of quantitative and/or qualitative methods employed in previous studies (see, e.g., Solano et al. 2021). Although some unexplained variance in participant’s Q-sorts is expected in Q-methodology, it does not undermine the validity of the study’s conclusions. The key aim of Q-methodology is to identify and describe distinct shared viewpoints rather than account for all individual variations. The factors extracted represent the most salient and commonly held perspectives within the participant group, ensuring that the study’s findings remain meaningful and reliable (Millar et al. 2022). Furthermore, according to Gao and Soranzo (2020), the unexplained variance likely reflects individual nuances rather than systematic gaps in the data, and its impact is minimized by the rigorous factor extraction process used in the analysis.

    Moreover, in Q-methodology, a confounded Q-sort—where a participant’s responses load onto multiple factors—does not compromise the robustness of the results (Sneegas et al. 2021). Instead, it indicates that the individual’s perspective shares similarities with multiple viewpoints rather than aligning strongly with a single factor. This is a natural occurrence in Q-methodology, as perspectives often exist on a continuum rather than as rigid categories (Hugé et al. 2016). The study’s conclusions remain valid because the identified factors represent the most distinct and commonly shared viewpoints within the data set. Furthermore, the presence of confounded Q-sorts reinforces the complexity of subjective viewpoints without undermining the integrity of the findings (Sorola 2022).

    Implications of the findings

    The study demonstrates that promoting the inclusivity of women and granting them agency significantly enhances their visibility within the fisheries sector. According to Bergseth et al. (2023), broadening our perspective and focus to govern for compliance, rather than for simple rule enforcement, represents a cost-effective approach to addressing compliance issues in marine reserves. Involving fishers, including women, in data collection and analysis can lead to more accurate and relevant information for better management decisions and marine governance (Tilley and Roscher 2020). This study shows how the involvement of women is central to tackling the issue of non-compliance with marine reserves.

    As Fujita et al. (2018) noted, fishers value transparent and fair data sharing, a fundamental design principle of PescaData and a crucial consideration for this study. Tilley and Roscher (2020) find that the spread of mobile apps in SSF requires transparency in how data are used and evaluated. Although PescaData’s community solutions are public, the fact that fishers own the reported catch data and have exclusive rights to them may accelerate the adoption and impact of the proposed solutions. Through this diffusion mechanism, the visibility of women’s contributions to SSF can be significantly increased, particularly when apps ensure transparency in how data are used and evaluated. This model of participatory, transparent data has the potential to inspire similar approaches in other regions. The scaling of inclusive digital tools globally can help meet the broader goal of equity in fisheries management and policy.

    Our findings suggest that mobile apps can amplify women’s voices and increase their participation in communal activities. To be fully effective for increasing gender equity in fisheries, mobile apps must be embedded within broader institutional frameworks. As highlighted by both the fishery leaders in our study and the findings of Espinosa-Romero et al. (2017), community trust and app adoption are strengthened when cooperatives and NGOs actively participate in training and outreach activities. This underscores the need for collaborative management models as suggested in Ocean Risk and Resilience Action Alliance (ORRAA) (2023), where mobile apps are integrated with institutional support mechanisms that safeguard livelihoods and ensure inclusive participation. Finally, based on our findings and prior studies, we suggest that app-based interventions should actively involve local communities in both the design and implementation process, in line with the work of Torre and Fernández Rivera-Melo (2018) and Villaseñor-Derbez et al. (2022).

    Limitations of the study

    The selected participants were carefully chosen to represent the broader group of small-scale fishers in different communities around Mexico, and the results were cross-validated with COBI, however, the findings may not be generalizable to a larger population of fishers, as the sample may not be representative enough to draw broader conclusions. Although the small sample size of 10 fishery leaders is sufficient for identifying and comparing factors within Q-methodology, this limitation could be addressed in future research by expanding the participant pool. Ensuring more diverse representation across key demographic variables would also enhance the robustness of findings and improve the transferability of results to a broader population.

    Additionally, the sample consisted of six female fishers and four male fishers, which could skew the results to a potential gender bias, and the exclusion of a confounding Q-sort could have given rise to a higher percentage of explained variance for Factor 2. We attempted to address this limitation by conducting post-sort interviews alongside the Q-sorting exercise, which provided more nuanced insights into gender dynamics and a clearer picture of the clustered opinions of the sampled fishers in Mexico. Additionally, the concourse statements may not cover the full range of perspectives or dimensions relevant to the research, potentially overlooking important aspects of the phenomenon under study. To mitigate this limitation, we conducted two rounds of pilot tests of the concourse statements with fishery actors to validate the relevance and comprehensiveness of the concourse statements before administering the full study (see Append. 5 for details). Moreover, the Q-sorting exercise’s effectiveness depends on the participants’ ability to understand and accurately rank the statements, which may vary. We addressed this limitation by integrating the Q-method with semi-structured interviews with the participants, thereby facilitating more reliable findings. Furthermore, the Q-method software is better suited to computer-based platforms with enhanced internet connectivity, compared with mobile devices. Due to interface limitations, including the precision required to make inputs on mobile touchscreens, and the restricted zooming capacity of the online Q-method software on mobile phones, we encouraged participants to use a computer whenever possible. For those who used mobile devices, a demo of the Q-sorting exercise was given prior to engaging in the exercise. Furthermore, limited internet connectivity in certain cases prevented some participants from completing the online Q-sorting exercise, and consequently, they were not included in the final sample. Lastly, due to time constraints, it was beyond the scope of the study to include individuals who were not actively using PescaData. This provides an opportunity for future research to include those who are not using PescaData or who have stopped using PescaData, as their inclusion in a future study would enhance the generalizability of the findings.

    CONCLUSION

    The study concludes that the use of technology like mobile apps can contribute to women’s visibility and, in turn, may lead to sustainable fisheries management while promoting gender equality and inclusivity. Our results show that apps can empower women by giving them a platform to actively participate and be recognized in the fisheries sector. Women in small-scale fisheries in Mexico are key to building trust and reinforcing group identity within their communities. The solutions shared through PescaData facilitate immediate improvements within fishing communities and serve as catalysts for informing other fishing communities, thereby enhancing overall resilience across communities. As women take on the responsibility of reporting catch data and community solutions using mobile apps, they demonstrate reliability and commitment to sustainable fishing practices. This shift in roles encourages more men to entrust women with these tasks, and consequently, the increased participation of women enhances compliance with marine reserves among male fishers, as they respect and value the contributions of their female counterparts. This collaborative approach leads to stronger collective action within the community toward marine conservation. This study shows the potential for women’s knowledge and contributions to bring fishers and fish workers across communities to work together toward equitable and sustainable small-scale fisheries, and therefore, highlights this theme as an important avenue for further research.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This study was conducted as part of the TEMPO research project, supported by the National Science Foundation USA under Grant No. 2206739, hosted at University of California, Santa Barbara in collaboration with the Stockholm Resilience Centre, the NGO “Comunidad y Biodiversidad” (COBI) in Mexico, and others. In addition, EL was funded by the Swedish Research Council for Sustainable Development (Formas) 2020-00454.

    We are also deeply grateful to the research participants for generously sharing their time, insights, and experiences.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    Only Grammarly as an AI-assisted tool was used to detect grammatical errors, improve readability, and enhance the clarity of written work.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data and code that support the findings of the Q-analysis (i.e., anonymized study analysis report exported from the online Q-method software in csv file) is available on request from the corresponding author, T. Ahmed. None of the data and code are publicly available because the survey information in the online Q-method software and transcription of the semi-structured interviews contain information that could compromise the privacy of research participants. Ethical approval for this research study was granted by the Stockholm Resilience Centre's ethics committee.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Alberts, K. S., and B. Ankenmann. 2001. Simulating Pearson’s and Spearman’s correlations in Q-sorts using Excel: a simulation proof of a widely believed result. Social Science Computer Review 19(2):221-226. https://doi.org/10.1177/089443930101900208

    Ban, N. C., G. G. Gurney, N. A. Marshall, C. K. Whitney, M. Mills, S. Gelcich, N. J. Bennett, M. C. Meehan, C. Butler, S. Ban, and T. C. Tran. 2019. Well-being outcomes of marine protected areas. Nature Sustainability 2(6):524-532. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0306-2

    Basurto, X., A. Bennett, E. Lindkvist, and M. Schlüter. 2020. Governing the commons beyond harvesting: an empirical illustration from fishing. PLoS ONE 15(4):e0231575. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0231575

    Basurto, X., A. Bennett, A. H. Weaver, S. Rodriguez-van Dyck, and J. S. Aceves-Bueno. 2013. Cooperative and noncooperative strategies for small-scale fisheries’ self-governance in the globalization era: implications for conservation. Ecology and Society 18(4):38. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05673-180438

    Bergseth, B. J., A. Arias, M. L. Barnes, I. Caldwell, A. Datta, S. Gelcich, S. H. Ham, J. D. Lau, C. Ruano-Chamorro, P. Smallhorn-West, and D. Weekers. 2023. Closing the compliance gap in marine protected areas with human behavioural sciences. Fish and Fisheries 24(4):695-704. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12749

    Bradley, D., M. Merrifield, K. M. Miller, S. Lomonico, J. R. Wilson, and M. G. Gleason. 2019. Opportunities to improve fisheries management through innovative technology and advanced data systems. Fish and Fisheries 20(3):564-583. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12361

    Brown, M. 2004. Illuminating patterns of perception: an overview of Q methodology. Defense Technical Information Center, Fort Belvoir, Virginia, USA.

    Brown, S. R. 1980. Political subjectivity: applications of Q methodology in political science. Yale University Press, New Haven, Connecticut, USA and London, UK.

    Brown, S. R. 1993. A primer on Q methodology. Operant Subjectivity 16(3/4):91-138. https://doi.org/10.22488/okstate.93.100504

    Brown, S. R. 1996. Q methodology and qualitative research. Qualitative Health Research 6(4):561-567. https://doi.org/10.1177/104973239600600408

    Bryman, A. 2016. Social research methods. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.

    Cámara de Diputados. 2022. Organizan el foro “Igualdad de género en las pesquerías mexicanas: retos, oportunidades y casos de éxito.” [Press release]. Bulletin 1604, Cámara de Diputados, Mexico City, Mexico. http://www5.diputados.gob.mx/index.php/esl/Comunicacion/Boletines/2022/Abril/08/1604-Organizan-el-foro-Igualdad-de-genero-en-las-pesquerias-mexicanas-Retos-oportunidades-y-casos-de-exito

    Carter, M. J. 2014. Gender socialization and identity theory. Social Sciences 3(2):242-263. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci3020242

    Castillo, N. M., and S. Vosloo. 2018. Abalobi: case study by UNESCO-Pearson Initiative for Literacy. UNESCO-Pearson Initiative for Learning, Paris, France. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000264639

    Comunidad y Biodiversidad and PescaData. 2025. Solutions from the sea: innovation and resilience in fishing communities in Latin America and the Caribbean. Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI), Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico.

    Cuevas Gómez, G. A., S. R. Fulton, K. A. Lizárraga Morales, R. Fernández Chávez, A. Mejía, and A. García. 2022. El sector productivo no escapa a la digitalización: la incorporación de las Tecnologías de la Información y Comunicación (tic) en la pesca en pequeña escala. Ciencia pesquera 30(1-2):153-166.

    Damio, S. M. 2016. Q methodology: an overview and steps to implementation. Asian Journal of University Education 12(1):105.

    Danyliuk, I., A. Trofimov, M. Vovk, O. Zelenko, Y. Kutsenko, and O. Prosina. 2022. The impact of gender identity on in-group trust. International Journal of Criminology and Sociology 9:604-513. https://doi.org/10.6000/1929-4409.2020.09.58

    de la Torre-Castro, M. 2019. Inclusive management through gender consideration in small-scale fisheries: the why and the how. Frontiers in Marine Science 6:156. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2019.00156

    de la Torre-Castro, M., S. Fröcklin, S. Börjesson, J. Okupnik, and N. S. Jiddawi. 2017. Gender analysis for better coastal management-Increasing our understanding of social-ecological seascapes. Marine Policy 83:62-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2017.05.015

    Development Gateway. 2023. A humanity-centric journey towards digitally empowered fishers: case study. United States Agency for International Development (USAID) and Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Washington, D.C., USA. https://developmentgateway.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/Fisheries_CaseStudy_May2023.pdf

    Diamond, N. K., L. Squillante, and L. Z. Hale. 2003. Cross currents: navigating gender and population linkages for integrated coastal management. Marine Policy 27(4):325-331. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0308-597X(03)00044-7

    Drury O’Neill, E., T. M. Daw, MWAMBAO, R. N. Mwaipopo, and E. Lindkvist. 2024a. The complexity of compliance-diverse responses to octopus fishery closures in Zanzibar. People and Nature 6(6):2543-2563. https://doi.org/10.1002/pan3.10742

    Drury O’Neill, E., T. Daw, L. Slade, F. Khamis, S. N. Mbarouk, J. Berrío-Martínez, A. Wamukota, R. N. Mwaipopo, and E. Lindkvist. 2024b. Multidimensional human wellbeing in periodic octopus closures in Zanzibar. Ecosystems and People 20(1):2412616. https://doi.org/10.1080/26395916.2024.2412616

    Eden, S., A. Donaldson, and G. Walker. 2005. Structuring subjectivities? Using Q methodology in human geography. Area 37(4):413-422. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4762.2005.00641.x

    Espinosa-Romero, M. J., J. Torre, J. A. Zepeda, F. J. V. Solana, and S. Fulton. 2017. Civil society contributions to the implementation of the small-scale fisheries guidelines in Mexico. Pages 423-449 in S. Jentoft, R. Chuenpagdee, M. J. Barragán-Paladines, and N. Franz, editors. The small-scale fisheries guidelines: global implementation. Springer International Publishing, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55074-9_20

    Ferguson, J. 2006. The anti-politics machine. Pages 270-286 in A. Sharma and A. Gupta, editors. The anthropology of the state: a reader. Blackwell Publishing, Malden, Massachusetts, USA, Oxford, UK, and Carlton, Australia.

    Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO). 2016. The state of world fisheries and aquaculture. Contributing to food security and nutrition for all. Rome, FAO, Rome, Italy. www.fao.org/3/a-i5555e.pdf

    Frangoudes, K., and S. Gerrard. 2018. Gendering change in small-scale fisheries and fishing communities in a globalized world. Maritime Studies 17(2):117-124. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-018-0113-9

    Frangoudes, K., S. Gerrard, and D. Kleiber. 2019. Situated transformations of women and gender relations in small-scale fisheries and communities in a globalized world. Maritime Studies 18(3):241-248. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-019-00159-w

    Franz, N., S. Smith, N. Gutierrez, S. Vannuccini, L. Westlund, X. Basurto, J. W. Virdin, and D. Mills. 2023. Illuminating hidden harvests—the contributions of small-scale fisheries to sustainable development. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, Italy.

    Freeman, R., and K. Svels. 2022. Women’s empowerment in small-scale fisheries: the impact of fisheries local action groups. Marine Policy 136:104907. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2021.104907

    Fröcklin, S., M. de la Torre-Castro, E. Håkansson, A. Carlsson, M. Magnusson, and N. S. Jiddawi. 2014. Towards improved management of tropical invertebrate fisheries: including time series and gender. PLoS ONE 9(3):91161. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0091161

    Fröcklin, S., M. de la Torre-Castro, L. Lindström, and N. S. Jiddawi. 2013. Fish traders as key actors in fisheries: gender and adaptive management. Ambio 42(8):951-962. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-013-0451-1

    Fujita, R., C. Cusack, R. Karasik, H. Takade-Heumacher, and C. Baker. 2018. Technologies for improving fisheries monitoring. Environmental Defense Fund, San Francisco, California, USA.

    Gao, J., and A. Soranzo. 2020. Applying Q-methodology to investigate people’ preferences for multivariate stimuli. Frontiers in Psychology 11:556509. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.556509

    Gopal, N., H. M. Hapke, K. Kusakabe, S. Rajaratnam, and M. J. Williams. 2020. Expanding the horizons for women in fisheries and aquaculture. Gender, Technology and Development 24(1):1-9. https://doi.org/10.1080/09718524.2020.1736353

    Harper, S. J. 2019. The contributions by women to fisheries economies worldwide. Dissertation, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

    Harper, S., D. Kleiber, S. Appiah, M. Atkins, K. Bradford, A. Choudhury, P. J. Cohen, S. de la Puente, M. de la Torre-Castro, A. Duffy-Tumasz, and K. Fakoya, A. Fent, S. Fröcklin, N. Gopal, C. Gough, M. Gustavsson, H. M. Hapke, L. Hellebrandt, A. J. Ferrer, J. L. Johnson, K. Kusakabe, S. Lawless, G. Macho, S. Mangubhai, C. Manyungwa-Pasani, C. McDougall, E. Ojea, A. Oloko, C. Pedroza, T. Randrianjafimanana, R. Rasoloniriana, L. Robson, C. Romeo, D. Salgueiro-Otero, H. Snyder, and K. Soejima. 2023. Towards gender inclusivity and equality in small-scale fisheries. Pages 127-144 in Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Duke University, and WorldFish. 2023. Illuminating hidden harvests: the contributions of small-scale fisheries to sustainable development. FAO, Rome, Italy; Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, USA; and WorldFish, Penang, Malaysia. https://icsf.net/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Chapter6_WIF_Ihh-study_2023.pdf

    Harper, S., D. Zeller, M. Hauzer, D. Pauly, and U. R. Sumaila. 2013. Women and fisheries: contribution to food security and local economies. Marine Policy 39:56-63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2012.10.018

    Hugé, J., K. Vande Velde, F. Benitez-Capistros, J. H. Japay, B. Satyanarayana, M. N. Ishak, M. Quispe-Zuniga, B. H. M. Lokman, I. Sulong, N. Koedam, and F. Dahdouh-Guebas. 2016. Mapping discourses using Q methodology in Matang mangrove forest, Malaysia. Journal of Environmental Management 183:988-997. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2016.09.046

    Igualdad de Género en el Mar. 2025. Participación de las mujeres en la pesca y la acuacultura. Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI), Guayama, Sonora, Mexico. https://igualdadenelmar.org/en/

    Iniesta-Arandia, I., D. G. del Amo, A. P. García-Nieto, C. Piñeiro, C. Montes, and B. Martín-López. 2015. Factors influencing local ecological knowledge maintenance in Mediterranean watersheds: insights for environmental policies. Ambio 44(4):285-296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-014-0556-1

    Kleiber, D., K. Frangoudes, H. T. Snyder, A. Choudhury, S. M. Cole, K. Soejima, C. Pita, A. Santos, C. McDougall, H. Petrics, and M. Porter. 2017. Promoting gender equity and equality through the small-scale fisheries guidelines: experiences from multiple case studies. Pages 737-759 in S. Jentoft, R. Chuenpagdee, M. J. Barragán-Paladines, and N. Franz. The small-scale fisheries guidelines: global implementation. Springer International Publishing, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55074-9_35

    Kleiber, D., L. M. Harris, and A. C. Vincent. 2015. Gender and small-scale fisheries: a case for counting women and beyond. Fish and Fisheries 16(4):547-562. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12075

    Koralagama, D., J. Gupta, and N. Pouw. 2017. Inclusive development from a gender perspective in small scale fisheries. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 24:1-6. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2016.09.002

    Lentisco, A., and R. U. Lee. 2015. A review of women’s access to fish in small-scale fisheries. FAO Fisheries and Aquaculture Circular C1098. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy.

    Li, X. 2022. The significance of Q-methodology as an innovative method for the investigation of affective variables in second language acquisition. Frontiers in Psychology 13:995660. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.995660

    Lindkvist, E., X. Basurto, and M. Schlüter. 2017. Micro-level explanations for emergent patterns of self-governance arrangements in small-scale fisheries—a modeling approach PLoS ONE 12(4):e0175532. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0175532

    Mangubhai, S., and S. Lawless. 2021. Exploring gender inclusion in small-scale fisheries management and development in Melanesia. Marine Policy 123:104287. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.104287

    Militello, M., and M. K. Benham. 2010. “Sorting out” collective leadership: how Q-methodology can be used to evaluate leadership development The Leadership Quarterly 21(4):620-632. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2010.06.005

    Millar, J. D., H. Mason, and L. Kidd. 2022. What is Q methodology? Evidence-Based Nursing 25(3):77-78. https://doi.org/10.1136/ebnurs-2022-103568

    Mills, D. J., L. Westlund, G. de Graaf, Y. Kura, R. Willman, and K. Kelleher. 2011. Under-reported and undervalued: small-scale fisheries in the developing world. Pages 1-15 in R. Pomeroy and N. Andrew, editors. Small-scale fisheries management: frameworks and approaches for the developing world. Centre for Agriculture and Bioscience International (CABI), Wallingford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1079/9781845936075.0001

    Monfort, M. C. 2015. The role of women in the seafood industry. GLOBEFISH Research Programme 119(67):1-76.

    Onyango, P. O. G., and S. Jentoft. 2011. Climbing the hill: poverty alleviation, gender relationships, and women’s social entrepreneurship in Lake Victoria, Tanzania. Mast 10(2):117-140.

    Ocean Risk and Resilience Action Alliance (ORRAA). 2023. PescaData app: enhancing financial decision making with sustainable fishing practices. ORRAA, Washington, D.C., USA. https://oceanriskalliance.org/project/pescadata-app/

    Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). 2018. Bridging the digital gender divide: include, upskill, innovate. OECD, Paris, France.

    Ostrom, E. 1990. Governing the commons: the evolution of institutions for collective action. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511807763

    Pedroza-Gutiérrez, C., N. Solano, F. Fernández-Rivera-Melo, and I. Hernández-Herrera. 2024. What are the factors that enable or hinder gender equality? Lessons and experiences on gender dynamics in Mexican small-scale fisheries. Marine Policy 159:105944. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2023.105944

    Pescadata. n.d. Homepage. https://pescadata.org/

    Pita, C., S. Villasante, and J. J. Pascual-Fernández. 2019. Managing small-scale fisheries under data poor scenarios: lessons from around the world. Marine Policy 101:154-157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2019.02.008

    Precoma de la Mora, M., H. Velasco, C. E. A. Varela, C. L. Hernández-Pérez, and P. C. Hernández-Alcantar. 2020. Pescadoras de la información: La participación de las mujeres en dos comunidades pesqueras. Pages 107-116 in U. Urrea-Marino and G. Alcala, editors. Pescadores en Mexico y Cuba: retos y oportunidades ante el cambio climatico. Instituto Politecnico Nacional, Mexico City, Mexico. https://www.redicomar.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/0-Pescadores-en-Me%CC%81xico-y-Cuba-224-pp.pdf

    Q Method Software. n.d. Homepage. https://qmethodsoftware.com/

    Quirkos. n.d. Homepage. https://quirkos.com/

    Reber, B. H., S. E. Kaufman, and F. Cropp. 2000. Assessing Q-assessor: a validation study of computer-based Q sorts versus paper sorts. Operant Subjectivity 23(4):192-209. https://doi.org/10.15133/J.OS.2000.009

    Salmi, P., and K. Sonck-Rautio. 2018. Invisible work, ignored knowledge? Changing gender roles, division of labor, and household strategies in Finnish small-scale fisheries. Maritime Studies 17(2):213-221. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-018-0104-x

    Sanchez, J. 2015. Edificación de un pueblo costero sustentable en Isla Magdalena, Baja California Sur Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI). Comunidad y Biodiversidad (COBI), Guayama, Sonora, Mexico. https://cec.org/files/documents/napeca-project/isla_magdalena.pdf

    Santos, A. N. 2015. Fisheries as a way of life: gendered livelihoods, identities and perspectives of artisanal fisheries in eastern Brazil. Marine Policy 62:279-288. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2015.09.007

    Smith, N. W. 2001. Current systems in psychology: history, theory, research, and applications. The Psychological Record 51(3):495-497. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03395410

    Sneegas, G., S. Beckner, C. Brannstrom, W. Jepson, K. Lee, and L. Seghezzo. 2021. Using Q-methodology in environmental sustainability research: a bibliometric analysis and systematic review. Ecological Economics 180:106864. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2020.106864

    Solano, N., I. Lopez-Ercilla, F. J. Fernandez-Rivera Melo, and J. Torre. 2021. Unveiling women’s roles and inclusion in Mexican small-scale fisheries (SSF). Frontiers in Marine Science 7:617965. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.617965

    Sorola, M. 2022. Q methodology to conduct a critical study in accounting: a Q study on accountants’ perspectives of social and environmental reporting. Critical Perspectives on Accounting 86:102355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpa.2021.102355

    Stephenson, W. 1965. Perspectives in psychology: XXIII definition of opinion, attitude and belief The Psychological Record 15(2):281-288. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03393596

    Szaboova, L., M. Gustavsson, and R. Turner. 2022. Recognizing women’s wellbeing and contribution to social resilience in fisheries. Society and Natural Resources 35(1):59-74. https://doi.org/10.1080/08941920.2021.2022259

    Szymkowiak, M., and M. Rhodes-Reese. 2020. Addressing the gender gap: using quantitative and qualitative methods to illuminate women’s fisheries participation. Frontiers in Marine Science 7:299. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00299

    ten Klooster, P. M., M. Visser, and M. D. de Jong. 2008. Comparing two image research instruments: the Q-sort method versus the Likert attitude questionnaire. Food Quality and Preference 19(5):511-518. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodqual.2008.02.007

    Thanh, H. T., P. Tschakert, and M. R. Hipsey. 2021. Examining fishery common-pool resource problems in the largest lagoon of Southeast Asia through a participatory systems approach. Socio-Ecological Practice Research 3(2):131-152. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42532-021-00085-4

    Tilley, A., A. Burgos, A. Duarte, J. dos Reis Lopes, H. Eriksson, and D. Mills. 2021. Contribution of women’s fisheries substantial, but overlooked, in Timor-Leste. Ambio 50(1):113-124. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-020-01335-7

    Tilley, A., J. dos Reis Lopes, and S. P. Wilkinson. 2020. PeskAAS: a near-real-time, open-source monitoring and analytics system for small-scale fisheries. PLoS ONE 15(11):e0234760. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0234760

    Tilley, A., and M. Roscher. 2020. Information and communication technologies for small-scale fisheries (ICT4SSF)—a handbook for fisheries stakeholders. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy, and WorldFish, Penang, Malaysia. https://doi.org/10.4060/cb2030en

    Torre, J., A. Hernandez-Velasco, F. F. Rivera-Melo, J. Lopez, and M. J. Espinosa-Romero. 2019. Women’s empowerment, collective actions, and sustainable fisheries: lessons from Mexico. Maritime Studies 18(3):373-384. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-019-00153-2

    Torre, J., and F. F. Rivera-Melo. 2018. Acción sin daño: un análisis de las intervenciones de una organización de la sociedad civil ambientalista en comunidades costeras del Noroeste de México. Relaciones Estudios de Historia y Sociedad 39:69-97. https://doi.org/10.24901/rehs.v39i153.391

    van Exel, J., and G. de Graaf. 2005. Q methodology: a sneak preview.

    van Klingeren, F., and N. D. de Graaf. 2021. Heterogeneity, trust and common-pool resource management. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences 11(1):37-64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13412-020-00640-7

    Villaseñor-Derbez, J. C., I. G. Amador-Castro, A. Hernández-Velasco, J. Torre, and S. Fulton. 2022. Two decades of community-based marine conservation provide the foundations for future action. Frontiers in Marine Science 9:893104. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2022.893104

    Watts, S., and P. Stenner. 2005. Doing Q methodology: theory, method and interpretation. Qualitative Research in Psychology 2(1):67-91. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088705qp022oa

    Weeratunge, N., C. Béné, R. Siriwardane, A. Charles, D. Johnson, E. H. Allison, P. K. Nayak, and M. C. Badjeck. 2014. Small-scale fisheries through the wellbeing lens. Fish and Fisheries 15(2):255-279. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12016

    Winkler, K. J., and K. A. Nicholas. 2016. More than wine: cultural ecosystem services in vineyard landscapes in England and California. Ecological Economics 124:86-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2016.01.013

    Corresponding author:
    Tamhida Ahmed
    ahmedtamhida90@gmail.com
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Appendix 3
    Appendix 4
    Appendix 5
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Map showing the geographical distribution of the Q-method participants across eight communities located in four different states of Mexico. The eight communities marked on the map (1 - San Felipe, 2 - Bahía Asunción, 3 - Punta Abreojos, 4 - Bahía Kino, 5 - San Carlos Nuevo Guaymas, 6 - Cozumel, 7 - Punta Allen, 8 - Xcalak) also correspond to regions where fishers are actively using the PescaData mobile app. 

    Fig. 1. Map showing the geographical distribution of the Q-method participants across eight communities located in four different states of Mexico. The eight communities marked on the map (1 - San Felipe, 2 - Bahía Asunción, 3 - Punta Abreojos, 4 - Bahía Kino, 5 - San Carlos Nuevo Guaymas, 6 - Cozumel, 7 - Punta Allen, 8 - Xcalak) also correspond to regions where fishers are actively using the PescaData mobile app. 

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Q-methodology steps conducted for the current study. Adapted from Winkler and Nicholas (2016).

    Fig. 2. Q-methodology steps conducted for the current study. Adapted from Winkler and Nicholas (2016).

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Triangulation from the data sources to design the Q-set.

    Fig. 3. Triangulation from the data sources to design the Q-set.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. The Q-grid has 25 available slots (white) on which to place the statements. The number at the top shows a rating scale from -4 to +4, and the numbers below in brackets show how many statements fit in that rating. For example, 5 statements can be rated at 0 but only 1 at +4. There is no value relating to the vertical axis. All 25 slots must be filled, forcing the participants to rate the statements in relation to each other.

    Fig. 4. The Q-grid has 25 available slots (white) on which to place the statements. The number at the top shows a rating scale from -4 to +4, and the numbers below in brackets show how many statements fit in that rating. For example, 5 statements can be rated at 0 but only 1 at +4. There is no value relating to the vertical axis. All 25 slots must be filled, forcing the participants to rate the statements in relation to each other.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Composite Q-sort for Factor 1. A composite of the four participants that loaded to Factor 1. A cluster of their viewpoints.

    Fig. 5. Composite Q-sort for Factor 1. A composite of the four participants that loaded to Factor 1. A cluster of their viewpoints.

    Fig. 5
    Fig. 6
    Fig. 6. Composite Q-sort for Factor 2. A composite of the five participants that loaded to Factor 2. A cluster of their viewpoints.

    Fig. 6. Composite Q-sort for Factor 2. A composite of the five participants that loaded to Factor 2. A cluster of their viewpoints.

    Fig. 6
    Fig. 7
    Fig. 7. Summary of factors. A Venn diagram illustrating key statements associated within each factor. Distinguishing statements (with scale ratings of most agreed, strongly agreed, strongly disagreed, and most disagreed) are positioned in the outer sections, and consensus statements are placed in the center. Distinguishing statements are statistically significant at <em>P</em> < 0.05. Consensus statements represent areas where both factors exhibit similar perspectives, either through shared agreement (score ≥1) or shared disagreement (score ≤−3), with only minor differences in the strength of opinion (score difference ≤1). These statements encompass both agreed and disagreed responses, emphasizing points of convergence between the two factors. For a more detailed breakdown of statistical scores and interpretations, refer to Append. 4. By analyzing the varying scale ratings of Factor 1, Factor 2, and consensus statements, a synthesized summary of opinions is derived. Factor 1 emphasizes how mobile apps increase women's visibility and collaboration with male fishers, strengthening trust and collective action. Factor 2 highlights their role in promoting gender equality and collective action, leading to greater compliance with marine reserves. The consensus statements reflect a shared recognition that gender-specific fisheries data from mobile apps indicates growing female participation in decision making.

    Fig. 7. Summary of factors. A Venn diagram illustrating key statements associated within each factor. Distinguishing statements (with scale ratings of most agreed, strongly agreed, strongly disagreed, and most disagreed) are positioned in the outer sections, and consensus statements are placed in the center. Distinguishing statements are statistically significant at P < 0.05. Consensus statements represent areas where both factors exhibit similar perspectives, either through shared agreement (score ≥1) or shared disagreement (score ≤−3), with only minor differences in the strength of opinion (score difference ≤1). These statements encompass both agreed and disagreed responses, emphasizing points of convergence between the two factors. For a more detailed breakdown of statistical scores and interpretations, refer to Append. 4. By analyzing the varying scale ratings of Factor 1, Factor 2, and consensus statements, a synthesized summary of opinions is derived. Factor 1 emphasizes how mobile apps increase women's visibility and collaboration with male fishers, strengthening trust and collective action. Factor 2 highlights their role in promoting gender equality and collective action, leading to greater compliance with marine reserves. The consensus statements reflect a shared recognition that gender-specific fisheries data from mobile apps indicates growing female participation in decision making.

    Fig. 7
    Table 1
    Table 1. This table illustrates the factor retention and participant grouping in Q-methodology. The Kaiser-Guttman Criterion retains factors with eigenvalue greater than 1.00, whereas Humprey’s rule retains factors if the cross-product of their two highest factor loadings exceeds twice the standard error. The table shows two factors satisfy these criteria. Under “Factor 1” and “Factor 2,” with the dagger symbols are the respective four and five participants’ Q-sorts, that loaded significantly on each of the factors to create the shared viewpoints. Q-sort 6 loaded more strongly to Factor 1 than Factor 2 but significantly to both; therefore, it was excluded from further analysis as its dual association made it unsuitable for defining a single, clearly interpretable factor.

    Table 1. This table illustrates the factor retention and participant grouping in Q-methodology. The Kaiser-Guttman Criterion retains factors with eigenvalue greater than 1.00, whereas Humprey’s rule retains factors if the cross-product of their two highest factor loadings exceeds twice the standard error. The table shows two factors satisfy these criteria. Under “Factor 1” and “Factor 2,” with the dagger symbols are the respective four and five participants’ Q-sorts, that loaded significantly on each of the factors to create the shared viewpoints. Q-sort 6 loaded more strongly to Factor 1 than Factor 2 but significantly to both; therefore, it was excluded from further analysis as its dual association made it unsuitable for defining a single, clearly interpretable factor.

    Participant Q-factor 1 Q-factor 2
    P01 -0.69678† 0.04676
    P02 -0.21055 -0.53342†
    P03 -0.46601 -0.6611†
    P04 -0.36007 0.59837†
    P05 -0.51311† -0.26067
    P06 0.36345 -0.20037
    P07 -0.79665† -0.06136
    P08 -0.17045 0.52465†
    P09 -0.00164 -0.50141†
    P10 -0.74542† 0.04088
    Eigenvalue 2.524533 1.68888
    % of Explained Variance 25.24533 16.8888
    Cumulative Variance 25.24533 42.13413
    Humphrey’s Rule 0.57276 0.36527
    Standard Error 0.31623 0.31623
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    collective action; data; gender equality; marine reserves; Q methodology; trust

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 13 Research

    From habitats to hashtags: examining online discussions about invasive species

    Canavan, S., P. Pipek, K. Canavan, I. Jarić, K. Healy, D. Lieurance, Z. Pattison, P. Pyšek, E. A. Stevenson, and A. Novoa. 2025. From habitats to hashtags: examining online discussions about invasive species. Ecology and Society 30(4):13. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16508-300413
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Susan CanavanORCIDcontact author, Susan Canavan
      School of Natural Sciences, Zoology Department, Ollscoil na Gaillimhe—University of Galway, Galway, Ireland
    • Pavel PipekORCID, Pavel Pipek
      Department of Invasion Ecology, Institute of Botany, Czech Academy of Sciences, Průhonice, Czech Republic; Department of Ecology, Faculty of Science, Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic
    • Kim CanavanORCID, Kim Canavan
      Centre for Biological Control, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Rhodes University, Makhanda, South Africa; Department of Plant Sciences and Afromontane Research Unit, University of the Free State, Phuthaditjhaba, South Africa
    • Ivan JarićORCID, Ivan Jarić
      Université Paris-Saclay, CNRS, AgroParisTech, Ecologie Société Evolution, Gif-sur-Yvette, France; Biology Centre of the Czech Academy of Sciences, Institute of Hydrobiology, České Budějovice, Czech Republic
    • Kevin HealyORCID, Kevin Healy
      School of Natural Sciences, Zoology Department, Ollscoil na Gaillimhe—University of Galway, Galway, Ireland
    • Deah LieuranceORCID, Deah Lieurance
      Department of Ecosystem Science and Management, The Pennsylvania State University
    • Zarah PattisonORCID, Zarah Pattison
      Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Stirling, Stirling, UK
    • Petr PyšekORCID, Petr Pyšek
      Department of Invasion Ecology, Institute of Botany, Czech Academy of Sciences, Průhonice, Czech Republic; Department of Ecology, Faculty of Science, Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic
    • Emily A. StevensonORCID, Emily A. Stevenson
      Modelling, Evidence and Policy Group, School of Natural and Environmental Sciences, Newcastle University, Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK
    • Ana NovoaORCIDAna Novoa
      Estación Experimental de Zonas Áridas, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas (EEZA-CSIC), Almería, Spain; Department of Invasion Ecology, Institute of Botany, Czech Academy of Sciences, Průhonice, Czech Republic

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Canavan, S., P. Pipek, K. Canavan, I. Jarić, K. Healy, D. Lieurance, Z. Pattison, P. Pyšek, E. A. Stevenson, and A. Novoa. 2025. From habitats to hashtags: examining online discussions about invasive species. Ecology and Society 30(4):13.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16508-300413

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Author Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • biological invasions; engagement metrics; invasive species; public engagement; social media analysis; text mining; topic modeling; Twitter (X)
    From habitats to hashtags: examining online discussions about invasive species
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16508.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Public awareness is critical for societal support for conservation efforts, including management of biological invasions. However, traditional methods for assessing public awareness are limited, and its role as a key factor in alien species invasions remains largely unknown. The rise of participatory web and social media platforms, such as Twitter (rebranded as X), has provided opportunities to gain insight into societal perceptions through user-generated content. In this study, we assessed public discourse about invasive species on social media by analyzing over 500,000 tweets containing the term “invasive species” posted between 2006 and 2021. Our aim was to identify the most frequently mentioned taxa and habitats, prevailing topics, and subject matters that generated high engagement in discussions on biological invasions. We found that mammals, specifically domesticated and urban pests, were the most frequently mentioned, while aquatic habitats and those interfacing with aquatic habitats dominated the top 15 mentioned habitat types. Additionally, the use of location-based hashtags, such as the Great Lakes and Florida, suggests that people tend to be more engaged with invasive species issues in specific areas. We also observed that a relatively small subset of users contributed a disproportionately large share of retweeted content, highlighting the influence of a few key accounts. This study shows the potential of digital data for identifying prominent taxa, habitats, regions, and influential voices in invasive species discussions. Such information can help refine communication strategies, tailor policy interventions, and foster more effective public engagement in efforts to manage and mitigate the impacts of biological invasions.

    INTRODUCTION

    Public awareness plays a key role in the management of alien species, as it influences whether people support or oppose management efforts (Novoa et al. 2018). Biological invasions are a significant global issue, with outcomes shaped by the interplay of ecological and human-related factors (Pyšek et al. 2020, Novoa et al. 2025). Although research on public perceptions of invasions has grown in recent years (Shackleton et al. 2019), studies on public perceptions across large scales are still lacking and attempts to quantify them are especially rare because obtaining such data is typically challenging. Yet accessing and building knowledge of societal perceptions has never been easier with an increasingly networked society engaging in participatory web and social media platforms (Chew and Eysenbach 2010). Such user-generated content provides a continuous stream of information that can serve as “human sensors” to specific topics or issues (Becken et al. 2017, Jarić et al. 2021, de Oliveira Caetano et al. 2023). Understanding and synthesizing digital data can be achieved using culturomics tools, which analyze a wide array of digital data types, such as text, images, videos, sounds, metadata, network connections, pageviews, and search volumes, to gain insights into human culture and behavior (Correia et al. 2021, Jarić et al. 2021).

    One of the major sources of digital data on social interactions over the last two decades has been the online platform Twitter (now renamed X). Twitter is the most popular social media microblogging platform with an estimated 330 million monthly active users worldwide as of 2019, producing billions of posts (tweets) daily (Daume 2016, Kabakuş and Şimşek 2019). Twitter has been a valuable tool in culturomics as it has many users and is populated with textual content. Up until Twitter was acquired by Elon Musk in 2022, the platform offered free access to publicly available information through the Application Programming Interface (API) for academics (Daume 2016) and was widely adopted by a number of disciplines including mental health service providers (Shepherd et al. 2015), physicians (Choo et al. 2015), and urban planners and managers (Milusheva et al. 2021). However, practical applications within environmental sciences have so far been sparse. Jarić et al. (2020a) advocated for wider use of such digital data and explored the potential of culturomics and iEcology (i.e., the study of ecological patterns and processes using data generated for other purposes and stored digitally) in conservation and management. The expansion into the field of biological invasions has not yet been fully realized despite this discipline’s close links with human-mediated activities, including the spread and control of invasive alien species. Many aspects of invasion science could benefit from gaining insight into public interest and engagement with relevant species, and this information can be accessed through culturomics studies on social media platforms (Jarić et al. 2021).

    Twitter has been a valuable tool for specifically understanding aspects of social engagement, public perceptions, and emerging threats related to invasions, as well as aiding in the development of effective conservation strategies (Roberge 2014, Kidd et al. 2018, Shan et al. 2022, Acerbi et al. 2023, Evans et al. 2023, Canavan et al. 2025). By analyzing tweets, researchers can identify trends and patterns in public opinions and reactions to certain issues related to a species (Acerbi et al. 2023). Moreover, Twitter could be used to identify stakeholder conflicts of interest in the conservation and management of species (Evans et al. 2023). Twitter can also provide insights into biological phenomena and help researchers identify charismatic species that receive the most attention from the public (Jarić et al. 2020b).

    In this study, we aimed to analyze public discourse surrounding invasive species on Twitter. We quantified (1) the most frequently mentioned taxa and habitats, (2) prevailing topics, and (3) subject matters that became “viral” and were heavily engaged with. We then contextualized the drivers of public interest. Lastly, we identified the most influential users and discussed how understanding the influence of social media on research and management of biological invasions can be applied to mitigate the impacts of invasive species.

    METHODS

    Data extraction

    To conduct our analysis, we created a corpus by retrieving all tweets containing the exact term “invasive species” (in English) between 2 October 2006, and 1 October 2021. These dates are prior to Twitter’s takeover by Elon Musk and the subsequent closing of free data access for researchers (Novoa et al. 2022). Access was obtained when the data were still freely accessible through Twitter’s API for academic research and pulled tweets were downloaded using the R package academictwitteR with the function “get_all_tweets” (Barrie and Ho 2021). The data only included publicly available tweets. User data, except for a few prominent influencers and media outlets that we specifically name in the results (e.g., public figures, major news organizations, and accounts with large followings discussed in our analysis), were anonymized.

    Data cleaning

    Before proceeding with analysis of the tweets, we cleaned and simplified the text corpus using R. First, standard retweets (i.e., tweets beginning with “RT @”) were excluded from the corpus of original tweets; however, their counts were retained and combined with quote tweet counts as a composite measure of user engagement. Using the original Tweets corpus, the stringr package was consequently used to convert all text to lowercase (function “str_to_lower”), remove leading, lagging, and double spaces, and convert tabs or new lines to spaces (function “str_squish”), and remove hashtags, tags, html characters, punctuation, numbers, and hyperlinks (function “str_replace_all” with pattern replacement; Wickham 2022). Using the textclean package, we replaced symbols with word equivalents (e.g., $ becomes dollar; function “replace_symbol”), removed kern spaces (function “replace_kern”), and replaced contractions with long forms (e.g., “isn’t” becomes “is not”; function “replace_contraction”; Rinker 2018a). Using the textstem package, we lemmatized words or grouped together inflected or variant forms of the same word (e.g., “runs,” “running,” “ran” all become “run”; function “lemmatize_strings” with Mechura’s (2016) English lemmatization dictionary; Rinker 2018b). Using quanteda and quanteda.dictionaries packages, we standardized spelling by converting U.S. spelling to UK spelling (e.g., “color” becomes “colour”; function “tokens_lookup”; Benoit et al. 2018).

    Analyzing word frequency and collocation

    For analyzing word frequency, the text was further processed to identify the most frequently mentioned taxa and habitats. We tokenized the corpus by splitting the text into individual words using the tidytext package. To remove commonly used words that carry little meaning (e.g., “a,” “the,” “is”), we applied the anti_join function from dplyr and tidytext using a predefined list of English stop words (get_stopwords function; Silge and Robinson 2016, Wickham et al. 2022). We summed how many times each word was used. To consider common names that consist of multiple words (e.g., “red squirrel”), we extracted the most common n-grams, or consecutive sequences of words, up to four words and summed their frequency. To correct for typos or variations of words (e.g., “crazi ant” to “crazy ant”) we used text similarity in the quanteda package to identify those words that differed from other words or n-grams by only a single letter, and corrected where applicable. The above process of summing was rerun to include these corrections. We manually inspected the top 2000 words and n-grams, then annotated if they were habitats and if so, the habitat type (e.g., forest) or if they were specific taxa at the species or genus level (note that most taxa were referred to by common or colloquial names and not scientific names). The taxa at broader taxonomic levels such as “insects” or “plants” were disregarded because we were interested in mentions of lower-level taxa such as genera or species. We related the words with their respective tweet engagement metrics and plotted the proportion of the top 10 taxa and habitats mentioned in tweets and those that are replied to, liked, and retweeted. Additionally, we plotted a bigram network graph to visualize the connection between commonly used words using the R package igraph (Csárdi et al. 2025).

    Topic modeling

    We performed topic modeling to examine the prevailing topics surrounding the discourse on “invasive species.” Topic modeling uses unsupervised learning techniques to detect how patterns in words and phrases within documents are clustered. Given that tweets are short texts that were limited to 280 characters (till 2017 just 140 characters) means that more common topic model techniques are less effective. We therefore opted to use the Biterm Topic Model (BTM) technique, which is developed specifically for short texts (Cheng et al. 2014). This model uses co-occurrence patterns (i.e., biterms) in the whole corpus, which has the benefit of more accurately predicting short texts. By aggregating these patterns to learn about topics it solves the issue of infrequent word pairings within individual documents (Fig. 1). To determine the optimum number of topics, we calculated the coherence score of 1 to 100 topics. The coherence score calculates if the words in the same topic make sense when combined. Higher scores indicate that topics have more related words. Each tweet was assigned to the topic with the highest predicted proportion, indicative of the tweet’s alignment with the topic’s content, following the methods of Stevenson et al. (2023). The proportion mentioned refers to the expected topic proportion, representing the conditional probability of a topic’s prevalence across the corpus.

    Anomaly detection

    To detect subject matters that became viral (e.g., those that were quickly and widely spread via tweeting and retweeting) or tweets that were heavily engaged with (e.g., many replies or likes) we used anomaly detection within our dataset of tweets containing “invasive species.” This was done by testing if the number of tweets, or number of each user engagement metric (e.g., retweets, likes, replies) per day had a significant spike over time using the function “AnomalyDetectionTs” in the AnomalyDetection R package (Gutierrez et al. 2017). The significance level was set to 0.01, and the long-term period was set to 1 year. The function uses an adaption of the generalized extreme deviate (ESD) called Seasonal Hybrid ESD (S-H-ESD). Tweets from days that were significant were manually checked and the subject matters were annotated accordingly and plotted. We selected examples of anomalies and compiled them in Table 1 .

    User influence

    We wanted to identify the most influential Twitter users among those who tweeted about invasive species and whether influence was concentrated among a small or more evenly distributed group of users. Influence was measured by the extent to which users’ posts have been widely shared, e.g., retweeted, indicating viral reach. To do this, we ranked users based on the total number of times their tweets were retweeted. We then plotted a rank abundance curve of the users ranked by number of retweets. To understand the distribution of influence, we calculated the number of users in the top 1%, 5%, and 25% based on total retweets.

    We isolated the top 1% of users (n = 362) and their account information. Using the descriptions from the users’ accounts, we categorized accounts based on their profile descriptions. Initially, accounts were broadly grouped into six categories: People and Figures (including influential individuals and general public accounts), Scientific and Governmental Institutions, Conservation and Environment (focused on environmental preservation), Education and Awareness, Media and News (including news outlets and journalists), and Miscellaneous (accounts that did not fit into the other categories).

    Within these broad groups, we further classified accounts into specific subcategories. Activist and Advocacy Groups (organizations promoting change through strategic methods or direct action), Conservation Organizations (dedicated to environmental and wildlife preservation), Informational Accounts (sharing knowledge on specific topics), Environment-Focused Media (raising awareness about environmental issues), General Public (sharing personal experiences and opinions), Government Agencies (official profiles managed by government departments), International Organizations (profiles managed by global organizations), Invasive Species Organizations (focused on managing invasive species), News Outlets and Journalists (providing news coverage), Politicians (profiles managed by political figures or their teams), Public Figures (popular individuals like celebrities and athletes), Research and Education Institutions (sharing academic content), and Scientific Publishers (disseminating scholarly publications). We counted the number of users in each account type and user type and visualized the results using a Sankey diagram, created with the R package ggalluvial.

    Localities

    Only about 1% of tweets were georeferenced. Therefore, we attempted to determine instead the geographical position of the tweet users. To do this, we pulled users’ data, including the location manually specified in the user’s profile, if the user provided one, using rtweet package and “lookup_users function.” This is a freeform value, so it may not always indicate a valid location, or it needs to be reformatted and matched to a valid address. Because common geocoding services, such as Nominatim, had problems processing the addresses, which were often rudimentary or used familiar names or abbreviations, we processed the addresses mainly in R, looking for any countries and states (or their abbreviations) and large cities mentioned. For addresses that were both common and ambiguous, such as “CA,” which could refer to either California or Canada, or “NL,” which could be Netherlands or Newfoundland and Labrador, we used Bing (it has since been renamed Microsoft Co-pilot; https://copilot.microsoft.com) and Bard AI (it has since been renamed Gemini; https://gemini.google.com/). These services were better able to derive the context of the addresses and recognize city nicknames. If a user listed more than one country, all were included in the final tally.

    RESULTS

    Between October 2006 and October 2021, there were 563,022 tweets and retweets containing the term “invasive species,” of which 255,700 were unique posts. Tweets and retweets were posted by 165,754 unique users or accounts. There has been an annual increase in tweets and engagement, which aligns with the platform’s growth in popularity up until 2022 (Fig. 2; Dean 2022, blog, https://backlinko.com/twitter-users#daily-active-users). There was, however, considerably more variation in the average number of tweets per day in the last three years of the dataset (Fig. 2).

    Analyzing word frequency and collocation

    The 15 most frequently mentioned taxa were represented by 14.4% (n = 37,052) of all tweets (Fig. 3a). Half of these taxa were mammals that have been domesticated or considered urban pests including cats (n = 8869), pigs (n = 3751), dogs (n = 2291), squirrels (n = 1804), goats (n = 1,803), rats (1458), and horses (n = 1228). The most frequently mentioned taxa were consistent across tweets, retweets, and engagement intensity in terms of likes and replies (Fig. 3a). However, tweets that were likely to be shared or go viral (e.g., largest ratio of retweets to tweets), on average, contained a different subset of taxa, namely possum (17.3 retweets per tweet on average; 204 tweets), earthworm (9.1; 577 tweets), goat (5.3; 1803 tweets), fern (4; 121 tweets), and boa (3.2; 165 tweets).

    In terms of habitat, 5.9% (n = 15,114) of tweets mentioned one of the 15 habitat types (Fig. 3b), with islands (n = 3412) being the most tweeted about. Aquatic habitats and those interfacing with an aquatic system dominated the top habitat types (13 out of 15 habitats; Fig. 3b).

    Two of the 20 most used hashtags represented locations in North America (i.e., Great Lakes and Florida; Fig. 4). The remaining hashtags were mostly general subjects related to global change.

    Topic modeling

    Our results indicated that the optimum division within our corpus was into 40 topics, which we manually assigned into 10 overarching themes (see Appendix 1; Fig. 5). One topic was not in English (Tagalog), likely resulting from tweets that contained the English phrase “invasive species” but were otherwise written in Tagalog. Notably, the topic (“colloquial usage”) with the highest number of assigned tweets captured linguistic patterns rather than thematic content, consisting of common action verbs (“get,” “kill,” “rid,” “make”) used across all invasive species discussions. Although this is a known artifact of topic modeling of short texts, it reveals the action-oriented, pragmatic language that characterizes public discourse about invasive species on Twitter.

    Anomaly detection

    Our analysis revealed clear spikes and anomalies in Twitter metrics, as shown in Figure 2. These anomalies represent significant deviations in the number of tweets, retweets, likes, and replies, often coinciding with periods of heightened public interest or significant events related to our topic. Table 1 highlights 15 examples of tweets selected to showcase a range of different taxa and scenarios that led to these anomalies. These examples illustrate the influence of factors such as media coverage, awareness campaigns, charismatic species, legislative changes, and biosecurity threats.

    User influence

    When analyzing users by their retweet count, we found that just 362 accounts (1% of users) generated 60% of all retweeted content, and the top 5% (n = 181) accounted for 76%. The top 25% (n = 9004) contributed to 90% of retweets (Fig. 6A). Among the top users were the public, news outlets, and journalists, which made up 61% of total users (Fig. 7). Following these were government agencies, conservation organizations, and scientists, all with similar numbers. Additionally, we identified specialized groups such as invasive species organizations, scientific publishers, environment-focused media, and activist groups as significantly active.

    Localities

    We were able to geolocate 119,319 users. The majority, 71,850, were from the USA, with nearly all of these users exclusively located within the country (Fig. 8). The UK and Canada followed with 11,362 and 11,160 accounts.

    DISCUSSION

    With the ever-growing uptake of user-generated content on social media platforms such as Twitter, how information is generated and understood is changing (Rui and Whinston 2012). In this “information age,” outputs from Twitter have been a valuable resource and in many ways have become a major public good (Kupferschmidt 2022). However, such information will only become useful when we have built reliable methods to gather and make sense of this information (Rui and Whinston 2012). In this study, we determined an appropriate way to obtain and synthesize information related to biological invasions and show that the application of culturomics through textual analysis can effectively be applied to user-generated content on biological invasions from Twitter.

    Drivers of virality and social interest

    Although viral trends arise from unique situations and species, certain users wield a disproportionate amount of influence as their tweets are more frequently retweeted, particularly those with larger follower counts, leading to increased public engagement on certain topics and taxa (Fig. 6). Most notable are media influencers, public figures and news sources, but we also found that government agencies, conservation organizations, and scientists contribute significantly, along with specialized accounts (Fig. 7). Secondly, the topics and species that draw the most attention are often characterized by charismatic species. Below, we discuss the main drivers of virality and interest for invasive species.

    Social media influencers and public figures

    We found that the distribution of retweets is not even across all users; rather, certain users are associated with significantly higher levels of retweets (Fig. 6a). As expected, users with higher follower counts (Fig. 6b) are more likely to be in the higher percentiles of users whose tweets are frequently retweeted. Among the top 1% were individual accounts of what we would classify as the general public, or those that did not have a clear connection to professional organizations or specific interest groups specified on their account description. Many of these users may be classified as social media influencers (hereafter, influencers), independent third-party endorsers who shape audience interests through blogs, tweets, and the use of other social media (Freberg et al. 2011). Dubois and Gaffner (2014:1261) define the ability to influence as “convincing an individual to change his or her opinion, attitude, and/or behaviour.” These users, including public figures, develop a persuasive power within some groups interested in a topic. Although our analysis measures engagement metrics (retweets, likes, replies) rather than actual behavioral change, high engagement suggests these users have the potential to shape discourse around invasive species. Previous studies have demonstrated links between social media influencer content and behavioral changes in other contexts, such as consumer purchasing decisions (Lou and Yuan 2019) and environmental behaviors (Johnstone and Lindh 2018). For example, Johnstone and Lindh (2018) found that influencers perceived as trustworthy significantly increased sustainability awareness among younger consumers, with millennials showing particular responsiveness to influencer messaging about environmental issues. Establishing such causal relationships for invasive species awareness would require further research.

    We found two notable examples where social media influencers and public figures generated substantial attention toward invasive species: lionfish (Pterois spp.) and lanternflies (Lycorma delicatula; anomalies 8 and 9; Fig. 2; Table 1). A post by American media personality Logan Paul (6.7 million followers at the time the metadata was pulled) about spearfishing for invasive lionfish in Belize garnered 2513 likes and 305 retweets in 2016. Similarly, a tweet from former U.S. Senator Al Franken (400.4K followers) in 2017 about the threats posed by Asian carp in the Great Lakes received 342 replies, 2349 likes and 523 retweets. Despite not being directly involved in invasive species management or scientific research, figures like Logan Paul and Al Franken wield considerable influence, raising awareness on various topics, including environmental issues. However, their influence can be double-edged; although they can disseminate important scientific messages, they also have the potential to spread misinformation. For instance, Wong (2024) showed that media outlets sometimes mislabel unrelated species as invasive red imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta), risking confusion and unwarranted alarm over harmless natives. Therefore, high-profile backing or rebuke from influencers can significantly impact the dissemination of scientific reports and invasive species campaigns (Galetti and Costa-Pereira 2017).

    Environmentally orientated accounts

    Among the top influential accounts, we found a high representation of environmentally oriented users, encompassing both individuals and organizations (Fig. 7). These included scientists and researchers, invasive-species specific groups, research and education institutions, conservation organizations such as NGOs, and activist and advocacy groups. Notable scientists and researchers that were most retweeted included Helen Roy, Guy Ballard, Bill Sutherland, Aníbal Pauchard, and Wayne Dawson, three of whom specialize in invasive species.

    Activist accounts also play a crucial role. For example, the Alternative National Park Twitter Account (@NotAltWorld; 993,065 followers) was created in response to the removal of climate change tweets from the official U.S. National Park Service account during Trump’s first presidency, sparking the creation of this rogue account that went viral within 24 hours. It posts about science, climate change, and political content. Another activity account is the Extinction Symbol account (@extinctsymbol; 71,805 followers), which raises awareness of biodiversity loss, specifically focusing on extinctions. Conservation and society accounts such as ZoologiMY (@ZoologiMY; 32,461 followers) raise awareness in Malaysia, and the Entomological Society of America (@EntsocAmerica; 22,794 followers), the largest organization in the world for entomologists, also contributes significantly to retweeted content.

    Role of news sources

    News media play a crucial agenda-setting role in public discourse by selecting which issues to highlight, thereby influencing the salience of those topics among the public (McCombs and Valenzuela 2020). The framing and language used in news stories can shape public perception, often evoking strong emotional responses that drive engagement. We found that news media indeed have been relevant in what stories about invasive species are shared online. News and media made up the second most influential group of users, with 52 accounts. They also had particularly high numbers of followers (8,329,724 on average). We noted that 9 of the 10 most retweeted media accounts were U.S.-based, including the American Broadcasting Company (ABC), Cable News Network (CNN), CNN Breaking News, NowThis News, Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS), National Public Radio (NPR), The New York Times, and The Economist.

    Several viral stories or anomalies directly resulted from news sources tweeting stories about invasive species (Table 1; Anomalies 1–3). For example, in 2011, The New York Times published an article exploring the potential of including more invasive species as food sources, which sparked significant interest. The New York Times, with its worldwide readership of about 8.6 million paid digital subscribers, has a vast audience to engage with its articles. Similarly, CBS News published an article proposing the management of invasive species such as lionfish, carp (Cyprinus carpio), and feral hogs (Sus scrofa) by encouraging their consumption as a food source. National Geographic also had a significant impact with an article and pictures describing a washed-up dock on the West Coast of the United States as debris from the Japanese Tsunami five years prior. Vivid language comparing the debris that was washed up and “teeming with invasive life-forms” with that of a “dirty needle that just got stuck into our ecological arm” likely helped garner attention on the subject and increase the rate the information was shared. The vivid language can create strong imagery and emotional engagement, making the issue more tangible, memorable, and widely discussed.

    Media coverage is important for bringing these issues to the forefront of public and governmental attention. However, relying on news sources has its limitations. The transient nature of public attention means that the interest in these issues is often short-lived, leading to only temporary spikes in awareness and engagement (Jarić et al. 2023). Sensational stories, particularly those involving charismatic species, are more likely to be published as they attract higher viewership and engagement, amplifying their reach (Jarić et al. 2020b). This focus on sensationalism can skew public perception, as less dramatic but equally important issues may receive less coverage and attention. As a result, conservation efforts might struggle to maintain sustained interest and support from the public and policy makers. Jarić et al. (2023) recommend that to make the most of these fleeting periods of interest, conservationists must use targeted marketing campaigns and strategic message framing. Regularly refocusing attention on key issues is essential for maintaining public engagement.

    Charisma

    The charisma of an alien species significantly influences its media portrayal and public favour (Lorimer 2007, Jarić et al. 2020b). Those possessing captivating features, such as impressive body size, striking appearances, or unique behaviors, tend to become focal points of public interest and generate more interactions on social media (Roberge 2014). Our findings support this, with large mammals and colorful aquatic animals being frequently tweeted about (Fig. 3), as in the case of Pablo Escobar’s feral hippos (Hippopotamus amphibius) in Rio Magdalena, northeastern Colombia (anomaly 6; Fig. 2; Table 1). Pablo Escobar, a drug cartel leader, illegally imported four hippos for his private zoo in the early 1980s (Castelblanco et al. 2021, Subalusky et al. 2023). Following Escobar’s death in 1993 and the forfeiture of his estate, the hippos remained in the area. Despite initial plans for culling, strong public opposition led to the abandonment of these initiatives in 2009. Hippos are considered one of the most charismatic animal species because of their impressive body size and appearance (Albert et al. 2018). They are considered to hold value for local communities as they are believed to attract tourists to the area. Lionfish were also found to be an important charismatic species influenced by their showy appearance with red-and-white zebra stripes with pectoral fins (anomalies 1 and 7; Fig. 2; Table 1). In this case, alternative forms of management have independently arisen and gone viral including fishing and culinary consumption as a means to reduce the population.

    Interestingly, one anomaly revealed public discourse labeling humans as an “invasive species” (Table 1, anomaly 11). Although humans do not meet the scientific definition of invasive species, this metaphorical use of “invasive species” terminology, though scientifically inaccurate, highlights how the public sometimes co-opts scientific terms to express broader environmental concerns about human-wildlife conflicts and habitat destruction.

    Contrasting public awareness and academic research

    An important question arises when examining the role of Twitter: does the trending content on the platform accurately reflect the diversity and issues inherent to invasive species, as covered in academic research? This question is particularly relevant in light of the findings by Stevenson et al. (2023), who used a topic modeling (Latent Dirichlet Allocation, LDA) approach to explore the main themes in 10,000 peer-reviewed articles about “invasive non-native species” or “invasive alien species.” These findings provide a benchmark for our analysis, which aims to compare the focus on habitats and regions, the representation of different taxa, and the levels of public engagement and accountability between informal online content on Twitter and formal peer-reviewed literature.

    Habitats and regions

    Regarding habitats and regions, the literature’s topic model by Stevenson et al. (2023) strongly focused on habitats, dedicating an entire theme to ecosystems and covering diverse habitats. In both their analyses of the literature and our analysis of Twitter, the most mentioned habitats were aquatic and interface habitats, with “marine systems” (including sea, coast, and reef) being most prevalent in the literature and islands receiving more attention on Twitter (Fig. 3b). Terrestrial habitats, though less represented on Twitter, were evenly covered in the literature, with topics like “woodland structure” and “grasslands” being notable. The absence of dunes and mountains on Twitter, as opposed to their presence in the literature, hints at a potential disparity in representation, which may be due to the comparatively lower accessibility of such areas (e.g., for tourism or in urban areas), possibly driving lower interest. Furthermore, neither platform mentioned polar habitats, despite Chan et al. (2019) highlighting the anticipated risks of invasions in these areas. Lastly, analyzing the countries named both in the literature and online, we identified a significant focus on invasive species in the USA, particularly in Florida. This region was unique in that it was highlighted in both the literature and Twitter models, indicating an exceptional level of attention to this region.

    Taxa

    In the taxa category, Twitter posts predominantly focused on species. In contrast, Stevenson et al.’s (2023) topic model derived from academic literature had a broader focus, with only two topics dedicated to general groups, such as freshwater fauna and aquatic plants, and a singular topic on a specific taxon, namely crayfish. The taxa emphasized in each model differed markedly; academic discussions primarily concentrated on plant-related topics, including taxonomy, competition, and herbivory. This focus reflects the established taxonomic inclination toward plants within the field of invasion biology, as noted by Pyšek et al. (2008). Conversely, Twitter discussions more frequently mentioned mammals, with plant taxa receiving comparatively less attention (Fig. 3a). The Twitter topic model reveals this discrepancy, within the “Taxanomic focus” theme the topic “Feral mammals” received more tweets compared to “Invasive plants,” for example (Appendix 1; Fig. 5). This pattern is consistent with the phenomenon of “plant blindness,” where plants, despite their extensive coverage in scholarly literature, are less prominent in wider discourse, potentially because of a perceived lack of appeal, as discussed by Jose et al. (2019).

    Public engagement and accountability

    On Twitter, public engagement was a prevailing theme, with numerous topics reflecting an interest of Twitter users on citizen science (Appendix 1; Fig. 5). In contrast, while the literature model had topics discussing policy and the economic impacts of invasive species there were no topics or themes on public engagement, citizen science, social awareness, perceptions, or non-economic (i.e., social, human well-being) impacts of invasive species. This discrepancy highlights a gap in the peer-reviewed literature’s focus (Shackleton et al. 2019), despite the existence of numerous citizen science programs that contribute vital data for invasive species surveillance, management, and research (Pocock et al. 2024). The disconnect between active public participation in invasive species management and its limited representation in topic models of academic literature suggests a need for better integration of citizen science efforts into scholarly discourse.

    Applications to research and management of biological invasions

    Advancements in obtaining and analyzing extensive textual data from online sources have opened new possibilities for utilizing this information in the field of biological invasions. Considering the results from this study, we outline four potential applications to explore the practical implications further.

    Identify societal conflicts

    The management of invasive alien species often needs to encompass a process to evaluate any potential conflicts that may occur should control of a species take place (Novoa et al. 2018). Gauging public opinion on particular species may be possible by assessing relevant social media content. An example of an anomaly that identified a stakeholder conflict of interest in this study was about the control of feral or wild pigs (Table 1, Anom. 13). On 15 February 2020, there was the largest spike with 543 tweets (not including retweets). This was due to a viral post that featured a video of a user shooting a wild pig, sparking backlash from animal rights activists. Wild pigs (i.e., domestic pigs that have gone feral) are an alien species in the U.S. and have major economic and environmental impacts (Jaebker et al. 2021). The most widely used control method across the U.S. has been shooting wild pigs on sight, followed by hunting, trapping, and removing (McKee et al. 2020). The majority of wild pigs are found on private lands and thus there has been a need for public outreach and engagement in their control (Jaebker et al. 2021). Jaebker et al. (2021) assessed the sentiments expressed toward wild pigs by Twitter users, and found that the majority of tweets about wild pigs in the U.S. had negative sentiments, particularly from individuals in academia (Jaebker et al. 2021). Such insights provided an improved understanding to the management of a species that has gained large public interest and led to societal conflicts. However, a majority of the posts were in favor of managing the invasive pigs.

    A platform for public awareness

    We found a clear representation of tweets about research activities made by researchers (see two topics under the “Research & Science” theme; Appendix 1). This is unsurprising considering the large network colloquially known as “Academic Twitter.” The community grew substantially from a marginal part of outreach and exposure to becoming a central communication infrastructure for academics (Carrigan 2022, blog). Although researchers have played a large part in disseminating information regarding invasive species on Twitter, it remains to be answered how much of that information is echoed within the community versus being broadcasted and received by a broader public audience. As of early 2025, similar academic communities have emerged on other social media platforms, such as Bluesky and Mastodon, particularly following changes to Twitter’s ownership and policies.

    Rally support or opposition to management

    Twitter can play a role in both mobilizing support for and expressing opposition to invasive species management. We identified multiple prominent topics on Twitter that specifically focus on aquatic invasive taxa and management, including “Boat inspections,” “Prevention campaigns,” “Water systems,” “Great Lakes,” and “Marine pathways” (Appendix 1 and Fig. 5). These topics highlight how the platform facilitates communication about the risks associated with species transportation between water bodies while providing guidance on proper cleaning and identification techniques. The prevalence of these topics may suggest that Twitter has been an important platform for awareness campaigns, though without longitudinal behavioral data, we cannot determine whether this online engagement translates to actual changes in boater behavior or reduced species spread (Kollmuss and Agyeman 2002). Similar culturomics approaches using YouTube data have revealed complex public attitudes, with recreational fishers simultaneously viewing invasive species as both ecological threats and valued resources (Sbragaglia et al. 2022), suggesting that social media engagement with invasive species management may reflect similarly nuanced perspectives rather than simple support or opposition. Future research could track whether regions with higher Twitter engagement on boat inspection topics show corresponding decreases in new aquatic invasive species detections.

    Twitter has also facilitated dissenting voices, with some users expressing opposition to specific management strategies, exemplified by debates surrounding the management of feral pigs in North America (Table 1, Anomaly 13). Twitter’s role in the conversation on invasive species management is evident, though the exact impact of advocacy versus critique remains unclear without specific data on the proportion of supportive versus opposing voices.

    Expedite changes to legislation

    Twitter, and other social media platforms, can be useful tools for the real-time detection of biosecurity threats and the early detection of invasive species. For example, Twitter’s role in disseminating information quickly was highlighted during the “mystery seeds” incident (see Anomaly 14; Fig. 2; Table 1), which saw widespread public attention and subsequent investigations. Although it is challenging to attribute policy changes to Twitter’s influence directly, the platform’s rapid spread of awareness likely contributed to the urgency with which authorities, such as the United States Department of Agriculture - Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, reviewed and updated biosecurity regulation. In Australia, the government invested in a new X-ray system to enhance seed detection capabilities. Similarly, corporate responses, like Amazon’s ban on foreign seed sales in the United States, demonstrate the platform’s potential to amplify critical issues and possibly expedite official responses.

    Furthermore, the virality of Twitter, along with other social media platforms, has demonstrated potential for mobilizing environmental movements through hashtag activism. Research has shown that environmental hashtags can influence both online discourse and offline behaviors. For instance, Crespo and Cruz (2023) found that exposure to #SaveTheBees content on social media was associated with more positive perceptions of bees and greater engagement in conservation behaviors, suggesting the potential benefits of social media activism for promoting conservation. Similarly, Suitner et al. (2023) documented how #ClimateAction hashtags showed steady increases in usage from 2017 to 2019, with linguistic markers of collective action also increasing over time. Although these studies demonstrate correlations between social media engagement and conservation attitudes, establishing direct causal links between online campaigns and policy changes remains challenging.

    Research limitations

    There are several limitations and areas for future research identified in this study. First, our initial search to gather the corpus was conducted only in English, which potentially excludes a large portion of the global discussion on invasive species. Including other languages in future searches would likely provide a broader linguistic and cultural context about invasive species. Our decision to search only for “invasive species” likely excluded relevant discourse using synonymous terms such as “alien species,” “non-native species,” “introduced species,” or colloquial terms like “pest species.” Different stakeholder groups may prefer different terminology. For example, policy documents might use “invasive alien species” while farmers might refer to “pest plants.” These terminological preferences could reveal important differences in how various communities conceptualize and discuss invasive species. Additionally, as observed in our findings, this study focused solely on Twitter, a platform predominantly used in specific regions, particularly the United States. Meanwhile, countries like China primarily use other social media platforms such as WeChat and Weibo, highlighting a platform-specific bias in our data.

    The instability and evolving nature of social media platforms also pose challenges for ongoing research. Although environmentally focused accounts played a significant role in the discourse around invasive species, this dynamic has likely shifted in recent years. Following the acquisition of Twitter by Elon Musk in 2022, concerns about increased hate speech, data usage policies, and access costs led to a mass exodus of users, including scientists. Chang et al. (2023) reported that nearly 50% of the 380,000 environmentally oriented users on Twitter became inactive within six months of the takeover, which occurred after our data collection period. This significant decline in active environmentally oriented accounts raises concerns about the future of awareness and engagement on invasive species issues (Novoa et al. 2022). As these key accounts become inactive, the source of shared information may shift more heavily toward other entities like news outlets, potentially altering the nature of invasive species management and outreach activities. It should be noted that a second large exodus of users occurred following the November 2024 U.S. elections, while the platform Bluesky experienced a significant boost in users, including an influx of academic and environmentally focused accounts (Ittimani 2024).

    Nonetheless, this study has provided a unique snapshot of the discussion around invasive species on a widely used and important social media platform. Despite the limitations, the research demonstrates the value of leveraging digital data to understand better the social dimensions of biological invasions, specifically by quantifying taxa and habitats of interest, identifying the role of specific user groups, and exploring the potential of social media as a tool for public awareness and engagement.

    CONCLUSION

    This study demonstrated that social media-generated content can be used to detect and synthesize public discourse and opinions surrounding biological invasions. We pinpointed the specific taxa and topics related to invasions that garner greater attention online, as well as the drivers behind heightened engagement. This information can be used by researchers and policy makers to (1) identify disparities between scientific knowledge and public understanding of biological invasions, (2) address public awareness and attitudes on targeted topics with scientific consensus to promote accurate information dissemination, and (3) align their efforts with public concerns and priorities, leading to better-informed policies and collaborative approaches in managing biological invasions. A major advantage of this study, at the time, was the permitted use of Twitter content that was made freely available for academic research. However, since Elon Musk’s takeover of Twitter in 2022, there has been a change in both the nature and access to this platform, whereby the company’s changes include more restrictions and higher costs to attain any information produced. Such constraints not only disrupt the potential for obtaining longitudinal data but also threaten the repeatability of similar studies. We appeal to social media platforms to maintain accessible data policies for academic researchers, as the insights gained from such analyses can benefit both conservation efforts and public understanding of environmental issues. As the landscape of social media platforms evolves, it is imperative that researchers remain adaptive to these changes to ensure the continued progress of research and knowledge in our field.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS

    SC, PPi, and AN conceived the ideas; SC, PPi, and AN gathered the data. SC and PPi analyzed and visualized the data. SC led the writing of the manuscript with help from PPi, KC, IJ, KH, DL, ZP, PPy, EAS, and AN. All authors contributed critically to the drafts and gave final approval for publication.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We acknowledge the support from the Czech Science Foundation (grant no. 23-07278S). PPy, PPi and AN were supported by long-term research development project RVO 67985939 (Czech Academy of Sciences). AN was supported by the MCIN/AEI/10.13039/501100011033 and the FSE+ (Grant No. RYC2022-037905-I); GV by the SNSF (31003A_179491 and IC00I0-231475). EAS was supported by funding from Newcastle University.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    None used.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    All relevant data and code underlying the findings described in this manuscript are openly available on Zenodo: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17306681.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Acerbi, A., J. Burns, U. Cabuk, J. Kryczka, B. Trapp, J. J. Valletta, and A. Mesoudi. 2023. Sentiment analysis of the Twitter response to Netflix’s Our Planet documentary. Conservation Biology 37(4):e14060. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.14060

    Albert, C., G. M. Luque, and F. Courchamp. 2018. The twenty most charismatic species. PLoS ONE 13(7):e0199149. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0199149

    Barrie, C., and J. Ho. 2021. academictwitteR: an R package to access the Twitter Academic Research Product Track v2 API endpoint. Journal of Open Source Software 6(62):3272. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.03272

    Becken, S., B. Stantic, J. Chen, A. R. Alaei, and R. M. Connolly. 2017. Monitoring the environment and human sentiment on the Great Barrier Reef: assessing the potential of collective sensing. Journal of Environmental Management 203:87-97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.07.007

    Benoit, K., K. Watanabe, H. Wang, P. Nulty, A. Obeng, S. Müller, and A. Matsuo. 2018. quanteda: An R package for the quantitative analysis of textual data. Journal of Open Source Software 3(30):774. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.00774

    Canavan, S., D. M. Doyle, A. Kane, G. Nolan, and K. Healy. 2025. Trending extinctions: online interest in recently extinct animals. Animal Conservation 28(3):445-464. https://doi.org/10.1111/acv.12997

    Castelblanco-Martínez, D. N., R. A. Moreno-Arias, J. A. Velasco, J. W. Moreno-Bernal, S. Restrepo, E. A. Noguera-Urbano, M. P. Baptiste, L. M. García-Loaiza, and G. Jiménez. 2021. A hippo in the room: predicting the persistence and dispersion of an invasive mega-vertebrate in Colombia, South America. Biological Conservation 253:108923. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2020.108923

    Chan, F. T., K. Stanislawczyk, A. C. Sneekes, A. Dvoretsky, S. Gollasch, D. Minchin, M. David, A. Jelmert, J. Albretsen, and S. A. Bailey. 2019. Climate change opens new frontiers for marine species in the Arctic: current trends and future invasion risks. Global Change Biology 25:25-38. https://doi.org/10.1111/gcb.14469

    Chang, C. H., N. R. Deshmukh, P. R. Armsworth, and Y. J. Masuda. 2023. Environmental users abandoned Twitter after Musk takeover. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 38(10):893-895. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2023.07.002

    Cheng, X., X. Yan, Y. Lan, and J. Guo. 2014. BTM: topic modeling over short texts. IEEE Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering 26:2928-2941. https://doi.org/10.1109/TKDE.2014.2313872

    Chew, C., and G. Eysenbach. 2010. Pandemics in the age of Twitter: content analysis of Tweets during the 2009 H1N1 Outbreak. PLoS ONE 5(11):e14118. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0014118

    Choo, E. K., M. L. Ranney, T. M. Chan, N. S. Trueger, A. E. Walsh, K. Tegtmeyer, S. O. McNamara, R. Y. Choi, and C. L. Carroll. 2015. Twitter as a tool for communication and knowledge exchange in academic medicine: a guide for skeptics and novices. Medical Teacher 37(5):411-416. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2014.993371

    Correia, R. A., R. Ladle, I. Jarić, A. C. M. Malhado, J. C. Mittermeier, U. Roll, A. Soriano-Redondo, D. Veríssimo, C. Fink, A. Hausmann, J. Guedes-Santos, R. Vardi, and E. Di Minin. 2021. Digital data sources and methods for conservation culturomics. Conservation Biology 35(2):398-411. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.13706

    Crespo, Y. A. C., and S. M. Cruz. 2023. The role of social media activism in offline conservation attitudes and behaviors. Computers in Human Behavior 147:107858. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.107858

    Csárdi, G., T. Nepusz, K. Müller, S. Horvát, V. Traag, F. Zanini, and D. Noom. 2025. igraph for R: R interface of the igraph library for graph theory and network analysis. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7682609

    Daume, S. 2016. Mining Twitter to monitor invasive alien species—an analytical framework and sample information topologies. Ecological Informatics 31:70-82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoinf.2015.11.014

    de Oliveira Caetano, G. H., R. Vardi, I. Jarić, R. A. Correia, U. Roll, and D. Veríssimo. 2023. Evaluating global interest in biodiversity and conservation. Conservation Biology 37:e14100. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.14100

    Dubois, E., and D. Gaffney. 2014. The multiple facets of influence: identifying political influentials and opinion leaders on Twitter. American Behavioral Scientist 58(10):1260-1277. https://doi.org/10.1177/0002764214527088

    Evans, L. C., M. P. Greenwell, V. L. Boult, and T. F. Johnson. 2023. Characterizing the trophy hunting debate on Twitter. Conservation Biology 37(4):e14070. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.14070

    Freberg, K., K. Graham, K. McGaughey, and L. A. Freberg. 2011. Who are the social media influencers? A study of public perceptions of personality. Public Relations Review 37(1):90-92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pubrev.2010.11.001

    Galetti, M., and R. Costa-Pereira. 2017. Scientists need social media influencers. Science 357(6354):880-881. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aao1990

    Gutierrez, R. J., B. C. Boehmke, K. W. Bauer, C. M. Saie, and T. J. Bihl. 2017. anomalyDetection: Implementation of augmented network log anomaly detection procedures. R Journal 9(2):354-365. https://doi.org/10.32614/RJ-2017-039

    Ittimani, L. 2024. Bluesky adds 1m new members as users flee X after the US election. The Guardian, 13 November. https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2024/nov/12/us-election-bluesky-users-flee-x-twitter-trump-musk

    Jaebker, L. M., H. E. McLean, S. A. Shwiff, K. M. Carlisle, T. L. Teel, A. D. Bright, and A. M. Anderson. 2021. Machine learning as a tool for wildlife management and research: the case of wild pig-related content on Twitter. Human-Wildlife Interactions 15(1):95-110. https://www.jstor.org/stable/27316252

    Jarić, I., C. Bellard, R. A. Correia, F. Courchamp, K. Douda, F. Essl, J. M. Jeschke, G. Kalinkat, L. Kalous, R. J. Lennox, A. Novoa, R. Proulx, P. Pyšek, A. Soriano-Redondo, A. T. Souza, R. Vardi, D. Veríssimo, and U. Roll. 2021. Invasion culturomics and iEcology. Conservation Biology 35(2):447-451. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.13707

    Jarić, I., R. A. Correia, M. Bonaiuto, B. W. Brook, F. Courchamp, J. A. Firth, K. J. Gaston, T. Heger, J. M. Jeschke, R. J. Ladle, Y. Meinard, D. L. Roberts, K. Sherren, M. Soga, A. Soriano-Redondo, D. Veríssimo, and U. Roll. 2023. Transience of public attention in conservation science. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 21(7):333-340. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.2598

    Jarić, I., R. A. Correia, B. W. Brook, J. C. Buettel, F. Courchamp, E. Di Minin, J. A. Firth, K. J. Gaston, P. Jepson, G. Kalinkat, R. Ladle, A. Soriano-Redondo, A. T. Souza, and U. Roll. 2020a. iEcology: harnessing large online resources to generate ecological insights. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 35(7):630-639. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2020.03.003

    Jarić, I., F. Courchamp, R. A. Correia, S. L. Crowley, F. Essl, A. Fischer, P. González-Moreno, G. Kalinkat, X. Lambin, B. Lenzner, et al. 2020b. The role of species charisma in biological invasions. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 18(6):345-353. https://doi.org/10.1002/fee.2195

    Johnstone, L., and C. Lindh. 2018. The sustainability-age dilemma: a theory of (un)planned behaviour via influencers. Journal of Consumer Behaviour 17(1):e127-e139. https://doi.org/10.1002/cb.1693

    Jose, S. B., C. Wu, and S. Kamoun. 2019. Overcoming plant blindness in science, education, and society. Plants People Planet 1:169-172. https://doi.org/10.1002/ppp3.51

    Kabakuş, A. T., and M. Şimşek. 2019. An analysis of the characteristics of verified Twitter users. Sakarya University Journal of Computer and Information Sciences 2(3):180-186. https://doi.org/10.35377/saucis.02.03.649708

    Kidd, L. R., E. A. Gregg, S. A. Bekessy, J. A. Robinson, and G. E. Garrard. 2018. Tweeting for their lives: visibility of threatened species on Twitter. Journal for Nature Conservation 46:106-109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnc.2018.10.001

    Kollmuss, A., and J. Agyeman. 2002. Mind the gap: why do people act environmentally and what are the barriers to pro-environmental behavior? Environmental Education Research 8(3):239-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620220145401

    Kupferschmidt, K. 2022. As Musk reshapes Twitter, academics ponder taking flight. Science 378(6620). https://doi.org/10.1126/science.adf7189

    Lorimer, J. 2007. Nonhuman charisma. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 25(5):911-932. https://doi.org/10.1068/d71j

    Lou, C., and S. Yuan. 2019. Influencer marketing: how message value and credibility affect consumer trust of branded content on social media. Journal of Interactive Advertising 19(1):58-73. https://doi.org/10.1080/15252019.2018.1533501

    McCombs, M., and S. Valenzuela. 2020. Setting the agenda: mass media and public opinion. Polity, Cambridge, UK.

    McKee, S., A. Anderson, K. Carlisle, and S. A. Shwiff. 2020. Economic estimates of invasive wild pig damage to crops in 12 US states. Crop Protection 132:105105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cropro.2020.105105

    Mechura, M. B. 2016. Lemmatization list: English (en) [Data file]. http://www.lexiconista.com

    Milusheva, S., R. Marty, G. Bedoya, S. Williams, E. Resor, and A. Legovini. 2021. Applying machine learning and geolocation techniques to social media data (Twitter) to develop a resource for urban planning. PLoS ONE 16(2):e0244317. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0244317

    Novoa, A., S. Canavan, I. Jarić, P. Pipek, and P. Pyšek. 2022. Musk’s Twitter takeover jeopardizes culturomics. Nature 612(7939):211. https://doi.org/10.1038/d41586-022-04361-5

    Novoa, A., I. Jarić, P. Pipek, and P. Pyšek. 2025. Culturomics and iEcology provide novel opportunities to study human and social dimensions of alien species introductions. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 40:18-26. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2024.08.012

    Novoa, A., R. Shackleton, S. Canavan, C. Cybele, S. J. Davies, K. Dehnen-Schmutz, J. Fried, M. Gaertner, S. Geerts, C. L. Griffiths, et al. 2018. A framework for engaging stakeholders on the management of alien species. Journal of Environmental Management 205:286-297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2017.09.059

    Pocock, M. J. O., T. Adriaens, S. Bertolino, R. Eschen, F. Essl, P. E. Hulme, J. M. Jeschke, H. E. Roy, H. Teixeira, and M. De Groot. 2024. Citizen science is a vital partnership for invasive alien species management and research. IScience 27(1):108623. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.isci.2023.108623

    Pyšek, P., P. E. Hulme, D. Simberloff, S. Bacher, T. M. Blackburn, J. T. Carlton, W. Dawson, F. Essl, L. C. Foxcroft, P. Genovesi, et al. 2020. Scientists’ warning on invasive alien species. Biological Reviews 95(6):1511-1534. https://doi.org/10.1111/brv.12627

    Pyšek, P., D. M. Richardson, J. Pergl, V. Jarošík, Z. Sixtová, and E. Weber. 2008. Geographical and taxonomic biases in invasion ecology. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 23:237-244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2008.02.002

    Rinker, T. W. 2018a. textclean: Text cleaning tools. version 0.9.3. https://doi.org/10.32614/CRAN.package.textclean

    Rinker, T. W. 2018b. textstem: Tools for stemming and lemmatizing text. version 0.1.4. https://doi.org/10.32614/CRAN.package.textstem

    Roberge, J.-M. 2014. Using data from online social networks in conservation science: which species engage people the most on Twitter? Biodiversity and Conservation 23:715-726. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-014-0629-2

    Rui, H., and A. Whinston. 2012. Information or attention? An empirical study of user contribution on Twitter. Information Systems and e-Business Management 10:309-324. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10257-011-0164-6

    Sbragaglia, V., L. Espasandín, S. Coco, A. Felici, R. A. Correia, M. Coll, and R. Arlinghaus. 2022. Recreational angling and spearfishing on social media: insights on harvesting patterns, social engagement and sentiments related to the distributional range shift of a marine invasive species. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 32:687-700. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11160-022-09699-7

    Shackleton, R. T., B. M. Larson, A. Novoa, D. M. Richardson, and C. A. Kull. 2019. The human and social dimensions of invasion science and management. Journal of Environmental Management 229:1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.08.041

    Shan, S., X. Ju, Y. Wei, and X. Wen. 2022. Concerned or apathetic? Using social media platform (Twitter) to gauge the public awareness about wildlife conservation: a case study of the illegal rhino trade. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19(11):6869. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19116869

    Shepherd, A., C. Sanders, M. Doyle, and J. Shaw. 2015. Using social media for support and feedback by mental health service users: thematic analysis of a twitter conversation. BMC Psychiatry 15:29. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-015-0408-y

    Silge, J., and D. Robinson. 2016. tidytext: Text mining and analysis using tidy data principles in R. Journal of Open Source Software 1(3):37. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.00037

    Stevenson, E. A., P. Robertson, E. Hickinbotham, L. Mair, N. J. Willby, A. Mill, O. Booy, K. Witts, and Z. Pattison. 2023. Synthesising 35 years of invasive non-native species research. Biological Invasions 25:2423-2438. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10530-023-03067-7

    Subalusky, A. L., S. A. Sethi, E. P. Anderson, G. Jiménez, D. Echeverri-Lopez, S. García-Restrepo, L. J. Nova-León, J. F. Reátiga-Parrish, D. M. Post, and A. Rojas. 2023. Rapid population growth and high management costs have created a narrow window for control of introduced hippos in Colombia. Scientific Reports 13(1):6193. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-33028-y

    Suitner, C., L. Badia, D. Clementel, L. Iacovissi, M. Migliorini, B. G. S. Casara, D. Solimini, M. Formanowicz, and T. Erseghe. 2023. The rise of #climateaction in the time of the FridaysForFuture movement: a semantic network analysis. Social Networks 75:170-185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socnet.2022.06.003

    Wickham, H. 2022. stringr: Simple, consistent wrappers for common string operations. https://doi.org/10.32614/CRAN.package.stringr

    Wickham, H., R. François, L. Henry, and K. Müller. 2022. dplyr: A grammar of data manipulation. https://doi.org/10.32614/CRAN.package.dplyr

    Wong, M. K. 2024. Misrepresentation of invasive species in the mass media with images of unrelated organisms. Conservation Biology 38(6):e14382. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.14382

    Corresponding author:
    Susan Canavan
    sucanavan@gmail.com
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Bigram network plot of top co-occurring words within Tweets containing the term “invasive species.” The thickness of the orange lines connecting the words indicates their frequency of use, with thicker lines denoting higher numbers of tweets containing those specific word pairs. The term “invasive species” has been excluded from the network.

    Fig. 1. Bigram network plot of top co-occurring words within Tweets containing the term “invasive species.” The thickness of the orange lines connecting the words indicates their frequency of use, with thicker lines denoting higher numbers of tweets containing those specific word pairs. The term “invasive species” has been excluded from the network.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Anomaly detection. Anomalies in twitter engagement over time for tweets, retweets, likes, and replies. This figure shows the temporal trends of Twitter activity across four engagement metrics.The green lines represent the count per day for each metric. The black points indicate days with significant positive anomalies, identified using a periodic detection method with a 30-day period, positive directionality, and a long-term consideration of 365 days. Anomalies were identified by testing whether the number of tweets or user engagement metrics per day experienced a significant spike, with a significance level set at 0.01. The numbers within the black circles correspond to the example anomalies discussed in Table 1.

    Fig. 2. Anomaly detection. Anomalies in twitter engagement over time for tweets, retweets, likes, and replies. This figure shows the temporal trends of Twitter activity across four engagement metrics.The green lines represent the count per day for each metric. The black points indicate days with significant positive anomalies, identified using a periodic detection method with a 30-day period, positive directionality, and a long-term consideration of 365 days. Anomalies were identified by testing whether the number of tweets or user engagement metrics per day experienced a significant spike, with a significance level set at 0.01. The numbers within the black circles correspond to the example anomalies discussed in Table 1.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Sankey plot depicting the top 15 taxa (A) and habitats (B) mentioned in the context of invasive species on Twitter, classified by their interactions (tweets, retweets, likes, replies). The top figure (A) shows the specific taxa categorized into taxonomic groups (invertebrate, fish, herptile [herp], mammal, plant) represented by distinct colors. The bottom figure (B) shows the habitat types grouped into aquatic, interface, and terrestrial categories and depicted with different colours. For both figures, the height of each stratum indicates the relative proportion of each interaction type (sum of tweets, retweets, likes, or replies counts), and the values on top of each stratum represent the total number of interactions for each group. Note that these terms have been adjusted from the original tweets to better group similar terms as best as possible, such as consolidating plural and singular forms, unifying variations (e.g., “lantern fly” to “lanternfly”), and incorporating synonyms (e.g., “pig” encompasses the term “swine”).

    Fig. 3. Sankey plot depicting the top 15 taxa (A) and habitats (B) mentioned in the context of invasive species on Twitter, classified by their interactions (tweets, retweets, likes, replies). The top figure (A) shows the specific taxa categorized into taxonomic groups (invertebrate, fish, herptile [herp], mammal, plant) represented by distinct colors. The bottom figure (B) shows the habitat types grouped into aquatic, interface, and terrestrial categories and depicted with different colours. For both figures, the height of each stratum indicates the relative proportion of each interaction type (sum of tweets, retweets, likes, or replies counts), and the values on top of each stratum represent the total number of interactions for each group. Note that these terms have been adjusted from the original tweets to better group similar terms as best as possible, such as consolidating plural and singular forms, unifying variations (e.g., “lantern fly” to “lanternfly”), and incorporating synonyms (e.g., “pig” encompasses the term “swine”).

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Bar plot showing the top 10 most frequently used hashtags associated with invasive species in tweets. Each hashtag is ranked by its count, with the frequency represented by the bar length. The count value is displayed in white text within each bar. Notably, #invspwk (Invasive Species Week) promotes awareness and prevention, created by Invading Species account (@invspecies). #nisaw is the National Invasive Species Awareness Week and #ais refers to Alien Invasive Species.

    Fig. 4. Bar plot showing the top 10 most frequently used hashtags associated with invasive species in tweets. Each hashtag is ranked by its count, with the frequency represented by the bar length. The count value is displayed in white text within each bar. Notably, #invspwk (Invasive Species Week) promotes awareness and prevention, created by Invading Species account (@invspecies). #nisaw is the National Invasive Species Awareness Week and #ais refers to Alien Invasive Species.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Frequency of tweets belonging to each topic (text left of barplots) determined by Biterm Topic Modeling (BTM). Each tweet was assigned to a topic based on its highest probability to matching that topic. The topics were manually categorized into 10 broader themes (text on the left side of the figure).

    Fig. 5. Frequency of tweets belonging to each topic (text left of barplots) determined by Biterm Topic Modeling (BTM). Each tweet was assigned to a topic based on its highest probability to matching that topic. The topics were manually categorized into 10 broader themes (text on the left side of the figure).

    Fig. 5
    Fig. 6
    Fig. 6. (A) Rank abundance curve of retweets. Each point on the curve signifies a user ranked by the number of retweets associated with them, with the x-axis indicating the ranking from most to least retweeted. Additionally, annotations highlight the proportions of retweets contributed by the top 1%, 5%, and 10% of users within each species group. (B) Stacked bar graph that illustrates the distribution of users across different influencer categories (Nano, Micro, Macro, and Mega), which are defined by the number of followers. These categories are displayed according to their rank (Top 1%, Top 5%, Top 25%, and Other). The user ranks are determined by the number of retweets they have received. Both figures use a purple color scheme to represent user rank, with varying shades indicating different ranks.

    Fig. 6. (A) Rank abundance curve of retweets. Each point on the curve signifies a user ranked by the number of retweets associated with them, with the x-axis indicating the ranking from most to least retweeted. Additionally, annotations highlight the proportions of retweets contributed by the top 1%, 5%, and 10% of users within each species group. (B) Stacked bar graph that illustrates the distribution of users across different influencer categories (Nano, Micro, Macro, and Mega), which are defined by the number of followers. These categories are displayed according to their rank (Top 1%, Top 5%, Top 25%, and Other). The user ranks are determined by the number of retweets they have received. Both figures use a purple color scheme to represent user rank, with varying shades indicating different ranks.

    Fig. 6
    Fig. 7
    Fig. 7. Sankey plot illustrating the categories of the top 1% of users who have been retweeted the most. The left side of the plot represents different account types, and the right side shows the specific user types within these account types. The width of the flow lines and height of the category boxes indicate the number of users belonging to each category, with these numbers also displayed beside each account and user type label.

    Fig. 7. Sankey plot illustrating the categories of the top 1% of users who have been retweeted the most. The left side of the plot represents different account types, and the right side shows the specific user types within these account types. The width of the flow lines and height of the category boxes indicate the number of users belonging to each category, with these numbers also displayed beside each account and user type label.

    Fig. 7
    Fig. 8
    Fig. 8. User locations based on data extracted from Twitter profiles, visualized as a heatmap. The color gradients reflect varying user concentrations across different countries. The top 10 countries with the highest user concentrations, displayed in bottom left inset, indicate the number of associated user accounts.

    Fig. 8. User locations based on data extracted from Twitter profiles, visualized as a heatmap. The color gradients reflect varying user concentrations across different countries. The top 10 countries with the highest user concentrations, displayed in bottom left inset, indicate the number of associated user accounts.

    Fig. 8
    Table 1
    Table 1. Examples of anomalies in tweet counts and engagement with taxon-specific discussions on Twitter (see Fig. 2). The table includes the taxa discussed, an original or verbatim example tweet, and the contextual information of the topic. The metrics reflect the summarized tweets and retweets for the anomaly day, not the specific event. The recorded number of followers was documented on 12 December 2022. The anomaly (Anom) number corresponds to the anomaly numbers shown in Figure 2. Note that some tweets include URL links, which may no longer be functional.

    Table 1. Examples of anomalies in tweet counts and engagement with taxon-specific discussions on Twitter (see Fig. 2). The table includes the taxa discussed, an original or verbatim example tweet, and the contextual information of the topic. The metrics reflect the summarized tweets and retweets for the anomaly day, not the specific event. The recorded number of followers was documented on 12 December 2022. The anomaly (Anom) number corresponds to the anomaly numbers shown in Figure 2. Note that some tweets include URL links, which may no longer be functional.

    Anom Taxa Tweet Driver of interest Context Metrics Year
    1 Lionfish; Carp Answer for Invasive Species: Put It on a Plate and Eat It News source Proposed novel solution: article by New York Times on managing aquatic invasions off the coast of the United States by promoting them as edible substitutes to other overfished species. 98 tweets 2011
    2 Lionfish; Carp; Feral hogs Can U.S. Eliminate Invasive Species by Eating Them? News source Proposed novel solution: article by CBS news on managing aquatic invaders as well as feral hogs by consuming them. 168 tweets 2014
    3 200 aquatic hitchhikers including knifejaws and Mediterranean blue mussels Displaced Japanese dock is “alien mother ship” of invasive species
    (shorturl.at/psuRT)
    News source Invasion alert: published pictures by National Geographic on a washed up dock on the West Coast of the United States that was debris from the Japanese Tsunami five years prior. The debris was described as “Teeming with invasive life-forms” and a “dirty needle that just got stuck into our ecological arm.” 130 tweets; 154 retweets; 54 likes 2012
    4 Aquatic invasives It’s National Invasive Species Awareness Week. Check out our ocean fact on invasive species (shorturl.at/brsV2) Other Awareness post: post made by NOAA’s Ocean Services to create awareness around aquatic invasions. 176 retweets 2014
    5 Multiple taxa EU must take urgent action on invasive species, experts urge Other Changes to legislation: the Members of the European Parliament (MEP) voted in favor of new legislation to prevent invasive alien species from entering the EU, including the adoption of a “blacklist” of species, which led to a surge of tweets about the proposal. 139 tweets 2014
    6 Hippo After Pablo Escobar’s death, the four hippos he kept as pets have begun to breed and become an invasive species in Colombia Charisma Charismatic species: Tweet made by @Facts, a Twitter account that posts general facts and information with a considerable following (3.4 million). 91 likes 2014
    7 Lionfish Fighting one of the most destructive invasive species in the Western Hemisphere—the lionfish Charisma Charismatic species: article by National Geographic 484 retweets;
    487 likes
    2015
    8 Went spear fishing for the Lion Fish today, an invasive species here in Belize. Saving the ocean with @Oceana ____ Social media influencer/ Public figure Social media influencer: post made by influencer Logan Paul (6.7 million followers) 2466 likes; 305 retweets 2016
    9 Carp Asian carp are an invasive species that endanger Great Lakes—incl. our own Lake Superior. We need a plan in place to address this threat. Social media influencer/ Public figure Political figure: post made by former U.S. Senator Al Franken (400.4K followers) 342 replies;
    2349 likes
    2017
    10 Multiple taxa A new bill would roll back Clean Water Act protections and allow ships to dump dirty water with harmful invasive species and chemicals. Take action against this bill to #ProtectCleanWater for birds & other wildlife. Other Changes to legislation: post by the Audubon Society, an American non-profit environmental organization, warning of new bill changing U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Clean Water Rule. 655 retweets;
    170 replies
    2018
    11 Elephant; Human If you’re shocked by this video, you need to know that this happens almost every other day somewhere in India. This is what endless growth based development looks like. We can’t keep building infrastructure everywhere. Humans are earth’s greatest pathogen, worst invasive species. Charisma Charismatic species: a video of an injured elephant after being hit by a train in India. 61,634 retweets;
    3063 replies
    2019
    12 Goldfish Don’t ever do this. Gold Fish are an invasive species, they decimate local ecosystems. This isn’t funny or cute, this is awful. If you really want to help these fish just be a good pet owner. Charisma Pet trade pathway: a response to a viral video on releasing goldfish 98,102 likes 2020
    13 Feral pig - Charisma Charismatic species/ Conflicts of interest: a surge of tweets in response to a post condemning hunting of pigs. With tweets in support and in opposition of the management and hunting of invasive feral pigs. 542 tweets 2020
    14 Mystery seeds Do NOT Plant The Mystery Seeds: People Across The US Receive Unsolicited Seed Packs From China;
    Americans across the country are receiving packages of mysterious seeds in the mail, mostly from China. Agricultural officials have advised anyone who receives one of these packages to avoid touching the contents and to not to plant the seeds.
    Other Biosecurity threat: thousands of unsolicited mailings with seed packages were received from China all over the world. This led to a surge of tweets on these “mystery seeds.” 376 tweets 2020
    15 Moss ball; zebra mussel If you purchased a Marimo moss ball after February of 2021 you could be unintentionally releasing one of the most devastating invasive species into your local waterways. USFWS has outlined what you can do to properly dispose of the moss balls to hopefully avoid further damage Other Invasion alert: Zebra mussels (Dreissena polymorpha) were found in Marimo moss balls sold in pet stores across the U.S. and Canada, prompting urgent warnings from USFWS and CFIA.
    14,705 retweets 2021
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    biological invasions; engagement metrics; invasive species; public engagement; social media analysis; text mining; topic modeling; Twitter (X)

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 15 Guest Editorial

    The nature of peace: post-conflict peacebuilding and its implications for environment and livelihoods

    Zelli, F., and T. Krause. 2025. The nature of peace: post-conflict peacebuilding and its implications for environment and livelihoods. Ecology and Society 30(4):15. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16247-300415
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Fariborz ZelliORCIDcontact author, Fariborz Zelli
      Department of Political Science, Lund University, Sweden
    • Torsten KrauseORCIDcontact authorTorsten Krause
      Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, Sweden

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Zelli, F., and T. Krause. 2025. The nature of peace: post-conflict peacebuilding and its implications for environment and livelihoods. Ecology and Society 30(4):15.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16247-300415

  • Objectives and Motivation
  • Environmental Peacebuilding
  • Core Contributions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • The nature of peace: post-conflict peacebuilding and its implications for environment and livelihoods
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16247.pdf
    Guest Editorial, part of a special feature on The Nature of Peace: Post-Conflict Peacebuilding and its Implications for Environment and Livelihoods

    ABSTRACT

    This editorial introduces the special feature’s main objective: to provide latest research findings on the dynamics between environmental protection and post-conflict peacebuilding processes after internal armed conflicts. In the feature, we propose a broad understanding of environmental peacebuilding that takes all cycles of the peacebuilding process into account and puts stronger emphasis on the long-term social and environmental impacts. Based on this conceptualization, the contributions to this special feature analyze a series of environmental, social, political, and economic dimensions of post-conflict environmental peacebuilding processes in a diversity of geographical contexts.

    Building on a wide mix of methods from various disciplinary angles, the feature provides the reader with a range of important and novel results: on different types of impacts on ecosystems and livelihoods (e.g., largely detrimental consequences across Uganda or for environmental human rights defenders in Colombia as a whole, but also decreasing deforestation in Colombia’s Sumapaz territory); for various timings and cycles of peacebuilding processes (e.g., ongoing violent conflicts around Virunga National Park in the Democratic Republic of Congo or Iraq’s Kurdistan region, a recent truce in Tigray in late 2022, less than a decade of peacebuilding in Colombia, and over 20 years since the peace agreement in Uganda); at different political levels (from local areas like DRC’s Virunga region or Colombia’s Sumapaz area to national politics and international law contexts); and for a large set of actors (such as local farmers, indigenous communities, civil society groups, rebel groups, and local and national governmental actors). One core overarching finding across these contributions is the dominance of nature-neglecting, instrumentalizing and extractivist narratives with their far-reaching impacts on post-conflict societies. These impacts are not only environmental, e.g., deforestation and biodiversity loss, but also social, in the form of threats to livelihoods of vulnerable communities, and they re-produce old but create also new forms of physical, structural, and cultural violence.

    OBJECTIVES AND MOTIVATION

    The overarching aim of this special feature is to provide some of the key latest research on the dynamics between environmental protection and post-conflict peacebuilding processes after internal armed conflicts. Internal armed conflicts are recurring phenomena in the history of mankind, with large numbers of fatalities and devastating social consequences. At the time of writing, the Geneva Academy of International Humanitarian Law and Human Rights counts more than 110 ongoing non-international armed conflicts in 34 countries.

    The linkages of such conflicts to the natural environment are mutual and complex. They may entail direct environmental destruction as well as indirect impacts on ecosystems, for instance through population displacement (Sowers and Weinthal 2021). Furthermore, natural resources or environmental degradation may represent major drivers of conflict, as is the case when militias battle for access to, and control over, natural resources and lands to widen their influence spheres or enrich themselves (cf. Junne and Verkoren 2005, Bernauer et al. 2012, Krampe 2016, von Uexkull et al. 2016, Ide et al. 2021, 2023, Johnson 2021, Zelli and Krause 2025).

    This said, internal armed conflicts may as well provide a counter-intuitive protection for ecosystems like forests and wetlands (McNeely 2003, Burgess et al. 2015, Zelli and Krause 2025). During ongoing hostilities, infrastructure construction, extensive agricultural activity, external investments, and land-grabbing are often severely limited, particularly in frontline areas or demarcated ceasefire zones (LeBillon 2000, Sanchez-Cuervo and Aide 2013, Milne et al. 2015).

    Against this backdrop, a post-conflict peacebuilding process may offer a unique opportunity to bring ecosystems to the fore, for a double purpose: to ensure their protection, for instance by strengthening or introducing respective legislation and institutions; and to promote stability and peace, for instance by targeting the sustainable and equitable distribution of resources, supporting the livelihoods of vulnerable communities, and facilitating environmental cooperation and co-management. Steps to pursue this dual goal not only include environmental peacebuilding in the narrower sense, i.e., measures specifically geared toward the natural environment (Carius 2006), but also the mainstreaming of environmental protection into other efforts like rural development or reintegration of ex-combatants (Morales-Muñoz et al. 2021, Sadaqat Huda 2021).

    The contributions to this special feature provide novel and policy-relevant analyses on this mutual constitution between peacebuilding and environmental protection, guided by the following research questions:

    • Taking stock: To which extent are concerns of environmental protection integrated or neglected in the peacebuilding process after an internal armed conflict?
    • Environmental consequences: How does the post-conflict peacebuilding process impact a country’s or region’s natural environment?
    • Social consequences: Which consequences do the peacebuilding activities and their environmental implications have for the livelihoods of local communities that depend on respective ecosystem services or natural resources?
    • Sustainable peace: How do these various developments feed back into the peacebuilding process and, ultimately, affect its objective of avoiding or mitigating different forms of violence?
    • Drivers: What are the major drivers underlying the integration or neglect of environmental concerns and the trajectories leading to respective environmental, social, and peace-related consequences?
    • Lessons and responses: Which lessons can we draw from these drivers and consequences to safeguard the environment and associated livelihoods in peacebuilding processes and reach sustainable peace?

    The special feature comprises various articles that summarize findings of the inter-disciplinary research program “Nature of Peace,” which put particular focus on environmental peacebuilding processes in Colombia and Uganda (Nardi et al. 2024, Samper et al. 2024, Krause et al. 2025, Nardi and Kasznar 2025; Sjöstedt, unpublished manuscript, Valencia et al., unpublished manuscript). In addition, the feature includes solicited contributions on a series of further geographical contexts (Eklund and Dinc 2024, Magalhães Teixeira and Nicoson 2024, Schulte to Bühne et al. 2024, Verweijen and Hoffmann 2024). The feature’s synthesis article summarizes major findings across all contributions and provides further details on the underlying research program and its analytical framework (Zelli and Krause 2025).

    ENVIRONMENTAL PEACEBUILDING

    In this special feature, we understand our key theme of post-conflict peacebuilding as a range of measures undertaken “on the far side of conflict” (United Nations General Assembly and Security Council 2000:3) by different actors, external and domestic, governmental and non-governmental, to reduce the risk of relapsing into armed conflict and to create conditions for sustainable peace. Notably, this understanding takes all cycles of the peacebuilding process into account and puts a strong focus on its long-term and sustainable outcomes.

    Post-conflict peacebuilding measures can be roughly distinguished along three purposes: those stabilizing the post-conflict zone (e.g., through disarmament and reintegration programs); those restoring or building state institutions (e.g., through technical assistance to support governance functions and the rule of law, or programs to promote the transparency, accountability, and legitimacy of institutions); and those supporting the reconstruction and development of a socioeconomic infrastructure (e.g., through trauma counselling, supporting transitional justice, reconciliation and community dialogue, strengthening civil society organizations and vulnerable groups, promoting human rights, environmental awareness, and gender empowerment; Barnett et al. 2007).

    There is a growing body of literature that extends this understanding to environmental aspects of post-conflict peacebuilding, linking environmental change and degradation to the rise or perpetuation of armed conflicts (e.g., Schwartz and Randall 2003, Raleigh and Urdal 2007, Bernauer et al. 2012, von Uexkull et al. 2016, Ide et al. 2021, 2023). These studies demonstrate that many post-conflict reconstruction efforts experience tensions between addressing immediate needs (e.g., access to clean water, employment) and tackling the root causes of the conflict (e.g., resource scarcity or unequal distribution; Junne and Verkoren 2005, Krampe 2016). The focus of many researchers has eventually shifted from resource scarcity as a conflict cause to the cooperation potential that natural resources management can bring to post-conflict societies (cf. Altpeter 2016, Ide et al. 2023).

    In parallel to these scholarly efforts, the vital and complex interlinkage between peace, poverty, and the environment has been increasingly recognized by domestic and international practitioners and stakeholders. The manifold ecological, social, political, and economic implications of this interlinkage have been most notably identified in the Sustainable Development Goals, as they combine the management of natural resources and ecosystems on land (SDG goal 15) with poverty eradication (SDG goal 1) and the promotion of peace (SDG goal 16).

    CORE CONTRIBUTIONS

    Notwithstanding the increasing acknowledgement and urgency of environmental peacebuilding in research and practice, we largely lack both theoretical frameworks and policy-relevant systematic comparative empirical analyses that capture the nexus between post-conflict peacebuilding and the natural environment more comprehensively, i.e., along the lines of the broader definition we introduced above.

    Leading scholars concede that we know too little about when, how, and why peace processes can contribute to environmental sustainability, and vice versa, how an integration of environmental protection concerns can work for sustainable peace and local livelihoods (e.g., Salehyan 2008, Theisen 2008, Gleditsch 2012, Matthew 2014, Hartard and Liebert 2015, Young and Goldman 2015, Beevers 2019, Ide et al. 2023). In the same vein, researchers have acknowledged the ongoing disconnect between the scholarships on peacebuilding and on environmental governance (cf. Bruch et al. 2009).

    Important efforts have therefore been made to initiate and strengthen a research community on environmental peacebuilding, most notably the creation of the Environmental Peacebuilding Association (EnPax) and its organization of the recurring International Conference on Environmental Peacebuilding, along with important concerted publications (Bruch et al. 2016, Swain and Öjendal 2018, Ide et al. 2021, 2023, Krampe 2021, Krampe et al. 2021).

    This special feature builds on the insights of this topical and growing strand of research, sharing its community’s core assumption and concern: a thorough understanding and sustainable achievement of post-conflict peacebuilding and environmental protection is not possible without addressing the mutually reenforcing dynamics between both goals. The contributions advance this sprawling research community through a series of conceptual, theoretical, methodical, and empirical added values:

    • Conceptually and theoretically, the contributors analyze how diverse valuations of nature inform approaches and policy proposals to peacebuilding. Both Nardi et al. (2024) and Samper et al. (2024) show how currently dominant instrumental understandings of nature, territory, and peace impede transitions toward more sustainable peace after conflicts or even legitimize the continuation of violence. Verweijen and Hoffmann (2024) further caution that exaggerated faith in science and technology also impacts the academic field and knowledge production on environmental peacebuilding. As a holistic alternative to narrow instrumental perspectives, Magalhães Teixeira and Nicoson (2024) suggest climate resilient peace as a notion that more widely acknowledges the different needs of affected groups and the realities of environmental degradation.

      Taken these insights together, Zelli and Krause (2025) introduce an analytical framework to identify recurring trajectories that lead from the integration (or lack thereof) of environmental concerns in peacebuilding efforts to environmental and social consequences of these efforts, and to ultimate chances for achieving a sustainable peace. Under the currently prevalent trajectory, nature-neglecting, instrumentalizing, and extractivist narratives have far-reaching impacts, not only in environmental terms, e.g., deforestation and biodiversity loss, but also socially, e.g., threats to livelihoods of vulnerable communities, and, ultimately, by producing old and new forms of physical, structural, and cultural violence.
    • Methodically, the special feature’s ambition to scrutinize different (social, ecological, political, economic) dimensions of post-conflict environmental peacebuilding is met by a variety of approaches to capture these dimensions. The contributors’ disciplinary backgrounds range from environmental and international law (Samper, Sjöstedt), sociology (Hoffmann, Vargas Falla), and political science (Dinc, Magalhães Teixeira, Nicoson, Zelli) to environmental and sustainability science (Darbyshire, Kasznar, Krause, López, Schulte to Bühne, Valencia), human geography (Nardi, Verweijen, Weldemichel), physical geography and geology (Eklund, Nyssen, Weir). The collaboration among these authors allowed them to combine a variety of methods across their articles, such as interviews, participant observation, ethnographic analysis, qualitative document analysis, policy analysis, legal analysis, spatial analysis, and Geographical Information Systems.
    • Empirically, the contributions to this special feature break important new ground, as they provide novel and up-to-date insights from conflicts and peacebuilding efforts in a series of geographic contexts, including Colombia (Krause et al. 2025; Sjöstedt, unpublished manuscript) and in particular the Putumayo department (Samper et al. 2024) and Sumapaz region (Valencia et al., unpublished manuscript), Uganda (Nardi and Kasznar 2025), the Virunga National Park in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Verweijen and Hoffmann 2024), the Tigray region in Ethiopia (Schulte to Bühne et al. 2024), the Kurdistan region of Iraq (Eklund and Dinc 2024), and selected areas in Brazil and Puerto Rico (Magalhães Teixeira and Nicoson 2024).

    These diverse foci provide the reader with a broad scope of findings: with different types of impacts on ecosystems and livelihoods (e.g., largely detrimental consequences across Uganda or for environmental human rights defenders in Colombia as a whole, but also decreasing deforestation in Colombia’s Sumapaz territory); for various timings and cycles of peacebuilding processes (e.g., ongoing violent conflicts around Virunga National Park or Iraq’s Kurdistan region, a recent truce in Tigray in late 2022, less than a decade of peacebuilding in Colombia, and over 20 years since the peace agreement in Uganda); at different political levels (from local areas like Virunga or Sumapaz to national policy contexts and international law contexts); and for a large diversity of actors (such as local farmers, indigenous communities, civil society groups, rebel groups, and local and national governmental actors).

    Based on these novel angles and results, this feature will be of relevance for researchers, teachers, and students from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds. Moreover, the contributions discuss and develop recommendations useful for practitioners, stakeholders, and groups in situations of vulnerability to better understand and address the mutual connections between peacebuilding, the natural environment, and livelihoods (cf. Zelli and Krause 2025).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We are highly indebted to the Swedish research council Formas (Grant number 2018-00453 & Grant number 2022-01684) and to the Pufendorf Institute for Advanced Studies at Lund University for their generous financial and logistical support for the research program “The Nature of Peace.” We are deeply grateful to all project members and contributing authors to this special feature of Ecology and Society for their helpful comments on previous versions of this article, their groundbreaking research and the excellent collaboration over more than four years: Richard J. Anderson, Eoghan Darbyshire, Pinar Dinc, Lina Eklund, Alejandro Fuentes, Kasper Hoffmann, Alice Kasznar, Jesica López, Barbara Magalhães Teixeira, Anna Maria Nardi, Christie J. Nicoson, Jan Nyssen, Rolando Rodriguez Cruz, Micael Runnström, Juan Antonio Samper, Henrike Schulte to Bühne, Britta Sjöstedt, Sandra C. Valencia, Ana María Vargas Falla, Judith Verweijen, Doug Weir, Teklehaymanot G. Weldemichel. Our sincere thanks go to the anonymous reviewers of all contributions to this special feature for their invaluable suggestions and all the time they invested. Finally, we are very grateful to the editorial team of Ecology and Society, especially Patricia Balvanera and Jennifer Mullie, for their great support and guidance, and for giving us and our colleagues the chance to publish our work on environmental peacebuilding as a special feature in their prestigious journal.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We have not used any AI generative or AI-assisted technology to write this editorial article.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    This is an editorial that refers to content of other cited contributions in the same special feature and otherwise does not include any original or additional data or code.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Altpeter, C. 2016. Environmental governance, climate change and peacebuilding. Folke Bernadotte Academy Brief no. 06/2016. Folke Bernadotte Academy, Stockholm, Sweden.

    Barnett, M., H. Kim, M. O'Donnell, and L. Sitea. 2007. Peacebuilding: What is in a name? Global Governance 13:35-58. https://doi.org/10.1163/19426720-01301004

    Beevers, M. D. 2019. Peacebuilding and natural resource governance after armed conflict: Sierra Leone and Liberia. Palgrave Macmillan, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-63166-0

    Bernauer, T., T. Böhmelt, and V. Koubi. 2012. Environmental changes and violent conflict. Environmental Research Letters 7:015601. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/7/1/015601

    Bruch, C., D. Jensen, M. Nakayama, J. Unruh, R. Gruby, and R. Wolfarth. 2009. Post-conflict peacebuilding and natural resources. Yearbook of International Environmental Law 19(1):58-69.

    Bruch, C., C. Muffett, and S. Nichols, editors. 2016. Governance, natural resources and post-conflict peacebuilding. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203109793

    Burgess, R., E. Miguel, and C. Stanton. 2015. War and deforestation in Sierra Leone. Environmental Research Letters 10:095014. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/10/9/095014

    Carius, A. 2006. Environmental peacebuilding. Environmental Cooperation as an Instrument of Crisis Prevention and Peacebuilding. Adelphi Report no. 03/07. Adelphi Counsult GmbH, Berlin, Germany.

    Eklund, L., and P. Dinc. 2024. Fires as collateral or means of war: challenges of environmental peacebuilding in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq. Ecology and Society 29(3):25. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15316-290325

    Gleditsch, N. P. 2012. Whither the weather? Climate change and conflict. Journal of Peace Research 49:3-9. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022343311431288

    Hartard, S., and W. Liebert, editors. 2015. Competition and conflicts on resource use. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-10954-1

    Ide, T., C. Bruch, A. Carius, K. Conca, G. D. Dabelko, R. Matthew, and E. Weinthal. 2021. The past and future(s) of environmental peacebuilding. International Affairs 97(1):1-16. https://doi.org/10.1093/ia/iiaa177

    Ide, T., M. F. Johnson, J. Barnett, F. Krampe, P. Le Billon, L. Maertens, N. von Uexkull, and I. Vélez-Torres. 2023. The future of environmental peace and conflict research. Environmental Politics 32:1077-1103. https://doi.org/10.1080/09644016.2022.2156174

    Johnson, M. F. 2021. Fighting for black stone: extractive conflict, institutional change and peacebuilding in Sierra Leone. International Affairs 97(1):81-101. https://doi.org/10.1093/ia/iiaa056

    Junne, G., and W. Verkoren, editors. 2005. Post-conflict development: meeting new challenges. Lynne Rienner, Boulder, Colorado, USA. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781626372245

    Krampe, F. 2016. Water for peace? Post-conflict water resource management in Kosovo. Cooperation and Conflict 52:147-165. https://doi.org/10.1177/0010836716652428

    Krampe, F. 2021. Ownership and inequalities: exploring UNEP’s Environmental Cooperation for Peacebuilding Program. Sustainability Science 16:1159-1172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-021-00926-x

    Krampe, F., F. Hegazi, and S. D. VanDeveer. 2021. Sustaining peace through better resource governance: three potential mechanisms for environmental peacebuilding. World Development 144:105508. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2021.105508

    Krause, T., F. Zelli, A. M. Vargas Falla, J. A. Samper, and B. Sjöstedt. 2025. Colombia’s long road toward peace: implications for environmental and human rights defenders. Ecology and Society 30(1):21. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15206-300121

    Le Billon, P. 2000. The political ecology of transition in Cambodia 1989-1999: war, peace and forest exploitation. Development and Change 31:785-805. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-7660.00177

    Magalhães Teixeira, B., and C. J. Nicoson. 2024. Transforming environmental peacebuilding: addressing extractivism in building climate resilient peace. Ecology and Society 29(3):2. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-14860-290302

    Matthew, R. 2014. Integrating climate change into peacebuilding. Climatic Change 123:83-93. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10584-013-0894-1

    McNeely, J. A. 2003. Biodiversity, war, and tropical forests. Journal of Sustainable Forestry 16:1-20. https://doi.org/10.1300/J091v16n03_01

    Milne, S., P. Kimchoeun, and M. Sullivan. 2015. Shackled to nature? The post-conflict state and its symbiotic relationship with natural resources. Pages 28-50 in S. Milne and S. Mahanty, editors. Conservation and development in Cambodia. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315887302

    Morales-Muñoz, H., K. Löhr, M. Bonatti, L. Eufemia, and S. Sieber. 2021. Assessing impacts of environmental peacebuilding in Caquetá, Colombia: a multistakeholder perspective. International Affairs 97(1):179-199. https://doi.org/10.1093/ia/iiaa175

    Nardi, M. A., and A. Kasznar. 2025. The roles and values of the natural environment in Northern Uganda’s peace process: a conceptual document analysis. Ecology and Society 30(1):34. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15894-300134

    Nardi, M. A., T. Krause, and F. Zelli. 2024. Diverse understandings and values of nature at the peace-environment nexus: a critical analysis and policy implications towards decolonial peace. Ecology and Society 29(4):41. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15198-290441

    Raleigh, C., and H. Urdal. 2007. Climate change, environmental degradation and armed conflict. Political Geography 26:674-694. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2007.06.005

    Sadaqat Huda, M. 2021. An ecological response to ethno-nationalistic populism: grassroots environmental peacebuilding in South Asia. International Affairs 97(1):119-138. https://doi.org/10.1093/ia/iiaa176

    Salehyan, I. 2008. From climate change to conflict? No consensus yet. Journal of Peace Research 45:315-326. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022343308088812

    Samper, J. A., T. Krause, and J. López. 2024. “Everyone decided to declare war on the forest”: between territorial peace and pacification in the Colombian Andean-Amazon. Ecology and Society 29(4):46. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15589-290446

    Sanchez-Cuervo, A. M., and T. M. Aide. 2013. Consequences of the armed conflict, forced human displacement, and land abandonment on forest cover change in Colombia: a multi-scaled analysis. Ecosystems 16:1052-1070. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10021-013-9667-y

    Schulte to Bühne, H., E. Darbyshire, T. G. Weldemichel, J. Nyssen, and D. Weir. 2024. Conflict-related environmental degradation threatens the success of landscape recovery in some areas in Tigray (Ethiopia). Ecology and Society 29(3):20. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15138-290320

    Schwartz, P., and D. Randall. 2003. An abrupt climate change scenario and its implications for United States national Security. Defense Technical Information Center, Washington, D.C., USA.

    Sowers, J., and E. Weinthal. 2021. Humanitarian challenges and the targeting of civilian infrastructure in the Yemen War. International Affairs 97(1):157-177. https://doi.org/10.1093/ia/iiaa166

    Swain, A., and J. Öjendal, editors. 2018. Routledge handbook of environmental conflict and peacebuilding. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315473772

    Theisen, O. M. 2008. Blood and soil? Resource scarcity and internal armed conflict revisited. Journal of Peace Research 45:801-818. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022343308096157

    United Nations General Assembly and Security Council. 2000. Report of the Panel on United Nations Peace Operations. UN Doc. No. A/55/305-S2000/809.

    Verweijen, J., and K. K. Hoffmann. 2024. Dangerous environments: environmental peacebuilding’s technomoral imaginary and its power-knowledge effects. Ecology and Society 29(3):23. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15391-290323

    Von Uexkull, N., M. Croicu, H. Fjelde, and H. Buhaug. 2016. Civil conflict sensitivity to growing-season drought. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113:12391-12396. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1607542113

    Young, H., and L. Goldman, editors. 2015. Livelihoods, natural resources, and post-conflict peacebuilding. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781849775816

    Zelli, F., and T. Krause. 2025. The nature of peace: trajectories of environmental peacebuilding between dominant narratives and power relations. Ecology and Society 30(2):5. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-15971-300205

    Corresponding author:
    Fariborz Zelli
    fariborz.zelli@svet.lu.se
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Nature of Peace: Post-Conflict Peacebuilding and its Implications for Environment and Livelihoods

    The nature of peace: trajectories of environmental peacebuilding between dominant narratives and power relations
    Fariborz Zelli, Torsten Krause
    The roles and values of the natural environment in Northern Uganda’s peace process: a conceptual document analysis
    Alice Kasznar, Maria Andrea Nardi
    Colombia’s long road toward peace: implications for environmental human rights defenders
    Ana Maria Vargas Falla, Britta Sjöstedt, Fariborz Zelli, Juan A. Samper, Torsten Krause
    “Everyone decided to declare war on the forest”: between territorial peace and pacification in the Colombian Andean-Amazon
    Jesica López, Juan Antonio Samper, Torsten Krause
    Diverse understandings and values of nature at the peace–environment nexus: a critical analysis and policy implications towards decolonial peace
    Fariborz Zelli, Maria Andrea Nardi, Torsten Krause
    Fires as collateral or means of war: challenges of environmental peacebuilding in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq
    Lina Eklund, Pinar Dinc
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 14 Research

    Integrating scientific data, local knowledge, and expert knowledge to assess climate vulnerability in fisheries

    Li, Y., K. Kleisner, K. E. Mills, Y. Ren, and Y. Chen. 2025. Integrating scientific data, local knowledge, and expert knowledge to assess climate vulnerability in fisheries. Ecology and Society 30(4):14. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16567-300414
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Yunzhou LiORCIDcontact author, Yunzhou Li
      School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, Stony Brook University, USA; Institute for Advanced Computational Science, Stony Brook University, USA
    • Kristin KleisnerORCID, Kristin Kleisner
      Environmental Defense Fund, Boston, USA
    • Katherine E. MillsORCID, Katherine E. Mills
      Gulf of Maine Research Institute, USA
    • Yiping RenORCID, Yiping Ren
      College of Fisheries, Ocean University of China, China
    • Yong ChenORCIDYong Chen
      School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, Stony Brook University, USA; Institute for Advanced Computational Science, Stony Brook University, USA

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Li, Y., K. Kleisner, K. E. Mills, Y. Ren, and Y. Chen. 2025. Integrating scientific data, local knowledge, and expert knowledge to assess climate vulnerability in fisheries. Ecology and Society 30(4):14.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16567-300414

  • Introduction
  • Materials and Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • climate change; data; fisheries; knowledge co-production; local knowledge; social-ecological systems; vulnerability
    Integrating scientific data, local knowledge, and expert knowledge to assess climate vulnerability in fisheries
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16567.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    The complementary nature of diverse knowledge systems is increasingly recognized as essential for addressing climate challenges in fisheries management. However, current theoretical frameworks often oversimplify knowledge production and integration as a linear tool, overlooking its complexity, interpretative nuances, and inherent uncertainties. This study evaluated and integrated scientific data, institutional expert knowledge, and fishermen’s local knowledge to examine the differences and synergies that emerged from employing these diverse knowledge forms to assess social and ecological vulnerability in fisheries under climate change impacts. China is the world’s largest fishing nation, with fisheries increasingly vulnerable to climate change. It also presents a unique context to examine how science and different forms of knowledge inform decision-making, given its distinct governance structure and data environment. Using a case study from China, we conducted desktop research, surveys of experts, and interviews with fishermen to compare assessment outcomes across approaches. Our findings demonstrate that data-driven and knowledge-driven approaches can yield different results in climate vulnerability assessments (CVAs). We identify four key factors that influence these discrepancies, including (1) varying levels of individual familiarity, expertise, and research efforts across species; (2) divergences in the use of assessment indicators and scoring criteria; (3) data and knowledge gaps related to species biological traits and fisheries socioeconomics; and (4) uncertainties stemming from data quality and knowledge confidence. These findings highlight the critical strengths and limitations of different knowledge forms in informing climate vulnerabilities and offer actionable strategies to enhance collaborative efforts and participatory CVAs to build climate-resilient fisheries.

    INTRODUCTION

    Anthropogenic climate change is already causing long-term changes in oceanographic conditions that affect marine ecosystems and fisheries production (IPCC 2023). Current scientific knowledge of climate change impacts and fisheries vulnerabilities is based on many disparate sources of information, including the monitoring and modeling analyses such as species-specific exposure studies (Nye et al. 2009, Payne et al. 2016), long-term monitoring of fisheries biomass and harvest (Gallo et al. 2022, Marshak and Link 2024), consideration of socioeconomic factors (Allison et al. 2009, Colburn et al. 2016), and predictive impacts (Cheung et al. 2010, Kleisner et al. 2017). Quantitative scientific information generated through formalized processes, such as research and/or the application of scientific methodology (e.g., monitoring programs, retrospective assessments, and predictive models), has been shown to be capable of providing robust hindcasts and forecasts and informing local to international fisheries management. However, such data may not be the only suitable approach for understanding climate impacts and informing decision-making processes (Cvitanovic et al. 2015, Lima et al. 2017). Obtaining quantitative scientific information demands long-term monitoring programs and, often, complex research models. Global assessments of fishing nations indicate that areas with higher levels of climate vulnerability frequently lack the resources or capacity to collect traditional scientific data (Allison et al. 2009, Blasiak et al. 2017). This limitation can pose a greater risk to fisheries management because of the slower response to climate change threats. Additionally, in areas with long histories of resource use and exploitation but lower capacity for data collection and monitoring, the relatively shorter historical baseline of scientific surveys may not capture directional changes and long-term variability (Ban et al. 2018). From a spatial perspective, a scale mismatch has been commonly recognized as a barrier to fisheries management, where the spatial scale of scientific surveys and modeling approaches fails to align with that of management action (Cope and Punt 2011). Furthermore, conventional research approaches that are detached from users’ needs and values often fail to adequately address the growing complexity of climate challenges, posing questions of how to reconcile the supply of scientific information with other forms of knowledge to improve effective decision-making (McNie et al. 2016).

    A major recent advance is the adoption of more collaborative approaches that acknowledge and integrate knowledge of multiple disciplines and users, including scientific information, institutional expert knowledge, and local fishermen’s knowledge, as part of the assessment and management of fisheries under climate change (Carroll et al. 2023, Mills et al. 2023, Cannon et al. 2024). In the context of this study, institutional expert knowledge (hereafter referred to as expert knowledge) refers to ecological or socioeconomic knowledge held by fisheries experts (i.e., managers, policy-makers, researchers, and NGO representatives), accumulated through their own management or research experience, communications with colleagues and stakeholders, and personal knowledge and experience of climate change impacts and vulnerabilities (Teck et al. 2010, Marvin et al. 2020). Local fishermen’s knowledge (hereafter referred to as local knowledge) refers to ecological knowledge held by place-based fishing communities, derived from their on-the-water observations, intergenerational experience, and personal perceptions about the socioeconomic status of their businesses and livelihoods (Lima et al. 2017, Ban et al. 2018).

    Expert and local knowledges share commonalities with scientific information by recognizing the interconnection of living and physical entities and striving to understand environmental, ecological, and human drivers that influence the abundance and distribution of species (Ban et al. 2018). They also provide valuable complementary insights to scientific data, addressing gaps in biological, socioeconomic, and management information. For instance, experts and local resource users can offer long historical baselines and rich social-ecological knowledge within specific cultural contexts (Gauvreau et al. 2017, Ban et al. 2018). Such engagement with stakeholders in knowledge production can further foster partnerships between knowledge producers and users, enhancing the uptake of ocean science across the science–policy interface (Pendleton et al. 2023). Over recent years, these benefits have catalyzed extensive discussions around producing useful information and integrating diverse knowledge systems to advance climate-ready fisheries science and management in the literature and in practice (Lomonico et al. 2021, Mills et al. 2023).

    What is reflected in action is the development of participatory approaches for climate vulnerability assessments (CVAs). Vulnerability is defined as “the degree to which a system is susceptible to, and unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change, including climate variability and extremes” (IPCC 2007). The flexibility of CVA frameworks, which can accommodate both qualitative and quantitative data, has enabled their widespread application using various knowledge types in the assessment process. For example, Boyce et al. (2022) used global marine species distribution data and biological trait information (e.g., maximum body length and thermal safety margin) to assess species’ climate risk. Hare et al. (2016) employed expert knowledge to compare and rank species’ relative vulnerability in the Northeast U.S. Continental Shelf Large Marine Ecosystem. Macusi et al. (2021) took a bottom-up participatory approach to understand fishers’ perceived impacts of climate change and the vulnerability of small-scale fisheries in the Philippines. In particular, collaborative and participatory approaches have gained increasing popularity since 2012 (Li et al. 2023). Among 65 studies on fishery CVAs, over half have integrated expert and local knowledge, with nearly 30% combining multiple forms of knowledge (Li et al. 2023). This trend underscores the growing recognition of the value of complementary information in improving research and management outcomes.

    Nonetheless, most of these participatory studies tend to broadly describe participants’ perspectives on species or socioeconomic vulnerability (e.g., Gómez Murciano et al. 2021, Macusi et al. 2021), and others utilize scientific information as background material or additional context to support expert or fishermen’s assessments (e.g., Hare et al. 2016, Carrol et al. 2023). Much work remains to fully understand the utility and limitations of various knowledge forms. In the context of climate-ready fisheries management, three key questions arise: (1) What are the strengths and weaknesses of different forms of knowledge? (2) What are the potential pitfalls of relying solely on one form? (3) What are the possible solutions to synergize multiple knowledge systems to facilitate equitable and effective adaptation to climate change?

    To address these questions, we used China as a case study that is situated within an interesting fisheries decision-making context. As the world’s largest seafood producer and consumer, China faces challenges in effectively managing and conserving its fisheries resources amid growing anthropogenic impacts, demands, and changing ocean conditions (FAO 2024, Li et al. 2024). The country has developed and implemented a suite of fisheries management tools to combat these challenges, including input and output controls. Decision-making has traditionally followed a top-down mechanism reliant on a command-and-control approach (Shen and Heino 2014, Su et al. 2020). Marine policies are formulated at the national level and subsequently implemented through provincial, municipal, and county administrations. Historically, expert knowledge has played a central role in framing environmental problems and proposing management solutions, such as determining fishery closure seasons and locations, through a so-called “brainstorming-type of decision-making mode” (Hu 2013:633). This process involves a broad range of experts from academia, think tanks, NGOs, and government bureaucracies working to build consensus on policy directions. Although experts contribute domain-specific knowledge and act as science arbiters and credible sources of policy legitimization, concerns persist regarding the adequacy and accountability of their judgment, particularly when addressing complex challenges (Shen et al. 2022). Recognizing these limitations, China’s recent fisheries management reforms have emphasized the integration of cutting-edge science and stakeholder engagement to bridge the information gap. Examples include local pilot fisheries testing new monitoring techniques, such as electronic monitoring and port-based data collection, to improve fishing data quality and quantity (Zhu et al. 2021) as well as the establishment of statutory mechanisms that incorporate expert involvement, risk assessment, and public participation in decision-making processes (Su et al. 2022).

    Thus, unlike most previous studies that focused on presenting the results of participatory CVAs, our study aimed to investigate how scientific data, expert knowledge, and local knowledge converge or diverge in assessing vulnerability in fisheries social-ecological systems under climate change. We tested two hypotheses: (1) data-driven and knowledge-driven approaches (i.e., scientific data versus expert and local knowledge) may yield different results in fishery CVAs, and (2) these inconsistencies can be attributed to factors such as measurement indicators, information sources, data quality, or perception bias.

    To explore these hypotheses, we compiled and collated scientific data, expert knowledge, and local perceptions of fishermen regarding species and socioeconomic vulnerability to climate change through desktop research, expert questionnaires, and fishermen interviews from fisheries across China. By comparing these data, we identified key differences, their contributing factors, and their effects on the results of CVAs. The results of our study provide key lessons for future knowledge production efforts in CVAs and add to the knowledge base regarding strengths and weaknesses of different forms of knowledge for enhancing resilience within fisheries management.

    MATERIALS AND METHODS

    Definition of ecological and socioeconomic vulnerability

    We adopted the definition of vulnerability from the IPCC Fifth Assessment Report (AR5), which describes vulnerability as an internal property of a system, determined by its sensitivity and adaptive capacity (Lavell et al. 2012). In the context of fisheries social-ecological systems, vulnerability can be used to assess and characterize the state of species (ecological dimension) and industries/societies/fishing communities (socioeconomic dimension) under climate change impacts (Metcalf et al. 2015). Accordingly, we further defined vulnerability in these two dimensions. Specifically, ecological vulnerability refers to the vulnerability of species or taxa, influenced by sensitivity traits that determine the extent to which they are affected by climate variability or change, and adaptive capacity traits that reflect their ability to adjust to such changes. Socioeconomic vulnerability pertains to the attributes of a social system that influence its capacity to anticipate or respond to climate-induced changes as well as its ability to minimize, cope with, and recover from their consequences.

    Data-driven approach

    The data-driven approach broadly employed a systematic literature review and database searching methods to collate readily available data and information to characterize ecological and socioeconomic vulnerability. These data were compiled and analyzed during 2022–2023, independent of expert or stakeholder perceptions.

    The methodological details and results were previously described and discussed in Li et al. (2024). Briefly, in this data-based assessment, we focused on China’s domestic marine fisheries on a national level. The assessment consisted of two components. The ecological vulnerability assessment focused on 28 taxonomic groups, which were selected based on their commercial importance (contributed to more than 80% of total landings), expert opinions, and data availability. We used a trait-based approach from Hare et al. (2016) and applied 11 categories of biological traits identified from a global review of vulnerability indicators (Li et al. 2023). The sensitivity traits encompassed (1) prey specificity, (2) population growth, (3) early life stage, (4) habitat and environment, (5) stock status, and (6) sensitivity to acidification. The adaptive capacity traits encompassed (1) reproduction, (2) larval dispersal, (3) adult mobility, (4) conservation, and (5) stock enhancement. For each taxon, we searched for numerical values and biological information relevant to the identified traits. Data sources included peer-reviewed literature in both English and Chinese, and online databases such as FishBase (https://www.fishbase.org), SeaLifeBase (https://www.sealifebase.se/search.php), and Sea Around Us (https://www.seaaroundus.org). The scoring process followed the protocol and criteria developed by previous studies (Morrison et al. 2015, Li et al. 2024), using a semi-quantitative approach to score sensitivity and adaptive capacity traits for each taxon on a scale of 1 (low sensitivity or adaptive capacity) to 4 (very high sensitivity or adaptive capacity; Appendix 1). The scores were then combined across biological traits based on the following equation to derive a relative taxon-specific climate vulnerability score (Vult).

    Equation 1 (1)

    where (ESt,i) and (EAt,i) represent the scores of ecological sensitivity and adaptive capacity for each trait i for taxon t, and n is the total number of traits.

    During the literature review process, we also documented data quality to demonstrate data uncertainty and gaps. A score of 0 was assigned to the traits with no available data, 0.5 indicated that data were collected from a limited number of sources and/or from sources of limited reliability (e.g., only one data source or the study area is beyond the China Seas), and 1 represented data of both high quality and strong reliability (i.e., validated by multiple sources).

    The other component of data-driven vulnerability assessment focused on the socioeconomic dimension of fisheries. This assessment was conducted on a provincial level to align with China’s governance and administration structure. A total of 11 provinces were evaluated, covering all the coastal regions in Mainland China (Fig. 1A). Like ecological vulnerability, we adopted a trait-based approach to measure socioeconomic sensitivity and adaptive capacity of coastal regions to potential changes in fisheries resources induced by climate change impacts (Li et al. 2024). The socioeconomic sensitivity traits (or indicators) encompassed (1) fishery dependence, (2) economic dependence, (3) food dependence, and (4) infrastructure. The socioeconomic adaptive capacity indicators encompassed (1) governance, (2) learning, (3) assets, (4) social organization, and (5) flexibility (Appendix 1). For each province, we searched for numerical values and socioeconomic information relevant to the identified indicators. Data sources included publicly available reports and published social and economic statistics and census data. Based on this information, we scored socioeconomic indicators for each province based on predefined scoring criteria (Li et al. 2024, Appendix 1). This process generated a relative score ranging from 1 (low sensitivity or adaptive capacity) to 4 (very high sensitivity or adaptive capacity). The scores were then combined across socioeconomic indicators based on the following equation to derive a relative province-specific climate vulnerability score (Vulp).

    Equation 2 (2)

    where (SSp,i) and (SAp,i) represent the scores of socioeconomic sensitivity and adaptive capacity for each indicator i for province p, and n is the total number of indicators.

    Expert knowledge-driven approach

    We conducted an online questionnaire to collate expert knowledge and perceptions about climate vulnerability in China’s fisheries. The identification of expert participants was built from the China Fisheries Learning Network, a program established to facilitate knowledge sharing and cross-institution collaboration to support China’s fisheries management. As of August 2023, 326 individuals had joined the Network, hailing from diverse organizations including management agencies, universities, research institutions, and NGOs. We leveraged the Network member list and adopted a two-stage quota sampling approach to identify expert participants. Initially, we divided the population into three subpopulations based on their working regions (i.e., Bohai and Yellow Sea, East China Sea, and South China Sea). Within each stratum, we further categorized the subpopulations into groups of managers, scientists, and NGO representatives and used non-probability sampling techniques to select samples within each group. This process generated a distribution list of 89 individuals. Email invitations and questionnaires were sent out in August 2023. A total of 33 participants (37% response rate) were recruited for this survey.

    The expert questionnaire was made up of four parts: (1) demographic information, (2) general perceptions about climate change impacts on fisheries, (3) scoring of ecological vulnerability, and (4) scoring of socioeconomic vulnerability (Appendix 1). To ensure comparability between data-driven and knowledge-driven approaches, we applied the same assessment unit and scale for the expert survey. Specifically, experts were asked to score ecological vulnerability for 28 pre-identified taxonomic groups and socioeconomic vulnerability for the 11 coastal provinces included in the data-driven approach. Importantly, during the scoring process, we provided the definition of vulnerability but did not prescribe specific indicators or criteria to guide the experts’ assessment. Instead, we asked them to explain the attributes and criteria they considered when assigning scores (n = 17 provided scoring criteria for taxon vulnerability, and n = 11 provided scoring criteria for socioeconomic vulnerability). This approach allowed for a comparison of the factors influencing the results across different methodologies and helped enhance understanding of the utility and nuances of expert knowledge in CVAs.

    Furthermore, we asked participants to rate their confidence in scoring, as a potential factor to be compared with data quality, offering insights into gaps between scientific data and expert knowledge. We also inquired about the information sources that supported their scoring and any additional resources or guidance they felt would enhance their assessment. This information was used to help identify areas for improving data accessibility and refining assessment processes to support more effective expert engagement in future CVA practices.

    Local knowledge-driven approach

    To further explore local fishermen’s perceptions and traditional knowledge about climate change impacts, we designed and conducted semi-structured interviews that specifically targeted fishermen. The rationale for this approach lies in the unique insights that local fishermen can provide for identifying on-the-ground vulnerabilities, which are often overlooked in data-driven or expert-driven assessments. Given the time and effort required for in-person interviews, we focused on fishing communities in Shandong Province—a coastal region surrounded by the Bohai and Yellow Sea, identified as high climate risk in our data-based approach (Li et al. 2024). By prioritizing fishermen in this region, we sought to understand how those most affected perceive climate change impacts and bridge the gap between national and local perspectives.

    The recruitment process used a snowball sampling approach, starting with an initial set of participants who had participated in previous social surveys. These initial participants were then asked to refer others they knew who met the survey’s inclusion criteria (i.e., they must be adults 18 years of age or older and must have experience in the fishing industry). The semi-structured interviews were conducted in seven fishing ports during August 2023, resulting in the recruitment of 24 participants (Fig. 1B).

    The interview questions were structured similarly to the expert surveys to enable a comparative analysis (Appendix 1). However, because of the difference in scale between the two surveys (national versus provincial) and the fact that fishermen tend to hold place-based knowledge and may have low literacy on academic jargon (e.g., the concept and terminology of vulnerability), we adjusted the questions to emphasize local conditions and observations. For instance, to assess ecological vulnerability, we asked fishermen about observed changes in their target species. For the socioeconomic dimension, we focused on individual- and household-level sensitivity and adaptive capacity such as their reliance on fishing for livelihoods, flexibility in shifting fishing locations or occupations, and access to resources and information for adaptation. Both the expert and fishermen surveys were approved by the Institutional Review Board of the Office of Research Compliance at Stony Brook University (Approval Number: IRB2023-00268).

    Comparison between approaches

    Given the epistemological nature of the study, we explored how these diverse approaches—scientific data, institutional expert knowledge, and local fishermen’s knowledge—generate, interpret, and apply information differently in the context of fisheries CVAs. We compared ecological and socioeconomic vulnerability assessment results derived from data- and expert-driven approaches, given their comparable scales (both national), and then used fishermen's local knowledge at a finer scale to complement these comparisons.

    First, we quantitatively compared taxon vulnerability scores derived from scientific data with those from the expert questionnaire. Prior to analysis, scores were standardized to a scale of zero to three. To identify taxon assemblages that may show distinct patterns between different approaches, we applied a k-means clustering algorithm to the dataset combining both the average data-derived and expert scores. The optimal number of clusters was determined based on the elbow method that identified clusters based on the total within-cluster sum of squares (Kaufman and Rousseeuw 2009). Once the cluster count was established, the k-means clustering algorithm was applied. An ANOVA analysis was conducted to assess the significance of differentiation among the identified assemblages.

    To explore potential reasons for these differences, we examined the indicators and criteria used to assess ecological and socioeconomic vulnerability across approaches. We extracted relevant information from expert responses and compared it with the indicators and scoring criteria applied in the data-driven approach to identify their commonalities and differences. Additionally, a linear regression analysis was performed to test the hypothesis that landing volume may influence experts’ scoring (i.e., taxa and provinces with higher landings are more likely to be rated as highly vulnerable by experts because of their greater economic importance, which may attract more expert attention and familiarity). Furthermore, in assessing ecological vulnerability, we compared the quality of scientific data and the confidence levels of expert knowledge for each taxon, aiming to examine how uncertainties in input information might affect CVA outcomes.

    Finally, local knowledge from fishermen was compared against the other two data sources. Biological information and observed changes in target species were qualitatively analyzed and linked to the relevant taxa assessed through national-level approaches. We first ranked species based on their frequency as reported target species by fishermen and then created information sheets for each species, summarizing trends in their status and observed changes. By linking these target species to the previously identified cluster groups, we compared fishermen’s observations with vulnerability scores derived from the data-driven and expert assessments and evaluated whether local knowledge could address existing knowledge gaps. For socioeconomic vulnerability, fishermen’s responses were categorized into nine variables in line with the structure used in the data-driven approach. This information was then qualitatively compared to the socioeconomic vulnerability results derived from the other approaches.

    RESULTS

    Demographics of survey participants

    The expert participants represented three ocean regions around China with a relatively even distribution (Fig. 2). The majority were affiliated with universities and research institutions (73%), followed by those working at management agencies (21%) and NGOs (6%). Career stages spanned from early career (27%) to senior career (30%), with the largest proportion at the mid-career stage (43%). The survey captured a wide range of expertise, including natural sciences (e.g., biology, ecology, stock assessment conservation and restoration) and social sciences (e.g., fisheries management and policy, resource economics). Notably, participants with natural science expertise and academic or research backgrounds dominated the sample because the field typically emphasizes the ecological aspect of fisheries and there exists a larger pool of researchers compared to those affiliated with management agencies and NGOs.

    The fishermen participants recruited were all male and had extensive experience in the fishing industry: 12% had 10–20 years of experience, 46% had 21–30 years, and 42% had been involved for more than 30 years (Fig. 2). Although the interviewees were all male, it is important to note that women play critical but often overlooked roles in the fisheries sector in the region, particularly in fish processing, trading, and other post-harvest activities along the supply chain. In addition, fishermen’s demographic profiles showed a relatively low education level, with only 10% holding education beyond junior high school. The household size ranged from medium (50% had households of three members) to large (37% had households of four–six members). While this measure reflected formal education, we acknowledge that fishermen may possess extensive informal or experiential knowledge relevant to adaptation.

    Ecological vulnerability

    By comparing taxon vulnerability scores derived from data-driven and expert knowledge-driven approaches, we identified four clusters (p < 0.05, Fig. 3). Cluster 1 represented taxa with low-to-moderate vulnerability scores in both approaches, indicating consistent results. These taxa contributed to 0.87–3.1% of total landings and shared biological traits such as high production and mobility. Cluster 2 represented taxa rated higher in the data-driven approach compared to expert assessments. These taxa had low contributions to total landings (0.64–2.46%) and included diverse groups such as pelagic species (e.g., sand lance), cephalopods (e.g. cuttlefish and octopus), crustaceans (e.g., Scylla and Southern rough shrimp), and benthic or demersal fish (e.g., grouper and spiny head croaker). Cluster 3 showed the largest difference, where expert scores were significantly higher compared to data-driven scores. Two taxa were included, anchovy and sardine, contributing to 6.62% and 1.08% of total landings, respectively. Cluster 4 represented the taxa that received moderately higher expert scores than data-driven scores. These included high-yielding taxa, contributing to 1.47–8.87% of total landings, such as hairtail, scad, and swimming crab, which experts recognized as moderately vulnerable, while scientific data indicated low vulnerability. A regression analysis of the relationship between taxa landing volumes and score differences showed a positive and significant correlation (p < 0.05; Fig. A1.1).

    To further investigate factors contributing to these differences, we compared traits considered in the two assessment approaches (Fig. 4). The data-driven approach identified early life stage survival and settlement requirements, stock status, and larval dispersal as key traits influencing vulnerability. In contrast, expert assessments focused more on population growth and habitat specificity, with stock status being the criterion showing the greatest overlap between the two approaches. We also found that experts often diverged in their scoring criteria and interpretations. For instance, some experts argued that high population growth rates indicate greater vulnerability, particularly for pelagic fish such as anchovy and sardine, whereas the data-driven approach considered high population growth rates as a sign of resilience to climate change because of rapid recovery and reproduction. Mobility also elicited differing views. Experts suggested that highly mobile species might be more susceptible to warming temperatures for their broader geographic range, while the data-driven approach, based on the IPCC framework, considered this factor under the exposure domain, which describes the spatial presence of species that could be adversely affected. Instead, mobility was classified as an adaptive trait indicating greater resilience given the species’ ability to move to favorable areas in response to changing environmental conditions.

    Expert knowledge also differed in its integration of diverse information sources. Experts drew on personal observations, scientific research, and fisheries-related datasets (Fig. 5). Meanwhile, they highlighted several gaps that hinder their assessments (Fig. 5). For instance, access to fisheries monitoring, socioeconomics, and climate impacts datasets was often limited because of institutional silos. Data gaps also persisted across spatiotemporal scales. Most experts did not directly engage with fishermen and emphasized the importance of incorporating local fishermen’s knowledge into assessments. Additionally, there was a lack of familiarity among participants with the concept of vulnerability and associated methodologies that limited the consistency and accuracy of their assessments.

    Uncertainty in data quality and expert knowledge was another significant factor influencing differences in results (Fig. 6). When comparing data quality and expert confidence levels across taxa, four distinct patterns emerged: Cluster A showed higher expert confidence than data quality. Cluster C showed the opposite trend with higher data quality than expert confidence. Clusters B and D showed closer alignment between data quality and expert confidence, but differing overall certainty levels—Cluster D showed low-to-moderate certainty, while Cluster B showed moderate-to-high certainty. Linking the differences in taxon vulnerability scores to information uncertainty revealed further insights (Fig. 6). Taxa in Cluster 4 (Fig. 3), characterized by higher expert scores than data scores for climate vulnerability, consistently showed moderate levels of expert confidence, despite variability in data quality (Fig. 6). A positive correlation was identified between the differences in vulnerability scores and the differences in expert knowledge and data quality (p < 0.05), indicating that greater confidence in expert knowledge of a taxon contributed to a higher weighting of that taxon’s climate vulnerability.

    Lastly, we incorporated local fishermen’s knowledge to complement the assessment (Table 1). Survey results identified crustaceans (e.g., swimming crab, mantis shrimp) and cephalopods (e.g., octopus) as primary target taxa in the region. Interestingly, these taxa had low-to-moderate data quality and expert confidence in previous assessments. By linking fishermen’s observations to expert and data scores, we found that most target taxa were rated as having low or moderate vulnerabilities, with one exception: sand lance. All fishermen noted sand lance as a declining species, aligning with its high vulnerability in the data-driven approach, though experts rated it as moderately vulnerable.

    Fishermen provided nuanced insights into the trends in target species, including declines in traditional fisheries resources (e.g., croakers, Penaeus, mackerel) and the rise of emerging crustacean fisheries (Table 1). They also reported notable changes in catch, fish size, ex-vessel prices, and fishing locations. While there were varying opinions about those changes, the majority observed a declining or fluctuating trend in population and expressed concerns about growing uncertainty in the industry. However, they remain unsure whether changes were driven by climate change impacts or overexploitation.

    In addition, fishermen identified local species that emerged as increasingly abundant catches in the area but were not included in the data-driven approach, such as Pholis fangi (a gunnel fish noted as having high resilience and low fishing vulnerability in FishBase) and yellow goosefish (a demersal fish with low resilience and very high fishing vulnerability, per FishBase; Table 1).

    Socioeconomic vulnerability

    The comparison of expert and data scores for socioeconomic vulnerability showed four distinct patterns (Fig. 7). Cluster I had only one province, Hainan, rated as highly vulnerable in the data-driven approach but considered moderately vulnerable by experts. In Cluster II, provinces were rated as highly vulnerable by experts but low to moderate in socioeconomic datasets. This cluster included four provinces, Shandong, Guangdong, Zhejiang, and Liaoning—primarily high-landing regions. Cluster III showed consistent results between the two methods, with four provinces (Guangxi, Jiangsu, Tianjin, and Shanghai) receiving consistently low vulnerability scores. Hebei and Fujian were classified into Cluster IV, with moderate data-driven scores and low expert scores. A regression analysis was conducted to examine the relationship between landing volume in each province and the score difference (Fig. A1.2). The results indicated no significant relationship.

    When examining the methods and indicators considered in scoring, we found that only a few socioeconomic variables, such as fishery dependence, infrastructure, and flexibility, were used by experts (Fig. 8). Interestingly, experts also considered biophysical indicators when assessing socioeconomic vulnerability. For instance, geographic features were often cited, with participants suggesting that provinces in semi-closed seas might be more vulnerable because fish populations could struggle to migrate to suitable areas under changing ocean conditions. This comparison revealed significant differences in assessment indicators applied by data-driven versus expert-driven approaches.

    Local fishermen’s perspectives further corroborated some of the experts’ assessments, particularly regarding fishery dependence in Shandong Province (Table 2). Nearly 90% of fishermen stated that more than half of their annual household revenue depended on fishing, with 24% indicating no alternative income sources. Approximately 50% of the interviewed fishermen expressed unwillingness to change fishing locations or gear, even if their target species declined or their business became less profitable. Based on these variables, their adaptive flexibility appeared limited.

    On a positive note, fishermen reported access to multiple resources and social networks that could support their adaptation efforts (Table 2). All interviewees indicated they had various information sources for fishing areas and weather conditions and were active members of local fishing associations, suggesting strong social cohesion and community interactions. However, fishermen expressed concerns about reduced fishing hours and increased costs due to extreme weather events. They also identified several areas needing support to improve their resilience, including technical assistance and training on vessel maintenance and fishing techniques, financial support for social security, and policy measures to diversify and boost household income.

    DISCUSSION

    There is growing recognition of the complementary nature of multiple knowledge systems and the importance of incorporating them into CVAs and other tools for fisheries management. However, the literature on knowledge integration has often depicted it as straightforward endeavor rather than a complex and dynamic process with multiple interpretations and large uncertainties (Fazey et al. 2014, Cvitanovic et al. 2015). Consequently, while many theoretical frameworks, such as participatory CVA approaches, provide a promising mechanism for improving knowledge flow and addressing information gaps, they seldom address the fundamental differences between knowledge systems that hinder the process, nor do they provide insights into how synergies in knowledge production can be effectively and iteratively improved (Cvitanovic et al. 2015). Our findings highlight the critical utilities and limitations of various knowledge systems as well as the factors that influence the effectiveness and efficiency of knowledge production for fishery CVAs.

    Differences in results and potential explanations

    Our results support the hypothesis that data-driven and knowledge-driven approaches can yield different outcomes in assessing climate vulnerability of fisheries. These differences were particularly evident in taxon-level vulnerability assessments. Experts tended to assign higher vulnerability scores to pelagic fish and high-landing taxa, such as scad, mackerel, squid, chub mackerel, swimming crab, Acetes, Penaeus, and hairtail. In contrast, fishermen had mixed opinions about the vulnerability of high-landing taxa in their local waters. For example, swimming crab, mantis shrimp, and hairtail were perceived as more resilient than mackerel and croaker. Moreover, scientific data suggested that low-landing taxa, such as cuttlefish, croaker, and leatherjacket, were more vulnerable.

    Although inconsistencies in the scale and locations of assessments between the local knowledge-driven approach and the other two methods limit direct comparability, we included fishermen from high-risk regions to evaluate whether the results derived from scientific information and expert assessments align with the observations from those most impacted. The findings show a divergence in results, indicating the potential issue of interpreting broad-scale CVA outcomes to inform local adaptation and decision-making. This discrepancy also underscores the importance of engaging local knowledge to validate findings and provide contextualized interpretations for more effective management strategies.

    We identified four factors that contributed to the differences observed in vulnerability scores. First, the significant positive relationship between taxa landing volume and score difference suggests that experts tend to assign higher vulnerability scores to taxa with higher landings, likely because of their greater familiarity and research attention devoted to economically important fisheries resources. This underscores the need for careful interpretation of expert assessments, especially for the less-studied species that may hold significant social or cultural importance. Second, there was a notable divergence between the subjective criteria used by experts and the structured, objective criteria applied in the data-driven approach. Experts’ assessments often emphasized population growth and habitat or environmental conditions, likely reflecting their expertise in fish biology, ecology, and stock assessment, or local species characteristics. However, this may limit the transferability of CVAs to other areas. Conversely, the data-driven approach integrated diverse indicators and methods from a comprehensive literature review, offering a more holistic perspective and enabling reproducibility and cross-regional comparisons. Third, we observed various knowledge gaps by comparing different datasets. For example, the adaptive nature of human knowledge enabled experts and fishermen to synthesize information from multiple sources and across multiple generations more easily than the data-driven approach. This capacity allowed their assessments to incorporate broader insights from stakeholders beyond the confines of singular datasets. On the other hand, limitations to accessing certain datasets have limited people’s understanding of fisheries vulnerabilities to climate change impacts. We find these gaps are particularly pronounced at the ecosystem, fishery, and community levels. Finally, inconsistent data quality and underlying uncertainties in knowledge influenced results. For instance, the spiny head croaker was assessed differently by experts compared to the data-driven approach, with the discrepancy stemming from variations in uncertainty levels of data quality and expert confidence.

    In addition to taxon-specific differences, notable discrepancies were observed in the socioeconomic vulnerability assessments of coastal provinces, particularly in high-landing provinces, such as Zhejiang, Shandong, Guangdong, Liaoning, and Hainan. Although landing volume was not a significant factor differentiating expert and data-derived scores, the findings revealed fundamentally different scoring criteria across approaches. Experts’ assessments relied heavily on biophysical traits and appeared to conflate ecological and socioeconomic components, which diverge from traditional CVA frameworks that separate these steps (Metcalf et al. 2015, Payne et al. 2021). This blending may be attributed to the imbalance of expertise among survey participants; the majority specialized in biology or stock assessment, whereas fewer than 5% had backgrounds in social science or economics. The unfamiliarity of most participants (~ 88%) with fishery CVAs and their assessment processes seems to have further exacerbated the discrepancies.

    Strengths and weaknesses of knowledge systems

    This study shows the distinct contributions of various knowledge systems in informing climate vulnerability of fisheries social-ecological systems. Building on prior theoretical advancements on the differences and complementarities among scientific data, expert, and local knowledge, as well as our empirical analysis, we further summarize their respective strengths and weaknesses in the context of climate-ready fisheries (Fig. 9).

    Scientific data

    The data-driven approach offers significant advantages, particularly in providing a robust, structured, and repeatable assessment supported by a wide array of datasets. These can include biological traits, documented climate change impacts, and socioeconomic data that describe human dimensions of vulnerabilities at varying scales. By synthesizing existing resources and leveraging established methodologies, this approach ensures good objectivity, cross-region transferability, and precise categorization in the assessment process, with indicators and criteria tested in previous studies.

    However, caveats are obvious. Many databases operate at large spatial scales that may not fully reflect local specificity, which is critical for effective local assessments and adaptation (Cordier et al. 2024). This issue is compounded by outdated data in some sources. For instance, the yellow goosefish, a local species identified as of growing commercial and ecological importance in the Yellow Sea, demonstrated contrasting vulnerability interpretations. While FishBase, referencing Cheung et al. (2005), classified it as highly vulnerable based on global-scale assessments, recent studies focused on the Yellow Sea highlighted its high recovery potential and resilience to fishing and environmental changes (Sun et al. 2021). Additionally, datasets collected through local fisheries monitoring programs often require substantial resources and effort, which can be expensive and labor-intensive. Such constraints can compromise data quality and quantity, further limiting the evaluation of critical indicators such as early life history traits, which emerges as a significant data gap in this study.

    Institutional expert knowledge

    Experts often act as science arbiters and offer knowledge that is cost-effective and reliable and that could address some of the gaps in scientific data (Shen et al. 2022). They possess deep knowledge of certain species and areas, particularly those of high economic importance. Collecting expert knowledge can be low cost, which can be useful for decision-making that requires rapid assessment (Teck et al. 2010). Yet, this approach may require some time and coordination for meaningful engagement. Furthermore, expert knowledge can synthesize diverse information sources and can quickly identify data gaps and new information in the empirical research domain.

    Nevertheless, there are important limitations to relying solely on expert knowledge. First, experts’ judgment can be highly influenced by individual expertise, subjective interpretations, and information silos, leading to variability and uncertainties in assessments. This perception bias is also a key barrier to effective knowledge exchange and production among experts and decision-makers (Cvitanovic et al. 2015). In this study, both ecological and socioeconomic vulnerability assessments leaned heavily on biological factors, reflecting the predominance of fisheries biologists among participants. Furthermore, people may take very different approaches to scoring and distinct interpretations of climate vulnerability. The lack of clear goals, standardized guidelines, and ground rules can limit transparency, reproducibility, and transferability of assessments and, ultimately, may render CVAs less useful for management.

    Local fishermen’s knowledge

    Fishermen’s knowledge provides invaluable frontline experience and observations of local biophysical changes, characterized by a high degree of responsiveness because of their daily, on-the-water experiences (Ban et al. 2018, Carroll et al. 2023). This feature also helps support rapid adaptation to complex and urgent crises like climate change (Ford et al. 2015). Incorporating fishermen’s decades of observations on declining and emerging fisheries allows us to gain a more nuanced, contextualized perspective than the other two approaches. We see particular value in fishermen’s insights for understanding individual and household-level socioeconomic vulnerabilities. These insights can help fill data and knowledge gaps identified in other approaches and enable the development of targeted and tailored strategies to support local adaptation.

    However, fishermen's knowledge also presents several limitations and considerations. Engagement and trust-building could require significant time and resources (Fleming et al. 2020). Although local knowledge excels in capturing past and present experiences especially when fishermen have been involved in the industry for a long time, it is less effective at extrapolating these observations to predict outcomes under future conditions. Its inherent place-based, value-laden nature poses challenges for generalization and broader-scale applications. An example from our research is the fact that fishermen from different ports voiced different opinions of the status and vulnerabilities of the same species. These differences may reflect actual local variations or simply differing perceptions. This divergence has also made it challenging for direct comparison with the two other knowledge systems. As noted in previous research, the qualitative and descriptive features of local and Indigenous knowledge complicate systematic comparison and validation with other quantitative forms of knowledge (Jones et al. 2024). Our semi-quantitative methods that incorporated local knowledge as supplementary information present a possible solution to this problem. However, such approaches may still imply that local knowledge is secondary and less valid. Future research should focus on developing techniques that recognize and integrate the equal value of these fundamentally different ways of knowing (Jones et al. 2024).

    Implications for incorporating multiple knowledge forms in CVAs

    Decades of research on the role of science in transformative fisheries policy have demonstrated that the most successful scientific programs are collaborative, incorporating various stakeholders and knowledge sources to identify challenges and co-develop solutions (Singh et al. 2021). Incorporating the strengths and weakness of different knowledge systems with the lessons we learned from our approaches enables us to discuss strategies for generating more meaningful and actionable knowledge for fishery CVAs. It is important to identify solutions at various phases of the CVA process that can enhance synergies among multiple knowledge forms toward the goals of improving CVA science and supporting climate-ready fisheries management.

    Co-design of CVAs

    This phase involves scientists and stakeholders collaboratively defining the CVA approach and the roles of various knowledge forms. The process should address fundamental questions such as which types of knowledge will be incorporated, what methods are to be taken to collect this information, and at which stages knowledge holders will be engaged.

    The integration of diverse knowledge forms should occur early in the CVA process and be goal-oriented (Mistry and Berardi 2016, Norström et al. 2020, Mason et al. 2023). Given the distinct utilities of scientific data, expert knowledge, and local knowledge, CVA practitioners should identify which information aligns with the specific objectives and scope of research or management context, whether at the national or local level or for forward- or backward-looking analyses. Early engagement should also clarify the role of the expert or local knowledge at different stages of CVA processes. For example, interviews with fishermen can provide local insights into emerging species of concern that may not be captured by experts or national datasets, as was the case in our study. Similarly, experts’ institutional knowledge and their regional expertise can identify available literature, filter credible sources of information, or weigh factors for assessments, complementing data-driven approaches. In addition, methods for incorporating multiple knowledge forms can vary greatly, leading to different uses and interpretations of information (Marvin et al. 2020). In previous studies, experts were often engaged during the scoring stage, where they evaluated datasets and reports to directly inform decisions (Hare et al. 2016). In contrast, our study adopted a comparative approach to evaluate consistency across data- and knowledge-driven methods, which could help policymakers identify the gaps, biases, and uncertainties in different knowledge sources before translating them into management decisions.

    Knowledge production

    During this phase, participants contribute information and knowledge to support the assessment. To ensure meaningful engagement and robust evaluation, we make the following recommendations based on our findings.

    The inclusion of appropriate and representative participants is key to the success of participatory CVAs. While most studies have emphasized broad stakeholder integration (Cooke et al. 2021), our findings reveal the importance of a balanced representation of expertise alongside diversity. In fisheries, a field traditionally dominated by natural sciences and male participants, including marginalized groups and underrepresented expertise in participatory approaches would greatly enhance the reliability, representativeness, and equity of CVAs.

    Clear technical guidelines and structured, sequential processes are crucial components of knowledge production (Mason et al. 2023). Our approach intentionally avoided standardized methods for scoring indicators and criteria, instead encouraging participants to share their perspectives. While this method allowed for a comparative analysis of data- and knowledge-driven criteria, it also introduced variability that rendered some outcomes less applicable to CVAs and management. Recognizing this limitation, we suggest future CVAs should incorporate clearly defined, context-specific guidelines tailored to the language and needs of different stakeholder groups, such as clear demonstrations of scoring criteria for scientists, policymakers, and fishermen. Interactive processes that facilitate learning and discussion of key CVA concepts and terminologies among participants could further enhance the robustness and applicability of results.

    Interpretation and delivery of research outcomes

    Although the integration of expert and local knowledge into CVA research has become more common, their roles in the post-assessment stage are rarely documented. Our findings highlight the potential for continued engagement with these knowledge holders during later stages to amplify the utility of research outputs and enhance policy uptake.

    One promising avenue is the collaborative interpretation of research outcomes. In particular, interpreting differences in results can help better understand the root causes of divergences. Our comparison of data quality and expert confidence levels suggests three potential ways for engagement: (1) cross-validation in areas where multiple knowledge sources have high certainty but produce conflicting results, which can allow for verification and reconciliation of discrepancies through stakeholder discussions; (2) gap identification in areas with low certainty across all information sources, signaling the need for further research or the inclusion of additional perspectives; and (3) knowledge sharing and exchange to foster mutual learning in areas where one knowledge system demonstrates greater certainty than another, which could also help break down the information solos associated with the inaccessibility of information to potential users and create opportunities to build a shared understanding of complex challenges.

    Finally, knowledge producers—such as scientists, managers, policymakers, NGOs, and fishermen—are often the end-users of CVA products. Insights generated through fishery CVAs can guide their priorities for research, management, and adaptation strategies. Engaging these stakeholders during the delivery phase of CVA results also ensures the users develop a good understanding of the research content and have a strong sense of ownership in the research product (Cvitanovic et al. 2015), which can foster broader dissemination within their networks, raise the awareness of others, and catalyze collective action to address climate challenges in fisheries.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This research was funded by the Lenfest Ocean Program (https://www.lenfestocean.org/). KM and KK contributed as co-leads of the UN Ocean Decade Program, FishSCORE 2030 (https://oceandecade.org/actions/fisheries-strategies-for-changing-oceans-and-resilient-ecosystems-by-2030/). We thank Y. Li, Y. Qu, J. Ren, M. Xu, and S. Yang for their assistance with fishermen's interviews.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI and AI-assisted tools were not used in the formal research design, analysis, or research methods.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The scientific data used in this study are available in a previously published article: https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2313773120. Survey responses from experts and fishermen contain confidential information and are available upon reasonable request.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Allison, E. H., A. L. Perry, M. C. Badjeck, W. N. Adger, K. Brown, D. Conway, A. S. Halls, G. M. Pilling, J. D. Reynolds, N. L. Andrew, and N. K. Dulvy. 2009. Vulnerability of national economies to the impacts of climate change on fisheries. Fish and Fisheries 10(2):173-196. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-2979.2008.00310.x

    Ban, N. C., A. Frid, M. Reid, B. Edgar, D. Shaw, and P. Siwallace. 2018. Incorporate Indigenous perspectives for impactful research and effective management. Nature Ecology and Evolution 2(11):1680-1683. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41559-018-0706-0

    Blasiak, R., J. Spijkers, K. Tokunaga, J. Pittman, N. Yagi, and H. Österblom. 2017. Climate change and marine fisheries: least developed countries top global index of vulnerability. PLoS ONE 12(6):e0179632. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0179632

    Boyce, D. G., D. P. Tittensor, C. Garilao, S. Henson, K. Kaschner, K. Kesner-Reyes, V. Lam, E. Cheung, L. Morissette, M. Coll, and B. Worm. 2022. A climate risk index for marine life. Nature Climate Change 12(9):854-862. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-022-01437-y

    Cannon, S. E., J. W. Moore, M. S. Adams, T. Degai, E. Griggs, J. Griggs, K. Klein, E. Anderson, R. Brown, A. Hill, and Indigenous Data Sovereignty Workshop Collective. 2024. Taking care of knowledge, taking care of salmon: towards Indigenous data sovereignty in an era of climate change and cumulative effects. FACETS 9:1-21. https://doi.org/10.1139/facets-2023-0135

    Carroll, G., J. G. Eurich, K. D. Sherman, R. Glazer, M. T. Braynen, K. A. Callwood, R. Stump, J. Brodziak, A. Bryan, T. Curtis, and S. Haukebo. 2023. A participatory climate vulnerability assessment for recreational tidal flats fisheries in Belize and The Bahamas. Frontiers in Marine Science 10:1177715. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2023.1177715

    Cheung, W. W., V. W. Lam, J. L. Sarmiento, K. Kearney, R. Watson, D. Zeller, and D. Pauly. 2010. Large-scale redistribution of maximum fisheries catch potential in the global ocean under climate change. Global Change Biology 16(1):24-35. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2486.2009.01995.x

    Cheung, W. W., T. J. Pitcher, and D. Pauly. 2005. A fuzzy logic expert system to estimate intrinsic extinction vulnerabilities of marine fishes to fishing. Biological Conservation 124(1):97-111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2005.01.017

    Colburn, L. L., M. Jepson, C. Weng, T. Seara, J. Weiss, and J. A. Hare. 2016. Indicators of climate change and social vulnerability in fishing dependent communities along the Eastern and Gulf Coasts of the United States. Marine Policy 74:323-333. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2016.04.030

    Cooke, S. J., V. M. Nguyen, J. M. Chapman, A. J. Reid, S. J. Landsman, N. Young, S. Carriere, C. A. Semeniuk, L. Bishop, T. D. Beard Jr., and R. Arlinghaus. 2021. Knowledge co-production: a pathway to effective fisheries management, conservation, and governance. Fisheries 46(2):89-97. https://doi.org/10.1002/fsh.10512

    Cope, J. M., and A. E. Punt. 2011. Reconciling stock assessment and management scales under conditions of spatially varying catch histories. Fisheries Research 107(1-3):22-38. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fishres.2010.10.002

    Cordier, J. M., L. Osorio-Olvera, P. Y. Huais, A. N. Tomba, F. Villalobos, and J. Nori. 2024. Capability of big data to capture threatened vertebrate diversity in protected areas. Conservation Biology 39(1):e14371. https://doi.org/10.1111/cobi.14371

    Cvitanovic, C., A. J. Hobday, L. van Kerkhoff, S. K. Wilson, K. Dobbs, and N. A. Marshall. 2015. Improving knowledge exchange among scientists and decision-makers to facilitate the adaptive governance of marine resources: a review of knowledge and research needs. Ocean and Coastal Management 112:25-35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2015.05.002

    Fazey, I., L. Bunse, J. Msika, M. Pinke, K. Preedy, A. C. Evely, E. Lambert, K. Hastings, S. Morris, J. Reed, and M. S. Reed. 2014. Evaluating knowledge exchange in interdisciplinary and multi-stakeholder research. Global Environmental Change 25:204-220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2013.12.012

    Fleming, A., E. Ogier, A. J. Hobday, L. Thomas, J. R. Hartog, and B. Haas. 2020. Stakeholder trust and holistic fishery sustainability assessments. Marine Policy 111:103719. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2019.103719

    Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO). 2024. The state of world fisheries and aquaculture: blue transformation in action. FAO, Rome, Italy. https://doi.org/10.4060/cd0683en

    Ford, J. D., G. McDowell, and T. Pearce. 2015. The adaptation challenge in the Arctic. Nature Climate Change 5(12):1046-1053. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2723

    Gallo, N. D., N. M. Bowlin, A. R. Thompson, E. V. Satterthwaite, B. Brady, and B. X. Semmens. 2022. Fisheries surveys are essential ocean observing programs in a time of global change: a synthesis of oceanographic and ecological data from US West Coast Fisheries surveys. Frontiers in Marine Science 9:757124. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2022.757124

    Gauvreau, A. M., D. Lepofsky, M. Rutherford, and M. Reid. 2017. “Everything revolves around the herring”: the Heiltsuk-herring relationship through time. Ecology and Society 22(2):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09201-220210

    Gómez Murciano, M., Y. Liu, V. Ünal, and J. L. Sánchez LIzaso. 2021. Comparative analysis of the social vulnerability assessment to climate change applied to fisheries from Spain and Turkey. Scientific Reports 11(1):13949. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-93165-0

    Hare, J. A., W. E. Morrison, M. . Nelson, M. M. Stachura, E. J. Teeters, R. B. Griffis, C. A. Griswold, E. Methratta, D. Alexander, and J. D. Scott. 2016. A vulnerability assessment of fish and invertebrates to climate change on the Northeast US Continental Shelf. PLoS ONE 11(2):e0146756.

    Hu, A. 2013. The distinctive transition of China’s five-year plans. Modern China 39(6):629-639. https://doi.org/10.1177/0097700413499129

    Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2007. Climate change 2007: impacts, adaptation and vulnerability. Working group II contribution to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, fourth assessment report. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://www.ipcc.ch/site/assets/uploads/2018/03/ar4_wg2_full_report.pdf

    Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2023. Climate change 2023: synthesis report. Contribution of working groups I, II and III to the sixth assessment report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. H. Lee and J. Romero, editors. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.59327/IPCC/AR6-9789291691647

    Jones, B. L., R. O. Santos, W. R. James, S. V. Costa, A. J. Adams, R. E. Boucek, L. Coals, L. C. Cullen-Unsworth, S. Shephard, and J. S. Rehage. 2024. New directions for Indigenous and local knowledge research and application in fisheries science: lessons from a systematic review. Fish and Fisheries 25(4):647-671. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12831

    Kaufman, L. and P. J. Rousseeuw. 2009. Finding groups in data: an introduction to cluster analysis. John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316801

    Kleisner, K. M., M. J. Fogarty, S. McGee, J. A. Hare, S. Moret, C. T. Perretti, and V. S. Saba. 2017. Marine species distribution shifts on the US Northeast Continental Shelf under continued ocean warming. Progress in Oceanography 153:24-36. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pocean.2017.04.001

    Lavell, A., M. Oppenheimer, C. Diop, J. Hess, R. Lempert, J. Li, R. Muir-Wood, and S. Myeong. 2012. Climate change: new dimensions in disaster risk, exposure, vulnerability, and resilience. Pages 25-64 in C. B. Field, V. Barros, T. F. Stocker, D. Qin, D. J. Dokken, K. L. Ebi, M. D. Mastrandrea, K. J. Mach, G.-K. Plattner, S. K. Allen, M. Tignor, and P. M. Midgley, editors. Managing the risks of extreme events and disasters to advance climate change adaptation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://www.ipcc.ch/site/assets/uploads/2018/03/SREX-Chap1_FINAL-1.pdf https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139177245.004

    Li, Y., M. Sun, K. M. Kleisner, K. E. Mills, and Y. Chen. 2023. A global synthesis of climate vulnerability assessments on marine fisheries: methods, scales, and knowledge co-production. Global Change Biology 29(13):3545-3561. https://doi.org/10.1111/gcb.16733

    Li, Y., M. Sun, X. Yang, M. Yang, K. M. Kleisner, K. E. Mills, Y. Tang, F. Du, Y. Qiu, Y. Ren, and Y. Chen. 2024. Social-ecological vulnerability and risk of China’s marine capture fisheries to climate change. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121(1):p.e2313773120. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2313773120

    Lima, M. S. P., J. E. L. Oliveira, M. F. de Nóbrega, and P. F. M. Lopes. 2017. The use of local ecological knowledge as a complementary approach to understand the temporal and spatial patterns of fishery resources distribution. Journal of Ethnobiology and Ethnomedicine 13:1-12. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13002-017-0156-9

    Lomonico, S., M. G. Gleason, J. R. Wilson, D. Bradley, K. Kauer, R. J. Bell, and T. Dempsey. 2021. Opportunities for fishery partnerships to advance climate-ready fisheries science and management. Marine Policy 123:104252. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.104252

    Macusi, E. D., K. L. Camaso, A. Barboza, and E. S. Macusi. 2021. Perceived vulnerability and climate change impacts on small-scale fisheries in Davao Gulf, Philippines. Frontiers in Marine Science 8:597385. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2021.597385

    Marshak, A. R., and J. S. Link. 2024. Responses of fisheries ecosystems to marine heatwaves and other extreme events. PLoS ONE 19(12):e0315224. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0315224

    Marvin, H. J., E. van Asselt, G. Kleter, N. Meijer, G. Lorentzen, L. H. Johansen, R. Hannisdal, V. Sele, and Y. Bouzembrak. 2020. Expert-driven methodology to assess and predict the effects of drivers of change on vulnerabilities in a food supply chain: aquaculture of Atlantic salmon in Norway as a showcase. Trends in Food Science and Technology 103:49-56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2020.06.022

    Mason, J. G., S. J. Weisberg, J. L. Morano, R. J. Bell, M. Fitchett, R. B. Griffis, E. L. Hazen, W. D. Heyman, K. Holsman, K. M. Kleisner, et al. 2023. Linking knowledge and action for climate-ready fisheries: emerging best practices across the US. Marine Policy 155:105758. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2023.105758

    McNie, E. C., A. Parris, and D. Sarewitz. 2016. Improving the public value of science: A typology to inform discussion, design and implementation of research. Research Policy 45(4):884-895. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2016.01.004

    Metcalf, S. J., E. I. van Putten, S. Frusher, N. A. Marshall, M. Tull, N. Caputi, M. Haward, A. J. Hobday, N. J. Holbrook, S. M. Jennings, et al. 2015. Measuring the vulnerability of marine social-ecological systems: a prerequisite for the identification of climate change adaptations. Ecology and Society 20(2):35. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-07509-200235

    Mills, K. E., D. Armitage, J. G. Eurich, K. M. Kleisner, G. T. Pecl, and K. Tokunaga. 2023. Co-production of knowledge and strategies to support climate resilient fisheries. ICES Journal of Marine Science 80(2):358-361. https://doi.org/10.1093/icesjms/fsac110

    Mistry, J., and A. Berardi. 2016. Bridging Indigenous and scientific knowledge. Science 352(6291):1274-1275. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaf1160

    Morrison, W. E., M. W. Nelson, J. F. Howard, E. J. Teeters, J. A. Hare, R. B. Griffis, J. D. Scott, and M. A. Alexander. 2015. Methodology for assessing the vulnerability of marine fish and shellfish species to a changing climate. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Technical Memorandum NMFS-OSF-3, Silver Spring, Maryland, USA. https://www.st.nmfs.noaa.gov/Assets/ecosystems/climate/documents/TM%20OSF3.pdf

    Norström, A.V., C. Cvitanovic, M. F. Löf, S. West, C. Wyborn, P. Balvanera, A. T. Bednarek, E. M. Bennett, R. Biggs, A. de Bremond, and B. M. Campbell. 2020. Principles for knowledge co-production in sustainability research. Nature Sustainability 3(3):182-190. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0448-2

    Nye, J. A., J. S. Link, J. A. Hare, and W. J. Overholtz. 2009. Changing spatial distribution of fish stocks in relation to climate and population size on the Northeast United States continental shelf. Marine Ecology Progress Series 393:111-129. https://doi.org/10.3354/meps08220

    Payne, M. R., M. Kudahl, G. H. Engelhard, M. A. Peck, and J. K. Pinnegar. 2021. Climate risk to European fisheries and coastal communities. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118(40):e2018086118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2018086118

    Payne, N. L., J. A. Smith, D. E. van der Meulen, M. D. Taylor, Y. Y. Watanabe, A. Takahashi, T. A. Marzullo, C. A. Gray, G. Cadiou, and I. M. Suthers. 2016. Temperature dependence of fish performance in the wild: links with species biogeography and physiological thermal tolerance. Functional Ecology 30(6):903-912. https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2435.12618

    Pendleton, L. H., S. J. Alexandroff, A. Clausen, J. O. Schmidt, and H. I. Browman. 2023. Co-designing marine science for the ocean we want. ICES Journal of Marine Science 80(2):342-346. https://doi.org/10.1093/icesjms/fsad018

    Shen, G. M., and M. Heino. 2014. An overview of marine fisheries management in China. Marine Policy 44:265-272. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2013.09.012

    Shen, Y., M. U. Ieong, and Z. Zhu. 2022. The function of expert involvement in China’s local policy making. Politics and Policy 50(1):59-76. https://doi.org/10.1111/polp.12450

    Singh, G. G., H. Harden-Davies, E. H. Allison, A. M Cisneros-Montemayor, W. Swartz, K. M. Crosman, and Y. Ota. 2021. Will understanding the ocean lead to “the ocean we want”?. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118(5):e2100205118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2100205118

    Su, S., Y. Tang, B. Chang, W. Zhu, and Y. Chen. 2020. Evolution of marine fisheries management in China from 1949 to 2019: how did China get here and where does China go next? Fish and Fisheries 21(2):435-452. https://doi.org/10.1111/faf.12439

    Su, S., Y. Tang, J. P. Kritzer, and Y. Chen. 2022. Using systems thinking to diagnose science-based fisheries management in China. Marine Policy 138:104974. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2022.104974

    Sun, Y., C. Zhang, Y. Tian, and Y. Watanabe. 2021. Age, growth, and mortality rate of the yellow goosefish Lophius litulon (Jordan, 1902) in the Yellow Sea. Journal of Oceanology and Limnology 39(2):32-740. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00343-019-9216-4

    Teck, S. J., B. S. Halpern, C. V. Kappel, F. Micheli, K. A. Selkoe, C. M. Crain, R. Martone, C. Shearer, J. Arvai, B. Fischhoff, G. Murray, R. Neslo, and R. Cooke. 2010. Using expert judgment to estimate marine ecosystem vulnerability in the California Current. Ecological Applications 20(5): 1402-1416. https://doi.org/10.1890/09-1173.1

    Zhu, W., Z. Lu, Q. Dai, K. Lu, Z. Li, Y. Zhou, Y. Zhang, M. Sun, Y. Li, and W. Li. 2021. Transition to timely and accurate reporting: an evaluation of monitoring programs for China’s first Total Allowable Catch pilot fishery. Marine Policy 129:104503. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2021.104503

    Corresponding author:
    Yunzhou Li
    yunzhou.li@stonybrook.edu
    Appendix 1
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Study area of climate vulnerability assessments. (A) Coastal provinces assessed in data-driven and expert-knowledge-driven approaches. (B) Fishing ports for fishermen recruitment in the local-knowledge-driven approach. Shapefiles of administrative boundaries were downloaded from Huwise (<a href="https://www.huwise.com/en/" target="_blank">https://www.huwise.com/en/</a>).

    Fig. 1. Study area of climate vulnerability assessments. (A) Coastal provinces assessed in data-driven and expert-knowledge-driven approaches. (B) Fishing ports for fishermen recruitment in the local-knowledge-driven approach. Shapefiles of administrative boundaries were downloaded from Huwise (https://www.huwise.com/en/).

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Demographics of survey participants for knowledge-driven approaches: (a) experts and (b) fishermen.

    Fig. 2. Demographics of survey participants for knowledge-driven approaches: (a) experts and (b) fishermen.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Comparison of taxon vulnerability derived from data-driven approach and expert knowledge. Boxplot showing the distribution of scores across taxa. The box represents the interquartile range (IQR) with the median indicated by a horizontal line. Whiskers extend to the smallest and largest values within 1.5 × IQR; points beyond this range are considered outliers.

    Fig. 3. Comparison of taxon vulnerability derived from data-driven approach and expert knowledge. Boxplot showing the distribution of scores across taxa. The box represents the interquartile range (IQR) with the median indicated by a horizontal line. Whiskers extend to the smallest and largest values within 1.5 × IQR; points beyond this range are considered outliers.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Comparison of sensitivity and adaptive capacity traits used in data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches for assessing taxon vulnerability. Major traits from the data-driven approach are identified based on the criteria: sensitivity score ≥ 3 or adaptive capacity score ≤ 2. The violin plot illustrates the distribution of standardized expert scores for each taxon, with the black line representing the mean.

    Fig. 4. Comparison of sensitivity and adaptive capacity traits used in data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches for assessing taxon vulnerability. Major traits from the data-driven approach are identified based on the criteria: sensitivity score ≥ 3 or adaptive capacity score ≤ 2. The violin plot illustrates the distribution of standardized expert scores for each taxon, with the black line representing the mean.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Information used and needed for experts’ assessment of taxon vulnerability. The numbers on the radial axes (ranging from 0–1) represent the proportion of responses in percentage form. For example, a value of 0.6 indicates that 60% of respondents used or needed that specific type of information in their assessments.

    Fig. 5. Information used and needed for experts’ assessment of taxon vulnerability. The numbers on the radial axes (ranging from 0–1) represent the proportion of responses in percentage form. For example, a value of 0.6 indicates that 60% of respondents used or needed that specific type of information in their assessments.

    Fig. 5
    Fig. 6
    Fig. 6. Comparison of data quality and expert confidence level for assessing taxon vulnerability. The score cluster represents the cluster identified through comparing taxon vulnerability scores derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. See details of score clusters 1–4 in Fig. 3.

    Fig. 6. Comparison of data quality and expert confidence level for assessing taxon vulnerability. The score cluster represents the cluster identified through comparing taxon vulnerability scores derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. See details of score clusters 1–4 in Fig. 3.

    Fig. 6
    Fig. 7
    Fig. 7. Comparison of socioeconomic vulnerability derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. Boxplot showing the distribution of scores across provinces. The box represents the interquartile range (IQR) with the median indicated by a horizontal line. Whiskers extend to the smallest and largest values within 1.5 × IQR, while points beyond this range are considered outliers.

    Fig. 7. Comparison of socioeconomic vulnerability derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. Boxplot showing the distribution of scores across provinces. The box represents the interquartile range (IQR) with the median indicated by a horizontal line. Whiskers extend to the smallest and largest values within 1.5 × IQR, while points beyond this range are considered outliers.

    Fig. 7
    Fig. 8
    Fig. 8. Comparison of sensitivity and adaptive capacity indicators used in data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches for assessing socioeconomic vulnerability. Major indicators from the data-driven approach are identified based on the criteria: sensitivity score ≥ 3 or adaptive capacity score ≤ 2. The violin plot illustrates the distribution of standardized expert scores for each province, with the black line representing the mean. Traits in the additional column are not included in the data-based approach but were considered by expert participants. The same legend in Fig. 4 was used to ensure consistency and comparability across assessments.

    Fig. 8. Comparison of sensitivity and adaptive capacity indicators used in data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches for assessing socioeconomic vulnerability. Major indicators from the data-driven approach are identified based on the criteria: sensitivity score ≥ 3 or adaptive capacity score ≤ 2. The violin plot illustrates the distribution of standardized expert scores for each province, with the black line representing the mean. Traits in the additional column are not included in the data-based approach but were considered by expert participants. The same legend in Fig. 4 was used to ensure consistency and comparability across assessments.

    Fig. 8
    Fig. 9
    Fig. 9. Summary of strengths and weaknesses of scientific data, expert knowledge, and local knowledge.

    Fig. 9. Summary of strengths and weaknesses of scientific data, expert knowledge, and local knowledge.

    Fig. 9
    Table 1
    Table 1. Fishermen’s observations of taxon vulnerability and changes. The score cluster represents the cluster identified by comparing taxon vulnerability scores derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. See cluster legends in Fig. 3.

    Table 1. Fishermen’s observations of taxon vulnerability and changes. The score cluster represents the cluster identified by comparing taxon vulnerability scores derived from data- and expert knowledge-driven approaches. See cluster legends in Fig. 3.

    Score cluster Target taxon (Chinese) Target taxon (English) Target taxon frequency Fishermen’s observations Expert score (confidence) Data score (quality)
    4 梭子蟹 Swimming crab 12 Swimming crab has become the most important target taxon, replacing croakers, penaeus, and mackerel. Most fishermen agree that there has been an overall declining trend in the crab population over the last 20–30 years, with fluctuating yields and recruitment. The average size of crabs has decreased. However, some believe that the crab population exhibits negligible changes. Moderate (Moderate) Low (Moderate)
    1 口虾姑 Mantis shrimp 10 Similar to swimming crabs, mantis shrimp have also become one of the most important target species in the area. There has been an overall declining trend in their landings and size over the last 20–30 years, with fluctuating yields and recruitment. Additionally, there are far fewer mantis shrimp that can be sold at good prices. However, some believe that there have not been substantial changes. Low (Low) Moderate (Moderate)
    2 蛸类 Octopus 8 Some have observed declining yields and smaller body size, while others believe there have been no substantial changes in the overall population. Low (Low) Moderate (Low)
    4 对虾 Penaeus 7 Penaeus used to be a primary catch, but due to high fishing pressure, the abundance and landings have significantly decreased, making large-scale fishing impossible and often unprofitable. Some believe the taxon has poor adaptability. Moderate (Moderate) Low (Low)
    1 星康吉鳗 Conger 5 There is no substantial change. Low (Low) Low (Moderate)
    4 蓝点马鲛 Mackerel 4 The catch has been on a declining trend since the 1990s, but it has somewhat stabilized recently. Overall they have become both smaller and less abundant. It is unclear whether the fish have moved away due to environmental changes, or the fishing has depleted them. Moderate (Moderate) Low (Low)
    NA 方氏云鳚 Enedrias fangi 3 Enedrias fangi is a relatively new target fish in the fall, emerging as many traditional catches, such as croakers, have disappeared. Its abundance is increasing, though it follows a fluctuating trend with boom and bust cycles. NA NA
    NA 角木叶鲽 Pleuronichthys cornutus 3 This groundfish is usually a secondary target fish. There have been no substantial changes. NA NA
    1 黄花鱼 Small yellow croaker 2 The catch is substantially decreasing. This used to be a primary catch, but it no longer is. Low (Low) Low (High)
    4 带鱼 Hairtail 2 Fishermen widely report that hairtail has become more abundant. Moderate (Moderate) Low (Low)
    2 玉筋鱼 Sand lance 2 Fishermen targeting sand lance all report that its abundance is declining. Moderate (Moderate) High (Moderate)
    2 鹰爪虾 Southern rough shrimp 1 n/a Low (Low) Moderate (Moderate)
    NA 黄鮟鱇 Yellow goosefish 1 This groundfish is an emerging catch with increasing abundance. NA NA
    Table 2
    Table 2. Socioeconomic vulnerability information collected from fishermen’s surveys.

    Table 2. Socioeconomic vulnerability information collected from fishermen’s surveys.

    Indicators Fishermen’s responses
    Fishery dependence Among participants, 37.5% indicated that they are very highly dependent on fisheries (75–100% of annual household revenue), 50% are highly dependent (50–75% of annual household revenue), 8.33% moderately rely on fisheries (25–50% of annual household revenue), and only 4.17% lightly rely on fisheries (less than 25% of annual household revenue).
    Economic dependence Among participants, 24% have no alternative income sources, 64% receive financial support from governments, and the remaining 12% have alternative income sources from tourism or temporary work during the fishing moratorium.
    Food dependence All of the participants sell catches to local markets, dealers, or restaurants. They decide how much to keep for personal consumption based on the fish species, catch size, and sales conditions.
    Infrastructure No significant infrastructure damage has been reported. However, extreme weather conditions (e.g., storms and typhoons) have substantially reduced fishing hours and increased costs because fishermen must return to the port if the weather worsens.
    Governance Fishermen reported that the weather warning system has been strictly enforced, prohibiting fishing during extreme weather conditions. Financial support and subsidies provided by the government have also greatly alleviated the financial burden during the moratorium. Additionally, fishermen identified several areas requiring further governance support, such as technical assistance and training on vessel maintenance and fishing techniques, financial support for social security (particularly for retirement benefits and safety at sea), and policy support to boost and diversify income.
    Learning All participants have multiple information sources about fishing areas and weather conditions, including fishing associations, weather forecasts, WeChat groups, government reports, and social media. Their years of fishing experience range from 16 to 39 years (mean 29.21, standard deviation 6.79).
    Assets All participants profit from fishing. Technology, such as fish finders and boat navigation systems, is used by 88% to assist with fishing, whereas 12% rely solely on their personal experience.
    Social organization All participants are members of local fishing associations.
    Flexibility Although some have changed their target species over the last decades, the fishermen interviewed overall exhibit low flexibility. Half of the participants responded that they have a low willingness to adapt and do not want to change fishing locations or gears, and 37.5% indicated a moderate willingness to adapt, such as by changing occupations to tourism, restaurants, or aquaculture. Only 12.5% expressed a high willingness to adapt.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    climate change; data; fisheries; knowledge co-production; local knowledge; social-ecological systems; vulnerability

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 12 Research

    Social-ecological uncertainty and the (in)capacity to adapt: stakeholders’ perceptions post-red tide/salmon farming crisis in Chiloé Island (Chile)

    Arriagada, N., T. Satterfield, and D. R. Boyd. 2025. Social-ecological uncertainty and the (in)capacity to adapt: stakeholders’ perceptions post-red tide/salmon farming crisis in Chiloé Island (Chile). Ecology and Society 30(4):12. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16604-300412
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Nayadeth ArriagadaORCIDcontact author, Nayadeth Arriagada
      School of Environment, Resources and Sustainability, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
    • Terre SatterfieldORCID, Terre Satterfield
      Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada
    • David R. BoydORCIDDavid R. Boyd
      Institute for Resources, Environment and Sustainability, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Arriagada, N., T. Satterfield, and D. R. Boyd. 2025. Social-ecological uncertainty and the (in)capacity to adapt: stakeholders’ perceptions post-red tide/salmon farming crisis in Chiloé Island (Chile). Ecology and Society 30(4):12.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16604-300412

  • Introduction
  • Theoretical Framework
  • Research site
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusions
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • adaptive capacity; Chiloé; Chilotean May; coastal governance; multiple stressors; red tide; salmon farming; social conflict; social movements; social-ecological systems
    Social-ecological uncertainty and the (in)capacity to adapt: stakeholders’ perceptions post-red tide/salmon farming crisis in Chiloé Island (Chile)
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16604.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    In 2016, a prominent social movement developed on Chiloé Island in protest against the consequences of the worst harmful algal blooms in Chile’s history. During the same period, with the national government’s authorization, the salmon farming industry dumped 9000 tonnes of dead fish into the sea less than 75 nautical miles off Chiloé. Research on environmental change in coastal zones shows that coastal communities suffer a broad array of stressors that challenge them socially, culturally, and economically. Climate change impacts, declines in marine species, and global market pressures, among others, create disturbances that increase local vulnerabilities. Yet limited attention has been paid to coastal communities exposed to large-scale industrial developments and the role of social conflict as a driver of change in converging social-environmental shocks, as the Chiloé crisis illustrates. Through a qualitative approach, this research describes the perceptions of key stakeholders regarding the multiple stressors of the red tide/salmon dumping crisis and the impacts of the crisis on their adaptive capacity. Results suggest that social adaptive capacity is challenged to its breaking point because of enduring environmental uncertainty, which in turn influences knowledge and perceptions about environmental changes, livelihood opportunities, and governance. Specifically, there are opposing narratives about the causes and consequences of algal blooms and marine degradation. Whereas the government attributes climate change to the issue, key players in the movement argue that the toxicity of industrial salmon farming is the primary cause. A few positive outcomes are associated with the social movement’s efforts, including a Supreme Court decision that favors the communities. However, national and local institutional responses have been short-sighted, and uncertainty undermines people’s ability to address future environmental challenges. Ultimately, we find that the social conflict and the dual attributions of the cause that followed the salmon mortality and algal bloom events are less about multiple stressors and, instead, are more fully about the decline in adaptive capacity that followed the social conflict itself.

    INTRODUCTION

    In recent years, the literature on social-ecological systems (SES) has reflected an increasing interest in resource-dependent coastal communities and how they are particularly prone to the impacts of climate change, such as rising sea levels, ocean acidification, fisheries decline, and large-scale algal blooms, which exacerbate their economic and environmental vulnerabilities (Bunce et al. 2010a, Bennett et al. 2015a). Although much of the SES scholarship has tended to limit its focus to climate-related changes and how coastal groups and communities mobilize their adaptive capacity at different levels (Cinner et al. 2015, 2018), as well as their adaptation pathways (Adger 2003, Nelson et al. 2007, Shaffril et al. 2017), a growing body of literature has expanded into multiple interacting stressors of varying degrees and scales (Kaplan-Hallam et al. 2017, Freduah et al. 2019). These include global market pressures under the “blue growth” and the expansion of area-based conservation, to name a few, with cumulative effects that intensify coastal communities and groups’ existing vulnerabilities, eroding their capacity to respond and adapt (Kaplan-Hallam et al. 2017, Freduah et al. 2019, Gill et al. 2023).

    Thus, growing research on adaptive capacity and cross-scale vulnerability has explored the complexities of communities’ and groups’ (e.g., small-scale fisheries) perceptions and local responses to these changes in different geographical settings. In coastal Africa, for instance, research identified how communities are becoming more vulnerable over time because of a vicious cycle of resource degradation and food insecurity caused by a combination of, and closely linked, climate variability, ongoing water and food shortages, disease (human, crop, livestock), and farm and fishery declines (Bunce et al. 2010b). Regional and international policies could add stress, contributing to riskier and less diverse livelihoods in communities that erode their capacity to adapt (Bunce et al. 2010a). Similarly, Bennett et al. (2014) demonstrated how communities on the Andaman coast of Thailand are negatively affected by climate change and fisheries declines yet have limited knowledge of their causes and actions to mitigate their impacts, resulting in coping and reactive measures. Moreover, the authors showed that communities presented overall low and uneven levels of adaptive capacity to economic stressors, marine conservation policies, and new livelihood opportunities such as tourism and agriculture (Bennett et al. 2014).

    Closely related, SES scholarship has shown that small-scale fisheries (SSF) are particularly exposed to multiple social and environmental interacting stressors, with profound implications for their adaptive capacity. For instance, Nayak and Berkes (2019) analyzed how global drivers (including market pressures and biophysical changes) interact in a two-way process with local drivers of change in SSF in the Bay of Bengal, India. This interplay can exacerbate vulnerabilities simultaneously, from global to local, but also local to global (e.g., the disintegration of Chilika Lagoon’ SSF impacted national governance indicators and overall community adaptive capacity). Similarly, in coastal Mozambique, Blythe et al. (2014) showed that adaptation to multiple livelihood stressors, such as declining catch rates, disease, theft, food insecurity, and climate change, can be a heterogeneous process even among specific local groups, where specialized fishers adapted by intensifying fishing efforts while more impoverished fishers adapted through livelihood diversification (Blythe et al. 2014).

    Although the flexibility of livelihoods is crucial for better adaptation of SSF (Blythe et al. 2014), so is the role of networks and different capitals, such as cultural, political, and social (Marín 2015, Freduah et al. 2018, Lopez de la Lama et al. 2018). In the context of SSF in Chile, studies have found an overall positive role of networks and social capital in accessing and mobilizing valuable resources and information to achieve collective goals, as well as expressions of adaptive capacity (Marín et al. 2012, Marín 2015, Marín 2019). Similarly, Tam et al. (2021) found that “collaborative social learning” correlates with positive ecological and social conservation outcomes among SSFs in Chile. These included the willingness to learn from peers and confidence in institutional monitoring toward conservation (Tam et al. 2021).

    Despite increasing recognition of multiple interacting stressors of varied nature, with both positive and negative implications for adaptive capacity in coastal communities and SFF, most of the empirical studies mentioned have overlooked the role of social conflict as a response and a driver of change, both in itself and within the broader complexity of SES interactions. As Kaplan-Hallam et al. (2017) showed in their study in Rio Lagartos, Mexico, conflict and violence that emerged from rapid-onset social stressors (sea cucumber fishery “fever”) and its interaction with slow social changes (e.g., reduced work opportunities, migration, housing pressures), affected negatively the SES’ structure, functions, and feedback and its adaptive capacity. Thus, the authors reinforce the need for the literature to better differentiate the social and ecological implications of shocks in responses, adaptations, and adaptive capacity of SES (Kaplan-Hallam et al. 2017). In addition, the link between social components, such as power imbalances, social conflict, and abrupt changes, including regime shifts, in SES has been acknowledged as poorly understood both empirically and theoretically (Nayak et al. 2016).

    Thus, in this study we aim to contribute to this gap by analyzing the aftermath of the 2016 red tide/salmon farming crisis in Chiloé, Chile (Fig. 1). The case offers a compelling empirical example of the confluence of multiple SES phenomena: social conflict as a response and driver of change and the co-occurrence of industrial (30 years of intensive salmon farming industry), SSF, and climatic changes. This complex confluence was materialized in the 2016 social movement known as “Chilotean May” (Mayo Chilote), where residents of Chiloé staged a general strike against the consequences of the most harmful outbreak of red tide seen in the Island’s history early that year, with record mortality of different species affecting fisheries value chain workers, as well as against the management of the co-occurrent sanitary crisis in the salmon industry that trigger authorized dumping of 9000 tonnes of dead salmon into the coast (Armijo et al. 2020). The conflict sparked the most prominent social movement in the region’s history, garnering national and international coverage, and challenging the centralized governance of the Island (Bustos and Román 2019). Although the movement was a reaction to the environmental shocks that Chiloé experienced in early 2016 (Delamaza et al. 2023), it can also be considered a rapid driver of change itself, with unknown impacts on the communities’ adaptive capacity.

    Coastal communities such as Chiloé, which are subject to rapid climate-related changes in the biophysical environment (e.g., algal blooms), as well as heavily dependent on SSF and the rapid transformation embedded in industrial activities, represent a complex SES with multiple exposures (Gill et al. 2023). These transformations often clash with traditional ocean users, leading to conflicts that, on the one hand, may result in adverse outcomes such as dispossession, injustice, and marginalization (Tafon et al. 2022). On the other hand, conflict can lead to positive transformation toward better management (Villamayor-Tomas and García-López 2018) and better sustainability outcomes (Blythe et al. 2018, Tafon et al. 2022). Thus, understanding people’s perceptions of the crisis and their capacity to adapt in the aftermath becomes crucial to finding ways to reduce vulnerability and enhance resilience. Given these elements, this research has two objectives. First, we aim to describe the perceptions of key stakeholders regarding the multiple social and environmental shocks experienced during the 2016 crisis. Second, we explore how these shocks and the subsequent social movement events impacted their social adaptive capacity.

    THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK

    SES and adaptive capacity

    Although adaptive capacity has many definitions, it is broadly defined as “the ability of [a] social-ecological system (or components of that system) to be robust to disturbance and capable of responding to change” (Plummer and Armitage 2010:1). A point of consensus among theorists is the latent adaptive capacity nature, which creates an empirical challenge for research (Engle 2011), in addition to the difficulties posed by different interacting scales and contexts (Vincent 2007, Mortreaux and Barnett 2017). Recent approaches to adaptive capacity, with an SES focus on coastal communities, have summarized the main domains in which it is built (Whitney et al. 2017, Cinner et al. 2018). The work of Whitney et al. (2017) is especially relevant because of the authors’ distinction between ecological, social, and coupled social-ecological adaptive capacity at different scales. In this sense, social adaptive capacity is defined as the ability of human actors and communities to respond to change and maintain human well-being over time, where its components are summarized into four categories: (a) institutions and governance; (b) access to assets; (c) diversity and flexibility; and (d) knowledge and learning (Whitney et al. 2017). For this paper, the categories that informed the qualitative local-scale approach used to understand the social adaptive capacity to multiple stressors (e.g., social, political, environmental domains that alter people’s lives), which guided our results, are summarized in Table 1.

    “Learning and knowledge” refers to people’s capacity to evoke, absorb, and create knowledge and information from diverse sources (experiential, memory, scientific, etc.) to manage uncertainty (Folke et al. 2003, Cinner et al. 2018). “Flexibility and diversity” reflect structural dependencies (livelihood, resources, place, and occupation attachments) and opportunities for switching strategies that take advantage of potential options (Bennett et al. 2014, Cinner et al. 2018). “Access to assets” refers to the individually owned or public good resources communities or groups that have access to well-being (Cinner et al. 2018). Finally, “institutions and governance” encompasses the social interactions and practices between decision making and rule-making systems, as well as institutions, civil society organizations, actors, and networks that manage social-ecological changes and challenges (Plummer and Armitage 2010, Whitney et al. 2017).

    Uncertainty, changes, and crisis in SES

    SES are inherently uncertain because of their complex changing nature and scale dependencies, challenging human knowledge and predictability (Berkes 2007). Although future uncertainties hamper adaptive capacity, robust strategies for adaptation accept this characteristic (Folke et al. 2004), yet how people deal with uncertainty appears to increase or decrease the system’s resilience (Gunderson 2003). However, changes in SES are far from simple, and they can take a variety of forms ranging from gradual or incremental to abrupt, surprising, disorienting, and even turbulent (Folke et al. 2004). Whereas slow changes can lead to steady progress toward adaptation, abrupt change or unexpected behavior (“surprise”) can challenge the system’s understanding, leading to ambiguous and unclear actions (Gunderson 2003, Folke et al. 2004). According to Walker et al. (2012), the different terms used to characterize variations of time and scale, such as “shocks” and “drivers,” cause confusion in discussing the dynamics of SES. For this paper, we will distinguish between “slow” (trends) and “fast” (shocks) drivers of change (Kaplan-Hallam et al. 2017). Their interaction can lead to rapid changes: a new system state (regime shift; Folke et al. 2004), or “crisis,” which is also linked to the erosion of resilience (Folke et al. 2005), focusing on the lack of capacity to manage ecological surprises at the policy or collective behavior level (Gunderson 2003). Nevertheless, in “crisis,” the idea of opportunity is highlighted: “Crisis, perceived or real, seems to trigger learning and knowledge generation and opens up space for new management trajectories of resources and ecosystems” (Folke et al. 2005:446). In this paper, the concept of “crisis” will be broadened to encompass the interaction of shocks and trends from diverse sources (social, ecological, political, and economic) that challenge governance and overall adaptive capacity (see Table 2).

    Collective action, ocean conflict, and social movements

    Conflict seems inherent to coastal users and initiatives (fishers, marine conservation, extractive industries, etc.), embedded in struggles over identity, resources, access, terms of use of space, and the distribution of benefits (Tafon et al. 2022). Moreover, recent coastal transformations under “blue growth” have triggered new conflicts, exacerbating existing injustices among traditional users (Bennett et al. 2015b, Blythe et al. 2018, Bennet et al. 2021). Despite this, literature on adaptive capacity has undertheorized the role of conflict, collective action, and social mobilization. Similarly, although the commons framework (Ostrom 1990) highlights collective action as a key condition that enables successful resource management (Nayak 2021), this scholarship often adopts a managerial focus, downplaying the dynamics of power and conflict (Armitage 2007). Recent work has sought to bridge commons theory and social movement scholarship to fill this gap, emphasizing how social mobilization enhances natural resources management, promoting collective action over perceived injustices and pursuing alternative agendas (Villamayor-Tomas and García-López 2018, 2021a, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2022).

    In this paper, we will distinguish between the concepts of conflict, collective action, and social movements based on ocean conflict theorizations (Tafon et al. 2022), social movements theory (Tarrow 1998), and commons movements (Villamayor-Tomas and García-López 2018, 2021a, 2021b, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2022), in order to strengthen the adaptive capacity framework and the overall research problem without getting into the nuances of each scholarship (Table 2).

    According to Tafon et al. (2022), ocean conflict can take many forms: non-linear, interactive, emergent, deep-rooted, latent, or manifest, and often characterized as local (although often fueled by global issues). Based on Tarrow’s (1998) notion of “contentious politics,” we will establish that any collective action driven by conflict becomes contentious when ordinary people (often with allies) confront elites or authorities over contested claims. Further, social movements represent a sustained sequence of contentious acts capable of challenging political structures (Tarrow 1998). Therefore, not all contentious collective actions qualify as social movements: the former may be short-lived or institutionalized, whereas the latter possesses four empirical properties: a collective challenge, shared purpose, social solidarity, and sustained interaction (Tarrow 1998).[1]

    RESEARCH SITE

    Chiloé is an archipelago in southern Chile, comprising 10 municipalities and 20 inhabited islands, including the Isla Grande (Big Island), and a total population of 168,185[2] people (Fig. 2). The primary livelihoods were artisanal fishing, agriculture, and livestock farming until the 1980s, when the salmon farming industry established itself in several locations in Chiloé and experienced rapid growth (Pavéz 2016). By 1994, Chile became the world’s second-largest exporter of farmed salmon after Norway and was poised to become the leading exporter in 2007 before a crisis caused by a virus called ISA (infectious salmon anemia) resulted in the closure of salmon farms and processing plants and about 15,000 job losses (Bustos 2016). Despite this event, the salmon industry survived in the region thanks to restructuring efforts and the Chilean State’s support (Bustos 2016). Similarly, Chile’s mussel mariculture is also located in the inner sea of Chiloé. Since the 1990s, this industry has had a massive growing rate, with a record year in 2017 exceeding 300,000 tons of production, despite experiencing various crises due to microalgal food (2009–2010), larval supply (2011–2013), and other multiple disturbances (e.g., market prices fluctuations; San Martin et al. 2020). Today, Chiloé is a landscape of constant transformation, characterized by a hybrid economy where artisanal fisheries remain an important activity[3] (SERNAPESCA 2024), as well as extractive industries, aquaculture, services, municipal employment, and tourism, which paradoxically coexist with traditional culture, rurality, and isolation (Román et al. 2016).

    “Mayo Chilote”

    In early 2016, an initial outbreak of Pseudochattonella verruculosa led to the mass mortality of farmed salmon, triggering a sanitary crisis. A subsequent outbreak of Alexandrium catanella (red tide) affected the archipelago from February to May (Red Tide Committee 2016). During the latter month, residents staged a general strike for 19 consecutive days. Barricades, public demonstrations, and protests were held in every city on the Island, while at the national level, other protests drew attention to the socioeconomic and environmental disaster affecting the Island’s inhabitants. SSF workers were seriously affected by record mortality levels of marine species inflicted by the bloom. Millions of mussels, clams, birds, and sea lions were found dead along the coast of Chiloé. Social organizations subsequently revealed that the salmon farming industry had, during the same period, dumped 9000 tonnes of dead fish into less than 75 nautical miles off Chiloé’s shore, with the national government’s authorization because of the sanitary crisis (Thomas 2018). The movement’s demands[4] focused on investigating the cause of the red tide, auditing the salmon dumping, and providing compensation for fishers (Radio Universidad de Chile 2016; Fig. 3).

    The unusual intensity of the red tide has been linked to the effects of El Niño, climate change, and increased nutrients resulting from the presence of aquaculture. However, no conclusive scientific evidence exists that climate change caused the red tide episode (Cabello et al. 2018).

    METHODS

    A qualitative approach was employed to characterize key stakeholders’ perceptions of the “Mayo chilote” and its impact on social adaptive capacity. Data was collected through 28 semi-structured in-depth interviews conducted by the principal investigator between 15 May and 28 June 2018,[5] in five cities of Chiloé (Ancud, Dalcahue, Castro, Chonchi, and Quellón).[6] The criteria for interviewees were people who were highly involved in the Mayo Chilote from different sectors (see Table 3), recruited through phone and e-mail, overall using a snowball method of purposive sampling until reaching the saturation point, with initial leads from local contacts and researchers.[7] Audio recordings were transcribed and analyzed in NVivo (version 12) to open code each interview, allowing for the identification of dimensions and components of social adaptive capacity while also leaving space for emergent themes. A second codification process in Excel allowed a more detailed iterative review of the initial coding process for validation purposes (Appendix 1). Data collection also included a document review of changes in laws, regulations, policies, and official statements regarding the conflict from 2016 to 2018 (Appendix 2).

    Although adaptive capacity scholarship distinguishes between assessing and characterizing adaptive capacity (Engle 2011), this research builds on the latter. Perceptions are used as evidence of people’s beliefs about what happened, why, and how this led to a social movement, which then influenced their social adaptive capacity. The scale is non-local to the extent that it encompasses governance related to federal actors and actions, given Chile’s highly centralized administration.

    RESULTS

    Learning and knowledge: what are people’s knowledge and lessons from the crisis?

    Participants offered several narratives regarding their knowledge of disturbances such as the red tide causes, stranding of shellfish, and salmon mortality, most of them saturated with uncertainty. Participants did not trust official reports on the causes of the environmental crisis, which focused on climate-driven causes of the red tide and other harmful algal blooms, ignoring the role of the salmon farming industry. For example, the independent Association of Marine Biologists released a statement that identified El Niño and global warming as the leading causes of the red tide and the stranding of marine species. On the contrary, interviewees, including fishers, Indigenous leaders, and local authorities, perceive that the red tide may be a natural phenomenon, but it was exacerbated by pollution caused by salmon farming over the past 40 years. [Note, interviewee names below are fictitious.]

    Of course, it is the fault of the salmon farming industry. The red tide ... everybody talks about the climatic causes, but no one talks about the nutrients. So, yes, there is a climatic factor, but that is only one (Ricardo, Artisanal fisher).

    Also conflicting with the official reports are perceptions of the cause of the stranding of shellfish and other marine species on the coast. The National Committee on Red Tide, formed in June 2016 to investigate the crisis, dismissed the idea that salmon dumping could have worsened the toxic bloom. However, most interviewees, including local authorities, believed that the salmon dumping directly caused the stranding of shellfish and other coast species.

    We received all the small-scale fisheries dead. But they weren’t dead; they were intoxicated. Many birds and sea lions were found dead. That’s not the usual behavior of the ride tide. Red tide should not affect marine mammals, fisheries, and birds (Mariana, Activist).

    Further, the crisis was seen not only as driven by ecological shocks, but also by contested understandings of their causes. Participants consistently acknowledged the social movement’s magnitude and duration as the most significant in the history of Chiloé, but a sense of confusion prevails regarding the demands and resolutions of the strike. Some narratives stated that the movement’s claims were only centered on the artisanal fisher’s economic needs because of the impact of the red tide. Some participants asserted that the central claim behind the movement was the salmon dumping that triggered people’s discontent with the industry. Other interviewees perceived that it was both. Despite these differences, most interviewees agreed that the movement’s magnitude and support amongst Chiloé’s communities, as well as nationally, was due to unresolved historical claims about poor federal support for the community: lack of public assets such as health infrastructure and services, lack of public investment in education or road infrastructure to connect isolated communities.

    We saw that this wasn’t only a biological crisis; there were certain elements of the social and historical construction of vulnerability in Chiloé that made this event so intense (Evelyn, ENGO).

    Conversely, participants also expressed positive knowledge outcomes despite contested explanations, including the creation of new spaces and platforms to share a diversity of knowledge and information regarding social and environmental issues that affect the territory. Open seminars with guest scientists are now frequent and are typically organized by social organizations and environmental non-governmental organizations (ENGOs). The movement also provided an opportunity to be more aware of the salmon farming industry’s practices and other environmental problems. According to most participants, for the first time in 40 years, public opinion presented a new, critical view of the salmon industry both locally and nationally. A few participants also acknowledged that the Chiloé crisis helped other territories fight against the expansion of the salmon farming industry. An example is the Magallanes region in southern Chile, where Kawashkar Indigenous communities stopped salmon farming concessions in 2017 and 2018.

    The Chilotean May was a furious stampede, growing and growing because people started to inform themselves about what was happening, including about 35 years of salmon industry (Ricardo, Historian).

    Access to various sources of knowledge and information has also created a more pervasive perception of risk in the communities. Most participants expressed their fear that Chiloé is on its way to becoming an environmental zona de sacrificio (sacrifice zone), where salmon farming, water scarcity, and mining concessions threaten the future of the Island. Dystopic environmental change dominates their narratives, including the discourses of local authorities. Notably, these future visions do not involve climate change. Their concerns center on a future where industrial resource extraction leads to pollution, social-environmental degradation, and poverty.

    I think of Chiloé as a catastrophe in terms of environmental issues. We have water scarcity, and if mining companies come, they will contaminate everything, so there is no going back. I see Chiloé as a desert Island; in 30 years, nobody will be able to live here (Gabriela, Fisher).

    Flexibility and diversity: livelihood dependencies and opportunities post-crisis

    Most interviewees recognized that the 2016 events showed the high resource dependency of the communities on SSF and how vulnerable they are in the face of an environmental crisis.

    ... We are the second largest region of Chile in artisanal fishing. We export fifty percent of the sea urchins nationally and more than eighty percent of the national export of clams to Spain. Is not a livelihood that is getting lost over time (Milton, Fisher union leader).

    This perception also extends to the salmon industry; the algal blooms that affected salmon left many people in the industry without jobs. Although some participants blame salmon farming for Chiloé’s marine degradation, they also acknowledge the complexity of removing the industry from the territory. Thus, most of their narratives characterize the salmon industry as a trade-off between environmental rights and employment.

    I believe that salmon farming is a necessary evil because there are lots of people working there (Pedro, Diver).

    Concerns regarding livelihood opportunities are strongly present in the interviewees’ discourses because of this high marine resource dependency. Artisanal fishers, Indigenous leaders, and social organizations believe that livelihood diversification should be the path to reducing dependency on salmon farming and fisheries. Local authorities have adopted the concept of “livelihood conversion,” that is, abandoning artisanal fishing and embracing new livelihoods. Nevertheless, all participants agreed that tourism and agriculture are the alternative livelihoods communities should exploit to adapt to the current social-ecological challenges. However, there is a lack of consensus regarding the type of tourism that should be pursued. Although local authorities target mass tourism, fishers and social organization leaders question this approach as environmentally and culturally unsustainable. According to them, the real challenge is diversifying into sustainable and inclusive tourism, where everybody is involved, including fishing activities.

    The problem with tourism is that people think it is the flawless antidote when we know that cities that live from tourism are also very environmentally stressed (Manuel, Social organization).

    After the crisis, national and local governments have promoted agriculture as a feasible livelihood. Chiloé is one of only three places in America that have received the Globally Important Agricultural Heritage System[8] (GIAHS) approval from the FAO-UN because of its great variety of native potatoes. Thus, most participants perceived agriculture as a historical local practice and a sustainable livelihood opportunity, although not free from severe social and environmental problems, including water scarcity, aging of the rural population, and real estate speculation.

    Besides the environmental challenges, interviewees suggested that artisanal fishers have a very high economic and cultural attachment to occupation, so their willingness to adapt is limited.

    Some fishermen do not know how to do anything else, so they refuse to do other activities. Moreover, that is their right. People should not be forced to do anything besides what they already know or have been trained their whole lives (Ricardo, Fisher leader).

    Institutions and governance: how did the crisis affect them?

    The multiple shocks experienced during early 2016 triggered a broad social movement. Different repertoires of conventional collective action were deployed during 19 days of mobilization: marches, public demonstrations, and barricades. Although some innovations drew national and international attention to the movement, such as cultural performances that highlighted the characteristic identity of Chiloé, the movement became well-known for its non-violent nature, unlike other social movements in Chile[9] (Jiménez-Yañez 2020). Interview participants highlighted their capacity to organize themselves despite the Island’s length and the socioeconomic differences between the various cities of Chiloé.

    The Mayo Chilote triggered ... 200 km of barricades, which is not anecdotal. It is a demonstration of insular frustration condensed in barricades and assemblies. It was a decolonizing milestone (Esteban, NGO).

    Different networks formed between social organizations, political parties, fishers’ unions, NGOs, and even religious groups during past collective actions on Chiloé, such as the “movement for dignified health” in 2013 (Arriagada 2016), were mobilized and consolidated. Participants agreed that they mobilized larger networks, including those outside the Island, where Greenpeace played a crucial role in gaining national and international visibility. However, a consensus amongst participants believes the movement became fragmented after negotiations with the government, primarily because of a sense of failure and disappointment about the conflict resolution. Expressions of distrust dominated their analysis regarding networks and ties between the communities and state institutions.

    Since the Mayo Chilote trust was lost in SERNAPESCA [National Service of Fisheries and Aquaculture], regional government, and from there to the top. ... there is an absolute distrust against the institutions involved [in the conflict]. There was a total discredit to science because there were scientific reports that, depending on the author, said one thing or another (Valeria, ENGO).

    Although participation in decision making was deficient before the conflict, participants recognized that it worsened after the crisis. They believe there are more obstacles to organizing themselves, influencing policies, or accessing valuable resources and information. Women experience difficulties in this matter; female interview participants accused movement leaders and institutions of gender discrimination. Although women were on the barricades, men were primarily involved in the negotiations to resolve the conflict, contributing to women’s distrust.

    Since May 2016, I haven’t seen any protest or collective action. It feels like people felt so defeated ... and just decided to go home (Carla, Political organization).

    The factors behind the distrust between communities and institutions can be traced back to long before the conflict. According to the participants from the fishing sector, fisheries institutions were “corrupted” long before the crisis. Specifically, negative perceptions regarding the General Fishing and Aquaculture Law n° 20.657 from 2012 were shared, viewing the law as an obstacle to their everyday practices. Participants from all groups, including local authorities, stated that environmental and fishing institutions today constrain artisanal fisher’s livelihoods. Monitoring and enforcement mechanisms are severe, in contrast to the lack of inspections for industrial fisheries and salmon farms.

    If you go to get the Artisanal Fisher Registry, they will give you the license of a harvester, which is the lowest category. But that license only allows you today to harvest algae, which is stupid; we are an island, and we need to collect shellfish from the shores. But if you harvest shellfish, you will get caught. So the law forces you into illegal activity (Ricardo, Fisher leader).

    Similarly, most interviewees held negative perceptions regarding the central government’s role. Although the main point of negotiation was the monetary compensation (temporary subsidy) received by artisanal fishers affected by the red tide, this point was also the most controversial because of its short-term orientation and the lack of rigor or governing integrity when identifying the beneficiaries.

    The first day, the fishers claimed that the subsidy was going to be 150 mil pesos (US$157) divided into three payments and only to benefit 3 thousand fishers, and only in Ancud we have 10 thousand, so they couldn’t accept that because it was a joke. Twenty days later, they accepted the same offer from the government. The whole thing was an absolute defeat (Braulio, Political organization).

    Government compensation also sought to encourage livelihood diversification into agriculture. According to interviewees, many coastal inhabitants, in addition to working as small-scale fishers (SSF), are also small-scale farmers. Under the Ministry of Agriculture, the Agricultural Development Institute (INDAP) provided credit to clients of their programs affected by the red tide. It encouraged fishers to participate in programs that could benefit them through the provision of agricultural gear and technical support. However, participants from the public sector in charge of these programs admit that the extent of the aid was minimal and short to medium-term compared with the high number of people affected by the crisis.

    Regarding the movement’s demand for scientific research, the central government only partially fulfilled this commitment by appointing a Red Tide Committee to assess the crisis. However, most participants distrust the Committee’s results, claiming that the salmon farming issues were ignored. The movement’s demand for strict monitoring of the salmon industry was assessed by the General Comptroller of Chile, which, in late 2016, audited SERNAPESCA and Undersecretariat of Fisheries and Aquaculture (SUBPESCA), establishing that these two institutions had severe shortcomings in the supervision of salmon aquaculture. Despite these reports, interviewees from all sectors, including local authorities, believe that these audits are only symbolic because the supervision of the salmon industry has not increased.

    I am also the President of the central worker’s union, and for five years, we have been asking SERNAPESCA to get a boat. It is absurd. The inspectors call aquaculture centers and say, “Please come and pick me up at the shore,” so they clean everything because they know beforehand that inspectors are coming. I know that ... I have worked for 17 years in the salmon industry (Pedro, Diver).

    National governance of the crisis also impacted regulations and policy changes. In 2017, SUBPESCA created a new environmental decree that modified aquaculture environmental regulations (D.S. N°320 from 2001). The decree added a protocol and contingency action plan that salmon farms must enact in case of massive mortality, where the daily maximum capacity (15 tons) to store dead products is exceeded. In such circumstances, aquaculture centers must alert the Health Service, Marine Authority, and the Environmental Superintendent and activate the plan.

    Although this policy outcome is perceived as a significant victory of the movement, many participants observed that the most significant achievements resulted from judicial decisions against those responsible for salmon dumping. On 22 May 2018, Chile’s Supreme Court ruled in favor of the lawsuit recurso de protección presented by four fisher’s unions, against the institutions that authorized the dumping of 9000 tonnes of salmon off the coast of Chiloé: SERNAPESCA, DIRECTEMAR, Regional Secretariat of the Ministry of Health and Ministry of Environment. The Supreme Court declared that: “the actions of the accused have been far from the laws and regulations that rule environmental and sanitary emergencies, as well as those that lead the protection of the environment, injuring the right of our Constitution Art. 19, N° 8, that is, the right to live in an environment free of contamination.” The decision required that the defendant institutions adopt preventive and corrective measures within two months. At the same time, research must continue to develop better management measures to prevent the recurrence of such incidents. Even though the Supreme Court supported the claims of the social movement, some interviewees still felt uncertain about the practical impacts of the decision and the new regulations governing large-scale mortality at salmon farms.

    The Court resolution ... what is its practical translation? Besides that, institutions were found guilty of their actions, nobody knows (Jorge, City Mayor).

    DISCUSSION

    The results presented describe how trends, such as aquaculture, climate effects, and historical unattended demands toward the centralized government, collided with shocks (algae blooms, stranding of shellfish, and salmon dumping), which, through the medium of social conflict, resulted in a social-ecological crisis leading to knowledge and livelihood uncertainty, as expressed in people’s perceptions. Contested knowledge narratives are present regarding the causes and likelihood of environmental changes such as algal blooms, stranding of shellfish, and other marine degradation events, as well as the social movement’s demands. Instead of agreeing on new information to respond better to these environmental shocks, the results show how a crisis destabilizes knowledge, creating opposing narratives of events. Mascareño et al. (2018) showed in the same case study that an inextricable opposition was created in explaining the crisis, dividing government/scientists versus fishers/NGOs. According to our analysis, knowledge uncertainty is expressed across the discourses of fishers, NGOs, Indigenous communities, political organizations, and local authorities. Governments and scientists were perceived as ignoring local explanations about the significant role of the salmon farming industry in contributing to the red tide and multiple shocks to local livelihoods and environmental systems. Although efforts to provide new scientific information about environmental issues were made by different organizations in the community, with positive outcomes, such as increased awareness of the environmental damage caused by salmon farming, participants’ expectations regarding the social-ecological future of the Island were uncertain at best and often dystopian.

    Although governance and institutions are crucial for better adaptive capacity in the face of social-ecological changes, the results show that the governance of the crisis is far from ideal (e.g., adaptive governance; Folke et al. 2005) in two ways. First, national governance strategies lack proactivity and planning capacity, poorly responding to the effects of the algal blooms on fisher’s income (e.g., a temporary subsidy), ignoring salmon farming concerns despite social movement demands, and constraining artisanal fisheries livelihoods with rigid institutions and legislation that favors industrial fishing and aquaculture. Although a few positive outcomes resulted from the community’s capacity to mobilize some networks, producing the audit and the Supreme Court decision regarding the negligent supervision of the salmon farming industry, these efforts were fulfilled by external institutions rather than the central government. Secondly, adaptive governance puts the role of social networks and social capital at its center (Adger 2003, Folke et al. 2005). However, what is striking in the governance of the Chiloé crisis is the breakdown of trust between organizations and groups within the same local community and between communities, as well as between decision-making institutions and higher levels of the political hierarchy, negatively impacting bridging and linking social capital. This negative effect on trust seems to have roots in the different construction of official explanations and knowledge of the causes of the crisis that were opposed to people’s narratives and later reinforced by the myopia of the national government. Similar to what Bunce et al. (2010a) refer to as “policy misfit,” if policy makers lack foresight regarding the complex multiple interacting causes of the social-ecological crisis, they will likely respond ineffectively to long-term environmental changes, increasing communities’ vulnerabilities.

    The literature acknowledges diversification as a crucial strategy to mobilize adaptive capacity (Blythe et al. 2014, Finkbeiner 2015). However, participants indicate a high dependency on marine resources through artisanal fishing or the salmon farming industry, contributing to riskier and less diverse livelihoods. Although livelihood diversification and livelihood conversion emerged as two concepts to decrease Chiloé’s marine resource dependencies, the results showed that profound environmental uncertainties undermine livelihood opportunities in agriculture and tourism. Narratives of water scarcity and the presence of salmon farming as a flawed but necessary destiny are common, aligned again with peoples’ high perception of risk that can be traced back to their uncertain experiences and fears for Chiloé’s environmental future.

    Finally, the results illustrate how, in Chiloé, the lack of access to public assets is a dimension present in various aspects of the crisis. Perceptions of the reasons for the social movement are anchored in this lack of public assets and basic services such as community health infrastructure, education, and road infrastructure, as well as perceptions of risk they experience regarding future livelihood opportunities. Mascareño et al. (2018) pointed this out in their analysis of the crisis: Chiloé is an unstable SES prone to sudden shifts due to a configuration of visible and hidden fragilities that have gone unaddressed for decades, such as centralization in decision making, problems of connectivity within the archipelago, and restricted access to and quality of social services. Although access to public goods can contribute to sustainable well-being (Cinner et al. 2018), the results suggest that in Chiloé, these unattended demands before, during, and after the crisis undermined the communities’ adaptive capacity.

    CONCLUSIONS

    Consistent patterns across interview results have shown that trends, or chronic stressors (aquaculture, unattended historical demands with central government, and climate change), can collide with multiple shocks (e.g., algal blooms, stranding of shellfish, salmon dumping, a social movement), causing a crisis that is compounded by a perfect storm of knowledge uncertainty and social conflict. Thus, uncertainty about current and future environmental harm becomes an experience embedded in people’s perceptions, challenging adaptive capacity to its breaking point. Our analysis reveals that the mechanism of this rupture is rooted in irreconcilable views on what caused the crisis and the impact of the social movement itself. That irreconcilability acknowledges the fundamental role of knowledge uncertainty in disrupting or eroding adaptive capacity: this central knowledge uncertainty, because of multiple trends colliding with acute shocks, eroded all other components. This aspect has been acknowledged in the SES theory on adaptive capacity and resilience (Folke et al. 2003, Tam et al. 2021), yet it remains under-recognized in empirical research.

    Although knowledge uncertainty has been under-studied, the environmental suffering literature is instructive in this sense. The work of Auyero and Swistun (2009) shows how decades of petrochemical pollution in the Argentine shantytown of Flammable affects inhabitants’ everyday experience through suffering related to toxic uncertainty. They also show how this uncertainty is socially produced by a labor of confusion reinforced by knowledge brokers such as doctors, state agents, media, and industrial interests. In the case of Chiloé’s crisis, the opposing narratives regarding the knowledge of its causes are also part of a ‘labor of confusion’ reinforced by the central government and official scientific agencies. As some authors have agreed in the same case study, controversial communications during a crisis can manipulate and confound knowledge, producing intentional doubt (Mascareño et al. 2018), or even further, aiming to depoliticize the movement (Herrera 2020). Similar to our findings, presenting the causes of the crisis as a natural phenomenon allows governmental and industrial actors to avoid responsibility for their contributions to the crisis, as illustrated by the scientific-political discourses in Chiloé. In such a scenario, where knowledge about the causes of environmental change and uncertainty about the future limited opportunities for livelihood diversification and adaptation, this also contributes to high institutional distrust. Ultimately, only better governance strategies, rebuilding trust, and forms of knowledge production, along with increased public participation, may lead the system away from imminent paralysis and toward the most viable paths for adaptation.

    __________

    [1] Based on the criteria outlined above and recent scholarship on the “Mayo Chilote” (Mascareño et al. 2018, Delamaza et al. 2023), we will consider the event as a social movement.
    [2] According to the 2017 census.
    [3] In 2017, SERNAPESCA registered 86,056 licenses throughout the country for artisanal fisheries, 46,707 of which are in the Los Lagos region where Chiloe is located (SERNAPESCA 2024).
    [4] Interestingly, the claims of the movement were far from homogeneous; variations could be found in the different lists of claims among municipalities. Nevertheless, all of them were directed to the Chilean central government and included: a scientific investigation to analyze the causes of the marine environmental crisis and the role of salmon dumping in it, and to audit the authorities involved in permitting the salmon dumping. In addition, the movement requested a complete study of the current state of the salmon farming industry and its environmental impacts, in order to compensate the inhabitants for the industry’s pollution. A related request was to continually audit the salmon farming industry and create new regulations so that salmon farming can be more sustainable and avoid massive mortality. Finally, the lists of demands included claims from the artisanal fishing sector, such as monetary compensations and programs for livelihood diversification, freezing of their debts, the opening of the Artisanal Fishing Registry, and the repeal of the 2012 Fishing and Aquaculture law that favor Industrial fishing over artisanal fishing (Radio Universidad de Chile 2016).
    [5] Subsequent visits to Chiloé in 2019, 2022, 2023, and 2024 did not change the findings here in any discernible way.
    [6] This research has the ethical approval from the Behavioural Research Ethics Board at the University of British Columbia (Certificate Number H18-00222), as a part of the Master’s Thesis of the principal investigator, and has been the primary and only use of the data as covered by this ethical license. Following Ethical procedures in place by the University of British Columbia, interviewees agreed voluntarily to participate in this research by a written consent form, which contained a detailed description of the research purpose and procedures, data collection, confidentiality, and subjects’ rights, as well as benefits and risks.
    [7] It is important to mention that the principal investigator (N.A.) is a native of Chiloé, born and raised in Castro city, which facilitated rapport and initial contacts with key stakeholders.
    [8] These systems are considered outstanding landscapes of aesthetic beauty, combining agricultural biodiversity and wildlife, resilient ecosystems, valuable Indigenous knowledge, and cultural heritage (FAO 2019).
    [9] For example, the widely known “Estallido social” in Chile in October 2018 was a violent social upheaval that left 20 dead and 500 victims of human rights violations by the police (Jiménez-Yañez 2020).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    This research was supported by the National Agency for Research and Development ANID-Becas Chile scholarship. We especially thank the participants for their time, testimonies, and valuable contribution to this research. We thank reviewers for their valuable contribution to improving this manuscript.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We did not use AI in writing this document.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data supporting the findings of this study are available upon request from the corresponding author, N.A. The interview script (in both Spanish and English) and the documents analyzed are accessible here: https://doi.org/10.14288/1.0380286. Please note that the data from qualitative interviews are not publicly available, as they contain sensitive information that could compromise the privacy of the research participants. Additionally, the interview excerpts included in this manuscript have been anonymized with pseudonyms assigned by the corresponding author to protect the participants’ identities. Ethical approval for this study was granted by the Behavioural Research Ethics Board at the University of British Columbia (Certificate Number H18-00222).

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adger, W. N. 2003. Social capital, collective action, and adaptation to climate change. Economic Geography 79(4):387-404. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1944-8287.2003.tb00220.x

    Armijo, J., V. Oerder, P.-A. Auger, A. Bravo, and E. Molina. 2020. The 2016 red tide crisis in southern Chile: possible influence of the mass oceanic dumping of dead salmons. Marine Pollution Bulletin 150:110603. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2019.110603

    Armitage, D. 2007. Governance and the commons in a multi-level world. International Journal of the Commons 2(1):7-32. https://doi.org/10.18352/ijc.28

    Arriagada, N. 2016. Identidad y subjetivación política en el Movimiento por la salud digna en Chiloé. Polis. Revista Latinoamericana 15(44). https://doi.org/10.4067/S0718-65682016000200012

    Auyero, J., and D. A. Swistun. 2009. Flammable, environmental suffering in an Argentine shantytown. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780195372946.001.0001

    Bennett, N. J., J. Blythe, S. Tyler, and N. C. Ban. 2016. Communities and change in the anthropocene: understanding social-ecological vulnerability and planning adaptations to multiple interacting exposures. Regional Environmental Change 16(4):907-926. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-015-0839-5

    Bennett, N. J., J. Blythe, C. S. White, and C. Campero. 2021. Blue growth and blue justice: ten risks and solutions for the ocean economy. Marine Policy 125:104387. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.104387

    Bennett, N. J., P. Dearden, G. Murray, and A. Kadfak. 2014. The capacity to adapt?: Communities in a changing climate, environment, and economy on the northern Andaman coast of Thailand. Ecology and Society 19(2):5. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06315-190205

    Bennett, N. J., P. Dearden, and A. M. Peredo. 2015a. Vulnerability to multiple stressors in coastal communities: a study of the Andaman coast of Thailand. Climate and Development 7(2):124-141. https://doi.org/10.1080/17565529.2014.886993

    Bennett, N. J., H. Govan, and T. Satterfield. 2015b. Ocean grabbing. Marine Policy 57:61-68. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2015.03.026

    Berkes, F. 2007. Understanding uncertainty and reducing vulnerability: lessons from resilience thinking. Natural Hazards 41(2):283-295. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-006-9036-7

    Blythe, J., G. Murray, and M. Flaherty. 2014. Strengthening threatened communities through adaptation: insights from coastal Mozambique. Ecology and Society 19(2):6. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06408-190206

    Blythe, J., J. Silver, L. Evans, D. Armitage, N. J. Bennett, M.-L. Moore, T. H. Morrison, and K. Brown. 2018. The dark side of transformation: latent risks in contemporary sustainability discourse. Antipode 50(5):1206-1223. https://doi.org/10.1111/anti.12405

    Bunce, M., K. Brown, and S. Rosendo. 2010a. Policy misfits, climate change and cross-scale vulnerability in coastal Africa: how development projects undermine resilience. Environmental Science & Policy 13(6):485-497. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2010.06.003

    Bunce, M., S. Rosendo, and K. Brown. 2010b. Perceptions of climate change, multiple stressors and livelihoods on marginal African coasts. Environment, Development and Sustainability 12(3):407-440. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-009-9203-6

    Bustos, B. 2016. ¿Síndrome de Estocolmo? Comunidad, industria y desarrollo tras la crisis del virus ISA en Chiloé. Pages 235-257 in A. Román, J. Barton, B. Bustos, and A Salazar, editors. Revolución Salmonera, paradojas y transformaciones territoriales en Chiloé. RIL Editores, Santiago, Chile.

    Bustos, B., and Á. Román. 2019. A sea uprooted: islandness and political identity on Chiloé Island, Chile. Island Studies Journal 14(2):97-114. https://doi.org/10.24043/isj.91

    Cabello, P., R. Torres, and C. Mellado. 2018. Conflicto socioambiental y contienda política: Encuadres de la crisis ambiental de la marea roja en Chiloé (Chile). América Latina Hoy 79:59-79. https://doi.org/10.14201/alh2018795979

    Cinner, J. E., W. N. Adger, E. H. Allison, M. L. Barnes, K. Brown, P. J. Cohen, S. Gelcich, C. C. Hicks, T. P. Hughes, J. Lau, N. A. Marshall, and T. H. Morrison. 2018. Building adaptive capacity to climate change in tropical coastal communities. Nature Climate Change 8(2):117-123. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-017-0065-x

    Cinner, J. E., C. Huchery, C. C. Hicks, T. D. Daw, N. Marshall, A. Wamukota, and E. H. Allison. 2015. Changes in adaptive capacity of Kenyan fishing communities. Nature Climate Change 5(9):872-876. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2690

    Delamaza, G., E. Arriagada, and M. Cortez. 2023. Tide and movements: when accumulation of territorial conflicts achieves limited political results. The case of Chiloé, Chile. Apuntes 50(93):181-211. https://doi.org/10.21678/apuntes.93.1655

    Engle, N. L. 2011. Adaptive capacity and its assessment. Global Environmental Change 21(2):647-656. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2011.01.019

    Finkbeiner, E. M. 2015. The role of diversification in dynamic small-scale fisheries: lessons from Baja California Sur, Mexico. Global Environmental Change 32:139-152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2015.03.009

    Folke, C., S. Carpenter, B. Walker, M. Scheffer, T. Elmqvist, L. Gunderson, and C. S. Holling. 2004. Regime shifts, resilience, and biodiversity in ecosystem management. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 35:557-581. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.ecolsys.35.021103.105711

    Folke, C., J. Colding, and F. Berkes. 2003. Synthesis: building resilience and adaptive capacity in social-ecological systems. Pages 352-387 in F. Berkes, J. Colding, and C. Folke, editors. Navigating social-ecological systems: building resilience for complexity and change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511541957.020

    Folke, C., T. Hahn, P. Olsson, and J. Norberg. 2005. Adaptive governance of social-ecological systems. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 30:441-473. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.energy.30.050504.144511

    Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO). 2019. Globally important agricultural heritage systems. FAO, Rome, Italy. http://www.fao.org/giahs/en/

    Freduah, G., P. Fidelman, and T. F. Smith. 2018. Mobilising adaptive capacity to multiple stressors: insights from small-scale coastal fisheries in the Western Region of Ghana. Geoforum 91:61-72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2018.02.026

    Freduah, G., P. Fidelman, and T. F. Smith. 2019. Adaptive capacity of small-scale coastal fishers to climate and non-climate stressors in the Western region of Ghana. Geographical Journal 185(1):96-110. https://doi.org/10.1111/geoj.12282

    Gill, D. A., J. Blythe, N. Bennett, L. Evans, K. Brown, R. A. Turner, J. A. Baggio, D. Baker, N. C. Ban, V. Brun, et al. 2023. Triple exposure: reducing negative impacts of climate change, blue growth, and conservation on coastal communities. One Earth 6(2):118-130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2023.01.010

    Gunderson, L. 2003. Adaptive dancing: interactions between social resilience and ecological crises. Pages 33-52 in F. Berkes, J. Colding, and C. Folke, editors. Navigating social-ecological systems: building resilience for complexity and change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511541957.005

    Herrera, M. 2020. Controversias socioambientales al sur de Chile: El caso de la crisis de la marea roja en la Isla Grande de Chiloé. Región y sociedad 32:e1343. https://doi.org/10.22198/rys2020/32/1343

    Jiménez-Yañez, C. 2020. #Chiledespertó: Causas del estallido social en Chile. Revista Mexicana de Sociología 82(4):949-957. https://doi.org/10.22201/iis.01882503p.2020.4.59213

    Kaplan-Hallam, M., N. J. Bennett, and T. Satterfield. 2017. Catching sea cucumber fever in coastal communities: conceptualizing the impacts of shocks versus trends on social-ecological systems. Global Environmental Change 45:89-98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2017.05.003

    López de la Lama, R., A. Valdés-Velasquez, L. Huicho, E. Morales, and M. Rivera-Ch. 2018. Exploring the building blocks of social capital in the Sechura Bay (Peru): insights from Peruvian scallop (Argopecten purpuratus) aquaculture. Ocean & Coastal Management 165:235-243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocecoaman.2018.08.030

    Marín, A. 2015. Adaptive capacity for social and environmental change: the role of networks in Chile’s small-scale fisheries. Dissertation. Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:su:diva-119890

    Marín, A. 2019. Adaptive capacity to coastal disasters: challenges and lessons from small-scale fishing communities in Central-Southern Chile. Pages 51-78 in S. Salas, M. J. Barragán-Paladines, and R. Chuenpagdee, editors. Viability and sustainability of small-scale fisheries in Latin America and The Caribbean. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-76078-0_3

    Marín, A., S. Gelcich, J. C. Castilla, and F. Berkes. 2012. Exploring social capital in Chile’s coastal benthic comanagement system using a network approach. Ecology and Society 17(1):13. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04562-170113

    Mascareño, A., R. Cordero, G. Azócar, M. Billi, P. A. Henríquez, and G. A. Ruz. 2018. Controversies in social-ecological systems: lessons from a major red tide crisis on Chiloé Island, Chile. Ecology and Society 23(4):15. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-10300-230415

    Mortreaux, C., and J. Barnett. 2017. Adaptive capacity: exploring the research frontier. WIREs Climate Change 8:e467. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.467

    Nayak, P. K. 2021. Making commons dynamic: understanding change through commonisation and decommonisation. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429028632

    Nayak, P. K., D. Armitage, and M. Andrachuk. 2016. Power and politics of social-ecological regime shifts in the Chilika lagoon, India and Tam Giang lagoon, Vietnam. Regional Environmental Change 16(2):325-339. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-015-0775-4

    Nayak, P. K., and F. Berkes. 2019. Interplay between local and global: change processes and small-scale fisheries. Pages 203-220 in R. Chuenpagdee and S. Jentoft, editors. Transdisciplinarity for small-scale fisheries governance: analysis and practice. Springer International, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-94938-3_11

    Nelson, D. R., W. N. Adger, and K. Brown. 2007. Adaptation to environmental change: contributions of a resilience framework. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 32:395-419. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.energy.32.051807.090348

    Ostrom, E. 1990. Governing the commons: the evolution of institutions for collective action. Cambridge University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511807763

    Pavéz, C. 2016. Salmonicultura y los nuevos pesacadores. Relaciones de conflicto y cooperación. Pages 181-206 in A. Román, J. Barton, B. Bustos, and A. Salazar, editors. Revolución Salmonera, paradojas y transformaciones territoriales en Chiloé. RIL Editores, Santiago, Chile.

    Plummer, R., and D. Armitage. 2010. Integrating perspectives on adaptive capacity and environmental governance. Pages 1-19 in D. Armitage and R. Plummer, editors. Adaptive capacity and environmental governance. Springer, Berlin, Germany. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-12194-4_1

    Radio Universidad de Chile. 2016. Las 15 demandas que la Mesa Provincial Chiloé exige para poner fin al conflicto. 08 May. https://radio.uchile.cl/2016/05/08/las-15-demandas-que-la-mesa-provincial-de-chiloe-exige-para-poner-fin-a-conflicto/

    Red Tide Committee. 2016. Reporte final Marea Roja. http://www.subpesca.cl/portal/616/articles-95146_documento.pdf

    Román, A., J. Barton, B. Bustos, and A. Salazar. 2016. Revolución Salmonera, paradojas y transformaciones territoriales en Chiloé. RIL Editores, Santiago, Chile.

    San Martin, V. A., F. Vasquez Lavín, R. D. Ponce Oliva, X. P. Lerdón, A. Rivera, L. Serramalera, and S. Gelcich. 2020. Exploring the adaptive capacity of the mussel mariculture industry in Chile. Aquaculture 519:734856. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquaculture.2019.734856

    Servicio Nacional de Pesca y Acuicultura (SERNAPESCA). 2024. Mujeres y hombres en el Sector Pesquero y Acuicultor de Chile 2024 . SERNAPESCA, Valparaíso, Chile. https://www.sernapesca.cl/app/uploads/2024/12/Mujeres-y-Hombres-en-el-sector-pesq-y-acui-2024.pdf

    Shaffril, H. A. M., A. Abu Samah, and J. L. D’Silva. 2017. Climate change: social adaptation strategies for fishermen. Marine Policy 81:256-261. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2017.03.031

    Tafon, R., B. Glavovic, F. Saunders, and M. Gilek. 2022. Oceans of conflict: pathways to an ocean sustainability PACT. Planning Practice and Research 37(2):213-230. https://doi.org/10.1080/02697459.2021.1918880

    Tam, J., T. Waring, S. Gelcich, K. M. A. Chan, and T. Satterfield. 2021. Measuring behavioral social learning in a conservation context: Chilean fishing communities. Conservation Science and Practice 3(1):e336. https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.336

    Tarrow, S. 1998. Power in movement: social movements and contentious politics. Cambridge University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511813245

    Thomas, E. H. 2018. Crisis and catastrophe on Chiloé: collective memory and the (re)framing of an environmental disaster. Cultural Dynamics 30(3):199-213. https://doi.org/10.1177/0921374018795236

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., and G. García-López. 2018. Social movements as key actors in governing the commons: evidence from community-based resource management cases across the world. Global Environmental Change 53:114-126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.09.005

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., and G. García-López. 2021a. Decommonisation-commonisation dynamics and social movements. Chapter 13 in P. K. Nayak, editor. Making commons dynamic: understanding change through commonisation and decommonisation. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429028632-17

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., and G. A. García-López. 2021b. Commons movements: old and new trends in rural and urban contexts. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 46(1):511-543. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-012220-102307

    Villamayor-Tomas, S., G. García-López, and G. D’Alisa. 2022. Social movements and commons: in theory and in practice. Ecological Economics 194:107328. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107328

    Vincent, K. 2007. Uncertainty in adaptive capacity and the importance of scale. Global Environmental Change 17(1):12-24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2006.11.009

    Walker, B. H., S. R. Carpenter, J. Rockstrom, A.-S. Crépin, and G. D. Peterson. 2012. Drivers, “slow” variables, “fast” variables, shocks, and resilience. Ecology and Society 17(3):30. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-05063-170330

    Whitney, C. K., N. J. Bennett, N. C. Ban, E. H. Allison, D. Armitage, J. Blythe, J. M. Burt, W. Cheung, E. M. Finkbeiner, M. Kaplan-Hallam, I. Perry, N. J. Turner, and L. Yumagulova. 2017. Adaptive capacity: from assessment to action in coastal social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 22(2):22. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09325-220222

    Corresponding author:
    Nayadeth Arriagada
    narriaga@uwaterloo.ca
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Summary of the research problem. Figure 1 represents a theoretical exercise of the research problem and not a snapshot of the reality of the case study. <sup>†</sup> Toward a centralized government (Mascareño et al. 2018, Delamaza et al. 2023).

    Fig. 1. Summary of the research problem. Figure 1 represents a theoretical exercise of the research problem and not a snapshot of the reality of the case study. † Toward a centralized government (Mascareño et al. 2018, Delamaza et al. 2023).

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Map of Chiloé Island, southern Chile, showing research sites (5 cities) and surrounding administrative boundaries. Coordinates are shown in geographic format (latitude/longitude) for clarity. The map is projected using the UTM Zone 18S coordinate system for spatial accuracy. Source: Developed using QGIS 3.40.9, with OSM standard data and Natural Earth Data (<a href="https://www.naturalearthdata.com/" target="_new">https://www.naturalearthdata.com/</a>), and additional custom annotations.

    Fig. 2. Map of Chiloé Island, southern Chile, showing research sites (5 cities) and surrounding administrative boundaries. Coordinates are shown in geographic format (latitude/longitude) for clarity. The map is projected using the UTM Zone 18S coordinate system for spatial accuracy. Source: Developed using QGIS 3.40.9, with OSM standard data and Natural Earth Data (https://www.naturalearthdata.com/), and additional custom annotations.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Timeline of the case study and research. SSF = small-scale fishers.

    Fig. 3. Timeline of the case study and research. SSF = small-scale fishers.

    Fig. 3
    Table 1
    Table 1. Dimensions and components of social adaptive capacity. <sup>†</sup> This dimension is presented as integrated within the other adaptive capacity dimensions in the results because it was found to permeate many of its components.

    Table 1. Dimensions and components of social adaptive capacity. † This dimension is presented as integrated within the other adaptive capacity dimensions in the results because it was found to permeate many of its components.

    Dimensions Components
    Learning and knowledge Spaces and platforms for learning
    Knowledge and perceptions of disturbances
    Perceptions of risk
    Diversity of knowledge and information sources
    Recognition of causality and human agency
    Flexibility and diversity Livelihood and income diversity
    Livelihood opportunities
    Attachment to occupation
    Dependence on natural resources and fisheries
    Willingness to change
    Access to assets† Community infrastructure
    Equity, rights, and access to resources
    Institutions and governance Capacity to organize
    Gender relations
    Levels of trust, social capital, and networks
    Participation and quality of decision making
    Local environmental institutions
    Planning capacity
    Monitoring and enforcement mechanisms
    Adaptive governance and management
    Based on Folke et al. 2003, Bennett et al. 2014, Whitney et al. 2017, Cinner et al. 2018.
    Table 2
    Table 2. Definition of critical concepts. The definitions presented in this table are a synthesis developed by the authors based on the cited references in the first column (theoretical tradition).

    Table 2. Definition of critical concepts. The definitions presented in this table are a synthesis developed by the authors based on the cited references in the first column (theoretical tradition).

    Theoretical tradition Concept Definition
    Social-ecological systems (SES)
    (Folke et al. 2003, Gunderson 2003, Nayak et al. 2016, Kaplan-Hallam et al. 2017)
    Trends External or internal drivers of gradual, ongoing change in social, ecological, political, or economic conditions
    Shocks External or internal drivers of rapid, dramatic change in social, ecological, political, or economic conditions
    Crisis Interactions between shocks and trends that challenge adaptive capacity
    Social movements theory (Tarrow 1998); commons movements (Villamayor-Tomas and García-López 2018, 2021a, 2021b, Villamayor-Tomas et al. 2022); ocean conflict (Tafon et al. 2022) Conflict Interactive, dynamic, deep-rooted, or emergent disagreement among local groups, institutions, or communities over contested claims
    Contentious collective action When ordinary people organize themselves with allies and confront elites or authorities over contested claims, using different action repertoires
    Social movement Sustained contentious collective action with a shared purpose and alternative agendas.
    Table 3
    Table 3. Interview participants’ description.

    Table 3. Interview participants’ description.

    Females (ages 28–75) Males (ages 28–75)
    Fisher union leader 3
    Divers and fishers 1 1
    Regional authority 1
    City mayor 3
    City counselor 2
    Political organization 2 3
    Social organization 1 2
    NGO 2 2
    Local academic 1
    Indigenous leader 2
    Public sector worker 2
    8 20
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    adaptive capacity; Chiloé; Chilotean May; coastal governance; multiple stressors; red tide; salmon farming; social conflict; social movements; social-ecological systems

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 11 Research

    Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance

    Bilalova, S., N. Valin, A. F. Burchard-Levine, A. K. Gerlak, D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, D. H. Geagea, J. K. L. Koehler, J. Newig, R. Singh, H. Porada, and J. Rodríguez Ros. 2025. Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):11. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16279-300411
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Shahana BilalovaORCIDcontact author, Shahana Bilalova
      Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam; Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
    • Nina ValinORCIDcontact author, Nina Valin
      Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam; IFRO, Copenhagen University
    • Alejandra Francisca Burchard-LevineORCIDcontact author, Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine
      Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
    • Andrea K. GerlakORCID, Andrea K. Gerlak
      School of Geography, Development and Environment, University of Arizona; Udall Center for Studies in Public Policy
    • Dave HuitemaORCIDcontact author, Dave Huitema
      Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
    • Nicolas W. JagerORCID, Nicolas W. Jager
      Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
    • Dona H. GeageaORCID, Dona H. Geagea
      Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
    • Johanna K.L. KoehlerORCID, Johanna K.L. Koehler
      Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research
    • Jens NewigORCID, Jens Newig
      Institute of Sustainability Governance, Leuphana University Lüneburg
    • Radhika SinghORCID, Radhika Singh
      Climate Security Specialist, Alliance of Bioversity International and CIAT
    • Hannah PoradaORCID, Hannah Porada
      CEDLA Centre for Latin American Research and Documentation, University of Amsterdam
    • Javier Rodríguez RosJavier Rodríguez Ros
      Public Administration and Policy Group, Wageningen University and Research; Joint Research Unit "Water Management, Actors, Territories (UMR G-EAU)", French National Research Institute for Sustainable Development (IRD)

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Bilalova, S., N. Valin, A. F. Burchard-Levine, A. K. Gerlak, D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, D. H. Geagea, J. K. L. Koehler, J. Newig, R. Singh, H. Porada, and J. Rodríguez Ros. 2025. Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance. Ecology and Society 30(4):11.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16279-300411

  • Introduction
  • Methodology: A Reflexive Process
  • Defining Water Governance Paradigms
  • Functionality: Paradigms As a “Source Code”
  • Watch Me, Or See Me Not: The Actors Involved in Paradigms
  • Temporal and Spatial Dimensions of Water Governance Paradigms
  • The Power of Paradigms and Paradigms of Power
  • Agenda Forward
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agenda-setting; normative ideas; paradigms; power dynamics; reflexivity; water governance
    Now you see me, now you don’t: the role and relevance of paradigms in water governance
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16279.pdf
    Research, part of a special feature on The Next Wave in Water Governance

    ABSTRACT

    Current understandings of water governance rely on a multitude of paradigms, defined as normative ideas collectively held by actor groups. These ideas shape how water challenges are framed and addressed; however, the ways in which paradigms influence governance processes and evolve across contexts remain underexplored. Reflecting on the role of paradigms in water governance enables a better understanding of the driving forces behind the implementation of certain water governance arrangements, their international spread, and what interests, politico-economic stakes or power dynamics are at play. This agenda-setting paper is a first attempt to bring together diverse insights on the role and functions of paradigms from various conceptual lenses to inspire more reflexive scholarly engagement with paradigms. Our approach is based on a four-year, iterative, interdisciplinary collaboration involving workshops and virtual labs with scholars from diverse backgrounds. From this process, we identify ten key agenda items for future research. These items highlight critical gaps and recommendations for scholars in the water governance field—such as the underexplored role of paradigms in shaping power relations, the neglect of contextual variation, and the marginalization of alternative epistemologies- which may also hold relevance for practitioners at times. Together, they provide both a conceptual foundation and practical direction for scholars and practitioners seeking to better understand and navigate the paradigm-driven dynamics of water governance.

    INTRODUCTION

    Given the persistent global water crisis, never in modern history has there been a more pressing demand for effective water governance (Woodhouse and Muller 2017, Ovink et al. 2023, United Nations 2023). To address this crisis, a wide range of governance approaches is rapidly spreading across the globe, yet no common understanding exists of how water governance “works” or how it interacts with today’s complex systems.

    Water governance refers to the governance of water resources, a highly multidisciplinary field that is closely interdependent with key sectors such as energy, agriculture, and the economy. Water resources encompass the sources of water available for human and ecosystem use, essential for drinking water, agriculture, industry, sanitation, and environmental sustainability (Gleick 1996). Whereas water management involves “activities of analyzing and monitoring, developing and implementing measures to keep the state of a water resource within desirable bounds” (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2012:25), the framework for such management is set by water governance. Governance is considered here as an act of steering the economy and society (Pierre and Peters 2020), involving decision-making among actors concerned with a collective problem, which leads to the creation, reinforcement, or change of institutions.

    Water governance structures, approaches, and instruments do not emerge in isolation. Rather, they come from a collective and discursive identification of certain problems, which stimulates a need for action in the political agenda, potentially leading to specific governance choices. Such ideas on how to collectively govern water have merged into what we consider today as “major paradigms of water governance” (Challies and Newig 2022). These paradigms represent the ideational underpinnings of current approaches to water governance (NEWAVE n.d.). Paradigms in water governance not only reflect society’s water governance needs, objectives, and means but may also play a role in shaping them, e.g., through the focus on policymaking and the allocation of resources. Although researchers have helped conceptualize paradigms (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006, Moss 2010, Baird et al. 2021) and study the implications and prescriptions of water governance paradigms (e.g., Harsha 2012, Chomba et al. 2017, Tantoh and Simatele 2017, Warner et al. 2017, Lebel et al. 2020), there remains a need to delve deeper into the role of these paradigms, which often remains implicit, needing to be examined in terms of their function and power in shaping water governance outcomes.

    Some of the paradigms that have been extensively addressed in the literature include integrated approaches to water management, such as integrated water resource management (IWRM) and integrated river basin management[1] (e.g., García 2008), adaptive management (e.g., Varady et al. 2016), hydraulic mission (e.g., Molle et al. 2009), and water security[2] (e.g., Bakker and Morinville 2013) (Table 1). More recently, newer water governance paradigms have become prominent, such as “rights for nature” (e.g., Harden-Davies et al. 2020) and “remunicipalisation”[3] (e.g., Geagea et al. 2023), highlighting that paradigms become trends as to what is considered “good water governance,” and solutions to tackle past governance discrepancies (Bréthaut and Schweizer 2018).

    From an ontological perspective,[4] water governance paradigms have the power to assert certain worlds while making others invisible. Engaging with a plurality of ontological perspectives thus becomes essential for unpacking the power that certain paradigms hold in defining water governance priorities and legitimizing particular solutions (Blaser 2009, Flaminio 2021). Questioning how one “sees the world” plays a role in understanding how and why certain water governance paradigms are valued above others and thus hold more power in shaping reality. For example, water security has become an important paradigm through a “security” lens from the 2000s onward, influencing global programs by bilateral and international organizations to advance a human security and risk management approach to water governance.

    This agenda-setting paper responds to the need for greater critical reflection on water governance paradigms by examining their roles, dynamics, and impacts on both past and contemporary governance. Although insights into the paradigms of water governance exist, they are often fragmented and examined through diverse and sometimes disconnected conceptual lenses. By bringing these insights together, this paper offers a first attempt to initiate a dialogue across these lenses and provide a more integrated understanding of the role of paradigms in water governance. In equipping scholars with a more holistic perspective on paradigms, it aims to foster reflexivity within the academic community and to encourage researchers to explicitly articulate the types and natures of paradigms they engage with. To follow our example from above, if a researcher adopts a risk-based approach, they tend to implicitly engage with the water security paradigm. To support such reflection and ultimately enhance reflexivity, this paper proposes a research agenda that addresses gaps in our understanding of water governance paradigms and their scholarly treatment.

    To guide our exploration, we draw from the literature to examine three key questions. First, we inquire into how we can define water governance paradigms—what conceptual frameworks we can employ. Second, we investigate where, why, and how paradigms matter in the practices of governing water, as well as their significance in this context. Third, we explore how actors, spatial and temporal scales, and power dynamics shape the evolution, implementation, and diffusion of water governance paradigms. We argue that it is important to study the actors involved in promoting, shaping, reproducing, and implementing water governance paradigms, spatial reach and temporal dynamics of the paradigms, as well as the power issues involved. This can allow a better understanding of the driving forces behind the implementation of certain water governance arrangements, their international diffusion, and what interests, politico-economic stakes, or power dynamics are at play. In examining these questions, we identify key issues that should be prioritized in a future research agenda on water governance paradigms.

    Working toward a better understanding of water governance paradigms emerged as one of the goals of the Next Water Governance network (NEWAVE) (NEWAVE n.d.). NEWAVE is composed of a diverse group of scholars and practitioners from various disciplines who critically reflect on current water governance trajectories around the world. In discussing these trajectories, it became clear that paradigms of water governance are understood and articulated in diverse ways, depending on the discipline, epistemological approach, and geographical grounding of the people involved. Consequently, the perspectives represented within this paper are as varied as the author team itself, who come from different theoretical and epistemological standpoints. This paper intentionally does not follow a single theoretical or conceptual lens; rather, it reflects a multitude of lenses, drawing from political ecology, decolonial thought, and governance studies, among others. This multiplicity aligns with our commitment to offering a comprehensive and nuanced reflection of water governance paradigms, representing the diversity of viewpoints within the author team. The selection of literature and perspectives is also a product of the authors’ positionalities, reflecting our collective experiences and expertise in the field that we brought together through various working meetings between 2021 and 2023.

    METHODOLOGY: A REFLEXIVE PROCESS

    This paper results from a four-year, iterative, interdisciplinary, and collaborative process, gathering junior and senior scholars from various disciplines in the field of water governance. The core group is composed of seven early-stage researchers and their supervisors, focusing on various water governance paradigms under different epistemologies as part of their research projects.

    The methodological approach used was qualitative and grounded in principles of co-production of knowledge. This included: (1) fostering cognitive, normative, and relational reflexivity within the group and engaging in continuous reflection on our positionality as researchers (see Ligtermoet et al. 2025); (2) valuing diverse epistemologies to study and understand water governance, thereby promoting mutual learning and reciprocity (see Tengö et al. 2014); (3) drawing attention to the context in which knowledge is produced, and to the power dynamics and institutional biases that may arise when certain forms of knowledge become dominant (see Mauser et al. 2013); and (4) incorporating iterative cycles of discussion and revision through retreats, virtual meetings, and workshops (see Lang et al. 2012).

    In practice, our collaborative process was structured around three in-person workshops, which were complemented by recurring online meetings (“virtual labs”) led by different researchers from our group on a monthly basis between 2021 and 2022. The workshops functioned as 2-3 day retreats designed to offer space for open-ended discussions, to mutually learn about our different understandings of water paradigms, and to identify main themes for our analysis.

    The first retreat (Germany, April 2021) enabled all researchers to situate themselves epistemologically regarding their approach to paradigms in water governance. The group represented a diversity of approaches, such as institutionalist and agency perspectives, political ecology, policy translation, and feminist and decolonial lenses on water governance paradigms. Building on these experiences, the workshop aimed to interrogate research gaps concerning paradigmatic thinking in water governance by bringing together our different branches of literature and reflecting on possible blind spots in the literature. From conversations and screenings of the literature emerged a shared willingness to explore how power dynamics shape what is researched and discussed in water governance. As some paradigms become dominant while others are marginalized, we asked: what do these paradigms reveal, and what remains hidden? This also led us to identify a need to draw attention to paradigms as a means to enhance reflexivity in water governance literature.

    Following up on these questions, the second retreat (Spain, September 2022) started with a mapping exercise of known dominant paradigms in the literature. This was followed by a reflection on our individual Ph.D. research and what perspectives our projects bring on water governance paradigms. This allowed the production of conceptual themes of reflection around paradigms, such as:

    • The definition and nomenclature of water governance paradigms,
    • Their functional and transformational roles,
    • The actors and power relations embedded within them,
    • Their temporal dynamics and spatial/institutional scales.

    This stage involved recursive cycles of construction, deconstruction, and integration, anchoring our conceptual work in both empirical observations and theoretical pluralism.

    Finally, the third retreat (Germany, April 2023) served as a consolidation phase. Participants collaboratively synthesized findings section-by-section, reflecting on the narrative arc and analytical coherence of the work, and jointly refining the contribution and implications.

    Throughout the process, the group maintained an open-ended and inclusive ethos, treating emerging ideas and frameworks as provisional and subject to ongoing critique. The virtual labs as well as the retreats allowed continuity of the process and regularly gave each author the chance to disagree or bring new elements to the table. The various group activities were hosted by different members of the group to distribute the workload and to experience different leadership. The methodology was thus not only a means of inquiry but also a space of epistemic reflexivity and scholarly community-building. This methodology model may not be easily replicable, as it requires time and stable funding, institutional support, and scheduling flexibility.

    Limitations must be acknowledged here, as despite the diversity of our group in terms of epistemologies and backgrounds, the findings are derived from a specific group of researchers, shaped by their disciplinary, cultural, and institutional contexts. Our conceptualizations of paradigms may have missed broader global or practitioner perspectives, particularly from the Global South or non-academic stakeholders.

    DEFINING WATER GOVERNANCE PARADIGMS

    Before we examine the different aspects of governance paradigms, it is essential to understand the underlying concept of a paradigm itself. This section explores the evolution of the concept of a paradigm within the context of water governance, drawing on foundational theories and recent developments in the field, while highlighting its significance for the cognitive and normative dimensions of water governance practices.

    The notion of “paradigm” can be traced back to Kuhn’s (1962) work on scientific progress. Various analogous concepts have been used in academic literature to imply the same function of a paradigm and are thus at times employed interchangeably. Such terms include “ideas on steroids” (Baumgartner 2014:476), “policy ideas” (Daigneault 2014:482), “nirvana concepts” (Molle 2008), “trends” (Bréthaut and Schweizer 2018), or even “imaginaries” (Jasanoff and Kim 2015). Hall (1993:279) extends the concept to a “policy paradigm” and argues that policymakers work within “a framework of ideas and standards that specifies not only the goal of policy and the kind of instruments that can be used to attain them but also the very nature of the problems they are meant to be addressing.”

    Concerning water, Pahl-Wostl et al. (2006:6) have put forward a similar definition of “water management paradigms,” referring to “a set of basic assumptions about the nature of the system to be managed, the goals of management and the ways in which these management goals can be achieved.” In their understanding, a paradigm is held in common by an “epistemic community” (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006:6), or any other kind of group of actors involved in water management. It is said to become visible through “artifacts”[5] (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006:6) ranging from infrastructure to planning approaches, but also policies and practices.

    Drawing from this foundational work, we define a governance paradigm as a set of more or less coherent normative ideas intersubjectively held by groups of actors about the problématiques[6] that require intervention, corresponding governance objectives, and appropriate means to achieve them. As such, paradigms involve (1) collectively held ideas about reality and the problems (cognitive frames, mental models, imaginaries, etc.), (2) actors related to the problem and its resolution (both state and non-state actors within governance networks), and (3) objectives (the ends and means that aim to solve the identified water-related problématiques).

    Although paradigms serve as more or less cohesive prisms for viewing both problems and solutions, they may also be used strategically in agenda-setting by actor groups (Challies and Newig 2022) to benefit their interests or to sideline other groups’ interests (Molle 2008). Their circulation can shape local policies beyond functional necessity (Blatter and Ingram 2000). Thus, governance paradigms refer to “the whole range of institutions and relationships involved in the process of governing” (Pierre and Peters 2020:1). This includes formal institutions, such as laws, official policies, and organizational structures, as well as informal institutions, the power relations and practices that have developed, and the rules that are followed in practice (Huitema et al. 2009).

    As such, water governance paradigms encompass a wide range of cognitive-normative frameworks that influence water policy. These frameworks shape and are fundamentally shaped by different conceptualizations of water, whether as a common good requiring collective stewardship, a human right, or an economic commodity subject to market forces (Bakker 2007, Sultana and Loftus 2015, Vinciguerra 2024).

    FUNCTIONALITY: PARADIGMS AS A “SOURCE CODE”

    To effectively navigate the complexities of water governance, it is important to understand the role that paradigms play within these systems. This section examines how paradigms act as foundational frameworks in water governance, playing a role in shaping the intent, identity, and operational dynamics of governance structures. However, paradigms are neither static nor singular; multiple paradigms unfold, compete, and layer on top of each other simultaneously, and they are interconnected with the contexts in which they operate. Both paradigms and context co-evolve over time.

    Taking a systems thinking perspective, paradigms can be seen as the “source code” of a system, a backbone determining a system’s intent and identity leading to the emergence of rules, norms, values, and goals on which the system is based (Meadow 1999, Abson et al. 2017). In that sense, paradigms play a role in both problem-framing and providing solutions (Challies and Newig 2022). Interpretive frameworks embedded in paradigms guide decisions about appropriate policy goals respective to perceived problems and which instruments to implement to attain these goals (Hall 1993). Because paradigms also provide clear and distinct ideas about how to govern, they influence governance structures and practices on how formal institutions are set up and maintained, and the mandates they work toward (Kern et al. 2014).

    As Molle (2008) suggests, paradigms often manifest in the form of “nirvana concepts,” which represent idealized, universally accepted solutions that obscure the complexities of real-world governance. Paradigms function together with “narratives” that frame how problems are understood, and “policy models” that offer actionable frameworks for addressing them. This trio of concepts (paradigms, narratives, and policy models) demonstrates how governance frameworks are shaped not only by ideals but also by the strategic simplifications that help align diverse actors around specific approaches to water management.

    To exemplify how paradigms translate into political action in water governance, Table 1 presents a loose, non-exhaustive list of diverse and impactful example paradigms, along with details on the problems they highlight, their preferred solutions, the governance structures they envision, and their normative social, economic, and ecological goals. These three paradigms—hydraulic mission, adaptive governance, and rights of nature—were selected for comparison because they exemplify contrasting approaches to understanding and managing water. Each represents a distinct historical trajectory, ontological stance, and normative commitment. Whereas the hydraulic mission relies on positivist science and engineering, and adaptive water governance draws on ideas from social-ecological resilience, the rights of nature is rooted in eco-centric and Indigenous worldviews. Based on these different stances, the paradigms arrive at completely different prescriptions for the governance of the same water resources. For instance, the paradigm of the hydraulic mission aims at full control over water through large-scale water resource development planned and implemented by centralized, top-down, and technocratic decision-making mechanisms (Molle et al. 2009). In contrast, the adaptive water governance paradigm rejects the hydraulic mission’s underlying belief in calculability and complete human control. Instead, it emphasizes decentralized, participatory management processes that involve learning by doing and experimentation (Chaffin et al. 2014). These ultimately also lead to substantive tensions and trade-offs between normative goals: for instance, between efficiency and equity, or between economic growth and ecological integrity.

    When paradigms are adopted and translated, they have the potential to influence problem perceptions, transform governance structures, and determine which instruments are implemented. However, it is important to recognize that these functional aspects are not entirely context-free. The context in which a paradigm operates plays a significant role in shaping its development and application. Contextual factors such as cultural norms, socioeconomic conditions, and historical legacies influence how paradigms are formulated, interpreted, and adapted.

    Despite their analytical separation, paradigms rarely appear in their pure form in practice. Instead, through operationalization and interpretation within specific contexts, they form conglomerates of past, present, and future ideas that become sedimented in particular governance structures, routines, or institutions. Even where attempts are undertaken to implement fundamental paradigm shifts in water governance, they are confronted with routines, practices, institutions, and material artifacts produced under different ideational contexts. These have their own legacies and lock-ins resulting in persistence, incomplete implementation, and overall, a patchwork of governance solutions (e.g., Abdullaev et al. 2015, Shapiro and Summers 2015, Lukat et al. 2022). This is exemplified by China’s environmental governance reforms since the 1990s, where attempts to address decentralization issues through various measures like vertical management reforms, environmental transfer payments, and monitoring systems have resulted in a hybrid system combining both centralized and decentralized elements (Chen et al. 2022). Such dynamics are often regarded through lenses of messiness (Whaley 2022) or institutional bricolage, highlighting the ways in which governance actors patch together institutions in changing situations, based on previous experiences and institutions (Lukat et al. 2022). This might lead to situations where paradigms are adapted merely symbolically; for example, Biswas (2008) argues that the operationalization of IWRM has been symbolic in several contexts as actors and institutions continue doing what they were doing previously, but under the umbrella of a popular paradigm to obtain both funding and greater acceptability and visibility. Therefore, to understand them in their context it appears pertinent to look beyond the mere names of paradigms and to uncover the attached actor structures, scalar dynamics, and power relations.

    WATCH ME, OR SEE ME NOT: THE ACTORS INVOLVED IN PARADIGMS

    Paradigms do not emerge from nowhere; rather, they are embedded in the situated knowledge[7] (Haraway 1988) of human actors who create and circulate them. In this section, we explore the role of actors involved in the creation and diffusion of water governance paradigms and the power dynamics involved. We describe how water governance paradigms often emerge in academia before being adopted and disseminated by epistemic communities comprising actors from governments, civil society, the private sector, and various research disciplines. Within these communities, certain “policy entrepreneurs” promote a given paradigm in specific venues to actors that are receptive to implementing it. Although the role of governments in the promotion of paradigms is relatively well understood, more attention needs to be paid to the influence of the private sector, international development sector, and donors in the uptake and circulation of paradigms in water governance, particularly in the Global South.

    A set of actors that play a role in the foundation and implementation of paradigms—often unwittingly—is academics (e.g., Morin 2014). Some governance paradigms find their roots in academic thought. For example, market-oriented thinking hails from economics (e.g., Kalyvas and Katznelson 2001), much of the thought that emphasizes participation can be traced back to social sciences (Newig and Kvarda 2012) and Elinor Ostrom’s thinking on collective action[8] (Ostrom 1990), and paradigms that emphasize holistic or integrated thinking can be traced back to ecology and resilience-based nature-based solutions (see Folke 2006). The process through which these ideas find their way from the scientific community, often through empirical case studies, to policy and governance is long and winding (Voß and Simons 2018) and involves multiple iterations.

    When paradigms first emerge in academia, they are often connected to locally situated sites where novel practices of governance help to test, assess, and “improve” or reject the paradigms. Often, it is academic researchers who conduct the initial empirical research on water governance issues, elaborate on the social implications of the particular paradigm they are developing, and formulate associated policy recommendations. Once the water governance paradigm is regarded as a useful contribution to prevalent governance processes, certain epistemic communities—often collaborations of scientists, practitioners, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and political or economic actors—form around the paradigm to facilitate its movement to other contexts (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2006). To promote the paradigm, they might highlight only the positive or successful experiences in adopting the paradigm and downplay negative experiences. These epistemic communities are also sometimes referred to as discourse coalitions (Hajer 1997), advocacy coalitions, or constituencies (Voß and Simons 2014).

    Within these epistemic communities, “policy entrepreneurs”[9] (Huitema and Meijerink 2009) or ambassadors (De Oliveira 2021) develop or attach themselves to new ideas; experiment with them to corroborate their value; sell them by linking them to existing problem frames, networks, and coalitions; and identify venues for their propagation. Such channels include transnational networks that form around a common paradigm—a common idea of water governance. These networks may gather in different arenas, such as conferences—where actors are involved in setting or breaking water governance agendas—or through influential water reports that are used to reinforce or adjust the “branding” of a paradigm (e.g., Ovink et al. 2023, United Nations 2023). To give an example, the European Commission and its experts have been referred to as “policy entrepreneurs” for the way they translated the IWRM paradigm into a legislative proposal: the European Water Framework Directive (Valin and Huitema 2023). Different levels or branches of government (local, regional, national, supranational) or sectors of society may be more receptive than others to new ideas, leading policy entrepreneurs to engage in “venue shopping” to promote the paradigm.

    Within this process of promotion and implementation, the role of government actors has been well documented (e.g., Suhardiman et al. 2015, Allouche 2017, Lee et al. 2022). Yet, other actors also play a role in the shaping and implementation of paradigms, although they have received less attention in research, including civil society (e.g., Elfithri et al. 2019, Shields et al. 2021), international non-governmental organizations (e.g., Chikozho and Kujinga 2017), scientific communities (e.g., Pahl-Wostl 2020), citizens and residents (e.g., Chomba et al. 2017), multinational corporations (e.g., Pahl-Wostl 2019), and global private environmental consultancy firms (e.g., Bouteligier 2011).

    The process of paradigm emergence and circulation is often politically charged and influenced by power relations. In the literature on water governance, private actors are increasingly being seen as focal actors in the promotion and implementation of water governance paradigms (e.g., Mills-Novoa and Hermoza 2017, Elder and Gerlak 2024). It has been argued that this is a result of entrenched neoliberalism promoting techno-managerialism and public-private partnership models as well as the rise of austerity regimes that facilitate the role of private sector involvement in water management (Geagea et al. 2023, Kaika et al. 2024). Private sector involvement does not involve only water companies, but also private consultancy firms with roles in environmental policy diffusion, transfer, translation, and circulation (see Burchard-Levine et al. 2024). For instance, Leitner et al. (2018:6) reveal how global consultancies like AECOM and Arup promote best-practice tools for assessing resilience, thereby “spreading an urban resilience gospel” that ultimately introduces a technical and managerial approach to urban resilience that privileges the private sector. Bakker (2010) argues that the promotion of private-sector paradigms is most concentrated (and contested) in large cities in the Global South countries, where the widespread lack of access to networked water supplies is seen as a global crisis.

    International funding and donor organizations also play a crucial role in the circulation of paradigms. Huitema and Meijerink (2010) call attention to the role of these actors, particularly in the context of the Global South, where they exert more influence on paradigm adoption than in industrialized countries of the Global North. It has been documented that donor organizations such as the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Inter-American Development Bank, and the Asian Development Bank played a crucial role in shaping water policy transitions in countries including Indonesia, Mexico, Tanzania, Thailand, and Turkey (Huitema et al. 2011). As a condition for obtaining financial support, these organizations call for fundamental changes in governance regimes and often the adoption of certain paradigms such as privatization (transfer of ownership and control of a service to the private sector) or decentralization (transfer of an activity to several authorities). The authors emphasize the role of “shadow networks” that consist of actors operating on the peripheries or outside conventional power structures. They play a crucial role in paradigm development and demonstration of paradigm viability, although they depend on collaboration with formal policy networks to translate paradigms into tangible changes in governance. In several instances, powerful place-based and transnational actor-networks, such as those involved in mining sectors, mobilize “universal” paradigms that depoliticize and naturalize certain approaches to govern water, which then stabilize the hydro-social order to serve their interests (Ahlers and Zwarteveen 2009). However, these can be promoted unintentionally, especially where technical solutions play a major role in paradigm setting and actors do not necessarily realize the political implications of adopting certain paradigms.

    In conclusion, several actors are involved in different points of paradigm emergence, growth, circulation, and application. Although academia is more active in the initial development of a water governance paradigm, actors in governments, the private sector, and civil society may adopt the paradigm if it aligns with overarching interests. Certain individuals may play an outsize role in promoting the paradigm in prominent venues and arenas and help facilitate funding and resources to actors that may want to apply the paradigm in policy and governance. Across the world, but particularly in the Global South, the private sector, international development organizations, and donors may leverage their influence to ensure the uptake and application of the paradigm in a given context. Identifying relevant actors, their interests, and the tools they use across the “lifecycle” of a water governance paradigm can enable a closer analysis of why and how certain paradigms have attained the influence that they have.

    TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL DIMENSIONS OF WATER GOVERNANCE PARADIGMS

    Governance paradigms in the water domain travel across space and time: think of the way new approaches to governance can become popular on the basis of certain iconic examples and then start being copied elsewhere. These spatial and temporal dynamics are worth examining, as it is increasingly clear that the processes of emergence, proving, international adoption, and implementation of such paradigms are anything but straightforward. As we will further put to light, these processes are fraught with power differences, diverging abilities to produce or “proof” paradigms, and changes (great and small) in the way paradigms are interpreted, and can be affected by either careful attention to a local context or gross neglect of the same.

    Although the issue of scales,[10] at least spatial ones, is well acknowledged in water governance (e.g., Cook et al. 2013, Newig et al. 2016, Norman et al. 2016, Albrecht and Gerlak 2022), it is rarely discussed in the context of water governance paradigms (e.g., Cohen and Davidson 2011). Understanding these dynamics is crucial for uncovering how paradigms influence policy decisions and governance practices across different contexts and timeframes. Against this backdrop, our writing has a more speculative character, and this section will examine: (1) scales within paradigms—whether and how water governance paradigms explicitly address or problematize spatial or temporal dimensions; (2) paradigms within scales—whether and how water governance paradigms reflect the convictions and problems of particular times and places and are thus “typical” for certain eras; and, relatedly, (3) paradigms across scales—whether and how paradigms develop over time and spread across space.

    1. Scales within paradigms: Do paradigms explicitly address space and time?

    When it comes to the notion of space,[11] water governance faces a particular issue in which hydrological systems rarely fit the political-administrative scales of states and regions. Paradigms treat this issue in varied ways. Integration-oriented paradigms (e.g., IWRM, river basin approach, transboundary water management, and to some extent also the debate on adaptive water governance) are most outspoken and make explicit prescriptions about scales: the scale at which problems emerge is also the scale at which they must be addressed, and institutions must be adapted to this logic. As Schlager and Blomquist (2008:1) succinctly summarized: “For the last 25 years, prescriptions of the water policy literature have centered upon two themes. The first is that ‛the watershed’ is the appropriate scale for organizing water resource management. The second is that since watersheds are regions to which political jurisdictions almost never correspond, and watershed-scale decision-making structures do not usually exist, they should be created.”

    However, these ideas are not without critique. Molle (2009) shows quite clearly that the idea to align problem and solution scales is impossible to realize in practice, if only because water is a multidimensional resource and the scale at which one problem (e.g., related to fisheries) often does not match with the scale at which another issue (e.g., water quality) emerges. He also demonstrates how river basin management is mainly a discursive ploy and that those advancing it tend to favor particular outcomes that they hope will be better served in new institutional settings. Schlager and Blomquist (2008) suggest the same but also argue that institutional engineering in the direction of river basin organizations breaks existing bonds between voters, citizens, and government, replacing visible and known government entities for unknown new entities. Although these issues are well known (Huitema and Meijerink 2014), the lure of integration remains strong.

    There are also subtler ways in which space plays a role in water governance paradigms. It is, for instance, clear that approaches such as collaborative, participatory, and community governance rely on a clear preference for local problem-solving. At this scale, actors involved can interact regularly and develop mutual understandings of each other’s interests, levels of trust and solidarity can emerge, and there is a track record of preserving water resources in a sustainable way (Ostrom 1986).

    Surprisingly enough, the issue of time[12] is not integrated into many water governance paradigms, leaving hydrological time frames rather unaddressed (e.g., seasonal precipitation patterns, time—up to decades—that aquifers need to restore). Water governance paradigms revolving around adaptation (e.g., adaptive governance, resilience thinking) are premised on explicit notions of development over time—for instance, in the form of the resilience cycle, which suggests that social-ecological systems go through loops in which management approaches, often based on simplified understandings of the system, yield results for a while, are applied more intensively, but eventually break down and need to be reorganized or transformed (Holling 1985). However, much of the thinking in these paradigms is about experimentation and learning to probe deeper into the dynamics of the social-ecological systems, thus allowing the parties involved to get ahead of potential collapse, or to experiment their way toward better approaches.

    2. Are water governance paradigms “typical” for certain periods or places?

    It is not hard to see that water paradigms do reflect the time and places in which they have emerged, and certain attitudes and cultures of dealing with the environment (Franco-Torres 2021). The hydraulic paradigm, with its emphasis on taming water, appropriating it for human use, and centralized decision-making, aligns with the industrial age of the late 19th century—a period of nation-state building in which large-scale water infrastructure was a source of national pride (Linton 2014). Other, more localized and environmental interests were easily cast aside in the spirit of societal progress, driven by efforts to alleviate poverty, introduce electricity, and provide more predictable water availability for agriculture (Molle et al. 2009).

    This paradigm dominated discussions about water globally for a long time but became increasingly contested from the 1950s onward, as the first signs and later the full emergence of environmental concerns became visible, and democratization gained importance. Initially, this mainly led to resistance and counter-reactions, but later this resulted in a more positive fight against pollution, the recognition of natural values, and a striving for sustainability—often carried in the form of formal state institutions such as environmental legislation (requiring permits), environmental impact assessments, and public participation rights. So, the state was still at bay but was now supposed to have a more balanced (or greener) approach.

    When the critique of the state began to swell in the 1970s and 1980s, the state retreated, and an emphasis on markets and private parties to provide water infrastructure (privatization) on the one hand, and on markets to provide environmental protection (market-based instruments, polluter-pays principles) on the other, emerged (Bakker 2003). Various international organizations, such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and World Bank, actively sought to insert such approaches and principles in water governance debates and were successful to a high degree in shaping water governance practices in various countries (commodification, privatization).

    Finally, the realization that social-ecological systems are inherently complex, and that many approaches to water governance or water resources (such as maximum sustainable yield for fisheries) were essentially based on dangerous simplifications, was brought home by the notion of global change, which transpired from the late 1980s onward. In this context, paradigms such as adaptive governance, resilience thinking, and nature-based solutions could be seen.

    Water governance paradigms did not and do not develop in isolation from the era and place in which they emerged. As we have discussed here, one can already glean that societal goals and priorities have changed over time, that thinking about modes of governance (state, market, community) have also changed, and that greater insight into the complexities of water governance developed in accordance with broader societal developments. But paradigms are also marked by the place in which they have emerged. It has been argued in this context (Gupta 2009) that in the global exchange of ideas on water governance, new paradigms are essentially developed, corroborated, and certified in the Global North, uploaded to global institutions such as the World Bank, and subsequently “downloaded” (in highly unequal power settings) to the Global South, where they often sit awkwardly within existing institutional arrangements.

    3. Up and down with paradigms: How do they develop over time and diffuse in space?

    We do not have many credible conceptual models that can explain how policy paradigms develop over time. The best known publication on policy paradigm change is the one by Hall (1993), who described how British economic and monetary policy went through a fundamental change in the 1970s. Hall suggested that policy change usually reflects ideational change, and that such ideas are present in any policy subsystem at three levels: the level of overarching goals (paradigms), the level of instruments used, and the level of instrument settings. He emphasizes that policy-related learning is important in driving policy change, and that change at the level of instruments is relatively frequent, but that paradigmatic policy change is rare.

    Additionally, it is important to note that multiple paradigms are at times vying for influence over policy. Hall (1993:280) suggests that paradigms compete “because each paradigm contains its own account of how the world facing policymakers operates and each account is different, it is often impossible for the advocates of different paradigms to agree on a common body of data against which a technical judgment in favor of one paradigm over another might be made.” He also indicates that it is difficult to objectively evaluate policy paradigms on scientific grounds alone because the movement from one paradigm to another will ultimately entail a set of judgments that is more political in tone, and the outcome will depend not only on the arguments of competing factions but on their positional advantages within a broader institutional framework (Hall 1993). This is also influenced by who is ultimately seen as a reliable expert, especially on matters of technical complexity. Finally, Hall (1993) suggests that the failure of an existing paradigm helps transition to another one, involving experimentation with new policy that shifts the center of authority and reignites competition between paradigms.

    Several critiques have been leveled at this model, and in particular, the idea that paradigms are incommensurable with each other has drawn the ire of critics (Zittoun 2015). Indeed, if one looks at a paradigm such as IWRM, one sees a hodgepodge of ideas—including the notion that water governance should be at the river basin level, that it should be participatory, and that the polluter should pay. Sharpe et al. (2016), though not offering an analytical model, do suggest that paradigms can obtain a second life by taking over certain ideas from other paradigms, and it would seem that this has happened with IWRM (which was initially mainly a paradigm to do with integration), resulting in a more broadly aimed paradigm.

    One might add that Hall’s model is rather “policy-centric,” meaning that in essence, he assumes that explanations for policy change are to be found in the world of policy and politics, although social-cultural and socioeconomic developments also figure to some degree—for instance, in the form of societal interests that start organizing around particular issues. This means that developments in socio-technical systems are not very explicitly considered, whereas it is quite clear that in the water management field, technical systems or infrastructural choices tend to heavily influence subsequent public decision-making (through sunk costs, for instance, or through scale advantages and impacts on training and expertise) and societal perceptions and demand. Reflecting on these various comments, Groen et al. (2023) show that for German coastal management, it is very hard to switch from flood risk management through hard infrastructure (e.g., dams, dikes) to alternative approaches, such as those that would use natural dynamics (e.g., nature-based solutions) to potentially create similar safety levels. This realization would fit very well with insights from institutional change theory, which suggests that “new institutions” tend to layer on top of already existing arrangements, causing complex interacting patterns, rather than fully displace “old” approaches (Streeck and Thelen 2005, Patterson 2021, Groen et al. 2023).

    THE POWER OF PARADIGMS AND PARADIGMS OF POWER

    In the previous sections, we have discussed different dimensions of water governance paradigms and have unpacked some of their complexity. We have, however, not yet drawn on critical scholarship (e.g., political ecology, feminist approaches) that studies how water governance is inherently political and how water governance research is often “more concerned with promoting particular politically inspired agendas of what water governance should be than with understanding what it actually is” (Zwarteveen et al. 2017:1). In this section, we engage with issues of power to unpack how particular interests are promoted through water governance paradigms (Wesselink et al. 2017). We will first examine the power of paradigms, where we will explore the relationships between the crafting, diffusion, and implementation of these paradigms and how they shape the politics of human-water relations. By analyzing the mechanisms that underpin these paradigms, we aim to illuminate how they create norms and establish authority over water governance practices.

    Following this, we will turn our attention to governance itself as a paradigm of power. Here, we will critically interrogate how governance frameworks often obscure the underlying power dynamics, normalizing certain ideologies while marginalizing others. This dual exploration not only enhances our understanding of how paradigms function but also emphasizes the need for a critical perspective that recognizes the interplay of power, politics, and governance in shaping water management outcomes.

    1. Power of paradigms

    The power of paradigms highlights the relation that exists between the features of crafting, diffusing, and implementing water governance paradigms and how they condition and shape the politics of human-water relations. We find potential in not only combining different interpretive and critical approaches to disentangle the universalizing, normative, and naturalizing dimensions of water governance paradigms (Ingram 2011), but also in identifying and understanding tensions in their implementation and the multiple contestations that arise therein.

    Looking into the power of paradigms allows us to provide nuance to the academic debate around the “successes” and “failures” of water governance paradigms. Understandings of power, as produced by historically established social structures, have contributed to identifying the drive to scale up and universalize water governance “best practices” and general solutions for context-specific problems (Druijff and Kaika 2021, Lukat et al. 2022). Approaches of power as “power to” (instrumental power, agency-based power, etc.) have been typically linked to highlight “success stories” promoted by specific institutions, operationalizing and normalizing water governance paradigms in accordance with their interest. These approaches give insight into the notion of “success” as often defined by the beliefs of those who benefit the most from a paradigm’s implementation. Exploring the agencies of different actors and their capacity to mobilize resources can also provide critical insights into the implementation of water governance paradigms, such as IWRM (Harrison and Mdee 2017) or water privatization (Bieler 2018). For instance, Harrison and Mdee (2017) show how, in Tanzania, narratives of formalization and market-oriented governance are mobilized by urban elites to shift blame for downstream water shortages and pollution onto small-scale farmers upstream who rely on informal irrigation practices. This framing diverts attention from the impacts of other actors—such as urban residents and large-scale users—whose water consumption remains largely unquestioned. As a result, the positive contributions of informal irrigation to rural livelihoods are devalued, and “success” in water governance becomes defined primarily by the interests and perspectives of powerful downstream actors.

    Moreover, the trajectory of a paradigm (e.g., its formulation, adoption, implementation, etc.), as discussed earlier in the Actors section, is often embedded in complex and politically charged relationships between different actor groups. Some groups are particularly “successful” in diffusing hegemonic views through knowledge production, as often argued in post-structuralist research (Gramsci 1971, Foucault 1980, Ekers and Loftus 2008). In addition, approaches of power as “power over” or structural power (Göhler 2009) aim to unveil how domination can be embedded in social structures or institutions via, for instance, norms and roles that can limit individuals’ actions and choices.

    In other terms, specific discourses that aim to “conduct the conduct” of water uses, are conformed to socially shared perspectives and often naturalized through water governance paradigms (Vos and Boelens 2014). Besides consent production, we observe recurrent tensions in the implementation of water governance paradigms and, particularly, in how the materialization of those imaginaries unfold through multiple forms of violence and coercion in particular contexts (Birkenholtz 2009, Marcatelli and Büscher 2019). Whether these are “slow” (Nixon 2011) or explicit, violence and coercion can be rethought through the lens of radical geographies and decolonial and feminist epistemologies (Álvarez and Coolsaet 2018, Christian and Dowler 2019, Toro 2021), largely excluded from current academic understandings of power. These approaches additionally shed light on the emergence of resistance to certain water governance paradigms, through counter-powers or counter-paradigms, and the capacity of the latter to build alternatives to dominant paradigms (Moffat et al. 1991, Miller 2013, Boelens 2022:19).

    2. Paradigm of power

    Our critical inquiry leads us to also question the notion of governance itself as a paradigm of power. Drawing from prior scholarship that has scrutinized the powerful ideas inscribed into governance (e.g., Swyngedouw 2005, Priscoli and Wolf 2009, McGregor 2012, Zwarteveen et al. 2017, Nagendra et al. 2018, Sultana 2018, Micciarelli 2022, Querejazu 2022, Whaley 2022), we can problematize how governance is often understood as the “natural” or “normal” mode to address complex political issues (i.e., water problems). The normalization of governance implies the often unquestioned assumption that it (in contrast to government) allows for more democratic governing practices by involving multiple actors and levels in complex decision-making processes and drawing on pluralistic and inclusive principles of cooperation and polycentricity (Mayntz 2003, Shore 2011, Pahl-Wostl and Knieper 2023). At once, the ideological assumptions, norms, values (notably, neoliberal), knowledge (notably, technical knowledge systems), and truths (e.g., humans must “govern” water; belief in engineering solutions) that derive from the governance paradigm are made invisible (Shore 2011).

    In Table 2, we propose an entry point to complicate and re-politicize water governance and water governance paradigms, providing relevant theoretical perspectives for examining power dynamics that have been introduced throughout this section. For each theoretical perspective, we exemplify ways to analyze forms of power in water governance. This approach is useful from an analytical perspective in hydrosocial studies, as it avoids a reductionist view of paradigms as power-neutral, instead highlighting them as tools and mechanisms for reproducing power dynamics in diverse forms.

    AGENDA FORWARD

    Here, we identify 10 agenda items that should be prioritized in a future research agenda on water governance paradigms. These agenda items have been carefully curated on the basis of our conceptual and empirical inquiries in this paper to shed light on various dimensions and challenges within water governance. Our agenda items draw explicitly from our findings on how water governance paradigms fulfill specific functions, evolve over time and space, and experience or exert power pressures from diverse groups of actors. The items are intended to address the gaps we identified and provide a more comprehensive understanding of water governance paradigms for researchers and practitioners. Ultimately, they aim to inspire research and promote critical reflection within both research and praxis in the field of water governance. By outlining this agenda forward, we hope to contribute to the development of more reflexive water governance practices and ultimately, more transdisciplinary approaches where communities and actors are engaged more fully in water governance paradigms research.

    1. Paradigms act as a “source code” for decision-making processes and governance practices. A deeper understanding of water governance therefore necessitates researchers to identify and examine what paradigms are underpinning and influencing the core norms, values, and goals of the broader system. This entails a closer look at both the functionality of paradigms (as we discuss in the Functionality section) and also how power is realized in the implementation of different paradigms (as seen in the previous section).
    2. A comprehensive understanding of water governance paradigms necessitates an integrated examination of socioeconomic, political, geographical, temporal, and cultural contexts. The importance of context in the adoption and implementation of paradigms is a theme that runs across this entire paper. Researchers and practitioners alike must recognize the significance of these contextual factors and study them systematically, as they influence the development of paradigms, the implementation of governance practices, and the alignment with ecological time frames, thereby shaping governance approaches over time.
    3. The necessity and effectiveness of paradigms in enhancing water governance have been largely understudied, perhaps due to the complexity of this enterprise, as highlighted in this paper. However, this topic requires further investigation by researchers, especially on the power of paradigms, as discussed in the previous section, to avoid the pitfall of considering certain paradigms a “success” without acknowledging a success “of what” and “for whom.”
    4. It is important for both researchers and practitioners to identify which strategies are used by which actors (as outlined in the Actors section) to advance particular paradigms and to acknowledge when these strategies result in the growing hegemony of a paradigm. When paradigms become “locked in,” it is equally important to advance strategies that promote debate and study, ensuring that negative experiences inform discussion and that failures are acknowledged.
    5. As explored in the Actors and Temporal/Spatial sections, we are beginning to see how some actors are less seen or known in a paradigm’s trajectory. Further research should uncover the blind spots in literature around which types of actors have a role and assert levels of agency in the diffusion of water governance paradigms. Research is needed to evaluate how well actors know the paradigm within which they are operating, the paradigm(s) they are circulating and helping to diffuse across time and space, and the consequences of their actions.
    6. It is important to acknowledge that paradigms emerge in particular periods and contexts. The development steps and the diffusion of water governance paradigms in space and time remain largely understudied, as we explored in the Temporal/Spatial section of this paper, particularly in relation to advancing relevant water policies and practices. Further study to connect paradigms to the broader spatial and temporal scale can shed light on these issues and better explain change in water governance.
    7. In an effort to better understand power in paradigms, as articulated in the Power section, greater attention can be paid to plural ontologies of water (i.e., peasant groups, Indigenous peoples, grassroots movements, and their alternative approaches to human-water relations, such as water as a living entity, caring for water, without romanticizing and essentializing them nor recolonizing them into universal paradigms and panaceas for water management. This can help highlight gaps in research and practice through the acknowledgment of certain actors’ capacity and contribution in producing, translating, and absorbing paradigms.
    8. Acknowledging the limitations of a reductionist approach of power as merely “one” thing, as argued in the Power section, can better inform us about the workings of water governance paradigms from a multifaceted power perspective, including considerations of “power to” and counter-powers. This awareness is necessary to re-politicize water governance paradigms and draw attention to the power dynamics that underlie them.
    9. The normalization of water governance paradigms often leads to unquestioned governing practices, reinforcing their underlying ideological assumptions, norms, values, knowledge, and truths. To effectively challenge this normalization, research and actions aimed at de-normalizing governance must recognize governance itself as a paradigm of power (see Paradigm of power sub-section), as governmentality. Such reflexivity would allow researchers and practitioners alike to approach their work on and with paradigms with a deepened awareness, facilitating informed adjustments and responses.
    10. As shown in the Actors section, most dominant paradigms are generated in the Global North, which has implications for how water governance problems are defined and for the kinds of solutions that are presented in other contexts. We call for pluralizing epistemological and ontological perspectives on water governance as a way to resist universalizing tendencies. Agency-based power, post-structuralist approaches to power, and counter-powers, along with decolonial and feminist epistemologies, among others, as briefly presented in the Power section, may offer new insights into future research agendas around water governance paradigms.

    CONCLUSION

    Our proposed research agenda highlights that paradigms are not neutral tools but powerful frameworks shaped by historical and cultural contexts, transnational networks, and power dynamics. Paradigms serve as a “source code” for decision-making processes and practices, influencing the identification of water governance needs, goals, and means. However, paradigms are also often implicit, and actors who apply them may not be fully aware of which paradigms they are operating within or of the consequences of promoting these ideas. This calls for greater reflexivity among scholars and practitioners working with paradigms.

    As researchers, we must recognize that the paradigms we adopt shape the questions we ask, the data we value, and the solutions we imagine. To advance more reflexive, equitable, and context-sensitive water governance, future research must critically engage with the paradigms that shape governance practices—this means examining not only what they promise, but also whose realities they reflect, whose interests they serve, and how they evolve across space, time, and power dynamics. For this, researchers should begin by (1) reflecting on their role in shaping paradigms and by identifying which paradigms underpin the broader system as well as their own research, (2) interrogating the “success” of paradigms (of what? for whom?) and make context central to this analysis, and (3) make power visible in governance dynamics and seek out underrepresented knowledge to inform their research and resist universalizing tendencies. By doing so, future research can move beyond dominant narratives, make visible marginalized perspectives, and foster governance practices that are more inclusive, adaptive, and just.

    This paper makes a first attempt at starting a dialogue between different conceptual lenses that are relevant for studying the role of paradigms in water governance. The agenda items presented in this paper contribute to missing pieces in understanding water governance paradigms and their research. They are not a fixed roadmap but an invitation: to researchers, practitioners, and communities alike, to interrogate the “source codes“ of water governance, pluralize the epistemologies informing them, include subaltern actors, and co-create pathways that embrace complexity, contestation, and situated knowledge. They insist on acknowledging contextual factors and of nuancing the idea of “effective paradigms” by carefully examining the actors involved—including those operating behind the scenes—who may benefit from certain paradigms being deemed a “success.”

    To advance our understanding of water governance paradigms, it is crucial to address these gaps in research, unpack the spatial and temporal considerations, and re-politicize paradigms by recognizing their power dynamics. Moreover, we must avoid the pitfall of recycling old ideas under different paradigm names and strive for reflexivity in our work. By embracing these agenda items, researchers and practitioners can facilitate more relevant policymaking and foster reflexive water management practices.

    __________

    [1] Although many interpretations of the IWRM exist (García 2008), the general idea behind the concept is to promote an integrated view to governance that involves other sectors and actors beyond water.
    [2] Water security means ensuring an acceptable level of water-related risks to people, the economy, and ecosystems (Grey and Sadoff 2007).
    [3] Remunicipalization means achieving transparent, accountable, and socially just direct public management of water service, with civic participation and oversight (Bagué 2020).
    [4] Ontology being defined as the theory of how the world is or is becoming (Mol 2002, Barad 2006, Krueger and Alba 2022).
    [5] According to the authors, artefacts represent “institutions and technologies [that] are developed and implemented based on a shared paradigm” (Pahl-Wostl 2006:16).
    [6] We understand problématiques as clusters of problems that arise from interdisciplinary understandings of hydrological and social governance challenges.
    [7] By “situated knowledge,” Haraway means that objectivity and what is considered “objective knowledge” is actually influenced by the materiality (the material, cultural, social context) in which such knowledge was produced.
    [8] Collective action means that “a group of principals can organize themselves voluntarily to retain the residuals of their own efforts” (Ostrom 1990:25).
    [9] Policy entrepreneurs are “people willing to invest their resources in return for future policies they favor. They are motivated by combinations of several things: their straightforward concern about certain problems, their pursuit of such self-serving benefits as protecting or expanding their bureaucracy’s budget or claiming credit for accomplishment, their promotion of their policy values, and their simple pleasure in participating” (Kingdon 1984:214).
    [10] By scale, we mean a “spatial scope of management” (Valin et al. 2024:64) that can go beyond administrative jurisdictions.
    [11] By space, we understand an area or place “in which objects and events occur and have relative position and direction” (Merriam-Webster 2024a).
    [12] We understand time as a “measurable period during which an action, process, or condition exists or continues” (Merriam-Webster 2024b).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We express our gratitude to the Hanse-Wissenschaftskolleg (HWK) for providing a stimulating and supportive environment in which several productive meetings took place during the preparation of this paper. We also thank the reviewers and subject editors for their constructive feedback and valuable suggestions. Finally, we gratefully acknowledge funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Innovative Training Network NEWAVE (grant agreement No. 861509).

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI-assisted technology was minimally used to improve coherence and flow in minor sections of the text.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Data used in this paper consists in existing academic literature, and no codes were used for the analysis.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Abdullaev, I., and S. Rakhmatullaev. 2015. Transformation of water management in Central Asia: from State-centric, hydraulic mission to socio-political control. Environmental Earth Sciences 73:849-861. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12665-013-2879-9

    Abson, D. J., J. Fischer, J. Leventon, J. Newig, T. Schomerus, U. Vilsmaier, H. von Wehrden, P. Abernethy, C. D. Ives, N. W. Jager, and D. J. Lang. 2017. Leverage points for sustainability transformation. Ambio 46:30-39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-016-0800-y

    Ahlers, R., and M. Zwarteveen. 2009. The water question in feminism: water control and gender inequities in a neo-liberal era. Gender, Place and Culture 16(4):409-426. https://doi.org/10.1080/09663690903003926

    Albrecht, T. R., and A. K. Gerlak. 2022. Beyond the basin: water security in transboundary environments. Water Security 17:100124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wasec.2022.100124

    Allouche, J. 2017. The birth and spread of IWRM - A case study of global policy diffusion and translation. Pages 30-56 in L. Mehta, B. Derman, and E. Manzungu, editors. Flows and practices: the politics of integrated water resources management in Eastern and Southern Africa. Weaver Press, Harare, Zimbabwe. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvh8r2qk.5

    Álvarez, L., and B. Coolsaet. 2018. Decolonizing environmental justice studies: a Latin American perspective. Capitalism, Nature, Socialism 31(2):50-69. https://doi.org/10.1080/10455752.2018.1558272

    Bagué, E. 2020. La remunicipalización del agua en el marco de la re-definición de la Democracia. El Caso De Terrassa. Clivatge 8(8). https://doi.org/10.1344/CLIVATGE2020.8.4

    Baird, J., R. Plummer, G. Dale, B. Kapeller, A. Mallette, A. Feist, and Y. Kataoka. 2021. The emerging scientific water paradigm: precursors, hallmarks, and trajectories. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 8:e1489. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1489

    Bakker, K. J. 2003. A political ecology of water privatization. Studies in Political Economy 70(1):35-58. https://doi.org/10.1080/07078552.2003.11827129

    Bakker, K. 2007. The “commons” versus the “commodity”: alter-globalization, anti-privatization and the human right to water in the Global South. Antipode 39(3):430-455. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8330.2007.00534.x

    Bakker, K. 2010. Governance failure and the world’s urban water crisis. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York, USA.

    Bakker, K., and C. Morinville. 2013. The governance dimensions of water security: a review. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences 371:20130116. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.2013.0116

    Barad, K. 2006. Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv12101zq

    Baumgartner, F. R. 2014. Ideas, paradigms and confusions. Journal of European Public Policy 21(3):475-480. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2013.876180

    Bieler, A. 2018. Agency and the power resources approach: asserting the importance of the structuring conditions of the capitalist social relations of production. Global Labour Journal 9(2). https://doi.org/10.15173/glj.v9i2.3528

    Birkenholtz, T. 2009. Groundwater governmentality: hegemony and technologies of resistance in Rajasthan’s (India) groundwater governance. Geographical Journal 175(3):208-220. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1475-4959.2009.00327.x

    Biswas, A. K. 2008. Integrated water resources management: is it working? International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):5-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701871718

    Blaser, M. 2009. Political ontology. Cultural Studies 23(5-6):873-896. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380903208023

    Blatter, J., and H. Ingram. 2000. States, markets and beyond: governance of transboundary water resources. Natural Resources Journal 40:439.

    Boelens, R. 2022. Rivers of scarcity. Utopian water regimes and flows against the current. Alternautas 9(1):14-53. https://doi.org/10.31273/an.v9i1.1152

    Borràs, S. 2016. New transitions from human rights to the environment to the rights of nature. Transnational Environmental Law 5(1):113-143. https://doi.org/10.1017/S204710251500028X

    Bouteligier, S. 2011. Exploring the agency of global environmental consultancy firms in earth system governance. International Environmental Agreements: Politics, Law and Economics 11(1):43-61. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10784-011-9149-7

    Brennan, R. 2022. Making space for plural ontologies in fisheries governance: Ireland’s disobedient offshore islands. Maritime Studies 21(1):35-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40152-021-00257-8

    Bréthaut, C., and R. Schweizer. 2018. A critical approach to international water management trends. Palgrave Macmillan, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-60086-8

    Burchard-Levine, A., D. Huitema, N. W. Jager, and I. Bijlsma. 2024. Consultancy firms’ roles in policy diffusion: a systematic review from the environmental governance field. Policy Sciences 57(3):691–718.

    Chaffin, B. C., H. Gosnell, and B. A. Cosens. 2014. A decade of adaptive governance scholarship: synthesis and future directions. Ecology and Society 19(3):56. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-06824-190356

    Challies, E., and J. Newig. 2022. Water, rivers and wetlands: governance paradigms and principles. Pages 512-525 in P. G. Harris, editor. Routledge handbook of global environmental politics. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003008873-43

    Chapron, G., Y. Epstein, and J. V. López-Bao. 2019. Natural systems from destruction. Science 363(6434):1392-1393. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aav5601

    Chen, G., J. Xu, and Y. Qi. 2022. Environmental (de)centralization and local environmental governance: evidence from a natural experiment in China. China Economic Review 72:101755. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chieco.2022.101755

    Chikozho, C., and K. Kujinga. 2017. Managing water supply systems using free-market economy approaches: a detailed review of the implications for developing countries. Physics and Chemistry of the Earth 100:363-370. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pce.2016.10.002

    Chomba, M. J., T. Hill, B. A. Nkhata, and J. J. Förster. 2017. Paradigms for water allocation in river basins: a society-science-practice perspective from Southern Africa. Water Policy 19(4):637-649. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2017.130

    Christian, J. M., and L. Dowler. 2019. Slow and fast violence: a feminist critique of binaries. ACME 18(5):1066-1075. https://doi.org/10.14288/acme.v18i5.1692

    Cohen, A., and S. Davidson. 2011. The watershed approach: challenges, antecedents, and the transition from technical tool to governance unit. Water Alternatives 4(1):1–14.

    Cook, B. R., M. Kesby, I. Fazey, and C. Spray. 2013. The persistence of ‛normal’ catchment management despite the participatory turn: exploring the power effects of competing frames of reference. Social Studies of Science 43(5):754-779. https://doi.org/10.1177/0306312713478670

    Daigneault, P.-M. 2014. Reassessing the concept of policy paradigm: aligning ontology and methodology in policy studies. Journal of European Public Policy 21(3):453-469. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2013.834071

    Dell’Angelo, J., G. Navas, M. Witteman, G. D’Alisa, A. Scheidel, and L. Temper. 2021. Commons grabbing and agribusiness: violence, resistance and social mobilization. Ecological Economics 184:107004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolecon.2021.107004

    de Oliveira, O. P. 2021. A prelude to policy transfer research. Pages 1-24 in Handbook of Policy Transfer, Diffusion and Circulation. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781789905601.00007

    Druijff, A., and M. Kaika. 2021. Upscaling without innovation: taking the edge off grassroot initiatives with scaling-up in Amsterdam’s Anthropocene forest. European Planning Studies 29(12):2184-2208. https://doi.org/10.1080/09654313.2021.1903839

    Dunlap, A. 2023. The green economy as counterinsurgency, or the ontological power affirming permanent ecological catastrophe. Environmental Science & Policy 139:39-50. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2022.10.008

    Ekers, M., and A. Loftus. 2008. The power of water: developing dialogues between Foucault and Gramsci. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 26(4):698-718. https://doi.org/10.1068/d5907

    Elder, A. D., and A. K. Gerlak. 2024. ‛You scratch my back, I’ll scratch yours’: an examination of actor engagement in water public private partnerships. Water Policy 26(8):817-834. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2024.078

    Elfithri, R., M. Bin Mokhtar, and S. Zakaria. 2019. The need for awareness raising, advocacy, and capacity building in Integrated Water Resources Management toward sustainable development: a case study in Malaysia. World Water Policy 5(1):43-54. https://doi.org/10.1002/wwp2.12002

    Escobar, A. 2001. Culture sits in places: reflections on globalism and subaltern strategies of localization. Political Geography 20(2):139-174. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0962-6298(00)00064-0

    Flaminio, S. 2021. Modern and nonmodern waters: sociotechnical controversies, successful anti-dam movements and water ontologies. Water Alternatives 14(1):204-227.

    Flyvbjerg, B. 1998. Rationality and power: democracy in practice. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

    Folke, C. 2006. Resilience: the emergence of a perspective for social-ecological systems analyses. Global Environmental Change 16(3):253-267. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2006.04.002

    Foucault, M. 1980. Power/knowledge: selected interviews and other writings. Pantheon, New York, New York, USA.

    Franco-Torres, M. 2021. The path to the new urban water paradigm - from modernity to metamodernism. Water Alternatives 14(3):820-840.

    García, L. E. 2008. Integrated water resources management: a “small” step for conceptualists, a giant step for practitioners. International Journal of Water Resources Development 24(1):23-36. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900620701723141

    Geagea, D., M. Kaika, and J. Dell’Angelo. 2023. Recommoning water: crossing thresholds under citizen-driven remunicipalisation. Urban Studies 60(16):3294-3311. https://doi.org/10.1177/00420980231169612

    Gleick, P. H. 1996. Water resources. Pages 817-823 in S. H. Schneider, T. L. Root, and M. D. Mastrandrea, editors. Encyclopedia of climate and weather. Second edition. Oxford University Press, New York, New York, USA.

    Göhler, G. 2009. ‛Power to’ and ‛power over.’ Pages 27-39 in S. R. Clegg and M. Haugaard, editors. The SAGE handbook of power. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9780857021014.n1

    Gramsci, A. 1971. Selections from the prison notebooks. International Publishers, New York, New York, USA.

    Grey, D., and C. W. Sadoff. 2007. Sink or swim? Water security for growth and development. Water Policy 9(6):545-571. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2007.021

    Groen, L., M. Alexander, J. P. King, N. W. Jager, and D. Huitema. 2023. Re-examining policy stability in climate adaptation through a lock-in perspective. Journal of European Public Policy 30(3):488-512. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2022.2064535

    Gupta, J. 2009. Driving forces around global fresh water governance. Pages 37-57 in D. Huitema and S. Meijerink, editors. Water policy entrepreneurs: a research companion to the water transitions around the globe. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849803366.00012

    Hajer, M. A. 1997. The politics of environmental discourse: ecological modernization and the policy process. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/019829333X.001.0001

    Hall, P. A. 1993. Policy paradigms, social learning, and the state: the case of economic policymaking in Britain. Comparative Politics 25(3):275-296. https://doi.org/10.2307/422246

    Haraway, D. 1988. Situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies 14(3):575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066

    Harden-Davies, H., F. Humphries, M. Maloney, G. Wright, K. Gjerde, and M. Vierros. 2020. Rights of nature: perspectives for global ocean stewardship. Marine Policy 122:104059. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpol.2020.104059

    Harris, L. M. 2015. Hegemonic waters and rethinking natures otherwise. Pages 157-181 in W. Harcourt and I. L. Nelson, editors. Practising feminist political ecologies. Zed Books, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350221970.ch-005

    Harrison, E., and A. Mdee. 2017. Successful small-scale irrigation or environmental destruction? The political ecology of competing claims on water in the Uluguru Mountains, Tanzania. Journal of Political Ecology 24(1):406-424. https://doi.org/10.2458/v24i1.20881

    Harsha, J. 2012. IWRM and IRBM concepts envisioned in Indian water policies. Current Science 102(7):986-990.

    Holling, C. S. 1985. Resilience of ecosystems: local surprise and global change. Pages 228-269 in J. G. Roederer and T. F. Malone, editors. Global change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

    Huitema, D., L. Lebel, and S. Meijerink. 2011. The strategies of policy entrepreneurs in water transitions around the world. Water Policy 13(5):717-733. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2011.107

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink, editors. 2009. Water policy entrepreneurs: a research companion to water transitions around the globe. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849803366

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2010. Realizing water transitions: the role of policy entrepreneurs in water policy change. Ecology and Society 15(2):26. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-03488-150226

    Huitema, D., and S. Meijerink. 2014. The politics of river basin organizations: institutional design choices, coalitions and consequences. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781782549222.00006

    Huitema, D., E. Mostert, W. Egas, S. Moellenkamp, C. Pahl-Wostl, and R. Yalcin. 2009. Adaptive water governance: assessing the institutional prescriptions of adaptive (co-)management from a governance perspective and defining a research agenda. Ecology and Society 14(1):26. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-02827-140126

    Immovilli, M., S. Reitsma, R. Roncucci, E. Dueholm Rasch, and D. Roth. 2022. Exploring contestation in rights of river approaches: comparing Colombia, India and New Zealand. Water Alternatives 15(3):574-591.

    Ingram, H. 2011. Beyond universal remedies for good water governance: a political and contextual approach. Page 241-261 in A. Garrido and H. Ingram, editors. Water for food in a changing world. Routledge, London, UK.

    Jasanoff, S., and S.-H. Kim, editors. 2015. Dreamscapes of modernity: sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226276663.001.0001

    Kaika, M. 2017. ‛Don’t call me resilient again!’: the New Urban Agenda as immunology ... or ... what happens when communities refuse to be vaccinated with ‛smart cities’ and indicators. Environment and Urbanization 29(1):89-102. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956247816684763

    Kaika, M., R. Calvário, and G. Velegrakis. 2024. Austerity: an environmentally dangerous idea. Journal of Political Ecology 31(1):67-81. https://doi.org/10.2458/jpe.5420

    Kalyvas, A., and I. Katznelson. 2001. The rhetoric of the market: Adam Smith on recognition, speech, and exchange. The Review of Politics 63(3):549-580. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511790782.002

    Kern, F., C. Kuzemko, and C. Mitchell. 2014. Measuring and explaining policy paradigm change: the case of UK energy policy. Policy and Politics 42(4):513-530. https://doi.org/10.1332/030557312X655765

    Kingdon, J. W. 1984. Wrapping things up. Pages 195-207 in Agendas, alternatives, and public policies. Little and Brown, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.

    Krueger, T., and R. Alba. 2022. Ontological and epistemological commitments in interdisciplinary water research: uncertainty as an entry point for reflexion. Frontiers in Water 4:1038322. https://doi.org/10.3389/frwa.2022.1038322

    Kuhn, T. S. 1962. The structure of scientific revolutions. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

    Lang, D. J., A. Wiek, M. Bergmann, M. Stauffacher, P. Martens, P. Moll, M. Swilling, and C. J. Thomas. 2012. Transdisciplinary research in sustainability science: practice, principles, and challenges. Sustainability Science 7(Supp1):25-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0149-x

    Lebel, L., A. Haefner, C. Pahl-Wostl, and A. Baduri. 2020. Governance of the water-energy-food nexus: insights from four infrastructure projects in the Lower Mekong Basin. Sustainability Science 15:885-900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00779-5

    Lee, M., H. Kim, J.-Y. Lee, J. E. Yang, and C. Lim. 2022. A shift towards integrated and adaptive water management in South Korea: building resilience against climate change. Water Resources Management 36:1611-1625. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11269-022-03071-x

    Leitner, H., E. Sheppard, S. Webber, and E. Colven. 2018. Globalizing urban resilience. Urban Geography 39(8):1276-1284. https://doi.org/10.1080/02723638.2018.1446870

    Ligtermoet, E., C. Munera-Roldan, C. Robinson, Z. Sushil, and P. Leith. 2025. Preparing for knowledge co-production: a diagnostic approach to foster reflexivity for interdisciplinary research teams. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 12:257. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-024-04196-7

    Linton, J. 2014. Modern water and its discontents: a history of hydrosocial renewal. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 1(1):111-120. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1009

    Lukat, E., M. Schoderer, and S. Castro Salvador. 2022. When international blueprints hit local realities: bricolage processes in implementing IWRM in South Africa, Mongolia, and Peru. Water Alternatives 15(2):473-500.

    Marcatelli, M., and B. Büscher. 2019. Liquid violence: the politics of water responsibilisation and dispossession in South Africa. Water Alternatives 12(2):760-773.

    Mauser, W., G. Klepper, M. Rice, B. S. Schmalzbauer, H. Hackmann, R. Leemans, and H. Moore. 2013. Transdisciplinary global change research: the co-creation of knowledge for sustainability. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 5(3-4):420-431. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2013.07.001

    Mayntz, R. 2003. New challenges to governance theory. Pages 27-40 in H. P. Bang, editor. Governance as social and political communication. Manchester University Press, Manchester, UK.

    Merriam-Webster. 2024a. Space. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/space

    Merriam-Webster. 2024b. Time. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/time

    McGregor, D. 2012. Traditional knowledge: considerations for protecting water in Ontario. International Indigenous Policy Journal 3(3). https://doi.org/10.18584/iipj.2012.3.3.11

    Meadow, D. 1999. Leverage points: places to intervene in a system. The Sustainability Institute, Hartland, Vermont, USA.

    Micciarelli, G. 2022. Hacking the legal: the commons between the governance paradigm and inspirations drawn from the “living history” of collective land use. Pages 112-126 in F. Savini, A. Ferreira, and K. v. Schönfeld, editors. Post-growth planning: cities beyond the market economy. Routledge, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003160984-12

    Miller, B. 2013. Spaces of contention: spatialities and social movements. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315610191

    Mills-Novoa, M., and R. T. Hermoza. 2017. Coexistence and conflict: IWRM and large-scale water infrastructure development in Piura, Peru. Water Alternatives 10(2):370-394.

    Moffat, L. Y., A. Geadah, and R. Stuart. 1991. Two halves make a whole: balancing gender relations in development. CCIC, Ottawa, Canada.

    Mol, A. 2002. The body multiple: ontology in medical practice. Duke University Press, Durham, North Carolina, USA. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822384151

    Molle, F. 2008. Nirvana concepts, narratives and policy models: insights from the water sector. Water Alternatives 1(1):131-156.

    Molle, F. 2009. Water, politics and river basin governance: repoliticizing approaches to river basin management. Water International 34(1):62-70. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060802677846

    Molle, F., P. P. Mollinga, and P. Wester. 2009. Hydraulic bureaucracies and the hydraulic mission: flows of water, flows of power introduction: the prophets of irrigation. Water Alternatives 2(3):328-349.

    Morin, J.-F. 2014. Paradigm shift in the global IP regime: the agency of academics. Review of International Political Economy 21(2):275-309. https://doi.org/10.1080/09692290.2013.819812

    Moss, T. 2010. Managing water beyond IWRM - from paradigm to pragmatism. 1st Water Horizon Conference, Berlin, 13-14 July.

    Nagendra, H., X. Bai, E. S. Brondizio, and S. Lwasa. 2018. The urban south and the predicament of global sustainability. Nature Sustainability 1:341-349. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-018-0101-5

    NEWAVE. n.d. About NEWAVE. https://nextwatergovernance.net/about-newave

    Newig, J., and E. Kvarda. 2012. Participation in environmental governance: legitimate and effective? Pages 29-45 in K. Hogl, E. Kvarda, R. Nordbeck, and M. Pregernig, editors. Environmental governance: the challenge of legitimacy and effectiveness. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781849806077.00010

    Newig, J., D. Schulz, and N. W. Jager. 2016. Disentangling puzzles of spatial scales and participation in environmental governance–the case of governance re-scaling through the European Water Framework Directive. Environmental Management 58:998-1014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-016-0753-8

    Nixon, R. 2011. Slow violence and the environmentalism of the poor. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.4159/harvard.9780674061194

    Norman, E. S., C. Cook, and A. Cohen, editors. 2016. Negotiating water governance: why the politics of scale matter. Routledge, London, UK.

    Ostrom, E. 1986. An agenda for the study of institutions. Public Choice 48:3-25. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00239556

    Ostrom, E. 1990. Governing the commons: the evolution of institutions for collective action. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

    Ovink, H., S. Rahimzoda, J. Cullman, and A. J. Imperiale. 2023. The UN 2023 Water Conference and pathways towards sustainability transformation for a water-secure world. Nature Water 1:212-215. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44221-023-00052-1

    Pain, R., and C. Cahill. 2021. Critical political geographies of slow violence and resistance. Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space 40(2):359-372. https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544221085753

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2007. Requirements for adaptive water management. Pages 1-22 in C. Pahl-Wostl, P. Kabat, and J. Möltgen, editors. Adaptive and integrated water management. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-75941-6_1

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2019. Governance of the water-energy-food security nexus: a multi-level coordination challenge. Environmental Science & Policy 92:356–367.

    Pahl-Wostl, C. 2020. Adaptive and sustainable water management: from improved conceptual foundations to transformative change. International Journal of Water Resources Development 36(2–3):397–415. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2020.1721268

    Pahl-Wostl, C., N. Isendahl, S. Möllenkamp, M. Brugnach, P. Jeffrey, W. Medema, and T. Tessa de Vries. 2006. Paradigms in water. NeWater Project Deliverable Nr. 1:39.

    Pahl-Wostl, C., and C. Knieper. 2023. Pathways towards improved water governance: the role of polycentric governance systems and vertical and horizontal coordination. Environmental Science and Policy 144:151-161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2023.03.011

    Pahl-Wostl, C., L. Lebel, C. Knieper, and E. Nikitina. 2012. From applying panaceas to mastering complexity: toward adaptive water governance in river basins. Environmental Science and Policy 23:24-34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2012.07.014

    Pahl-Wostl, C., J. Sendzimir, P. Jeffrey, J. Aerts, G. Berkamp, and K. Cross. 2007. Managing change toward adaptive water management through social learning. Ecology and Society 12(2):30. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-02147-120230

    Patterson, J. J. 2021. Remaking political institutions: climate change and beyond. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108769341

    Pierre, J., and B. G. Peters. 2020. Governance, politics and the state. Bloomsbury Publishing, London, UK.

    Priscoli, J. D., and A. T. Wolf. 2009. Managing and transforming water conflicts. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511551536

    Querejazu, A. 2022. Water governance. New Perspectives 30(2):180-188. https://doi.org/10.1177/2336825X221089189

    Rawson, A., and B. Mansfield. 2018. Producing juridical knowledge: “Rights of Nature” or the naturalization of rights? Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(1-2):99-119. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848618763807

    Schlager, E., and W. Blomquist. 2008. Embracing watershed politics. University Press of Colorado, Denver, Colorado, USA. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt46nvqs

    Shapiro, A., and R. Summers. 2015. The evolution of water management in Alberta, Canada: the influence of global management paradigms and path dependency. International Journal of Water Resources Development 31(4):732-749. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2015.1005286

    Sharpe, B., A. Hodgson, G. Leicester, A. Lyon, and I. Fazey. 2016. Three horizons: a pathways practice for transformation. Ecology and Society 21(2):47. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-08388-210247

    Shields, K. F., M. Moffa, N. L. Behnke, E. Kelly, T. Klug, K. Lee, R. Cronk, and J. Bartram. 2021. Community management does not equate to participation: fostering community participation in rural water supplies. Journal of Water Sanitation and Hygiene for Development 11(6):937-947. https://doi.org/10.2166/washdev.2021.089

    Shore, C. 2011. ‛European Governance’ or Governmentality? The European Commission and the future of democratic government. European Law Journal 17(3):287-303. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0386.2011.00551.x

    Streeck, W., and K. A. Thelen. 2005. Beyond continuity: institutional change in advanced political economies. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.

    Suhardiman, D., F. Clement, and L. Bharati. 2015. Integrated water resources management in Nepal: key stakeholders’ perceptions and lessons learned. International Journal of Water Resources Development 31(2):284-300. https://doi.org/10.1080/07900627.2015.1020999

    Sultana, F. 2011. Suffering for water, suffering from water: emotional geographies of resource access, control and conflict. Geoforum 42(2):163-172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2010.12.002

    Sultana, F. 2018. Water justice: why it matters and how to achieve it. Water International 43(4):483-493. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060.2018.1458272

    Sultana, F., and A. Loftus. 2015. The human right to water: critiques and condition of possibility. WIREs Water 2(2):97-105. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1067

    Swyngedouw, E. 2005. Dispossessing H2O: the contested terrain of water privatization. Capitalism Nature Socialism 16(1):81-98. https://doi.org/10.1080/1045575052000335384

    Tantoh, H. B., and D. Simatele. 2017. Community-based water resource management in Northwest Cameroon: the role of potable water supply in community development. South African Geographical Journal 99(2):166-183.

    Tengö, M., E. S. Brondizio, T. Elmqvist, P. Malmer, and M. Spierenburg. 2014. Connecting diverse knowledge systems for enhanced ecosystem governance: the multiple evidence base approach. AMBIO 43:579-591. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-014-0501-3

    Toro, F. J. 2021. Stateless environmentalism. ACME: An International Journal for Critical Geographies 20(2):189-205. https://doi.org/10.14288/acme.v20i2.1950

    United Nations. 2023. The UN World Water Development Report 2023: partnerships and cooperation for water. UNESCO, Paris, France.

    Valin, N., and D. Huitema. 2023. Experts as policy entrepreneurs: how knowledge can lead to radical environmental change. Environmental Science & Policy 142:21-28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2023.01.013

    Valin, N., M. Lengkeek, and D. Huitema. 2024. Water governance and the issue of scale: whither river basin organizations? Pages 64-81 in Handbook on the governance and politics of water resources. Edward Elgar Publishing, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781800887909.00013

    Varady, R. G., A. A. Zuniga-Teran, G. M. Garfin, F. Martín, and S. Vicuña. 2016. Adaptive management and water security in a global context: definitions, concepts, and examples. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 21:70–77.

    Viaene, L. 2021. Indigenous water ontologies, hydro-development and the human/more-than-human right to water: a call for critical engagement with plurilegal water realities. Water (Switzerland) 13(12):1660. https://doi.org/10.3390/w13121660

    Vinciguerra, T. 2024. Water as a common good? Academic differences and their impact on the 2023 United Nations Water Conference. Water Policy 26(9):941-958. https://doi.org/10.2166/wp.2024.131

    Vos, J., and R. Boelens. 2014. Sustainability standards and the water question. Development and Change 45:205-230. https://doi.org/10.1111/dech.12083

    Voß, J. P., and A. Simons. 2014. Instrument constituencies and the supply side of policy innovation: the social life of emissions trading. Environmental Politics 23:735-754. https://doi.org/10.1080/09644016.2014.923625

    Voß, J.-P., and A. Simons. 2018. A novel understanding of experimentation in governance: co-producing innovations between “lab” and “field.” Policy Sciences 51:213-229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11077-018-9313-9

    Warner, J. F., J. Hoogesteger, and J. P. Hidalgo. 2017. Old wine in new bottles: the adaptive capacity of the hydraulic mission in Ecuador. Water Alternatives 10(2):322-340.

    Wesselink, A., M. Kooy, and J. Warner. 2017. Socio-hydrology and hydrosocial analysis: toward dialogues across disciplines. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Water 4(2):e1196. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1196

    Whaley, L. 2022. Water governance research in a messy world: a review. Water Alternatives 15(2):218-250.

    Wilson, N. J., and J. Inkster. 2018. Respecting water: Indigenous water governance, ontologies, and the politics of kinship on the ground. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(4):516-538. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848618789378

    Woodhouse, P., and M. Muller. 2017. Water governance—an historical perspective on current debates. World Development 92:225-241. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2016.11.014

    Zaragocin, S., and M. A. Caretta. 2021. Cuerpo-Territorio: a decolonial feminist geographical method for the study of embodiment. Annals of the American Association of Geographers 111(5):1503-1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/24694452.2020.1812370

    Zittoun, P. 2015. From policy paradigm to policy statement: a new way to grasp the role of knowledge in the policymaking process. Pages 117-140 in J. Hogan and M. Howlett, editors. Policy paradigms in theory and practice. Palgrave Macmillan, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137434043_7

    Zwarteveen, M., J. S. Kemerink‐Seyoum, M. Kooy, J. Evers, T. A. Guerrero, B. Batubara, A. Biza, A. Boakye‐Ansah, S. Faber, A. Cabrera Flamini, et al. 2017. Engaging with the politics of water governance. WIREs Water 4:e1245. https://doi.org/10.1002/wat2.1245

    Corresponding author:
    Nina Valin
    n.z.valin@vu.nl
    Table 1
    Table 1. Examples of paradigms with their main characteristics and rationales, drawn from existing literature.

    Table 1. Examples of paradigms with their main characteristics and rationales, drawn from existing literature.

    Paradigm Problems
addressed Preferred
solutions Governance
structure Normative goals
    Social Economic Ecological
    Hydraulic mission Supply enhancement and harnessing water for full control domination over nature “for the benefit of Man” (Molle et al. 2009:332) Large-scale water resources development involving technology, mechanization, and large-scale centralized planning and production processes (Molle et al. 2009) State-directed and top-down technocratic approach to decision-making (Molle et al. 2009); centralized coordination and management (Benedikter 2014) Contribution to welfare through flood control, food and energy generation, and water supply to urban areas (Molle et al. 2009) Economic development and growth (Molle et al. 2009) none
    Adaptive water governance Coordinating resource management in the face of the complexity and high uncertainty associated with abrupt changes (Chaffin et al. 2014) Mainly focusing on a management process rather than an end goal, aims at increasing the adaptive capacity of a social-ecological system by putting in place learning processes and respective conditions for these processes to occur (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2007) Promotes institutional prescriptions such as polycentric governance, public participation, experimentation, and a bioregional approach (Huitema et al. 2009).
    Adaptation of management strategies and goals in response to new information and quality of processes (Pahl-Wostl et al. 2007)
    Social learning Economic resilience Improved resilience of water resources
    Rights of nature Existing laws do not ensure the protection of the natural world as they regulate rather than prevent its destruction (Chapron et al. 2019) Granting legal personhood for nature (Rawson and Mansfield 2018) and managing human activities to prevent the harm or destruction of nature (Harden-Davies et al. 2020) Legal systems recognize nature as an entity with inherent rights, as opposed to viewing it as something possessed and governed by humans (Borràs 2016) Rights of Indigenous communities; rights of future generations (Querejazu 2022) none Maintain the ecological balance and prevent disturbances to the ecosystem (Harden-Davies et al. 2020)
    Table 2
    Table 2. Potential of integrating diverse epistemological perspectives in the examination of power dynamics in water governance paradigms.

    Table 2. Potential of integrating diverse epistemological perspectives in the examination of power dynamics in water governance paradigms.

    Theoretical perspectives Relevance to understandings of water governance paradigms
    Structural power/power over Despite the limitations of thinking in terms of “power over” for its strict categorization and determinism (Göhler 2009), this structural power lens can be useful to understand social relations, where dominant actors influence others‛ interests through, for instance, the use of expert knowledge.
    Power-to/instrumental power, or agency-based power This analytical perspective can be useful to understand which and how “success stories” are promoted by particular institutions as “best practices” that aim to normalize certain approaches in water governance. Nevertheless, we believe that analysis focused only on agency perspectives of power as a “capacity” risk falling into assumptions of full rationality if we aim to analyze the pitfalls of particular implementations. We question the “normative rationality” (Flyvbjerg 1998) that underpins water governance paradigms to offer particular solutions with general applicability, based on specific contexts and resources of set actors.
    Post-structuralist approaches to power Unraveling the discursive dimension of power can help to delve into the assumptions and claims that often become naturalized in water governance and underpin particular political orders. Despite its potential to understand the “conduct of conduct,” these approaches could benefit from a complementary analysis that takes into account violence and coercion (Dell’Angelo et al. 2021, Pain and Cahill 2021, Dunlap 2023).
    Decolonial and feminist epistemologies Theoretical analysis of water governance paradigms should not lose sight of the exploitations of the environment and the oppression they sometimes generate. In other words, coercion and violence are not only relevant in the physical and emotional dimensions but also in the production of consent and in the implications of marginalizing vulnerable groups in water governance (see Sultana 2011, Harris 2015, Kaika 2017, Zaragocin and Caretta 2021, Kaika et al. 2024). Scholars adopting decolonial epistemologies also warn against approaches that try to recolonize Indigenous knowledge into existing paradigmatic approaches to water governance (Wilson and Inkster 2018, Viaene 2021, Brennan 2022).
    Counter-powers While acknowledging the trap of falling into counter-paradigms as panaceas, it is key to identify that water governance paradigms often unfold hindering local approaches (Immovilli et al. 2022). Recent work on the existence and production of water ontologies can contribute to new understandings of alternative and non-paradigmatic approaches to water governance paradigms (Flaminio 2021). There is a need for the recognition of a “pluriverse” of (political) ontologies (Escobar 2001) when analyzing movements of “resistance.” From a standpoint in which “there are no relations of power without resistances” (Foucault 1980:142), we consider the analysis of power to be inseparable from the relations of resistance that emerge from the application of water governance paradigms.
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×

    More Articles in this Special Feature

    The Next Wave in Water Governance

    Reconciliatory water governance: reflections on the Collaborative Leadership Initiative as a means of transforming water governance in Canada
    Benjamin J. Kapron, Colleen Sklar, Dariel Helmesi, Emily R. Hoppe, Jim Bear, Laren Bill, Merrell-Ann S. Phare, Michael Miltenberger, Oliver M. Brandes, Peigi Wilson, Richard Farthing-Nichol
    Successful water governance pathways across problem contexts: a global qualitative comparative analysis
    Jens Newig, Nicolas W Jager, Sergio Villamayor-Tomas, Shahana Bilalova
    How is the governance of circular economy of water organized? A systematic review of the literature
    Dave Huitema, Kirsty Holstead, Noelle MCG Lasseur
    The Great Stink in the 21st century? Problematizing the sewage scandal in England and envisioning a new infrastructure ideal
    Anna Mdee, Paul Hutchings, Ruth E. Sylvester
    Sustainable Development Goal 6 in the era of the Paris Agreement: changes and trade-offs in tailoring water challenges to global climate goals
    Isabel Jorgensen, Kate Altemus Cullen, Mary Hingst, Mary K. Sluder, Mohammad Shahadat Hossain, Nayyer Mirnasl, Sana Sherif, Sarah Hartman, Sodiq S. Oguntade, Tessa Maurer
    Paradigms in action: exploring environmental consultants’ perspectives on water resilience
    Alejandra Francisca Burchard-Levine, Dave Huitema, Nicolas W Jager, Olga Popescu
    See all Special Features
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 10 Research

    Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2025. Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska. Ecology and Society 30(4):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16409-300410
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Liliana C. NavesORCIDcontact author, Liliana C. Naves
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence; National Audubon Society, Alaska Program
    • Lara F. MengakORCID, Lara F. Mengak
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence; Oregon State University
    • James A. FallJames A. Fall
      State of Alaska, Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2025. Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska. Ecology and Society 30(4):10.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16409-300410

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Responses to this Article
  • Acknowledgments
  • Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • Emperor Goose; ethnotaxonomy; harvest comanagement; Indigenous and traditional knowledge; Knowledge integration; scientific knowledge; subsistence; ways of knowing
    Integrating Indigenous knowledge across homelands and scientific knowledge to support collaborative harvest management for Emperor Goose in Alaska
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16409.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    This study documented Indigenous knowledge and perspectives about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) in Alaska to support use of both Indigenous and scientific knowledge in harvest management. For decades, limited numbers of Emperor Goose available for a sustainable harvest have underscored challenges for harvest management. We interviewed 37 respondents in 20 communities representing five Indigenous groups whose homelands overlap with the Emperor Goose range in Alaska. Interview topics addressed ethnotaxonomy, harvest practices, uses, cultural importance, ecology, and harvest management. We identified 56 names for geese in Indigenous languages and English. Respondents were attentive to factors affecting goose body condition and reported that bird migrations have occurred earlier in spring and later in fall. Wild foods are key for the well-being of the Indigenous communities, and Emperor Goose is one of many species in seasonal harvest cycles. Most respondents thought that Emperor Goose harvest decreased during their lifetime and that current harvests are sustainable. Some said that Emperor Goose numbers have not rebounded to previous levels. Not overharvesting, self-restraint, not wasting, specific times to curtail harvest, and harvest opportunities for future generations were themes in traditional harvest management. Egg harvest closure had the strongest support among other harvest-limiting actions. Indigenous knowledge combined across cultural groups generally aligned with scientific knowledge. This study highlighted the value of integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge across the entire range and annual cycle of migratory species. Respondents were receptive to values-based harvest management developed with Indigenous participation. However, a better understanding of traditional Indigenous harvest management remains an information gap in harvest management and species conservation. Diverse perspectives and social-ecological contexts among subsistence users call for management approaches for Emperor Goose that are locally meaningful and broadly acceptable.

    INTRODUCTION

    Social-ecological context

    Harvest management occurs within social-ecological contexts including people with differing needs and values, variable ecological factors, and multiple kinds of uncertainty. Consideration of diverse knowledge and perspectives held by researchers, managers, and user groups is key to addressing challenges in harvest management (e.g., establish common objectives and a framework for collaboration), minimizing negative impacts of conflict, and enhancing the sustainability of natural resources (Drew and Henne 2006, Redpath et al. 2013, Norström et al. 2020).

    Local and Indigenous knowledge (IK) can bridge information gaps and broaden participation for effective harvest management and conservation (Blanchard 1994, LaDuke 1994). By living in close contact with nature, Indigenous people have developed worldviews and knowledge over generations blending ecology, geography, history, beliefs, and values. Indigenous knowledge is embedded in languages, harvesting practices, stories, and place names (Lyver et al. 2015, Berkes 2018).

    The objective of this study was to document IK and perspectives of subsistence users about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) to support use of both Indigenous and scientific knowledge in harvest management. We conducted key respondent interviews and a literature search on previously documented IK and related science-based ecological knowledge about Emperor Goose.

    Declining Emperor Goose numbers led to a harvest closure starting in 1986 (PFC 2006). As the population index reached the threshold for harvest authorization, harvest was re-opened in 2017 (AMBCC 2016, PFC 2016). However, Emperor Goose numbers available for a sustainable harvest remain limited (Dooley et al. 2016). The population index used for harvest management reached the threshold for conservation measures in 2019, 2021, and 2023, and it reached the threshold for harvest closure in 2024 (USFWS 2024:64-65). By “integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge” we mean a long-term process that enables partners to reconsider and expand their perspectives while collaboratively working to support the sustainability of wildlife and fish populations and the wellbeing of resource users (Nadasdy 2003, Ainsworth et al. 2020). This study complemented documentation of perspectives about Emperor Goose harvest management and conservation in Alaska held by diverse stakeholders, as previous efforts have addressed managers, researchers, and urban hunters (Mengak et al. 2022, Naves et al. 2023).

    The Emperor Goose is a migratory species endemic to coastal habitats in the Bering Sea including Alaska and Russia (Fig. 1). Emperor Geese primarily breed on the Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta and in smaller numbers on the Seward Peninsula and Saint Lawrence Island in Alaska and the Chukotka Peninsula in Russia (Schmutz et al. 2020, Lewis et al. 2021). In late June-August, second-year and older geese become flightless for a few weeks while they molt flight feathers. Adults raising goslings molt on the breeding grounds. Emperor Geese in western Alaska not engaged in raising goslings (immature, nonbreeding, and failed breeders) migrate to Saint Lawrence Island and the north Chukotka Peninsula to molt (Hupp et al. 2007). During fall and spring, Emperor Geese migrate along coastal areas of Bristol Bay and the Alaska Peninsula. They winter on the Aleutian Islands, Alaska Peninsula, and Kodiak Archipelago in Alaska and on the Commander Islands in Russia (Hupp et al. 2008, Uher-Koch et al. 2021).

    The Emperor Goose is a focus of stewardship in Alaska, where most of the global population occurs. Emperor Geese are food and a cultural resource for Alaska Native, Indigenous people (ADF&G 2017, Naves and Schamber 2024). Non-Indigenous people also hunt Emperor Geese (Naves et al. 2023, ADF&G 2025a). This species is also sought after by bird watchers, despite its remote distribution. Molting areas in Russia are important for Emperor Goose, where Indigenous and non-Indigenous people also hunt the Emperor Goose (Syroechkovski and Klokov 2007). We were unable to address Indigenous knowledge and perspectives about the Emperor Goose in Russia because of language barriers, insufficient funding, and diplomatic challenges.

    The Emperor Goose distribution in Alaska overlaps the homelands of several Indigenous people: Central Alaskan Yup’ik (Yup’ik), Saint Lawrence Island Yupik, Iñupiaq, Aleut/Unangam, and Alutiiq/Sugpiaq (Fig. 1, Table 1). Indigenous people have lived for millennia on the vast land that is now the state of Alaska. These cultures flourished and developed distinct ways of life based on hunting, fishing, and gathering in distinct ecosystems, but they share core values such as a strong connection to ancestral lands and reliance on experiential knowledge and wild foods (Yupiktak Bista Inc. 1974, Langdon 2014). Contact with Euro-American settlers starting in the 1750s brought wide socioeconomic and cultural changes. Large-scale climate and environmental changes now also impact northern communities (Norton-Smith et al. 2016). Harvesting and sharing wild resources improve food security and support traditional social structures for Alaska Native people amidst rapid change in all aspects of life (USFWS 1980, Moerlein and Carothers 2012).

    In Alaska, subsistence means a way of life centered on non-commercial traditional uses of wild animals and plants for food, shelter, fuel, clothing, tools, crafts, transportation, sharing, and bartering (AS 16.05.940.34, ANILCA-Title VIII section 803). This definition derives from the traditional economy and culture of Indigenous people and other people who have adopted similar ways of life. Complexity and ambiguity in subsistence laws reflect an ever-growing competition for fish and wildlife in Alaska (Wheeler and Thornton 2005).

    Regulatory framework

    Alaska Native people have harvested animals and plants for millennia following seasonal availability (USFWS 1980). In 1918, the U.S. Congress passed the Migratory Bird Treaty Act to conserve and restore bird populations depleted by commercial hunting. The Treaty closed harvest for birds and their eggs from March 10 through August 31 each year. However, spring bird harvest alleviated hunger for northern Indigenous people when other resources were scarce. The spring harvest closure caused hardships for Indigenous communities and conflict with management agencies (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Efforts to ease this conflict led to the 1997 Treaty amendment to legally authorize the Alaska spring-summer subsistence harvest and include subsistence users in harvest management (Schwalenberg et al. 2023).

    Migratory bird harvest regulations in Alaska include the spring-summer subsistence and fall-winter general hunting seasons. Eligibility for the subsistence season is based on permanent residence in regions or communities that have customary and traditional harvest and excludes unqualified urban areas. Spring-summer regulations are defined considering recommendations made by the Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council (AMBCC)—a partnership comprised of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G), and the Native Caucus with Indigenous representatives from across Alaska.

    Harvest regulations for the spring-summer subsistence season have been designed to allow continuation of traditional practices and socioeconomic structures, including sharing of wild foods in kinship relations. Subsistence economies are based on sharing networks, where high-harvest households provide foods and other resources to less productive households (BurnSilver et al. 2016). Harvest regulations for the spring-summer season (including Emperor Geese) do not involve a harvest quota for birds and eggs, special permit, bag limit, or mandatory harvest reporting (U.S. National Archives and Records Administration 2025a; Federal Register vol. 82, no. 63, page 16298). Harvest data including the spring-summer harvest season have been collected in voluntary household harvest surveys (Naves et al. 2021, Naves and Mengak 2023). The Kodiak Archipelago and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands regions are eligible for the subsistence harvest, but as Emperor Goose availability in these regions is limited in spring-summer, hunters mostly rely on fall-winter opportunities (Fig. 1; U.S. National Archives and Records Administration 2025b).

    In contrast, eligibility for the fall-winter general hunting season applies to all Alaska residents and nonresidents. Fall-winter regulations are defined via federal and state processes. In 2017-2021, the fall-winter hunt had an annual quota of 500 or 1000 Emperor Geese (depending on the population index), and hunters were required to obtain a special permit and to report harvest activities (ADF&G 2025b). An unlimited number of permits was available to Alaska residents. Twenty-five drawing (lottery) permits were annually available to nonresidents. The season bag limit for permit holders was one Emperor Goose.

    Participation of rural and Indigenous users in Emperor Goose harvest management and reporting is key, as these users account for most of the current harvest. Harvest by Alaska urban residents and nonresidents was much curtailed by the fall-winter bag limit of one Emperor Goose, despite their substantial interest in less restrictive harvesting opportunities. In 2017-2020, three-fourths of the annual average harvest of about 6300 Emperor Geese occurred in spring-summer, and harvest by subsistence-eligible residents (spring-summer and fall-winter) accounted for 98% of the annual harvest (Naves et al. 2023, Naves and Mengak 2023, Naves and Schamber 2024). Emperor Goose harvest estimates involve substantial annual variation and uncertainty (wide confidence intervals) because of characteristics intrinsic to the data (Copp and Roy 1986:H-15, Otis et al. 2016). Nevertheless, decades of harvest data have portrayed consistent regional and seasonal patterns (Wentworth 2007a, 2007b, Naves and Schamber 2024).

    METHODS

    Key respondent interviews

    We followed ethical principles for human subjects research including input in study design, informed consent, voluntary participation and anonymity, and opportunity for data review (Alaska Federation of Natives 2013, National Science Foundation 2018). We asked AMBCC partners to review draft interview questions, conducted two pilot interviews with subsistence users, and revised the methods accordingly. Interview questions addressed respondents’ geographic reference and demographics, Emperor Goose ethnotaxonomy, harvest timing and methods, uses, cultural importance, ecology, local issues, and harvest management (Appendix 1). We used the harvest management regions defined for the spring-summer subsistence harvest of migratory birds in Alaska as the geographic framework for data collection and analysis while considering homelands of main Indigenous groups and the Emperor Goose seasonal cycle (Fig. 1). This approach was consistent with the scale at which harvest management is implemented.

    The pool of interview candidates had 117 people including members of federal and state regional harvest management bodies, candidates suggested by the AMBCC, and candidates suggested by interview respondents (chain referral). We attempted to interview primarily Indigenous respondents because they were less represented than other stakeholders in previous studies, but we did not preclude participation of other ethnic groups (Mengak et al. 2022, Naves et al. 2023). We attempted to interview men, women, elders, and active harvesters representing diverse demographics who harvest, share, and use Emperor Geese.

    We initially planned for in-person interviews but had to interview by phone due to public health concerns during the COVID-19 pandemic. Following an initial phone communication, we mailed interview candidates information on the study’s objective, interview questions, a consent form, and a pre-stamped envelope for returning the completed consent form. We attempted to contact the candidates again after delivery of the interview packet to schedule an interview. We attempted to contact candidates by phone three times at each stage of this process. We acknowledge that communication by phone was sometimes affected by poor phone connection, hearing impairments, and limited non-verbal clues which are more available in in-person interactions. We do not advocate for conducting traditional knowledge interviews by phone if in-person interviews are possible. Nevertheless, we have no indication that communication by phone substantially affected the quality of the data presented in this study.

    We interviewed 37 respondents (31 men, 6 women) residing in 20 communities between November 2020 and June 2021 (Appendix 2-Table A1). Most interviews were individual, one interview had two respondents, and another had three respondents. The pilot interviews had two interviewers, and all others had one interviewer. All interviews were audio-recorded and averaged 77 minutes. Respondents’ age ranged from 19 to 85 (Appendix 2-Fig. A1). All except one respondent (97%) identified themselves as Indigenous. The interviewer read the consent information and each interview question. About one-third of respondents opted for anonymity. We explained to respondents that they could say “I don’t know” and decline to answer any question. Respondents received a monetary honorarium in recognition of their time.

    Data collection on ethnotaxonomy included Indigenous and English names for all geese species occurring in Alaska. To develop interview materials, we researched the literature and inventoried previously documented names for geese. First, we asked respondents to name geese based on color drawings and audio-recordings of vocalizations. Then, we asked respondents to review names for geese compiled from the literature and presented in the written interview materials. We asked respondents if they were familiar with previously documented names, although such familiarity does not necessarily imply knowing to which bird(s) a name applies.

    Literature review: Previously documented Indigenous and scientific knowledge

    We gathered previously documented ethnographic information pertaining to Emperor Goose in Alaska to supplement the geographic and cultural coverage of this study (e.g., Nelson 1887, Brandt 1943, Fienup-Riordan 1994, 2007, Ballanger 2004, Unger 2014). Notably, some previous studies focusing on species of management interest included topics about Emperor Goose (Wolfe and Paige 1995, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996, Paige et al. 1996, Georgette and Iknokinok 1997, Fienup-Riordan 1999, Georgette 2000), including unpublished information from interviews conducted in 1997 in the communities of Akutan and Nikolski archived at the ADF&G Division of Subsistence (Naves et al. 2024).

    We researched the natural sciences literature pertaining to the life history and ecology of Emperor Goose. Presenting an exhaustive compilation of the natural sciences literature about Emperor Goose was beyond the scope of this study. We integrated relevant scientific information as it relates to IK and harvest management.

    We presented in the Results section information from the interviews conducted in this study, previously documented IK, and related ecological information from the scientific literature. This approach intended to facilitate integration of information, conciseness, and a coherent information flow. We provided sources for all information derived from the literature. The diverse sources of information gathered in this study spanned several decades. Some knowledge reflected temporal changes in ecological factors, for example, a reduced use of Saint Lawrence Island by molting Emperor Goose. In some instances, there was no evidence to infer if change of knowledge and perspectives occurred across decades and the factors potentially involved.

    Data analysis and review

    We transcribed interview audio-recordings verbatim. Two of the authors reviewed all audio-recordings and transcripts to ensure accuracy. We presented some interview quotes in Appendix 2 to illustrate the data and provide a direct voice to respondents (additional content in Naves et al. 2024). We slightly edited quotes for clarity and conciseness while respecting respondents’ word choices (“[...]” indicates omitted text). We used Nvivo 12 Pro (QSR International Pty Ltd, Doncaster, ASTL) to code the qualitative data. The data were initially deductively coded based on interview questions (Appendix 1). Responses for each question were then interactively sub-coded based on emergent themes and sub-themes linking codes across interview questions. Some themes and sub-themes occurred under more than one question. We then summarized information from responses based on geographic regions to connect knowledge and perspectives to the Emperor Goose annual cycle.

    Respondents represented most regions within the Emperor Goose range in Alaska. Despite our best efforts, we were unable to enlist participants from the mainland portion of the Bering Strait-Norton Sound region. About 1000 Emperor Geese nest on the north shore of the Seward Peninsula (Paige et al. 1996, Lewis et al. 2021). Emperor Geese are harvested in relatively low numbers in this area (Naves and Schamber 2024). Interviews for the Bering Strait-Norton Sound region represented the communities of Gambell and Savoonga, on Saint Lawrence Island.

    Most results for the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands refer to the entire region as wintering grounds for Emperor Goose. However, within this region, some knowledge and harvest patterns seemed typical of the Pribilof Islands, where Emperor Goose occur primarily during migration.

    We summarized the ethnotaxonomy data across entire interviews as the number of respondents (by language) who indicated familiarity with geese names. Alaska Native languages have diverse dialects. Additionally, variant words and spellings are common as Indigenous languages are primarily spoken (Fortescue et al. 2010, Jacobson 2012). Assessing dialectical variations and localisms in geese ethnotaxonomy was beyond our reach. We followed spelling from dictionaries unless unavailable, and favoring conciseness, we did not report all variant spellings. We reported our understanding of the use of geese names based on information from the literature, interviews in this study, and meaning of names (etymology). Mistakes and omissions are ours, and we continue to welcome guidance to correct them.

    We asked respondents to rate their support for conservation and harvest management actions using a 5-point Likert-type scale from strongly oppose to strongly favor (adapted from Mengak et al. 2022). Some respondents did not use the 5-point scale, so we combined responses into a 3-point scale coded as “oppose” (1), “neither oppose nor favor” (2), and “favor” (3). Higher mean ratings indicate higher favorability than lower ratings. Main differences in the ecological and regulatory contexts pertained to Emperor Goose wintering and breeding grounds. Thus, we calculated mean ratings for residents of the Kodiak Archipelago and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands (wintering grounds), residents of other regions (breeding, molting, and migration areas), as well as all regions combined.

    We mailed a hard copy of an expanded draft report to all interview respondents asking for their review (Naves et al. 2024). We asked federal, state, and Native AMBCC partners to review draft results. A four-page summary was produced to facilitate review of draft results. This paper includes input received during all review stages.

    RESULTS

    Geese ethnotaxonomy

    We identified 42 names for geese in five Indigenous languages and 14 names in English (Appendix 2-Tables A2 and A3). Some names (e.g., neqleq, laqiq) were used for more than one species, especially Canada/Cackling geese (Branta canadensis and B. hutchinsii), White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons), and Brant (Branta bernicla). Beach goose usually referred to Emperor Goose but occasionally to Brant. Yellow-legged goose usually referred to White-fronted Goose but occasionally to Emperor Goose. This pattern may reflect diverse dialects and localism, mismatches between local ethnotaxonomies and genetics-based taxonomy, errors in documented use of names, variable language fluency, and loss of knowledge about bird names.

    Some names described the species appearance (tuutangayak, nacaullek, iqsraġutilik, uuxali-x̂) or behavior (tingmak kikiyouk, chugumadan laga). Some names compared species, for example teghqilkagpak (Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik) used for Canada Goose literally means large Brant. Names often were onomatopoeic (imitated geese vocalizations) (e.g., laqiq, neqleq, neqlernaq). Some names or variants occurred in diverse languages (e.g., lagiq, neqleq, kanguq) and may be onomatopoeic and/or loan words (adopted from another language with little or no modification; Appendix 2-Table A2). Onomatopoeic names were traditionally pronounced with inflection to further resemble bird sounds (Brandt 1943:93). In conversation, people traditionally used to refer to a bird by imitating its sound, independently of the bird having an onomatopoeic name (Russell and West 2003:44).

    Some species names were also used for broader categories. Lagiq (Yup’ik) referred to Canada/Cackling geese as well as unspecified goose. Leghlleq (Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik) referred to Emperor Goose and to unspecified goose (Appendix 2-Table A2). Names indicating nested ethnotaxonomic categories likely reflected the local availability of species, their relative contribution to harvest, and cultural relevance (Russell and West 2003:50).

    Ethnotaxonomies may include categories for sex, age, and ecological attributes (Simeone and Kari 2002). A Yup’ik respondent identified hatch-year Emperor Goose (with gray feathers on the head) as nacaullegaq. Nonbreeding geese (of any species) are referred to in Yup’ik language as kangniq (Appendix 2-Quote 1). In Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik, molting geese are known as iingtaq (Badten et al. 2008). Male and female geese differ in their behaviors but cannot be identified based on external morphology. Arctic-breeding geese reach breeding maturity in about three years and a proportion of breeding-age geese do not breed every year (Petersen 1992).

    Respondents from most regions (except Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago) often explained that they and other people in their communities mostly use names for geese (and other birds) in their Indigenous languages (Appendix 2-Figs. A2-A4). Some respondents seemed unfamiliar with English names for geese. Nevertheless, respondents often did not know the meaning (etymology) of Indigenous geese names. Reduced knowledge about the etymology of names can result from language shift (Krupnik 2017).

    Respondents from the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago mostly used English names for geese and were unfamiliar with names in their Indigenous languages (Appendix 2-Figs. A5 and A6). Some respondents explained that they often refer to geese without identifying species. These tendencies suggest advanced stages of language shift (from Indigenous to Russian to English) and some IK loss, consistent with earlier contact of Aleut and Alutiiq people with Russo-American cultures as compared with other Alaska Native people (Langdon 2014).

    The name beach goose was commonly used by Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents, but it was not used by residents of other regions [Appendix 2-Figs. A2-A6 (this study) and Quote 2 (Wolfe and Paige 1995)]. Use of beach goose by Indigenous inhabitants of the Aleutian Islands was reported as early as the late 1800s (Nelson 1887:89). This ethnotaxonomic pattern likely relates to Emperor Goose’s nearly exclusive use of marine coastal environments during the nonbreeding period (Gibson and Byrd 2007:229-241). Although Emperor Goose closely associate with coastal environments across their range, at breeding grounds they are found up to 10 miles inland (Saalfeld et al. 2017, Schmutz et al. 2020).

    Use of habitats by Emperor Goose and ecological interactions

    Respondents from all regions described marine coasts, bays, and lagoons as important habitats for Emperor Goose as well as freshwater sources within marine environments, which hunters use as predictors of its occurrence. Respondents in this study identified 53 places important for Emperor Goose and 14 other places were mentioned in previous studies (Fig. 1, Appendix 2-Table A4; Wolfe and Paige 1995, Paige et al. 1996, Georgette and Iknokinok 1997, Georgette 2000). The spatial distribution of these places also reflected respondents’ land use patterns including traditional harvest areas and areas used in commercial fishing. Among 125 place names in Orth (1971) referring to geese (including unspecified geese), 14 places were within the Emperor Goose range. Collectively, these places and place names refine information on habitat use by Emperor Goose.

    Saint Lawrence Island residents described Emperor Goose migrations and highlighted use of southeast lagoons for molting and staging (Appendix 2-Quote 3; Fay and Cade 1959). Respondents in this study said Emperor Goose usually feed on seaweed, eelgrass, mussels, grasses, and fresh berries (in fall) and overwintered berries (in spring; Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996). Respondents obtained this information from observation of Emperor Goose behavior and from assessing contents in the digestive tract of harvested birds. Respondents were attentive to factors affecting the body condition of Emperor Goose such as storms, frozen bays, and favorable weather (Appendix 2-Quotes 4 and 5). Some respondents from the Bristol Bay region associated the body condition of migrating Emperor Goose with the availability of Pacific herring (Clupea pallasii) spawn (Appendix 2-Quote 6). Herring spawn is an important food for sea ducks and other birds during the pre-breeding period (Bishop and Green 2001, Bond and Esler 2006, Lewis et al. 2007).

    Respondents reported that foxes are an important predator of Emperor Goose (particularly young, sick, and injured birds) and their eggs. Jaegers (Stercorarius spp.), gulls, and the Common Raven (Corvus corax) also predate eggs and goslings. One respondent noted increased numbers of ravens. Some respondents reported shooting foxes and jaegers to protect goose eggs and goslings. Respondents from the Aleutian Islands mentioned that removal of introduced foxes and rats (by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service in the Alaska Maritime National Wildlife Refuge) from some islands has benefited bird populations.

    Respondents from all regions observed within their lifetime that bird migrations are occurring earlier in spring and later in fall, and they attributed this change to global warming (Uher-Koch et al. 2021). A respondent thought the warmer weather caused geese to have more lice. Some respondents mentioned impacts of coastal erosion and melting permafrost on habitats important for geese (Appendix 2-Quote 7).

    Migration cycle and availability for harvest

    Respondents across regions collectively described the occurrence of Emperor Goose during its migration cycle (Fig. 2A): Y-K Delta in March-October; Northwest Arctic in May-June; Saint Lawrence Island in April-November; Aleutian Islands yearlong (but mainly in September-May); Kodiak Archipelago in August-May (but mainly in October-April); and Bristol Bay in March-June and August-November. The timing of spring and fall migration varied annually depending on seasonal transitions.

    Respondents emphasized that bird harvest including Emperor Goose are traditionally curtailed during nesting and chick rearing (Figs. 2B and 2C). Other factors that affected the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Geese were the weather, access, harvest closures, other activities, and costs (Fig. 3). There was a preference for hunting at times when the geese have no pin feathers (not molting) and are fatter (tastier). In the Y-K Delta and Bristol Bay, there was a preference for harvesting Emperor Geese in spring (Appendix 2-Quote 8), but some harvest also occur in fall in these regions (Fig. 2B; Naves et al. 2023, Naves and Schamber 2024). On Saint Lawrence Island, Emperor Goose eggs are usually not harvested, and flightless (molting) Emperor Geese are harvested in late summer.

    In the Bristol Bay region, Emperor Goose harvest often occurs in conjunction with harvest primarily directed to King Eider Somateria spectabilis and seals (Appendix 2-Quote 9). In this region, Emperor Goose harvest is facilitated by offshore winds that push the migrating geese onshore (Appendix 2-Quote 10).

    Respondents from the Aleutian Islands and Kodiak Archipelago said Emperor Geese are fatter and tastier in late fall. They explained that Emperor Geese arriving in September-October is often molting body feathers, thus harvesting mostly happens in October-November. In the Kodiak Archipelago, respondents indicated that Emperor Goose harvest coincided with the fall-winter regulatory waterfowl season (8 October-22 January). Some hunters preferred adult Emperor Goose over juveniles (identified by gray feathers on the head) (Appendix 2-Quote 11; Wolfe and Paige 1995). The Emperor Goose is the only goose species present during winter in the Aleutian Islands. But short daylight and storms in December-February are unfavorable for waterfowl hunting in the Aleutian Islands and Kodiak Archipelago. Some residents of these regions voiced unwillingness to harvest birds in spring as they prepare to breed (Appendix 2-Quote 12).

    Emperor Goose occurrence and harvest on the Pribilof Islands seemed to differ from the Aleutian Islands. A Pribilof Island respondent explained that Emperor Geese are usually present in April-June and September-October and are usually harvested in April-May (Appendix 2-Quote 13). The Emperor Goose seems to occur in relatively low frequency and numbers on the Pribilof Islands (Appendix 2-Quote 14; Wolf and Paige 1995).

    Harvest methods and practices

    Most respondents said that the Emperor Goose is not specifically targeted and is one of many species in the seasonal harvest cycle including other birds, Pacific halibut (Hippoglossus stenolepis), clams, Sitka black-tailed deer (Odocoileus hemionus sitkensis), seals, walrus, wood, and berries. High cost of harvesting gear and supplies (especially fuel) was also mentioned, as people cannot afford to seek only specific resources.

    Some respondents nevertheless referred to hunting efforts directed at the Emperor Goose, especially in conditions and places where it congregates. Naturally, coastal residents have more access to Emperor Goose. People from coastal areas who moved away often visit their original communities for harvesting purposes. Coastal areas tend to be more productive and attract hunters from inland communities (Appendix 2-Quote S15). Saint Lawrence Island respondents reported on harvest directed at flightless Emperor Geese in summer but added that this practice was more common in the past.

    Respondents used shotguns to take Emperor Geese. One respondent from Savoonga used to catch flightless Emperor Geese with a dipnet. Respondents used natural features as blinds, or blinds built to hunt seals. Some respondents used or heard of using decoys to hunt Emperor Geese. Two respondents from the Aleutian Islands used dogs to retrieve downed birds (we did not specifically ask about hunting dogs). Some local residents mentioned that hunting Emperor Geese in the Kodiak Archipelago road system required a boat because harvesting is closed within 500 feet of the shoreline in the spring-summer and fall-winter seasons (Federal Register vol. 68, no. 139, page 43010). Diverse methods were used in the past to harvest birds such as bolas, nets, spears, snares, and clubs (Fienup-Riordan 2007, Corbett 2017).

    Some Y-K Delta respondents in this study referred to drives for harvesting flightless geese and ducks, but drives seemed uncommon in recent decades. Bird drives were important harvest events in the Y-K Delta until about the 1970s, often involving entire communities with planning, coordination, and camaraderie (Nelson 1899:135, Fienup-Riordan 1994:23, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996). In late July-August, dozens of men and boys and multiple boats rounded up flightless birds. Drives likely yielded the most bountiful bird harvest, where hundreds to thousands of birds were shared within communities. As a preferred species for bird skin parkas, Emperor Goose was historically sought after in drives (Brandt 1943:92, 279, Klein and Seim 1965:9-10, Fienup-Riordan 1999).

    Use as food and materials

    Respondents indicated that the Emperor Goose is currently used most for food. Wild foods comprise much of the diet in remote communities in Alaska and are healthier than store-bought, processed foods (Appendix 2-Quote 16). Birds harvested in spring are usually consumed fresh as a welcome change of diet, after eating preserved foods for a long winter. Wild foods are key for the cultural and emotional well-being of Indigenous people (Appendix 2-Quote 17). Traditionally, the arrival of migratory birds alleviated hunger. Modern socioeconomic structures aim at improving food security, but spring bird harvest still has practical, cultural, and emotional value (Schwalenberg et al. 2023).

    Whether the Emperor Goose is a preferred food seems to vary between individuals, regions, and times of the year (based on variable physiological states during migration, breeding, and molting). Some respondents explained that the Emperor Goose was and still is a favorite food. Sometimes people save or harvest Emperor Geese for special occasions like Thanksgiving, Christmas, and birthdays. Historically, the Emperor Goose has been a favored bird of the Aleut/Unangam people of the Aleutian Islands (Unger 2014:225). Emperor Geese may not be particularly favored on the Pribilof Islands (Wolfe and Paige 1995, this study).

    Respondents reported that they often gutted Emperor Goose soon after harvest to preserve freshness, that it is easier to pluck birds while they are still warm, and that they often skinned birds that had pin feathers. Respondents usually preserved birds in freezers, occasionally by air drying, and less often by salting. Birds may be frozen whole, with or without feathers. Some said the feathers keep frozen birds fresher. In the past, Emperor Goose and other birds were air dried, smoked, salted, packed in snow, and stored in wooden barrels (Unger 2014:57). Traditionally, children helped with plucking and cleaning birds (Veltre and Veltre 1983).

    Respondents explained that Emperor Goose was often boiled or made into a soup, but also roasted, fried, browned, and canned. Lightly boiling or roasting was referred to as “half cooked.” Foods are often dipped in seal oil. Few respondents mentioned eating Emperor Goose eggs. One respondent boiled the eggs before freezer storage. Unger (2014) presented recipes for goose roast and soup. Birds’ breast, legs, neck, back, wings, skin, fat, heart, gizzard, and liver are usually consumed whereas the head, feet, intestines, stomach, kidneys, and tongue are sometimes consumed (Veltre and Veltre 1983, Unger 2014, Naves and Fall 2017).

    Some respondents mentioned uses that were common in the past such as using a wing as a broom; skins for parkas; and down to stuff bedding, pillows, and clothing (Appendix 2-Quote 18; ADF&G Division of Subsistence Archives). Feathered skins of Emperor Geese were preferred for winter parkas because they are particularly warm (Nelson 1887:31, Brandt 1943:279, Fienup-Riordan 2007:206, 209). Socioeconomic and technological changes led to increased use of store-bought items (Appendix 2-Quote 19). One respondent saved the feathers for artists to use. One Hooper Bay resident mentioned the use of Emperor Goose feathers for people to learn how to make dance fans, while Snowy Owl Bubo scandiacus feathers are usually preferred. One respondent used goose wings to train hunting dogs. In the Aleutian Islands, a fatty broth made from Emperor Goose was used to heal a sore throat (Wolfe and Paige 1995).

    Other cultural connections

    Respondents most often did not recall stories, songs, and other cultural items specifically involving Emperor Goose. A respondent from Saint Lawrence Island remembered fragments of stories and songs about Emperor Goose and two respondents from Akutan knew a song (Appendix 2-Quote 20). However, we were unable to obtain further information. Respondents often mentioned the prohibition of Indigenous languages and masked dances resulting in loss of language, culture, and knowledge. Some respondents explained that such cultural connections may have existed in the past (Appendix 2-Quote 21).

    Emperor Goose harvesting related to respondents’ core values such as connection to the land, sharing, and appreciation of elders (Appendix 2-Quote 22). Connection to the land traditionally includes deliberate observation of weather, tides, animal behavior, and ecological processes (Appendix 2-Quote 23).

    Sharing Emperor Goose, especially with elders and others who cannot hunt, was an important part of harvesting. Traditional foods are a special treat for elders. Sharing harvested birds is one of the first lessons in hunters’ education. Respondents said that a young hunter’s first goose must be shared with elders or prepared into a meal for sharing with relatives. Some said sharing practices had not changed. One respondent said people may post on Facebook asking to receive wild foods. Another said freezers make it easier to preserve geese and share them later. Some thought sharing has decreased together with decreased geese harvesting.

    When asked about traditional rules related to Emperor Goose harvest, most respondents referred to not wasting as a core Indigenous value. Not wasting encompassed harvesting, processing, and consuming wild foods: harvest only what is needed, do not overharvest, only shoot at animals that can be effectively killed and retrieved, retrieve all harvested animals, prevent spoilage by timely processing harvested foods, consume all stored foods, consume all edible parts, do not leave food on the plate, eat all leftovers, and use inedible parts as materials. Respect also determines proper disposition of inedible parts (Appendix 2-Quote 24). All actions to prevent waste demonstrate respect and gratitude for animals’ ultimate offer (Nadasdy 2003:79-94).

    Abundance over decades

    Respondents often said that, during their lifetime, Emperor Goose numbers increased after a period of low abundance. Some respondents of the Kodiak Archipelago seemed particularly emphatic about higher Emperor Goose numbers. This emphasis is consistent with a recent change in the use of wintering areas by Emperor Goose related to climate change, with a higher proportion of the population now wintering on the Alaska Peninsula and Kodiak Archipelago, closer to breeding areas in western Alaska (Uher-Koch et al. 2021). Higher spatial concentration of Emperor Goose on the Kodiak Archipelago may lead to a local perception of increased abundance beyond the actual total population growth.

    Some respondents indicated that Emperor Goose numbers have not rebounded to previous levels. Some attributed reduced Emperor Goose abundance to human activities including noise pollution due to motorized vehicles. Respondents explained concerns about reduced use of the Bristol Bay region by migrating Emperor Goose and other birds as related to increased commercial fishing for Pacific herring in spring and less food available for birds (Appendix 2-Quote 25). Respondents explained that human activities caused a reduction in the numbers of Emperor Goose that breed and molt on Saint Lawrence Island and displaced birds to less accessible areas (Appendix 2-Quote 26) (Lehman 2019:40).

    One respondent related change in birds’ body size with variable population levels (Appendix 2-Quote 27). This observation has parallels in the scientific literature as unfavorable ecological factors can be related to reduced body size (phenotypic variation) and mass within bird populations with implications for fecundity and survival (Cooch et al. 1991).

    In a previous study, Yup’ik elders associated fluctuations in goose populations with spring storm surge floods in the Y-K Delta coast, among other factors (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Spring floods of variable amplitude and geographic extension destroy goose nests and scatter eggs, causing breeding failure (Haverkamp et al. 2022, Thompson et al. 2023).

    Harvest patterns in recent decades and sustainability

    Most respondents thought that Emperor Goose harvest decreased during their lifetime. Several respondents stopped hunting Emperor Goose or harvested fewer during the 1986-2016 harvest closure for this species. In general, people hunt less nowadays because of availability of store-bought foods, changing food preferences, more time spent indoors, and other factors (Appendix 2-Quote 28). The 1918-2002 spring-summer harvest closure for migratory birds impacted subsistence practices related to birds in Alaska (Appendix 2-Quote 29). It is possible that the demise of drives for flightless geese and ducks since about the 1970s affected the amount and timing of bird harvesting specially in the Y-K Delta (Nelson 1899:135, Brandt 1943:92, 279, Klein and Seim 1965:9-10, Fienup-Riordan 1994:23, 1999, Fienup-Riordan et al. 1996).

    Respondents mentioned changes in economic activities affecting Emperor Goose harvest. On Saint Lawrence Island, respondents thought that harvest of flightless Emperor Goose (July) is much reduced because fewer geese now use the island, but also because people are busy commercial fishing for Pacific halibut from late June to September. Aleutian Islands’ residents associated reduced Emperor Goose harvest with the closure of some winter fisheries (Appendix 2-Quote 30).

    About two-thirds of respondents (68%) thought the current Emperor Goose harvest is sustainable (Fig. 4; question 28 in Appendix 1). Many of the respondents with this opinion (67%) were residents of the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago, and some attributed their opinion to the observation of increasing Emperor Goose numbers.

    Perspectives on harvest management

    Meanings and goals for management and conservation

    Respondents addressed biological research, harvest assessment, values, and harvest management approaches. Respondents recounted traumatic experiences with enforcement of bird harvest regulations. They also referred to challenges for harvest management while recognizing Indigenous sovereignty. Some perceived harvest management as a way to control people. Respondents understood Indigenous participation and IK as essential to build trust and collaboration in harvest management (Appendix 2-Quote 31). Some emphasized the need for communication, so people understand the reasons for restrictive harvest regulations.

    One respondent thought harvest management should be conservative because some harvest may not be accounted for (Appendix 2-Quote 32). In fact, the required harvest reporting for the fall-winter Emperor Goose permit has been ineffective to quantify harvest because not all hunters obtain a permit and report their harvest (Naves et al. 2023).

    Respondents discussed sustainability of resources and protecting access to wild foods. Not overharvesting and not wasting were again common themes. Some mentioned curtailing harvest during specific times and harvesting more abundant species as conservation measures. Some defined conservation as habitat protection (Appendix 2-Quote 33). Respondents often discussed connections between conservation, knowledge, and culture (Appendix 2-Quote 34).

    Some Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago respondents resented restrictive fall-winter harvest regulations. One respondent felt the regulations favored regions where birds occur in spring-summer (Appendix 2-Quote 35).

    Harvest during the breeding season

    Respondents across regions highlighted the importance of protecting breeding Emperor Goose to support population growth and harvest opportunities. Respondents highly valued eggs as the starting point for goose abundance (Appendix 2-Quote 36). Leaving eggs in the nest also shows empathy and respect for birds as sentient beings (Appendix 2-Quote 37; Fienup-Riordan 1999).

    Bird harvesting is traditionally curtailed during nesting and chick rearing. Some comments referred to curtailing harvest in the pre-laying period (Appendix 2-Quote 38). But it was sometimes unclear if respondents perceived pre-laying as part of the breeding season. Emperor Geese often arrive paired in breeding grounds; widowed birds may be unable to re-mate in time for breeding or may incur additional energy costs that prevent them from breeding (Brandt 1943, Petersen 1992).

    Some respondents voiced concerns about impacts of spring-summer harvesting on the Emperor Goose population (Appendix 2-Quote 39). However, some respondents clarified they did not intend to interfere with harvest opportunities for other subsistence hunters (Appendix 2-Quote 40).

    Rating conservation and harvest management tools

    We asked respondents to rate their support or opposition to 14 harvest management tools. Respondents were often unfamiliar with or felt unaffected by harvest regulations for regions other than that of their residence, or they did not want to interfere with harvest opportunities in other regions. In all regions, respondents supported protecting breeding and wintering habitats, outreach and education, and predator control (Fig. 5). But respondents were unsure about how to further protect habitat in Alaska. Some respondents who did not oppose predator control pondered the risks of directly managing animal populations and recognized the ecological role of predators.

    Allowing only harvest for elders and ceremonial use had relatively high rating in all regions (Appendix 2-Quote 41). However, some respondents were unsure about how such regulations would be implemented. Some elders felt Emperor Goose harvesting should be for everyone. Respondents were uncertain about ceremonial uses involving Emperor Goose. Closing egg harvest also had strong support, especially by residents of regions within the Emperor Goose core breeding areas.

    Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents indicated higher support for some actions aiming at reducing spring-summer harvest than residents from other regions (extend 30-day closure, establish harvest quota, reduce season length). Some actions aiming at reducing fall-winter harvest were rated lower by residents from the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago than by residents from the other regions (reduce harvest quota, reduce season length).

    Increase law enforcement, introduce a drawing permit, and close all harvest had the lowest ratings. Some who supported law enforcement referred to the loss of Indigenous knowledge about harvest restraint (Appendix 2-Quote 42). Some respondents were concerned that restrictive regulations and law enforcement are additional barriers to accessing wild foods, traditional lands, and knowledge gathered from the land. Some respondents who supported restrictive measures highlighted the need for users’ participation in management (Appendix 2-Quote 43).

    Respondents welcomed further exchanges between users, biologists, and managers including information about Emperor Goose ecology, behavior, and population dynamics. Some stressed a need for educating youth about harvesting and advocated for this information in schools. Others thought communication must include harvesters, tribal councils, and the broader community. One respondent suggested that messages must be positive and constructive (Appendix 2-Quote 44).

    DISCUSSION

    Geese ethnotaxonomy

    Language and ethnotaxonomy are gateways into IK, cognitive systems, and worldviews (Nadasdy 2003:5-6). Ethnotaxonomy and IK studies help to develop a common vocabulary for subsistence users, researchers, and managers to work together. Collaborative efforts to preserve Indigenous languages also help mending relations and building trust.

    This study improved the understanding of geese ethnotaxonomy in diverse Alaska Native languages and illustrated various levels of language shift across regions (Krupnik 2017). We also portrayed how ethnotaxonomic research requires a broad approach beyond a single focal species because ethnotaxonomic categories may be nested, names may apply to multiple species, and categorization often differs between local ethnotaxonomies and genetics-based, scientific taxonomy. Nevertheless, this study potentially under-represented respondents’ ability to identify geese species due to communication challenges (poor phone connection, hearing impairments, and limited non-verbal communication) and a disconnect between the ability to quickly name species in an interview and the ability to apply such knowledge in a more natural setting of daily life (Diamond and Bishop 1999, Godoy et al. 2005).

    Documentation of geese ethnotaxonomy is possibly more complete for the Yup’ik language, which is better preserved than other Alaska Native languages due to a relatively late contact of Yup’ik people with Euro-American cultures (Langdon 2014). Additionally, geese are particularly conspicuous in the Yup’ik homeland and culture. The Y-K Delta provides key nesting and migration habitat for geese at the continental scale (Saalfeld et al. 2017). Geese harvest in the Y-K Delta represent the highest contribution of birds to the subsistence diet across Alaska regions (Fall 2016, Naves and Schamber 2024).

    Emperor Goose ecology across its range and Indigenous homelands

    This study highlighted the value of integrating Indigenous and scientific knowledge across the entire range and annual cycle of migratory species. Western Alaska residents were most familiar with Emperor Goose breeding ecology, while Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago residents were mostly familiar with Emperor Goose wintering ecology. Respondents voiced a desire to know about the lives of geese beyond their respective homelands. Experiential IK of individual cultural groups reflects a defined seasonal and spatial coexistence with the animals that occur within their homelands (Lopez 1986:130, Naves et al. 2019). Knowledge combined across homelands and cultural groups generally aligned with scientific knowledge and further described habitat use by Emperor Goose.

    Emperor Goose ecology in Alaska is relatively well documented in scientific literature (Rockwell et al. 1996, Hupp et al. 2007, 2008, Schmutz et al. 2020, Uher-Koch et al. 2021, Lewis et al. 2021, Thompson et al. 2023). Emperor Goose is a conspicuous species, has a relatively limited range, and has been a research focus in Alaska for decades due to conservation concerns. Like IK, the scientific research often is locally based. However, dedicated efforts in scientific research have built upon individual pieces and new technologies (satellite imagery, telemetry, and statistical modeling) have allowed researchers to address vast geographic areas. In contrast, integrating IK across Indigenous homelands and cultures seems less common (Gagnon et al. 2020).

    The scientific literature is often inaccessible and poorly known to the broader public and even relevant audiences, such as Emperor Goose subsistence users in Alaska. Dedicated communication and outreach efforts strive to compile, simplify, and improve access to scientific information (Davenport and Zeller 2020). In contrast, IK is originally built with local participation, includes local values, is shared by trusted messengers, and readily accessible to local communities. Indigenous knowledge includes relational, emotional, and spiritual connections with nature which are virtually absent in scientific knowledge, such as recognition of animals as sentient beings (Nadasdy 2003). Such dynamics related to trust play a role on how diverse stakeholders engage with IK and scientific knowledge in the context of Emperor Goose harvest management.

    Harvest management

    Indigenous people desire to participate in harvest management (Jack 2002, this study). This study provided additional opportunity to listen to Indigenous users while Emperor Goose management is being evaluated (AMBCC 2016, PFC 2016). We included knowledgeable individuals who usually do not directly interact with the harvest management bodies for migratory birds. This study also facilitated communication with researchers and managers during the planning and review phases.

    Respondents portrayed Emperor Goose as an important resource, although not a main food item or cultural focus. Emperor Goose belonged to a wide diversity of animals and plants seasonally harvested for food and other uses. Resources harvested in relatively small amounts support food security and add diversity to the diet (Hill 2018). Historically, animals provided indispensable materials (e.g., Emperor Goose skin parkas). Access to diverse resources is important to maintain IK and languages (Nadasdy 2003).

    Diverse social-ecological contexts make it challenging for Indigenous users to have a unified voice in Emperor Goose harvest management and conservation. Nevertheless, the need for a unified voice is formalized within the decision-making structure of the AMBCC where the Native Caucus collectively has one vote (state and federal partners also have one vote each). Historically, a unified voice and consensus-based decision-making have been key for Indigenous people to negotiate with outside influences about topics critical for their well-being such as land claims, access to health care and education, and harvest management (Alaska Federation of Natives 2025). In this study, individual interviews likely helped to moderate group and cultural dynamics that may discourage free speech on sensitive topics (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Accounting for diverse perspectives among subsistence users helps to develop harvest management approaches that are broadly acceptable and meaningful for local people.

    Egg harvest closure was the only action directly aimed at limiting Emperor Goose harvest that was broadly supported by subsistence users (Fig. 5). In contrast, partners whose perspectives largely derive from scientific knowledge have shown little enthusiasm for this action (Mengak et al. 2022). Biological research has indicated that egg survival and breeding success (as demographic factors) have a lower impact on geese populations than adult mortality (Schmutz et al. 1997, Koons et al. 2014, Hilde et al. 2020). The high importance that subsistence users attribute to eggs as the starting point of new generations of geese reflects traditional worldviews, perhaps including observation over generations of impacts of spring flooding on breeding geese (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Indirect biological and cultural processes may enhance the efficacy of egg harvest closure as a conservation action. Egg harvest opportunity may increase chances that adults are simultaneously taken. Flushing incubating birds and egg harvesting (even if not the entire clutch) lead to reduced nest survival (Thompson et al. 2023). The limited information available suggests that Emperor Geese do not commonly lay additional eggs to replace those lost during the laying period or after incubation has started (Schmutz et al. 2020). Egg harvest closure conveys a need for overall restraint and aligns with Yup’ik traditional moral based on responsible individual decision-making (Fienup-Riordan 1999). Sorting out the efficacy of egg harvest closure as a conservation action in a timely manner may be impractical. For example, inter-species nest parasitism complicates an evaluation of the production of replacement eggs by Emperor Goose (Petersen 1992). In the short term, in respect for Indigenous perspectives, egg harvest closures should not be dismissed, but considered together with additional conservation actions as need based on the status of the Emperor Goose population.

    It may be unclear for some partners how Indigenous traditional harvest management currently operates to prevent overharvest. In interviews in this study, themes related to Indigenous traditional harvest management included not overharvesting, self-restraint, not wasting, times to curtail harvest, and ensuring harvest opportunities for future generations (Fienup-Riordan 1999, Jack 2002). For non-Indigenous managers, such concepts lack quantifiable measures relative to indices of Emperor Goose abundance. Local availability of Emperor Goose—information used by subsistence hunters to prevent overharvest—may not reflect population level trends because birds concentrate in some locations and their habitat use changes over time. Some traditional Indigenous worldviews sometimes still voiced in management meetings (e.g., the more taken, the more will return; Fienup-Riordan 1999) seem irreconcilable with science-based harvest management and global impacts of human activities on wildlife in the modern world, including large-scale habitat loss and changes to climate and ecosystems. Future dedicated research and documentation of Indigenous traditional harvest management can support values-based harvest management for migratory birds and Emperor Goose (Peloquin and Berkes 2009).

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    We thank all interview respondents for sharing their time, knowledge, and perspectives (individually acknowledged in Appendix 2). Jason Schamber, Julian Fischer, Tamara Zeller, and Brandon Ahmasuk helped clarify the interview questions. Two respondents tested the interview questions and provided feedback. Devin Anderson, Rebecca Dunne, Katie Roush, and Adam Knight assisted in transcribing and reviewing interviews. Carrie Hallinan prepared place-names data. Gayle Neufeld made the map. Jason Schamber, Tyler Lewis, Brian Uher-Koch, Tom Rothe, Patty Schwalenberg, Caroline Brown, Adam Knight, and Julian Fischer suggested improvements to a draft manuscript. We thank you all. This study was funded by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Pittman-Robertson Federal Aid in Wildlife Restoration Act (grant F19AF00506) and the Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    We did not use AI or AI-assisted tools in this study.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    Interview transcripts are not publicly available because they contain information that could compromise the privacy of interview respondents.

    LITERATURE CITED

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2017. Customary and traditional use worksheet: Migratory game birds, featuring Emperor Geese. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Special Publication No. BOG 2017-01.

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2025a. Alaska Board of Game. https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/index.cfm?adfg=gameboard.main

    ADF&G (Alaska Department of Fish & Game). 2025b. Alaska waterfowl hunting regulations summary.https://www.adfg.alaska.gov/index.cfm?adfg=waterfowlhunting.resources

    Alaska Federation of Natives. 2013. Alaska Federation of Natives guidelines for research. Alaska Native Knowledge Network. University of Alaska Fairbanks. http://www.ankn.uaf.edu/IKS/afnguide.html

    Alaska Federation of Natives. 2025. Alaska Federation of Natives history. https://nativefederation.org/history/

    Ainsworth, G. B., S. M. Redpath, M. Wilson, C. Wernham, and J. C. Young. 2020. Integrating scientific and local knowledge to address conservation conflicts: Towards a practical framework based on lessons learned from a Scottish case study. Environmental Science & Policy 107:46-55. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsci.2020.02.017

    AMBCC (Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council). 2016. Management plan for the Emperor Goose. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. https://www.alaskamigratorybirds.com/images/regulations/management/AMBCC_Emperor_Goose_Management_Plan_Sept2016.pdf

    Badten (Aghnaghaghpik) L. W., V. O. Kaneshiro (Uqiitlek), M. Oovi (Uvegtu), C. Koonooka (Petuwaq), and S. A. Jacobson. 2008. St. Lawrence Island Siberian Yupik Eskimo dictionary. Alaska Native Language Center. University of Alaska Fairbanks, USA.

    Ballanger, J. S. 2004. Emperor Goose traditional ecological knowledge pilot study, summer 2003. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council Program. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Migratory Bird Management, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Berkes, F. 2018. Sacred Ecology. 4th Edition. Routledge, New York, New York, USA.

    Bishop, M. A., and S. P. Green. 2001. Predation on Pacific herring (Clupea pallasi) spawn by birds in Prince William Sound, Alaska. Fisheries Oceanography 10(S1):149-158. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1054-6006.2001.00038.x

    Blanchard, K. A. 1994. Culture and seabird conservation: The north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. Pages 294-310 in D. N. Nettleship, J. Burger, and M. Gochfeld, editors. Seabirds on islands: Threats, case studies, and action plans. BirdLife International, Cambridge, UK.

    Bond, J. C., and D. Esler. 2006. Nutrient acquisition by female Harlequin Ducks prior to spring migration and reproduction: Evidence for body mass optimization. Canadian Journal of Zoology 84(9):1223-1229. https://doi.org/10.1139/z06-111

    Brandt, H. 1943. Alaska bird trails: Adventures of an expedition by dog sled to the delta of the Yukon River at Hooper Bay. The Bird Research Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio, USA.

    BurnSilver, S., J. Magdanz, R. Stotts, M. Berman, and G. Kofinas. 2016. Are mixed economies persistent or transitional? Evidence using social networks from Arctic Alaska. American Anthropologist 118(1):121-129. https://doi.org/10.1111/aman.12447

    Copp, J. D., and G. M. Roy. 1986. Results of the 1985 survey of waterfowl hunting on the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta, Alaska. Oregon State University, Department of Fisheries and Wildlife. Report to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Region 7. Corvallis, Oregon, USA.

    Cooch, E. G., D. B. Lank, R. F. Rockwell, and F. Cooke. 1991. Long-term decline in body size in a Snow Goose population: Evidence of environmental degradation? Journal of Animal Ecology 60(2):483-496. https://doi.org/10.2307/5293

    Corbett, D. 2017. Saĝdaĝ—To catch birds. Arctic Anthropology 53(2):93-113. https://doi.org/10.3368/aa.53.2.93

    Davenport, E., and T. Zeller. 2020. Emperor goose outreach and education campaign. Division of Migratory Bird Management and International Data Systems. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Diamond. J., and K. D. Bishop. 1999. Ethno-ornithology of the Ketengban people, Indonesian New Guinea. Pages 17-45 in D. L. Medin, and A. Atran, editors. Folkbiology. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/3042.003.0003

    Dooley, J., E. Osnas, and G. Zimmerman. 2016. Analyses of Emperor Goose survey data and harvest potential. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. Division of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Drew, J. A., and A. P. Henne. 2006. Conservation biology and traditional ecological knowledge: Integrating academic disciplines for better conservation practice. Ecology and Society 11(2):34. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-01959-110234

    Fall, J. A. 2016. Regional patterns of fish and wildlife harvests in contemporary Alaska. Arctic 69(1):47-64. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4547

    Fay, F. H., and T. J. Cade. 1959. An ecological analysis of the avifauna of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. University of California Press Publications in Zoology 63(2):73-150.

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 1994. Boundaries and passages: Rule and ritual in Yup’ik Eskimo oral tradition. The Civilization of the American Indian Series Volume 212. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman, Oklahoma, USA.

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 1999. Yaqulget qaillun pilartat (What the birds do): Yup’ik Eskimo understanding of geese and those who study them. Arctic 52(1):1-22. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic905

    Fienup-Riordan, A. 2007. Yuungnaqpiallerput, The way we genuinely live: Masterworks of Yup’ik science and survival. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington, USA.

    Fienup-Riordan, A., V. Kaganak, and W. Chayalkun. 1996. Yaqulget qaillun pilartat munaseng ulerpagaaqan, What the birds do when their places are flooded: Yup’ik knowledge of storm surges and goose ecology. Association of Village Council Presidents, Natural Resources Department, Bethel, Alaska, USA.

    Fortescue, M., S. A. Jacobson, and L. Kaplan. 2010. Comparative Eskimo dictionary with Aleut cognates. 2nd Edition. Alaska Native Language Center, University of Alaska Fairbanks, Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Gagnon, C. A., S. Hamel, D. E. Russell, T. Powell, J. Andre, M. Y. Svoboda, and D. Berteaux. 2020. Merging Indigenous and scientific knowledge links climate with the growth of a large migratory caribou population. Journal of Applied Ecology 57(9):1644-1655. https://doi.org/10.1111/1365-2664.13558

    Georgette, S. 2000. Subsistence use of birds in the Northwest Arctic region, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 260.

    Georgette, S., and S. Iknokinok. 1997. St. Lawrence Island Migratory Bird Harvest Study, 1996. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence, Anchorage and Kawerak Inc., Nome, Alaska, USA.

    Gibson D. D., and G. V. Byrd. 2007. Birds of the Aleutian Islands, Alaska. Series in Ornithology No. 1. The Nuttall Ornithological Club and The American Ornithologists’ Union.

    Godoy, R., V. Reyes-García, E. Byron, W. R. Leonard, and V. Vadez. 2005. The effect of market economies on the well-being of Indigenous peoples and on their use of renewable natural resources. Annual Review of Anthropology 34:121-138. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.34.081804.120412

    Haverkamp, P. J., I. Bysykatova-Harmey, N. Germogenov, and G. Schaepman-Strub. 2022. Increasing Arctic tundra flooding threatens wildlife habitat and survival: Impacts on the critically endangered Siberian Crane (Grus leucogeranus). Frontiers in Conservation Science 3:799998. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcosc.2022.799998

    Hilde, C. H., M. Gamelon, B. E. Sæther, J. M. Gaillard, N. G. Yoccoz, and C. Pélabon. 2020. The demographic buffering hypothesis: Evidence and challenges. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 35(6):523-538. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2020.02.004

    Hill, E. 2018. Humans, birds and burial practices at Ipiutak, Alaska: Perspectivism in the Western Arctic. Environmental Archaeology 24(4):434-448. https://doi.org/10.1080/14614103.2018.1460031

    Hupp, J. W., J. A. Schmutz, C. R. Ely, E. E. Syroechkovskiy Jr., A. V. Kondratyev, W. D. Eldridge, and E. Lappo. 2007. Moult migration of Emperor Geese Chen canagica between Alaska and Russia. Journal of Avian Biology 38(4):462-470. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0908-8857.2007.03969.x

    Hupp, J. W., J. A. Schmutz, and C. R. Ely. 2008. The annual migration cycle of Emperor Geese in western Alaska. Arctic 61(1):23-34. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4

    Jack, C. T. 2002. Canenermiut lifeways and worldview and western fish and wildlife management. Master Thesis. University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Jacobson, S. A. 2012. Yup’ik Eskimo dictionary. 2nd Edition. Alaska Native Language Center. University of Alaska Fairbanks, Alaska, USA.

    Klein, D. R., and D. E. Seim. 1965. Availability and utilization of migratory waterfowl in western Alaska. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Portland. Alaska Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, University of Alaska. Division of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region. Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Koons, D. N., G. Gunnarsson, J. A. Schmutz, and J. J. Rotella. 2014. Drivers of waterfowl population dynamics: From teal to swans. Wildfowl Journal 4:169-191.

    Krupnik, I. 2017. Siberian Yupik names for birds: What can bird names tell us about language and knowledge transitions? Etudes Inuit Studies 41(1-2):179-213. https://doi.org/10.7202/1061438ar

    LaDuke, W. 1994. Traditional ecological knowledge and environmental futures. Colorado Journal of International Environmental Law and Policy 5(1):127-148.

    Langdon, S. J. 2014. The Native people of Alaska: Traditional living in a northern land. 5th Edition. Greatland Graphics, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Lehman, P. E. 2019. The birds of Gambell and St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Studies of Western Birds No. 4. Western Field Ornithologists, Camarillo, California, USA.

    Lewis, T. L., D. Esler, and W. S. Boyd. 2007. Foraging behaviors of Surf Scoters and White-winged Scoters during spawning of Pacific herring. Condor 109(1):216-222. https://doi.org/10.1093/condor/109.1.216

    Lewis, T. L., T. J. Dimarzio, and J. L. Schamber. 2021. Distribution and population size of Emperor Geese during the breeding season on the Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Arctic 74(1):12-21. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic72055

    Lyver, P. O. B., C. J. Jones, N. Belshaw, A. Anderson, R. Thompson, and J. Davis. 2015. Insights to the functional relationships of Mâori harvest practices: Customary use of a burrowing seabird. Journal of Wildlife Management 79(6):969-977. https://doi.org/10.1002/jwmg.906

    Lopez, B. H. 1986. Arctic dreams: Imagination and desire in a northern landscape. Random House Inc., New York, NY, USA.

    Mengak, L. F., L. C. Naves, and J. L. Schamber. 2022. Survival estimates and hunter outreach are priorities for the collaborative harvest management of emperor goose in Alaska. Ornithological Applications 124(4):duac036. https://doi.org/10.1093/ornithapp/duac036

    Moerlein, K. J., and C. Carothers. 2012. Total environment of change: impacts of climate change and social transitions on subsistence fisheries in northwest Alaska. Ecology and Society 17(1):10. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-04543-170110

    Nadasdy, P. 2003. Hunters and bureaucrats: Power, knowledge, and aboriginal-state relations in the southwest Yukon. University of British Columbia Press, Vancouver, Canada. https://doi.org/10.59962/9780774851886

    National Science Foundation. 2018. Principles for conducting research in the Arctic. Interagency Arctic Research Policy Committee. https://www.nsf.gov/geo/opp/arctic/conduct.jsp

    Naves, L. C., J. M. Keating, T. L. Tibbitts, and D. R. Ruthrauff. 2019. Shorebird subsistence harvest and Indigenous knowledge in Alaska: Informing harvest management and engaging users in shorebird conservation. Condor: Ornithological Applications 121(2):duz023. https://doi.org/10.1093/condor/duz023

    Naves, L. C., A. J. Knight, and L. F. Mengak. 2021. Alaska subsistence harvest of birds and eggs, 2004-2020 data book, Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Special Publication No. 2021-05.

    Naves, L. C., J. L. Schamber, L. F. Mengak, J. M. Keating, and J. A. Fall. 2023. Emperor Goose fall-winter harvest monitoring and hunter’s perspectives in Alaska. Conservation Science and Practice 5(6):e12928. https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.12928

    Naves, L. C., L. F. Mengak, and J. A. Fall. 2024. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives of subsistence users about Emperor Goose in Alaska. Draft Report. Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Division of Subsistence, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Naves L. C., and J. A. Fall. 2017. Calculating food production in the subsistence harvest of birds and eggs. Arctic 70(1):86-100. https://doi.org/10.14430/arctic4630

    Naves, L. C., and L. F. Mengak. 2023. Bird and egg harvest on the Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and the Kodiak Archipelago, 2020. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 493.

    Naves, L. C., and J. L. Schamber. 2024. Harvest of waterfowl and Sandhill Crane in rural Alaska: Geographic and seasonal patterns. Plos One 19(7):e0307135. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0307135

    Nelson, E. W. 1887. Report upon natural history collections made in Alaska between the years 1877 and 1881. U.S. Signal Service, Arctic Series no. 3, part 1. Birds of Alaska. https://doi.org/10.5962/bhl.title.53909

    Nelson, E. W. 1899. The Eskimo about Bering Strait. Bureau of American Ethnology Annual Report for 1896-1897. Volume 18, Part I. Pp. 1-518. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA.

    Norström, A. V., C. Cvitanovic, M. F. Löf, S. West, C. Wyborn, P. Balvanera, A. T. Bednarek, E. M. Bennett, R. Biggs, A. de Bremond, B. M. Campbell, J. G. Canadell, S. R. Carpenter, C. Folke, E. A. Fulton, O. Gaffney, S. Gelcich, J.-B. Jouffray, M. Leach, M. Le Tissier, B. Martín-López, E. Louder, M.-F. Loutre, A. M. Meadow, H. Nagendra, D. Payne, G. D. Peterson, B. Reyers, R. Scholes, C. I. Speranza, M. Spierenburg, M. Stafford-Smith, M. Tengö, S. van der Hel, I. van Putten, and H. Österblom. 2020. Principles for knowledge co-production in sustainability research. Nature Sustainability 3:182-190 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0448-2

    Norton-Smith, K., K. Lynn, K. Chief, K. Cozzetto, J. Donatuto, M. H. Redsteer, L. E. Kruger, J. Maldonado, C. Viles, and K. P. Whyte. 2016. Climate change and Indigenous peoples: A synthesis of current impacts and experiences. General Technical Report PNW-GTR-944. US Department of Agriculture Forest Service Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon, USA. https://doi.org/10.2737/PNW-GTR-944

    Orth, D. J. 1971. Dictionary of Alaska place names. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper No. 567. https://doi.org/10.3133/pp567

    Otis, D., T. L. George, and P. Doherty. 2016. Comparison of alternative designs for the Alaska migratory bird subsistence harvest survey. Colorado State University, Department of Fish, Wildlife, and Conservation Biology. Alaska Migratory Bird Co-Management Council. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Migratory Bird Management, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Paige, A. W., C. L. Scott, D. B. Andersen, S. Georgette, and R. J. Wolfe. 1996. Subsistence use of birds in the Bering Strait region, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 239.

    Peloquin, C., and F. Berkes. 2009. Local knowledge, subsistence harvests, and social-ecological complexity in James Bay. Human Ecology 37:533-545. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-009-9255-0

    Petersen, M. R. 1992. Reproductive ecology of Emperor Geese: Annual and individual variation in nesting. Condor 94(2):383-397. https://doi.org/10.2307/1369211

    PFC (Pacific Flyway Council). 2006. Pacific Flyway management plan for the Emperor Goose. Emperor Goose Subcommittee, Pacific Flyway Study Committee, care of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Portland, Oregon, USA.

    PFC. 2016. Management plan for the Emperor Goose. Pacific Flyway Council, care of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management, Vancouver, Washington, USA.

    Redpath, S. M., J. Young, A. Evely, W. M. Adams, W. J. Sutherland, A. Whitehouse, A. Amar, R. A. Lambert, J. D. C. Linnell, A. Watt, and R. J. Gutierrez. 2013. Understanding and managing conservation conflicts. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 28(2):100-109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tree.2012.08.021

    Rockwell, R. F., M. R. Petersen, and J. A. Schmutz. 1996. The Emperor Goose: An annotated bibliography. Biological Papers of the University of Alaska No. 25.

    Russell, P. N., and G. C. West. 2003. Bird traditions of the Lime Village Area Dena’ina: Upper Stony River ethno-ornithology. Alaska Native Knowledge Network. Center for Cross-Cultural Studies. University of Alaska Fairbanks, USA.

    Saalfeld, S. T., J. B. Fischer, R. A. Stehn, R. M. Platte, and S. C. Brown. 2017. Predicting waterbird nest distributions on the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta of Alaska. Journal of Wildlife Management 81(8):1468-1481. https://doi.org/10.1002/jwmg.21322

    Schmutz, J. A., R. F. Rockwell, and M. R. Petersen. 1997. Relative effects of survival and reproduction on the population dynamics of Emperor Geese. Journal of Wildlife Management 61(1):191-201. https://doi.org/10.2307/3802428

    Schmutz, J. A., M. R. Petersen, and R. F. Rockwell. 2020. Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus), version 1.0. In A. F. Poole, editor. Birds of the World. Cornell Lab of Ornithology, Ithaca, NY, USA. https://doi.org/10.2173/bow.empgoo.01

    Schwalenberg, P. K., L. C. Naves, L. F. Mengak, J. A. Fall, T. C. Rothe, T. Sformo, J. J. Fischer, and D. E. Safine. 2023. Co-management in Alaska: A partnership among Indigenous, state, and federal entities for the subsistence harvest of migratory birds. Pages 206-227 in Hoagland, S. J., and Albert S., editors. Wildlife stewardship on tribal lands: Our place is in our soul. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.

    Simeone W. E., and J. Kari. 2002. Traditional knowledge and fishing practices of the Ahtna of the Copper River, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 270.

    Syroechkovski Jr. E., and K. B. Klokov. 2007. Waterfowl subsistence harvest survey in Yakutia and Chukotka, 2004. Goose, Swan and Duck Study Group of Northern Eurasia. Moscow, Russia.

    Thompson, J. M., B. D. Uher-Koch, B. L. Daniels, J. A. Schmutz, and B. S. Sedinger. 2023. Nest traits and major flooding events influence nest survival of Emperor Geese while regional environmental variation linked to climate does not. Ornithological Applications 125(2):duad008. https://doi.org/10.1093/ornithapp/duad008

    Uher-Koch, B. D., R. M. Buchheit, C. R. Eldermire, H. M. Wilson, and J. A. Schmutz. 2021. Shifts in the wintering distribution and abundance of Emperor Geese in Alaska. Global Ecology and Conservation 25:e01397. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gecco.2020.e01397

    Unger, S. 2014. Qaqamiiĝux̂: Traditional foods and recipes from the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. Aleutian Pribilof Islands Association, Inc., Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    USFWS (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). 1980. Subsistence hunting of migratory birds in Alaska and Canada. Final Environmental Assessment for the 1979 Protocol Amendment for the Convention for the Protection of Migratory Birds in Canada and the United States of America.

    USFWS. 2024. Waterfowl population status, 2024. Washington: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management.

    U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. 2025a. Code of federal regulations. Title 50: Wildlife and fisheries; Part 92: Migratory bird subsistence harvest in Alaska. https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-92#92.22

    U.S. National Archives and Records Administration. 2025b. Code of federal regulations. Title 50: Wildlife and fisheries; Part 20: Migratory bird hunting. https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-20

    Veltre, D. W., and M. J. Veltre. 1983. Resource utilization in Atka, Aleutian Islands, Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 88.

    Wentworth, C. 2007a. Subsistence migratory bird harvest survey Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta 2001-2005 with 1985-2005 species tables. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Migratory Birds and State Programs in cooperation with Yukon Delta National Wildlife Refuge, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Wentworth, C. 2007b. Subsistence migratory bird harvest survey Bristol Bay 2001-2005 with 1995-2005 species tables. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-Alaska Region, Migratory Birds and State Programs, Anchorage, Alaska, USA.

    Wheeler, P., and T. Thornton. 2005. Subsistence research in Alaska: A thirty-year retrospective. Alaska Journal of Anthropology 3(1):69-103.

    Wolfe, R. J., and A. W. Paige. 1995. The subsistence harvest of Black Brant, Emperor Geese, and eider ducks in Alaska. Alaska Department of Fish and Game Division of Subsistence Technical Paper No. 234.

    Yupiktak Bista Inc. 1974. Does one way of life have to die so another can live? A report on subsistence and the conservation of the Yupik lifestyle.

    Corresponding author:
    Liliana Naves
    liliana.naves@audubon.org
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Community of residence of interview respondents and places identified as important for Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) within its range in Alaska. Information on numbered places (red circles and triangles) is presented in Appendix 2-Table A4.

    Fig. 1. Community of residence of interview respondents and places identified as important for Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) within its range in Alaska. Information on numbered places (red circles and triangles) is presented in Appendix 2-Table A4.

    Fig. 1
    Fig. 2
    Fig. 2. Seasonality of occurrence (A) and harvest of Emperor Goose, <em>Anser canagicus</em>, (B) and their eggs (C) in some coastal regions of Alaska as described by interview respondents. Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta (core breeding range), Saint Lawrence Island (breeding and migration), Bristol Bay and Northwest (NW) Arctic (Migration), and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago (wintering). Source: this study.

    Fig. 2. Seasonality of occurrence (A) and harvest of Emperor Goose, Anser canagicus, (B) and their eggs (C) in some coastal regions of Alaska as described by interview respondents. Yukon-Kuskokwim (Y-K) Delta (core breeding range), Saint Lawrence Island (breeding and migration), Bristol Bay and Northwest (NW) Arctic (Migration), and Aleutian-Pribilof Islands and Kodiak Archipelago (wintering). Source: this study.

    Fig. 2
    Fig. 3
    Fig. 3. Factors affecting the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) by region (total number of responses per region in parenthesis). Source: this study.

    Fig. 3. Factors affecting the timing and opportunity to harvest Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) by region (total number of responses per region in parenthesis). Source: this study.

    Fig. 3
    Fig. 4
    Fig. 4. Perspective of interview respondents about Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) harvest sustainability. Sustainability was explained to respondents as “maintain harvest opportunities and open seasons at least for the next 10 to 20 years.” Source: this study.

    Fig. 4. Perspective of interview respondents about Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) harvest sustainability. Sustainability was explained to respondents as “maintain harvest opportunities and open seasons at least for the next 10 to 20 years.” Source: this study.

    Fig. 4
    Fig. 5
    Fig. 5. Rating by respondents of their support to conservation and harvest management actions considering their effectiveness, feasibility, and preference. Ratings were coded as oppose (1), neither oppose nor favor (2), and favor (3), thus high mean ratings indicate more support.

    Fig. 5. Rating by respondents of their support to conservation and harvest management actions considering their effectiveness, feasibility, and preference. Ratings were coded as oppose (1), neither oppose nor favor (2), and favor (3), thus high mean ratings indicate more support.

    Fig. 5
    Table 1
    Table 1. Management regions and Indigenous groups and languages within the Emperor Goose (<em>Anser canagicus</em>) range in Alaska represented by respondents interviewed in this study.

    Table 1. Management regions and Indigenous groups and languages within the Emperor Goose (Anser canagicus) range in Alaska represented by respondents interviewed in this study.

    Management region, Indigenous group and language; Emperor Goose occurrence Community of residence of interview respondents (number of respondents)
    Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta, Central Alaskan Yup’ik;
    core breeding (spring, summer, fall)
    Bethel (1), Kwethluk (1), Chevak (1), Hooper Bay (1), Toksook Bay (1), Tuntutuliak (1), Quinhagak (4), Platinum (1)
    Bristol Bay, Central Alaskan Yup’ik;
    migration (spring, fall)
    Togiak (4), Dillingham (2)
    Saint Lawrence Island, Siberian Yupik/Akuzipik;
    breeding and migration (spring, summer, fall)
    Gambell (1), Savoonga (2)
    Northwest Arctic, Iñupiaq;
    migration (spring, fall)
    Kotzebue (1)
    Aleutian-Pribilof Islands, Aleut/Unangam;
    wintering (fall, winter)
    Saint George (1), Sand Point (4), False Pass (1), Akutan (3), Perryville (1)
    Kodiak Archipelago, Alutiiq/Sugpiaq;
    wintering (fall, winter)
    Kodiak City (5), Old Harbor (1)

    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    Emperor Goose; ethnotaxonomy; harvest comanagement; Indigenous and traditional knowledge; Knowledge integration; scientific knowledge; subsistence; ways of knowing

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 9 Research

    “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action

    Olsen, S., A. Cunsolo, J. Lammiman, and S. L. Harper. 2025. “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action. Ecology and Society 30(4):9. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16582-300409
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Stephanie OlsenORCIDcontact author, Stephanie Olsen
      University of Alberta
    • Ashlee CunsoloORCID, Ashlee Cunsolo
      Acadia University
    • Jodi Lammiman, Jodi Lammiman
      Refugia Retreats
    • Sherilee L. HarperORCIDSherilee L. Harper
      University of Alberta

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Olsen, S., A. Cunsolo, J. Lammiman, and S. L. Harper. 2025. “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action. Ecology and Society 30(4):9.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16582-300409

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • climate action; climate change; climate emotions; climate grief; ecological grief; emotional well-being; mental health
    “This is what I love and this is what’s at risk”: how climate grief reveals values that inspire climate action
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16582.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Climate grief, including pain and sadness related to climate change and its impacts on life and society, is increasingly recognized in global discourse about climate change and mental health. However, research on coping practices that support well-being and/or galvanize climate action remains limited. This study characterized how recognizing and honoring climate grief improved well-being and connected participants’ to values that motivate climate action. Semi-structured, in-depth interviews were conducted with adults (n =15) who had attended group-based climate-mental-health programs by Refugia Retreats in Alberta, Canada focused on climate grief. Reflexive thematic analysis was used to develop themes from the interviews. Findings show that climate grief connected personal experiences of loss and vulnerability to broader social-ecological issues by emphasizing the impact of climate change on ecological, personal, and collective losses. Interviewees also described a multi-directional relationship between climate grief and positive emotions, wherein attending to grief led to positive emotions, and in some cases positive experiences were accompanied by grief. Interviewees emphasized the value of reframing distressing climate emotions as grief because doing so connected them to love for the world and their desire for positive change. This study deepens our understanding of the psychosocial impacts of climate change and highlights the mobilizing potential of climate grief to connect people with personal values that can inspire climate action.

    INTRODUCTION

    As the ongoing burning of fossil fuels accelerates the climate crisis (IPCC 2022), the emotional and mental health toll of ecological and biodiversity loss and their widespread impacts on personal, social, and collective life is significant (da Fonte et al. 2023). Ecological grief, including the pain and sadness related to “experienced or anticipated ecological losses, including the loss of species, ecosystems and meaningful landscapes due to acute or chronic environmental change” (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018: 275), is gaining attention both for its prevalence (Tschakert et al. 2019, Comtesse et al. 2021, Benham and Hoerst 2024) and its potential to galvanize action on behalf of the ecological world (Head 2016, Cunsolo and Ellis 2018).

    Whereas ecological grief describes emotional pain arising from many forms of environmental loss and destabilization, climate grief describes grief for losses specifically tied to climate change (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Cianconi et al. 2023, Pihkala 2024). Although people with close relationships with land—Indigenous Peoples, rural communities, nature-based workers, climate scientists, and environmental activists are among those most affected (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Middleton et al. 2020, Benham and Hoerst 2024)—climate grief also impacts people who worry about the future and the existential threat climate change poses to life and societies (Head 2016, Comtesse et al. 2021, Ojala et al. 2021). As the burning of fossil fuels continues unabated, grief for the multitude of losses associated with the destabilization of ecological, social, economic, and political conditions is expected to grow (Head 2016, Tschakert et al. 2019, da Fonte et al. 2023).

    Although grief is a difficult experience, it is also a reasonable and adaptive response to the magnitude of loss produced by climate change (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Comtesse et al. 2021). Grief studies have long argued that grief is an expression of love and attachment (Attig 2004, Weller 2015, Breen et al. 2022). Although there is ongoing debate about how best to apply bereavement theories to ecological loss (Randall 2009, Pihkala 2022a), there is broad agreement that facing and integrating climate grief plays a role in sustaining mental health (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Comtesse et al. 2021). Beyond the individual benefits to mental health, scholars have theorized that climate grief may be fertile ground for inspiring individual and collective action by illuminating shared vulnerabilities and common interests that unite individuals with both human and more-than-human communities made vulnerable by the forces driving climate change (Barnett 2022, Varutti 2024).

    However, those experiencing climate or ecological grief often lack support and opportunities to legitimize their grief, as dominant culture, shaped by anthropocentrism and colonial values, fails to recognize the more-than-human world as “grievable” (Butler 2003, Cunsolo-Willox 2012). The resulting “disenfranchisement” (Doka 2002) of ecological and climate grief can leave grievers without cultural scripts, rituals, or community support to process climate-related losses (Cunsolo and Ellis 2018, Ojala et al. 2021, Pihkala 2024).

    Bereavement studies show that disenfranchised grief can overwhelm and manifest as chronic mental health difficulties, avoidance behaviors, numbness, diminished well-being, and a stifled sense of personal agency and efficacy (Doka 2002, Turner and Stauffer 2023), all of which diminish personal well-being and the ability to respond to the climate crisis (Lertzman 2015, Albrecht 2019, Chapman and Peters 2024). What’s more, the disenfranchisement of climate and ecological grief also contributes to the erasure of the inherent value of human and more-than human life threatened by climate change. It follows that supporting people to grieve, that is, internally process feelings of loss, and to mourn, externally recognize and honor what has been lost, serves not only to support mental health, but also affirms the value of what and who is a stake. In this way, grief and mourning are critical practices for bringing those threatened by climate change into the fore of ethical concern (Cunsolo-Willox 2012, Barnett 2022, Varutti 2024).

    Despite the pervasiveness of climate grief and theoretical interest in its potential to inspire climate action (Comtesse et al. 2021, Walpole and Hadwen 2022, Pihkala 2024), academic research investigating the relationship between lived experiences of climate grief and mobilization is nascent. There are no established best practices for supporting mental health or harnessing climate grief’s generative potential. To help fill this gap, we investigated the experience of adults who had accessed a climate-mental health program in Alberta, Canada for addressing climate grief and other difficult emotions related to climate change. Specifically, we characterized the lived experience of ecological and climate grief; explored how ecological and climate grief connected to personal values; and examined how ecological and climate grief shaped engagement with the climate crisis.

    METHODS

    Refugia Retreats: community programing to process ecological and climate grief

    This qualitative study was developed and conducted with Refugia Retreats, an Alberta-based organization that has provided community programming on ecological grief and other emotional impacts from planetary crises since 2016. Refugia Retreats’ programming invites participants to explore the emotional, personal, and political dimensions of overlapping ecological, climate, and social crises. Their programs range from psycho-educational workshops to multi-day experiential programs, and they engage a wide variety of groups, including grassroots organizers, community members, and people working in a variety of professional fields.

    Data collection

    We invited people who completed past Refugia Retreats’ programs to participate in in-depth interviews about ecological and climate grief. All interviewees had voluntarily participated in Refugia’s more immersive or ongoing programs focusing on the emotional toll of climate change and related issues. In these programs, participants had engaged in varied experiential practices for processing emotions related to climate change and associated issues, such as meditative practices, arts-based activities, somatic exercises, rituals, and varied opportunities for structured sharing.

    The in-depth “life-world” interviews (Brinkmann and Kvale 2018) focused on experiences of grief for ecological loss, the emotional impacts of climate change, and how interviewees have honored and processed these feelings. The interview guide can be found in Appendix 1.

    In total, 15 adults (n = 15) were interviewed between November 2023 and January 2024. Interviewees ranged in age from early 20s to 50s. The gender makeup of the interviewees reflects the typical gender makeup of Refugia Retreats participants (J. Lammiman, personal communication, November 2023), with the majority identifying as women (n = 13), one identifying as non-binary (n = 1), and one as a man (n = 1). Three interviewees identified as people of color. Interviewees were a mix of parents, prospective parents, and people choosing not to have children. Although it was not a selection criterion, all interviewees were relatively engaged with the issue of climate change and its impact on social and ecological justice. All interviewees had experience working, organizing, advocating, or volunteering in climate, environmental, or social justice fields. Roughly half the interviewees approached climate change from a social lens while the other half approached it from an environmental or science lens. However, all interviewees saw environmental and social justice as fundamentally linked. All interviewees also engaged in personal practices in response to their concerns about the ecological crisis, such as teaching pro-environmental values to their children, personal practices for connecting with the more-than-human world, personal sustainability practices, and engaging with climate change related news and issues.

    All interviewees lived in either Edmonton (n = 2) or Calgary (n = 13; Alberta, Canada) at the time of their participation in Refugia programs, though one participant had moved by the time of the interviews. Most interviewees were affected by extreme climate events that had taken place in the province, including the Calgary flood of 2013 (Lalani and Drolet 2019), the heat dome of 2022 (Jain et al. 2024a), and progressively worsening wildfire seasons (Jain et al. 2024b). The summer prior to the interviews (2023) shattered regional climate records, with wildfires 10 times more severe than recent averages and many weeks of extremely poor air quality (Jain et al. 2024b). Interviewees’ experiences of ecological grief were also shaped by Alberta’s oil and gas-dependent economy and relatively conservative mainstream political culture (Adkin 2016). Interviews were conducted in-person or remotely and ranged from 40 minutes to 2 hours, with most interviews being around 80 minutes. All interviews were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim.

    Although the participant pool skewed female, climate-engaged, and emotionally reflective, their high level of engagement and ability to articulate complex emotions offered uncommon depth and richness to the data. The gender imbalance typical of Refugia participants might reflect women’s disproportionate experience of climate grief (Aylward et al. 2022), and gendered social norms that stigmatize emotional vulnerability in men (Benham and Hoerst 2024).

    Data analysis

    Data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clark 2022) to identify patterns across interviewees’ experiences of ecological and climate grief. Analysis started with intensive review of the interviews via repeated listening and verbatim transcription. Each interview was summarized, reflected upon, and key quotes that reflected the main themes were highlighted. Through this familiarization process, an initial set of codes was generated. Those codes were considered against the full data set and refined and revised in a recursive and iterative analysis cycle that included review by the research team and member checking with interviewees. To promote self-reflexivity and help identify bias, the first-author also kept a reflection journal to track her own emotional and psychological experience throughout the process. A reflexivity and positionality statement (Levitt et al. 2018, Braun and Clark 2024) outlining some of the first author’s relevant experiences in relation to the study’s subject matter is provided in Appendix 2. The final manuscript was shared with participants prior to submission for publication, and all participants were invited to a presentation about the study findings. All participants gave informed written and oral consent to participate in the study, and this research was approved by the University of Alberta Human Research Ethics Boards (Pro00135174).

    RESULTS

    Results overview

    Interviewees shared stories about both ecological grief and climate grief. In both cases, grief was a complex emotional response to ecological loss and destabilization and its far-reaching impacts on their lives, relationships, communities, and identity. Their grief included often interconnected emotions of “sadness,” “anger,” “anxiety,” “rage,” “despair,” “frustration,” “immobilization,” “numbness,” “hopelessness,” “loneliness,” “betrayal,” “love,” “awe,” and “longing.” Far from being a single emotion, interviewees described ecological and climate grief as the affective experience of living during times of unprecedented ecological loss and planetary instability.

    Ecological and climate grief as a site of personal, ecological, and collective entanglement

    For most interviewees, climate grief intersected with personal, ecological, and collective forms of loss and difficulty. They felt grief on behalf of human and more-than-human communities harmed or endangered by the climate crisis and ecological destruction, as well as grief for the varied ways the climate crisis directly impacted their personal lives, relationships, and communities. Interviewees often described these different realms of impact as intimately intertwined, recognizing that “all oppression is connected” and that “human rights [are] deeply connected to the environment.”

    Grief for ecological loss

    All interviewees placed immense value on their relationship with the more-than-human world, describing it as “meaningful,” “humbling,” “grounding,” “medicine,” “sacred,” “holy,” “freeing,” “healing,” a “huge source of support,” an “anchor” for their activism, a place to “feel held,” and as generating “awe.” Land was described as an important source of support that nourished interviewees’ mental health and well-being and helped them sustain their engagement with larger social, climate, and ecological issues.

    This deep connection to land meant that its destruction and degradation elicited profound distress and grief. One interviewee, while working in the backcountry, experienced a “spiritual crisis” as she witnessed the beauty and richness of land threatened by climate change:

    Being on this land, wondering what was going to happen to it because of climate change. I was canoeing every evening on these inlets and bays that were just teeming with life. There were birds everywhere, and muskrats and insects and deer. It was incredible. And for the first time I realized what was at stake, in terms of the complexity of life and the beauty of it. Yeah, I had a lot of grief and then more of a spiritual crisis.

    For her, recognizing the preciousness and complexity of biodiversity while understanding the severe threats it faces led to profound emotional turmoil, underscored by the term “spiritual crisis.”

    Interviewees were often surprised by the intensity of grief they felt on behalf of the more-than-human world. An environmental scientist recalled the “devastating” emotional impact of being in a forest slated for clear-cutting. Until that moment, she had considered ecological grief from an intellectual perspective, but “being in a forest for the last time” triggered her first emotional encounter with it:

    I got back in my car and ... I just bawled ... Like, it was actually more devastating to be in a forest that was going to be clear-cut than being in a clear-cut ... Even now, that brings up a lot of emotions.

    Similarly, an environmental consultant who had previously worked for oil and gas companies recalled the “visceral” feeling of being “in the remote forest, walking in crude oil up to our boots ... Dead animals and species you have to document ... That was heavy.” In both accounts, interviewees described embodied distress as they “saw with [their] own eyes” the environmental devastation caused by industry.

    Interviewees described a creeping sense of melancholy as incremental and chronic environmental change disrupted their sense of home, personal history, and beloved land-based activities. An environmental scientist recalled admiring the newly blooming crocuses on her first date with her husband. Ten years later, the unpredictable spring rarely aligns with their anniversary, representing “things not being normal.” Similarly, a climate organizer shared how warming winters disrupted precious memories of “skating on the canal” with her father, who had since fallen ill. An avid camper expressed loss over how the constant threat of wildfire smoke and extreme heat had disrupted the ease of summer, saying, “It’s just getting smokier and smokier ... Summer used to be so fun and carefree. It’s not anymore.” In these accounts, interviewees described how shifting seasons, extreme weather, and environmental changes estranged them from the environmental context that had shaped their lives.

    Environmental changes caused by climate change also led to dangerous weather conditions that further hindered interviewees’ ability to connect with the natural world. Interviewees reported feelings of “sadness,” “fear,” “intense anxiety,” “anxiety in my body,” “despair,” and sleeplessness due to the worsening wildfire smoke and poor air quality that have recently characterized Alberta summers. A climate organizer whose relationship to land represented a tremendous source of strength and resilience reflected:

    It’s not even just disconnection [from nature], but all of a sudden having the feeling of like, danger ... Days where it’s so smoky it’s actively harmful for me to spend much time outside. And that imposed strain on the relationship ... What that does to kind of like, toxify a relationship that means so much to you.

    As the ecological crisis disrupts interviewees’ access to the richness and fulfillment that comes from environmental connection, they described grief not only for individual ecological losses, but also for their lost ability to relate to the natural world as a place of ease, familiarity, and secure attachment.

    Grief for personal loss

    Because the climate crisis and ecological instability formed the backdrop of interviewees’ experiences, many noted that exploring ecological and climate grief also surfaced grief for personal loss and difficulty. Sometimes personal grief was produced or intensified by ecological loss, while in other cases, climate grief and personal grief triggered each other even when not directly connected.

    Grief for personal losses intensified by the climate crisis

    The intertwining of ecological and personal grief was especially pronounced for parents. As a mother to a young child said, “being a parent” is what brought the climate crisis “into the emotional space of no longer just thinking about what this future looks like for me, but what does this future look like for my son?” Another mother brought a photo album of her family to illustrate how love and concern for her family was intimately connected to her ecological grief: “When it comes to ecological grief ... [it’s] like, what do I love? ... This is what I love. And this is what’s at risk ... I have kids of my own. What is their life going to look like?” Parents described their ecological grief as including both concern for their children’s lives and well-being in the face of a climatically and socially unstable world, and a sense of vulnerability about the personal toll these concerns take on their own well-being.

    For prospective parents, the emotional complexity of parenthood was also a significant feature of ecological grief. A climate organizer described the question of whether to have children as “so full of grief either way—If we don’t have a child, or if we do have a child. There’ll be a lot of loss, and lots of things to confront.” Prospective parents described deep personal grief at the “heartbreaking” possibility of missing out on the love that animates a parent-child relationship, while also sharing concerns over the heightened vulnerability of loving a child in a world where life feels increasingly precarious.

    Another climate organizer who wrestled with the ethics of having children in a climatically unstable world explained how climate change compounded grief from pregnancy loss:

    It’s like, okay, we made the decision before. We’re gonna try to get pregnant. We’re gonna go ahead and have this baby. And then a pregnancy loss happens and it’s like, okay, now we have to decide again. And then again.

    Pregnancy loss is a difficult experience in its own right, but because of the moral weight that the climate crisis added to their decision, she and her partner faced the additional burden of deciding whether to try again.

    The background existential insecurity that the climate crisis casts over life also affected how interviewees experienced losing loved ones. An environmental educator recalled processing ecological disruption alongside her mother’s dementia and the death of someone she considered a mother-figure during an ecological grief ritual. She explained,

    I remember ... recognizing that, we’ll all lose our mothers ... It’s the nature of being human, that we love and we lose. And there’s something almost comforting in knowing that’s the cycle ... But [because of] climate disruption ... All these beautiful cycles of however many millions of years of this earth’s evolution are being disrupted ... Where’s the wisdom for this?

    The disruption of natural cycles made the prospect of losing her mother feel less like a painful rite of passage that others have weathered, and more like a loss without precedent.

    Grief for personal losses triggered by climate grief

    Many interviewees also noticed that exploring and processing ecological grief in programs like Refugia often triggered personal grief, even when there was no clear link between the two. A full-time climate organizer shared that she was initially surprised by how much her personal grief comes to the surface when participating in spaces for processing climate grief. She explained:

    Oftentimes I’ve gone [in] being like—okay, I’m gonna feel the weight of the climate crisis ... And the grief that comes up for me first and foremost isn’t directly environmental or climate grief. It’s like, you pull on one thread of grief and there’s so much underneath it. And there’s so much else that it pulls on. And they’re all, you know, deeply connected.

    Several interviewees shared a similar experience about opening themselves up to “the weight of the climate crisis” only to encounter personal grief for divorce, family estrangement, or illness.

    Just as ecological grief sometimes evoked personal pain, processing personal loss also led some interviewees to ecological grief. An environmental scientist recognized a direct link between their positive experience grieving their father’s death in a hospice program as a teenager and their willingness to seek out community with which to process climate grief. For them, “climate grief” is deeply intertwined with “many other kinds of grief because a lot of these issues are interconnected and part of a larger system.” An environmental educator with adult children echoed the observation that her relationship between personal grief and ecological grief goes “both ways.” She explained that “it’s not just about going into the darkness and the difficulty [of] our ecological crisis, but also of my personal, emotional ups and downs.” For her, addressing both personal and ecological grief is important because “whatever we don’t become conscious of can silently govern us.” By bringing these emotions to the surface in “wise and compassionate ways,” she avoids being immobilized by unresolved grief.

    A climate organizer, initially surprised by the personal grief that emerged alongside ecological grief, questioned whether treating ecological grief as a separate category obscures its recognition. She noted that this approach might create “the assumption that somewhere, there’s a specific bucket of ecological grief,” rather than seeing it as an “interwoven web” where many types of grief and loss are entangled. Her observation reflects the experiences of most interviewees, who found great value in exploring, sharing, and processing ecological grief and climate grief in a holistic way that acknowledges its connection to their personal lives and relationships.

    Grief for collective loss

    Interviewees frequently described how climate and ecological grief intertwined with grief and loss for other socio-political injustices, including war, genocide, colonization, forced migration, inequitable impacts of the covid pandemic, and racial injustice. A doula described how the overlapping ecological and social crises during the pandemic, which included wide-spread protests over racial injustice and police brutality, led to “constant” grief that nearly “overwhelmed” her ability to cope.

    With everything that happened around like, police brutality, and white supremacy ... [and] the polarization that came with the pandemic—the loss of relationships and the fragmenting of community ... My own personal health issues ... All of these things just felt like they were falling apart ... And I was falling apart too.

    Interviewees recognized the various ways “marginalized people face the largest impacts” from the climate crisis at local, national, and international scales. A community health worker described grappling with the injustice of being able to protect herself from dangerous weather while the houseless community members she works with cannot: “When it’s really smoky out, I have a place to go indoors and breathe air that’s cleaner. I can be out of the sun, or I can be out of the cold.” Similarly, an international development practitioner’s first encounter with climate grief coincided with learning about “the disparity between how people were approaching flooding” in different parts of the world. While her own community was erecting walls along the river, in the Global South where people are far more endangered by storms and rising sea levels “people were literally learning how to swim.”

    Others expressed grief and anger over how the political, economic, and industrial systems driving the climate crisis continue to disproportionately harm marginalized communities. An environmental consultant spoke of witnessing “things that were really disturbing in terms of how the oil and gas community impacts Indigenous communities. There are environmental and social impacts too.” Similarly, a social worker lamented the focus on technical solutions to climate change, pointing out how they neglect and often exacerbate social inequities and are “tied to my climate grief because ... it just seems like more injustice.” A climate organizer echoed this frustration when she described how her activism is often fuelled by “rage at the disproportionate power that corporations and a small capitalist elite hold over our communities and our planet.” Interviewees’ accounts highlight how ecological grief was often an expression of the intolerability of injustice.

    Although grief for the impacts of ecological destabilization on social injustice left many interviewees feeling angry and, at times, despairing, the intersections between social, environmental, and climate issues was also a source of motivation that allowed interviewees a wide scope for interventions. An interviewee who had lived in both the Global North and the Global South said “I don’t see any disconnection from all of the problems. It all comes back to our approach to the environment and thinking that we can own it, instead of being able to work with it and each other.”

    The relationship between climate grief, love, and capacity for action

    As is demonstrated by interviewees’ stories, their experiences of ecological grief were often expressions of love for that which was threatened by the climate crisis: cherished ecological relationships, children and loved ones, fulfilling experiences, and justice. Some interviewees described a multi-directional relationship between grief and love. A former climate organizer described how “falling in love and getting married” brought forward new dimensions of ecological grief as she reckoned with all of the love and hopes for the future she may not get to express because of climate change.

    I have a totally different relationship with the future ... I just had so much grief before meeting her about feeling alone and isolated ... And now, I have less grief around that, and all this grief around ... the future that we want with each other. Everything we want to experience together and everything we feel like we’re capable of in terms of raising a child. And then knowing it’ll just be so full of grief either way.

    Similarly, an environmental scientist shared that the first time they “felt a deep emotional connection to the natural world and started becoming concerned about climate change” coincided with their “first time falling in love.” This “powerful emotion” made them realize that “we have to take care of so much to be able to have this experience of love” and undermining the ecological basis of what sustains human life threatened this possibility. Both interviewees described how expanding their capacity for love, richness, and fulfillment sensitized them to climate grief by raising the stakes on what the climate crisis threatens.

    The symmetry between love and grief that these accounts suggest was also evident in other areas of interviewees’ emotional lives. Several interviewees noticed that neglecting difficult emotions related to climate grief disconnected them from joy, presence, and aliveness. A mother who works in social housing described that the cost of “numbing or dissociating” from her difficult emotions to “cope” is:

    ... not enjoying the things that are joyful, you know? Those things are harder to feel joyful about if you’re not fully engaged. So I guess if you numb yourself to the bad, sometimes it’s also numbing yourself to the good.

    An environmental educator agreed that “stuffing down” grief and sadness for the troubled times we are living through can be “immobilizing” and leave her “feeling so bad and not realizing that all that stuff [grief and pain] just needs to come out some way or another.” She described how “dealing with” her difficult emotions through meditative practices and Refugia programs helps her feel “more freedom and ability to be energized to work on behalf of the greater good.” Interviewees described how facing and processing ecological and climate grief helped them inhabit the full spectrum of their emotional lives, including positive feelings.

    Several interviewees also noticed that honoring ecological grief “generates more self-compassion.” An interviewee, whose ecological grief intensified her mental health challenges explained that she has become more “kind and gentle” with herself because participating in spaces for honoring ecological grief reminded her that “we are all trying our best, and you don’t need to feel guilt.” A climate justice organizer explained that the “systemic element” of ecological grief “brings you to this place of recognizing the entanglement of all things.” Viewing her struggles within this broader context “makes it easier to extend compassion to yourself and others.” Because ecological grief frames difficult experiences within a wider social-ecological context, interviewees were able to view personal difficulties as part of a larger, collective experience, leading to greater self-compassion.

    The cost of numbing ecological grief was not only joy, self-compassion, and fulfillment, but also interviewees’ capacity to identify the better world that they long for. Interviewees noticed that, with support, getting in touch with ecological grief disrupted social norms that encourage people to “distract and bury” their emotions and authentic experience to “keep going with business as usual.” As one interviewee put it, acknowledging and honoring climate grief reminds her that “it doesn’t have to be like this. So what does that look like for me to not just numb myself to it so that I can keep going in a way that is socially acceptable?” Interviewees described how being in touch with climate grief helped them recognize the interplay between their personal lives and broader, ecological, and collective conditions that helped them imagine alternate possibilities for life and society.

    The value of framing difficult climate emotions as grief

    Many interviewees shared stories of receiving pathologizing messages about their sensitivity to ecological and social injustice with people in their life suggesting that their emotional responses were inappropriate or disproportionate. Interviewees described being “made fun of for being too sensitive,” feeling “embarrassed” and “naive” for caring about the environment, and feeling “incredibly alone” and “isolated” when expressing their pain over ecological loss and climate change.

    Finding the language of climate and ecological grief destigmatized often painful emotions by reframing them as an “expression of deep love” for the world. Interviewees’ stories about ecological grief demonstrated that it was a complex emotion with many different sides: anxiety, sadness, fear, anger, mental health difficulties, love, longing. Many interviewees did not initially recognize their emotional response to climate change and connected social injustices as a form of grief. An interviewee recovering from burnout described the value of reframing her emotional experience of climate change and related injustices as an expression of “collective grief”:

    I used to think grief is just what happens if someone dies. [But] I’m like a highly sensitive person and I feel like I’m grieving all the time, just because of the state of our world and I never felt that that was valid ... So this idea of collective grief was very helpful in affirming those feelings ... and having language for it.

    Another interviewee with mental health challenges no longer uses the term “climate anxiety” to describe the emotional and psychological impacts of the climate crisis. For her, “recontextualizing” her distress as a form of grief recognizes something that terms like “anxiety” miss: that she is “losing something” of fundamental importance, “[her] connection to the earth.” A counselor agreed that reframing emotional pain about the climate crisis as grief is destigmatizing and helps people see their pain as meaningful and informative. She explained:

    With people coming into therapy, I’ve had to say like, when it comes to ecological grief, you can’t do therapy. Because there’s nothing to fix. What people are experiencing is absolutely real. And it’s a sign of deep love and connection. If you’re angry, if you’re hurt, if you’re terrified—that fits. Those are absolutely appropriate responses.

    Framing the emotional impacts of the climate crisis as grief helped interviewees reclaim difficult emotional experiences as “a form of resistance.” As one interviewee put it, “It’s so much easier to become desensitized or to just turn away from all of the pain and suffering” but doing so costs her capacity to feel love for and interdependence with a precious and vulnerable world. Interviewees explained how reframing emotional pain about ecological destabilization and associated issues was an important step toward destigmatizing a capacity that should be nurtured instead of shut down: a felt-sense of love for and interconnection with a vulnerable world.

    Results summary

    Taken together, our results demonstrate that climate grief is best understood not as a discrete form of grief, but as cumulative grief for overlapping ecological, personal, and collective losses shaped by climate change. Holistically processing and honoring climate grief unlocked emotions and values associated with both well-being and capacity for climate action, like love, self compassion, solidarity, and longing for a better world. Understanding their climate distress as a form of grief was key to reframing interviewees’ painful emotions as sources of love and personal values that guided participants’ unique contribution to the better world they long for. Figure 1 illustrates how honoring and processing the ecological, personal, and collective dimensions of climate grief led to improved well-being and strengthened interviewees’ capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    DISCUSSION

    The study demonstrates that grief for the impacts of ecological destabilization is felt in the most personal and immediate realms of life; ecological grief is not an abstraction felt on behalf of distant places, people, or species. Similar to prior research, we found that climate change impacted relationships to place and the more-than-human world (Albrecht 2019, Middleton et al. 2020, Borish et al. 2021), as well as interpersonal relationships (Hogett and Randall 2018, Budziszewska and Głód 2021), future prospects (Ágoston et al. 2022, Wray 2022, Pihkala 2024), physical and mental health (Ebi et al. 2021, Aylward et al. 2022, da Fonte et al. 2023), personal stressors (Tschakert et al. 2019, Ebi and Hess 2020, Lawrance et al. 2022), and political and ethical life (Benham and Hoerst 2024).

    Our findings expand on previous research by showing how these scales of climate grief reflect powerful emotions that connect individuals to ecological, personal, and collective vulnerabilities shaped by the climate crisis. Even for those relatively shielded from the worst impacts of climate change, climate grief heightened social and ecological consciousness by revealing shared vulnerabilities across human and more-than-human communities.

    Understanding the interconnected scales of loss and vulnerability that emerge in climate grief may help people grasp a feature of the climate crisis so confounding it is labelled a “wickedness” (Incropera 2015), that its complex, cascading, and interrelated causes and effects reflect the interdependent nature of ecological and social life (Sellers et al. 2019, Redvers et al. 2022, Alook et al. 2023). Experiences of climate grief could play a role in awakening a relational perspective, long advocated by Indigenous climate leaders (Redvers et al. 2020, Alook et al. 2023), that understands humans as fundamentally interdependent with the environment. Supporting people to face the layers of loss and vulnerability that arise in climate grief could accelerate the systems transformation necessary for survival (IPCC 2022, Walpole and Hadwen 2022).

    Interviewees’ accounts demonstrate the mobilizing potential of ecological grief. Those grieving injustice engaged in solidarity work; others grappling with climate-mental health struggles facilitated climate cafes and grief circles; a concerned parent led environmental education for children; and those angered by corporate greed organized against fossil fuel lobbies. The way grief clarified interviewees’ values and guided meaningful action reinforces research showing that emotional pathways often motivate behavior more effectively than facts alone (Davidson and Kecinski 2022). Emotions shape how people appraise risks, interpret relevance, and decide whether to act (Davidson and Kecinski 2022). Thus, emotions are central to the psycho-behavioral processes between perceiving climate change, comprehending its significance, and acting. Importantly, grief is not just an emotion but a relational process of valuing and making meaning from loss (Butler 2003, Cunsolo-Willox 2012, Weller 2015). This makes grief a powerful framework for transforming emotional pain into fuel for pro-social and pro-environmental engagement with climate change that aligns with personal values.

    Our findings suggest grieving and mourning practices played a key role in improving well-being and transforming distressing emotions into motivation for values-aligned climate action. This has important implications for how to support psychological resilience alongside engagement with the climate crisis. Drawing on diverse grief theories (Boss 1999, Stroebe and Schut 1999, Doka 2002, Kübler-Ross and Kessler 2007), climate emotion research, and coping literature, Pihkala’s (2022a) “The Process Model of Eco-Anxiety and Ecological Grief” identified three key tasks for developing psychological resilience to climate change: emotional processing, values-aligned action, and psychological distancing. The model also outlines three stages of coming to terms with the climate crisis: (1) limited awareness; (2) psychological turmoil marked by oscillation between distress, action, and avoidance; and (3) a more integrated phase characterized by ongoing emotional processing, more sustainable action, and self-care. A key question that arises from this model is how to support people awakening to the climate crisis to move from the turmoil of phase two into the more integrated resilience of phase three. Many of the interviewees in our study appeared to be in, or on their way to, the third phase of integration because of their longer-term engagement with climate change and holistic coping practices. Their accounts suggests that grieving and mourning practices may support this shift by energizing a reciprocal relationship between emotional processing and values-aligned action. Additionally, although the model emphasizes individual coping, our findings highlight the critical role of community-based emotional processing in building resilience.

    Understanding climate distress as grief also helped move interviewees toward “meaning-focused coping” (Ojala 2013), which is shown to sustain mental health and climate engagement by reappraising adversity as an opportunity to live one’s values and find purpose in the struggle (Folkman 2008, Ojala 2013). By highlighting the love and values that underpin interviewees’ climate distress, the vocabulary of ecological grief reframed personal pain as a compass pointing toward what participants value most. This promoted well-being and revealed motivations for climate action (Gillespie 2019, Schwartz et al. 2023, Wamsler et al. 2023).

    In addition to its connection to values and meaning, climate and ecological grief also shared territory with emotions associated with both well-being and climate action, like love, joy, self-compassion, agency, and longing for a better world. Grief and bereavement studies have long established that grief is an expression of love (Attig 2004, Breen et al. 2022, Weller 2015). Our findings support the idea that people’s concern about climate change increases when they see it as threatening their “objects of care” (Wang et al. 2018), such as beloved places, family, or personal values.

    More surprising was the way love and fulfillment sometimes heightened interviewee’s ecological grief by raising the stakes of what can be lost in the climate crisis, and what can be gained under conditions for human and ecological flourishing. Interviewee accounts revealed an overall symmetry between not only love and grief, but also pleasurable and painful emotions more generally. This finding echoes a large body of trauma research that suggests healing is not about feeling “better” so much as feeling more (Fosha et al. 2009, Van der Kolk 2015). Coping with climate grief appeared to expand interviewees’ emotional “window of tolerance” (Siegel 1999), allowing them to stay present with both distress and life-affirming emotions like love, purpose, and agency.

    In this way, climate grief shares characteristics with what Audre Lorde (2000) calls “the erotic,” an embodied source of knowing and power accessed through one’s deepest feelings, that uncovers not only pain and dissatisfaction from living under unjust conditions, but also the potential for fulfillment, and desires for a better world. Ecological grief, like the erotic, may awaken a deep yearning for a world that nurtures the flourishing of personal, ecological, and collective life. This parallel expands ecological grief’s conceptual lineage into social movements that have long histories of leveraging embodied feelings to raise sociopolitical consciousness (Ward 2023, Gumbs 2024).

    The relationship between difficult emotions associated with grief and positive emotions associated with well-being highlights a possible path between ecological grief and post-traumatic growth. Tedeschi and Calhoun (2004) define post-traumatic growth as “positive psychological change experienced as a result of the struggle with highly challenging life circumstances” (p. 1). Facing and processing ecological grief with adequate support may awaken new depths of love, joy, and purpose. Our results also highlight the critical role of social support in climate-related post-traumatic growth (Cruwys et al. 2024, Tito et al. 2024), as interviewees’ ability to honor grief and re-engage positive emotions happened in the context of supportive group spaces.

    Overall, a key insight from this study is how framing climate-related distress as climate grief helped interviewees make meaning of their difficult emotions, supporting both well-being and climate action. Recent years have seen a proliferation of terms to describe the emotional impacts of climate change (Albrecht 2019, Pihkala 2022b, Cianconi et al. 2023), yet many of these terms overlap and lack clear distinctions (Pihkala 2022b). Scholars (Kałwak and Weihgold 2022, Qiu and Qiu 2024) have also worried that individualized, psychological language risks pathologizing legitimate distress about structural injustice.

    Rather than emphasizing semantics we may be better served by recognizing that emotions are not merely objective internal states but also socially and politically constructed by the language we use to describe them (Ahmed 2014). Considering how language shapes interpretation of emotions is especially important given the ambivalent impacts of climate distress (González-Hidalgo 2021, Martiskainen and Sovacool 2021), which has been linked to climate action, denial, and disengagement (Davidson and Kecinski 2022, Lertzman 2015), and is increasingly co-opted by bad actors for harmful ideologies like eco-fascism (Conversi 2024, Hartman 2024).

    As our study shows, grief is not a single, static emotion, it is a complex, multi-dimensional, affective experience connected to meaning making (Weller 2015, Turner and Stauffer 2023). Understanding their experience as grief destigmatized interviewees’ emotional responses by shifting the focus from individual pathology to the social-ecological context of the climate crisis (Kałwak and Weihgold 2022).

    Additionally, framing climate emotions as grief invokes familiar cultural scripts and social norms associated with collective care, such as community support and rituals. Collective support is essential for maintaining well-being during the psychological and spiritual challenges posed by climate change (Hamilton 2022, Cruwys et al. 2024, Tito et al. 2024). Activating social norms that recognize the importance of community care helps build individual and community resilience (Pihkala 2024, Turner and Stauffer 2023).

    The synergy between honoring ecological grief and connecting with values and emotions that inspire climate action such as love, solidarity, and longing for a better world has implications for the mental health field and for political movements. This research highlights the need to integrate ecological and climate grief into broader understandings of mental health, acknowledging how the climate crisis not only produces ecological, personal, and collective loss, but also amplifies other grief and stressors (Tschakert et al. 2019, Lawrance et al. 2022, Benham and Hoerst 2024). Mental health practitioners must develop the skills to support individuals experiencing ecological grief while acknowledging how the structural nature of the climate crisis shapes individual mental health. Investment in spaces that facilitate emotional processing and teach coping practices is also needed to destigmatize and socialize the reasonable distress that people feel as they comprehend the implications of climate change (Doppelt 2016).

    At the same time, political mobilization efforts should be grief literate (Breen et al. 2022, Cooke et al. 2024) and understand attending to grief and pain from personal, ecological, and social losses tied to climate change is part of “the work” of creating transformative social change. This aligns with research on the emotional dimensions of environmental justice activism, where grief work helps prevent burnout, preserves sensitivity to injustice, and enables values-based resistance (Hoggett and Randall 2018, Nairn 2019, González-Hidalgo et al. 2022). Developing emotional coping and social support systems helps build the “transformational resilience” (Doppelt 2016) needed to turn climate distress into meaningful action. Building widespread capacity to cope with ecological and climate grief may play a critical role in sparking self-reinforcing feedback loops where well-being and capacity for collective action grow together (Doppelt 2016, Schwartz et al. 2023).

    CONCLUSION

    Climate grief provides a valuable lens for understanding the complex emotions tied to the climate crisis as the affective intersection between individual and collective experiences of loss and vulnerability. By illuminating the personal impact of ecological and collective loss, ecological grief challenges individualist and neoliberal ideas of the human as separate from nature and one another. Recognizing ecological grief in this way is crucial for preserving its political potential as a source of inner wisdom, one that can guide us toward creating a world where all life can flourish.

    This study contributes to a deeper understanding of the psychosocial impacts of climate change and the capacity of climate grief to raise ecological and social consciousness, and inspire solidarity and climate action. Our results suggest that supporting mental health and mobilizing people to protect the world they love and the future they long for are goals best pursued together.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The depth and richness of this research is thanks to the generosity of our participants. Thank you for sharing your time and experiences. It was an honor to hear each of your stories, and a pleasure to immerse in the insights and wisdom you shared. We also thank Alex Sawatzky for her time and talents helping develop the figure. This work was supported by Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council, the University of Alberta, New Frontiers in Research Fund, and Canadian Research Chairs program.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    AI-assisted technologies were not used in the drafting of this manuscript.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data from this study are confidential to protect the privacy of research participants and adhere to the requirements of our ethics approval. This research was approved by the University of Alberta Human Research Ethics Boards (Pro00135174). All participants gave informed written and oral consent to participate in the study. All procedures were performed in compliance with relevant laws and guidelines.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Adkin, L. 2016. First world petro-politics: the political ecology and governance of Alberta. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. https://doi.org/10.3138/9781442699410

    Ágoston, C., B. Csaba, B. Nagy, Z. Kőváry, A. Dúll, J. Rácz, and Z. Demetrovics. 2022. Identifying types of eco-anxiety, eco-guilt, eco-grief, and eco-coping in a climate-sensitive population: a qualitative study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19(4):2461. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19042461

    Ahmed, S. 2014. The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, UK.

    Albrecht, G. 2019. Earth emotions: new words for a new world. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.7591/cornell/9781501715228.001.0001

    Alook, A., E. Eaton, D. Gray-Donald, J. Laforest, C. Lameman, and B. Tucker. 2023. The end of this world: climate justice in so-called Canada. Between the Lines, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Attig, T. 2004. Disenfranchised grief revisited: discounting hope and love. Omega: Journal of Death and Dying 49(3):197-215. https://doi.org/10.2190/P4TT-J3BF-KFDR-5JB1

    Aylward, B., A. Cunsolo, R. Vriezen, and S. L. Harper. 2022. Climate change is impacting mental health in North America: a systematic scoping review of the hazards, exposures, vulnerabilities, risks and responses. International Review of Psychiatry 34(1):34-50. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540261.2022.2029368

    Barnett, J. T. 2022. Mourning in the anthropocene: ecological grief and earthly coexistence. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing, Michigan, USA. https://doi.org/10.14321/j.ctv2npq91p

    Benham, C., and D. Hoerst. 2024. What role do social-ecological factors play in ecological grief?: Insights from a global scoping review. Journal of Environmental Psychology 93:102184. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2023.102184

    Borish, D., A. Cunsolo, J. Snook, I. Shiwak, M. Wood, HERD Caribou Project Steering Committee, I. Mauro, C. Dewey, and S. L. Harper. 2021. “Caribou was the reason, and everything else happened after”: effects of caribou declines on Inuit in Labrador, Canada. Global Environmental Change 68:102268. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2021.102268

    Boss, P. 1999. Ambiguous loss: learning to live with unresolved grief. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA.

    Braun, V., and V. Clarke. 2022. Everything changes ... well some things do: reflections on, and resources for, reflexive thematic analysis. QMiP Bulletin 1(33):21-29. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsqmip.2022.1.33.21

    Braun, V., and V. Clarke. 2024. A critical review of the reporting of reflexive thematic analysis in Health Promotion International. Health Promotion International 39(3):daae049. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daae049

    Breen, L. J., D. Kawashima, K. Joy, S. Cadell, D. Roth, A. Chow, and M. E. Macdonald. 2022. Grief literacy: a call to action for compassionate communities. Death Studies 46(2):425-433. https://doi.org/10.1080/07481187.2020.1739780

    Brinkmann, S., and S. Kvale. 2018. Doing interviews. SAGE, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529716665

    Budziszewska, M., and Z. Głód. 2021. “These are the very small things that lead us to that goal”: youth climate strike organizers talk about activism empowering and taxing experiences. Sustainability 13(19):11119. https://doi.org/10.3390/su131911119

    Butler, J. 2003. Violence, mourning, politics. Studies in Gender & Sexuality 4(1):9-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/15240650409349213

    Chapman, D. A., and E. Peters. 2024. Examining the (non-linear) relationships between climate change anxiety, information seeking, and pro-environmental behavioral intentions. Journal of Environmental Psychology 99:102440. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2024.102440

    Cianconi, P., B. Hanife, F. Grillo, S. Betro, C. B. J. Lesmana, and L. Janiri. 2023. Eco-emotions and psychoterratic syndromes: reshaping mental health assessment under climate change. Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine 96(2):211-226. https://doi.org/10.59249/EARX2427

    Comtesse, H., V. Ertl, S. M. C. Hengst, R. Rosner, and G. E. Smid. 2021. Ecological grief as a response to environmental change: a mental health risk or functional response? International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 18(2):734. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18020734

    Conversi, D. 2024. Eco-fascism: an oxymoron? Far-right nationalism, history, and the climate emergency. Frontiers in Human Dynamics 6:1373872. https://doi.org/10.3389/fhumd.2024.1373872

    Cooke, A., C. Benham, N. Butt, and J. Dean. 2024. Ecological grief literacy: approaches for responding to environmental loss. Conservation Letters 17(3):e13018. https://doi.org/10.1111/conl.13018

    Cruwys, T., E. Macleod, T. Heffernan, I. Walker, S. K. Stanley, T. Kurz, L.-M. Greenwood, O. Evans, and A. L. Calear. 2024. Social group connections support mental health following wildfire. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 59(6):957-967. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-023-02519-8

    Cunsolo, A., and N. R. Ellis. 2018. Ecological grief as a mental health response to climate change-related loss. Nature Climate Change 8(4):275-281. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-018-0092-2

    Cunsolo-Willox, A. 2012. Climate change as the work of mourning. Ethics and the Environment 17(2):137-164. https://doi.org/10.2979/ethicsenviro.17.2.137

    da Fonte, C. A. M., S. M. M. Caridade, and M. A. P. Dinis. 2023. Mental health, well-being and climate change: scope and challenges. Pages 41-55 in W. Leal Filho, D. G. Vidal, and M. A. P. Dinis, editors. Climate change and health hazards: addressing hazards to human and environmental health from a changing climate. Springer, Cham, Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-26592-1_3

    Davidson, D. J., and M. Kecinski. 2022. Emotional pathways to climate change responses. WIREs: Climate Change 13(2):e751. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.751

    Doka, K. J. 2002. Disenfranchised grief: new directions, challenges, and strategies for practice. Research Press, Champaign, Illinois, USA.

    Doppelt, B. 2016. Transformational resilience: how building human resilience to climate disruption can safeguard society and increase wellbeing. First edition. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351283885

    Ebi, K. L., C. Boyer, N. Ogden, S. Paz, P. Berry, D. Campbell-Lendrum, J. J. Hess, and A. Woodward. 2021. Burning embers: synthesis of the health risks of climate change. Environmental Research Letters 16(4):044042. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/abeadd

    Ebi, K. L., and J. J. Hess. 2020. Health risks due to climate change: inequity in causes and consequences. Health Affairs 39(12):2056-2062. https://doi.org/10.1377/hlthaff.2020.01125

    Folkman, S. 2008. The case for positive emotions in the stress process. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping 21(1):3-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/10615800701740457

    Fosha, D., D. J. Siegel, and M. F. Solomon. 2009. The healing power of emotion: affective neuroscience, development, & clinical practice. W.W. Norton & Co, New York, New York, USA.

    Gillespie, S. 2019. Climate crisis and consciousness: re-imagining our world and ourselves. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429346811

    González-Hidalgo, M. 2021. The ambivalent political work of emotions in the defence of territory, life and the commons. Environment & Planning E: Nature & Space 4(4):1291-1312. https://doi.org/10.1177/2514848620961737

    González-Hidalgo, M., D. Del Bene, I. Iniesta-Arandia, and C. Piñeiro. 2022. Emotional healing as part of environmental and climate justice processes: frameworks and community-based experiences in times of environmental suffering. Political Geography 98:102721. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2022.102721

    Gumbs, A. P. 2024. Survival is a promise: the eternal life of Audre Lorde. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, New York, New York, USA.

    Hamilton, J. 2022. “Alchemizing sorrow into deep determination”: emotional reflexivity and climate change engagement. Frontiers in Climate 4:786631. https://doi.org/10.3389/fclim.2022.786631

    Hartman, M. R. 2024. Beyond climate denial: white supremacy and the growth of nationalist environmentalism on the right. Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 18(3):376-392. https://doi.org/10.1558/jsrnc.23634

    Head, L. 2016. Hope and grief in the Anthropocene: re-conceptualising human-nature relations. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315739335

    Hoggett, P., and R. Randall. 2018. Engaging with climate change: comparing the cultures of science and activism. Environmental Values 27(3):223-243. https://doi.org/10.3197/096327118X15217309300813

    Incropera, F. P. 2015. Climate change: a wicked problem: complexity and uncertainty at the intersection of science, economics, politics, and human behavior. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316266274

    Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). 2022. Climate change 2022: impacts, adaptation and vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. H.-O. Pörtner, D. C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E. S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke, V. Möller, A. Okem, and B. Rama, editors. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, UK. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009325844

    Jain, P., Q. E. Barber, S. W. Taylor, E. Whitman, D. Castellanos Acuna, Y. Boulanger, R. D. Chavardès, J. Chen, P. Englefield, M. Flannigan, M. P. Girardin, C. C. Hanes, J. Little, K. Morrison, R. S. Skakun, D. K. Thompson, X. Wang, and M.-A. Parisien. 2024b. Drivers and impacts of the record-breaking 2023 wildfire season in Canada. Nature Communications 15(1):6764. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-51154-7

    Jain, P., A. R. Sharma, D. C. Acuna, J. T. Abatzoglou, and M. Flannigan. 2024a. Record-breaking fire weather in North America in 2021 was initiated by the Pacific Northwest heat dome. Communications Earth & Environment 5(1):1-10. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43247-024-01346-2

    Kałwak, W., and V. Weihgold. 2022. The relationality of ecological emotions: an interdisciplinary critique of individual resilience as psychology’s response to the climate crisis. Frontiers in Psychology 13:823620. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.823620

    Kübler-Ross, E., and D. Kessler. 2007. On grief and grieving: finding the meaning of grief through the five stages of loss. Scribner, New York, New York, USA.

    Lalani, N., and J. Drolet. 2019. Impacts of the 2013 floods on families’ mental health in Alberta: perspectives of community influencers and service providers in rural communities. Best Practice in Mental Health 15(2):74-92. https://doi.org/10.70256/361228lrwyji

    Lawrance, E. L., R. Thompson, J. Newberry Le Vay, L. Page, and N. Jennings. 2022. The impact of climate change on mental health and emotional wellbeing: a narrative review of current evidence, and its implications. International Review of Psychiatry 34(5):443-498. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540261.2022.2128725

    Lertzman, R. 2015. Environmental melancholia: psychoanalytic dimensions of engagement. Routledge, London, UK. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315851853

    Levitt, H. M., M. Bamberg, J. W. Creswell, D. M. Frost, R. Josselson, and C. Suárez-Orozco. 2018. Journal article reporting standards for qualitative primary, qualitative meta-analytic, and mixed methods research in psychology: the APA Publications and Communications Board Task Force report. American Psychologist 73(1):26-46. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000151

    Lorde, A. 2000. Uses of the erotic: the erotic as power. Pages 569-574 in D. Cornell, editor. Feminism and pornography. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198782506.003.0032

    Martiskainen, M., and B. K. Sovacool. 2021. Mixed feelings: a rearview and research agenda for emotions in sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 40:609-624. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eist.2021.10.023

    Middleton, J., A. Cunsolo, A. Jones-Bitton, C. J. Wright, and S. L. Harper. 2020. Indigenous mental health in a changing climate: a systematic scoping review of the global literature. Environmental Research Letters 15(5):053001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/ab68a9

    Nairn, K. 2019. Learning from young people engaged in climate activism: the potential of collectivizing despair and hope. Young 27(5):435-450. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308818817603

    Ojala, M. 2013. Coping with climate change among adolescents: implications for subjective well-being and environmental engagement. Sustainability 5(5):2191-2209. https://doi.org/10.3390/su5052191

    Ojala, M., A. Cunsolo, C. A. Ogunbode, and J. Middleton. 2021. Anxiety, worry, and grief in a time of environmental and climate crisis: a narrative review. Annual Review of Environment and Resources 46(1):35-58. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-012220-022716

    Pihkala, P. 2022a. The process of eco-anxiety and ecological grief: a narrative review and a new proposal. Sustainability 14(24):16628. https://doi.org/10.3390/su142416628

    Pihkala, P. 2022b. Toward a taxonomy of climate emotions. Frontiers in Climate 3:738154. https://doi.org/10.3389/fclim.2021.738154

    Pihkala, P. 2024. Ecological sorrow: types of grief and loss in ecological grief. Sustainability 16(2):849. https://doi.org/10.3390/su16020849

    Qiu, S., and J. Qiu. 2024. From individual resilience to collective response: reframing ecological emotions as catalysts for holistic environmental engagement. Frontiers in Psychology 15:1363418. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1363418

    Randall, R. 2009. Loss and climate change: the cost of parallel narratives. Ecopsychology 1(3):118-129. https://doi.org/10.1089/eco.2009.0034

    Redvers, N., Y. Celidwen, C. Schultz, O. Horn, C. Githaiga, M. Vera, M. Perdrisat, L. Mad Plume, D. Kobei, M. C. Kain, A. Poelina, J. N. Rojas, and B. Blondin. 2022. The determinants of planetary health: an Indigenous consensus perspective. Lancet Planetary Health 6(2):e156-e163. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00354-5

    Redvers, N., A. Poelina, C. Schultz, D. M. Kobei, C. Githaiga, M. Perdrisat, D. Prince, and B. Blondin. 2020. Indigenous natural and first law in planetary health. Challenges 11(2):29. https://doi.org/10.3390/challe11020029

    Schwartz, S. E. O., L. Benoit, S. Clayton, M. F. Parnes, L. Swenson, and S. R. Lowe. 2023. Climate change anxiety and mental health: environmental activism as buffer. Current Psychology 42:16708-16721. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-022-02735-6

    Sellers, S., K. L. Ebi, and J. Hess. 2019. Climate change, human health, and social stability: addressing interlinkages. Environmental Health Perspectives 127(4):045002. https://doi.org/10.1289/EHP4534

    Siegel, D. J. 1999. The developing mind: toward a neurobiology of interpersonal experience. Guilford, New York, New York, USA.

    Stroebe, M., and H. Schut. 1999. The dual process model of coping with bereavement: rationale and description. Death Studies 23(3):197-224. https://doi.org/10.1080/074811899201046

    Tedeschi, R. G., and L. G. Calhoun. 2004. Posttraumatic growth: conceptual foundations and empirical evidence. Psychological Inquiry 15(1):1-18. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli1501_01

    Tito, V. R., H. Kazem, S.-O. Kadia, and B. Paquito. 2024. A systematic review of mental health and climate change in the Philippines. Asian Journal of Psychiatry 101:104191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajp.2024.104191

    Tschakert, P., N. R. Ellis, C. Anderson, A. Kelly, and J. Obeng. 2019. One thousand ways to experience loss: a systematic analysis of climate-related intangible harm from around the world. Global Environmental Change 55:58-72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.11.006

    Turner, R. B., and S. D. Stauffer. 2023. Disenfranchised grief: the complicated interweave of death and non-death losses. Chapter 1 in R. B. Turner and S. D. Stauffer, editors. Disenfranchised grief: examining social, cultural, and relational impacts. Routledge, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003292890

    Van der Kolk, B. A. 2015. The body keeps the score. Brain, mind, and body in the healing of trauma. Penguin Books, New York, New York, USA.

    Varutti, M. 2024. Claiming ecological grief: Why are we not mourning (more and more publicly) for ecological destruction? Ambio 53(4):552-564. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13280-023-01962-w

    Walpole, L. C., and W. L. Hadwen. 2022. Extreme events, loss, and grief—an evaluation of the evolving management of climate change threats on the Great Barrier Reef. Ecology and Society 27(1):37. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-12964-270137

    Wamsler, C., G. Osberg, A. Panagiotou, B. Smith, P. Stanbridge, W. Osika, and L. Mundaca. 2023. Meaning-making in a context of climate change: supporting agency and political engagement. Climate Policy 23(7):829-844. https://doi.org/10.1080/14693062.2022.2121254

    Wang, S., Z. Leviston, M. Hurlstone, C. Lawrence, and I. Walker. 2018. Emotions predict policy support: why it matters how people feel about climate change. Global Environmental Change 50:25-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2018.03.002

    Ward, C. 2023. Audre Lorde’s erotic as epistemic and political practice. Hypatia 38(4):896-917. https://doi.org/10.1017/hyp.2023.76

    Weller, F. 2015. The wild edge of sorrow: rituals of renewal and the sacred work of grief. North Atlantic Books, Berkeley, California, USA.

    Wray, B. 2022. Generation dread: finding purpose in an age of climate crisis. Alfred A. Knopf Canada, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

    Corresponding author:
    Stephanie Olsen
    solsen1@ualberta.ca
    Appendix 1
    Appendix 2
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Diagram illustrating how interviewees’ experiences of climate grief arose from ecological, personal, and collective losses related to climate change. Honoring and processing these losses as climate grief improved interviewee well-being while connecting their personal experiences to larger social-ecological issues. This, in turn, improved their capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    Fig. 1. Diagram illustrating how interviewees’ experiences of climate grief arose from ecological, personal, and collective losses related to climate change. Honoring and processing these losses as climate grief improved interviewee well-being while connecting their personal experiences to larger social-ecological issues. This, in turn, improved their capacity for values-aligned climate action.

    Fig. 1
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    climate action; climate change; climate emotions; climate grief; ecological grief; emotional well-being; mental health

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents
    Home > VOLUME 30 > ISSUE 4 > Article 8 Research

    Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries

    Witt, N., M. Graversgaard, and M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe. 2025. Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 30(4):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16485-300408
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon
    • Niklas WittORCIDcontact author, Niklas Witt
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark
    • Morten GraversgaardORCID, Morten Graversgaard
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark
    • Martin Hvarregaard ThorsøeORCIDMartin Hvarregaard Thorsøe
      Aarhus University - Department of Agroecology, Denmark

    The following is the established format for referencing this article:

    Witt, N., M. Graversgaard, and M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe. 2025. Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 30(4):8.

    https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-16485-300408

  • Introduction
  • Methods
  • Results
  • Discussion
  • Conclusion
  • Acknowledgments
  • Data Availability
  • Literature Cited
  • agrifood; corporate sustainability; ESG; planetary boundaries; sustainability transition
    Undisclosed transgressions? Lacking acknowledgements of large agrifood firms on their impacts on the planetary boundaries
    Copyright © by the author(s). Published here under license by The Resilience Alliance. This article is under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. You may share and adapt the work provided the original author and source are credited, you indicate whether any changes were made, and you include a link to the license. ES-2025-16485.pdf
    Research

    ABSTRACT

    Agriculture significantly contributes to the transgression of several planetary boundaries. This content analysis of the sustainability statements from the world’s largest agrifood companies reveals that they largely overlook their most relevant negative environmental impacts. For example, biogeochemical flows, the most transgressed planetary boundary with agriculture as the largest contributor, receives minimal corporate attention. Climate change is the only boundary for which we identified numeric disclosures of negative impacts. We highlight that overlooking these significant environmental impacts (1) impedes the idea that market discipline can address such urgent topics, and (2) allows companies to shape the sector’s transition by presenting a narrative of sustainable agriculture that downplays its actual harm, thereby diverting focus from the deeper changes needed to reduce these impacts. Our results underscore the need for a “planetary materiality” approach, ensuring corporate reporting reflects scientifically assessed environmental impacts.

    INTRODUCTION

    First outlined by Rockström et al. (2009), the planetary boundaries (PBs) describe the safe operating space for human activity, while their transgression risks leaving the stability of the Holocene. The latest update on this framework from Richardson et al. (2023) encompasses nine PBs: climate change, biosphere integrity, novel entities, land system change, freshwater change, biogeochemical flows, ocean acidification, atmospheric aerosol loading, and stratospheric ozone depletion. According to the authors, the first six PBs out of this list have been transgressed (Richardson et al. 2023). Agriculture is the main contributor to the transgression of the PBs biosphere integrity, biogeochemical flows, land system change, and freshwater change, and a significant contributor to climate change (Campbell et al. 2017). Gerten et al. (2020) assess that half of current global food production depends on PB transgressions. The intensification of agricultural practices, including increased use of agrochemicals, has led to widespread biodiversity loss, habitat fragmentation, and the decline of pollinator populations, undermining biosphere integrity (Dudley and Alexander 2017, Sánchez-Bayo and Wyckhuys 2019, Cabernard et al. 2024). Excessive fertilizer use and intensive livestock production drive nitrogen and phosphorus pollution, disrupting biogeochemical cycles and contributing to eutrophication in freshwater and marine ecosystems (Galloway et al. 2008, Liu et al. 2010, Carpenter and Bennett 2011, Penuelas et al. 2023). Roughly half of the world’s habitable land is used for agriculture (Ellis et al. 2010), with further large-scale land conversion accelerating deforestation (Winkler et al. 2021) and soil degradation (Borrelli et al. 2017), undermining land-system stability. Agriculture is also responsible for high levels of freshwater extraction (Ritchie and Roser 2018), depleting water resources and reducing availability for other ecosystems and human uses (Ingrao et al. 2023). Additionally, greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from agricultural activities, including methane from livestock, nitrous oxide from fertilized soils, and soil organic carbon losses (O’Mara 2011, Crippa et al. 2021) contribute to climate change with estimates ranging between 26% (Poore and Nemecek 2018) and 34% (Crippa et al. 2021) of global anthropogenic emissions. Given the pressing need to secure future food supplies, it is imperative that the agrifood sector adopts more sustainable production methods (El Bilali 2020), especially as its negative environmental impacts are projected to increase by 50–90% by 2050 without serious mitigation efforts (Springmann et al. 2018).

    The agrifood sector is highly consolidated, with the top 10 food and beverage companies accounting for approximately 40% of the total sales among the world’s 100 largest companies in the sector (Clapp 2022). There is broad consensus that these multinational companies are powerful actors in global food supply chains, which are dominated by post-farmgate actors (Yi et al. 2021). As such, they play a critical role in the transition of the agrifood sector’s production-consumption systems. Not only do powerful firms develop products and business models that can drive transition, but they also “engage in broader institutional work as they shape societal discourses and problem framing, lobby for specific policies and regulations, develop industry standards, legitimize new technologies, or shape collective expectations” (Köhler et al. 2019:11).

    A relevant field in which such institutional work plays out is the corporate disclosure of environmental, social and governance (ESG) information. ESG reporting not only communicates corporations’ ostensible sustainable behavior to a wide range of stakeholders and demonstrates efforts to mitigate their environmental (and social) impacts, but it also shapes public and regulatory discourses on sustainability through underlying narratives and problem framing (Archer 2024).

    The disclosure of ESG information has become a standard practice among corporations (Conca et al. 2021). However, most of the existing academic literature on ESG reporting has centered on the financial implications of such disclosures, both in general (Dinh et al. 2023, Jain and Tripathi 2023) and also specifically within the agrifood sector (Leite De Almeida et al. 2024). Very limited attention has been paid to the potential of ESG reporting to contribute to the sector’s sustainable development (Witt et al. 2025).

    In this paper, we aim to address this critical research gap by analyzing the ESG reports of leading multinational agrifood companies from a PBs perspective. Our goal is to gain insight into how these companies assume responsibility for the sector’s sustainability transition, which topics they define as material, and whether these overlap with the sector’s actual contribution to the transgression of the PBs. This analysis ultimately presents implications for the agrifood sector’s transition toward more sustainable agricultural production, especially in relation to the question of “transition toward what?,” which is pivotal for the transitions of production-consumption systems (Geels et al. 2023). We focus on the reports of large multinational companies, as we argue that they hold significant potential to initiate and drive the agrifood sector away from unsustainable agricultural practices and toward an agrifood system that operates within PBs. Although we do not delve deeply into direct power dynamics (e.g., political lobbying), we view these dynamics as an underlying context influencing the narratives, framing, and self-disclosures made by these companies in their ESG reports. The conceptual framing in Figure 1 informs the remainder of this study.

    METHODS

    Scope of analysis

    We categorized companies’ environmental impact disclosures based on Campbell et al.’s (2017) assessment of agriculture’s contribution to the transgression of the PBs. The authors identified agriculture as the main driver of anthropogenic impacts on the PBs biosphere integrity, biogeochemical flows, land system change, freshwater change, as well as a significant contributor to climate change. As novel entities were not yet included in Campbell et al.’s (2017) assessment, we included them as a sixth category.

    To assess the transgression of the PBs, the framework defines control variables for each boundary. These describe the “most important anthropogenic influence at the planetary level of the boundary in focus” (Richardson et al. 2023). For example, the control variable for land system change is the area of forested land as the percentage of original forest cover. Given that the PBs have not yet been operationalized within any ESG reporting framework, we argue that focusing solely on direct reporting on control variables would likely give limited findings. Instead, we use the PBs as broader categories, assigning each piece of disclosed farm-level environmental impact information to one of six categories:

    1. Climate change: information on GHG mitigation with at least Scope 3 (upstream value chain) granularity, ensuring the inclusion of agricultural activities.
    2. Biosphere integrity: all disclosures related to the impact of agricultural activities on biodiversity.
    3. Biogeochemical flows: all disclosures concerning nitrogen, phosphorus, and other nutrient flows resulting from agricultural activities.
    4. Land system change: disclosures related to deforestation-free supply chains for agricultural commodities, as well as afforestation efforts on land previously used for agriculture.
    5. Freshwater change: all disclosures regarding the use of blue and green water in agricultural production.
    6. Novel entities: all disclosures concerning chemical substances used in agricultural production, such as herbicides and pesticides.

    In our analysis, we focus exclusively on the reported environmental impacts of agricultural production within the companies’ value chains. We exclude the companies’ own operations (e.g., impacts from energy use in production facilities and transportation) because our interest lies solely in the impacts of agricultural production. Our approach reflects an “inside-out” perspective, or, in the terminology of the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS; European Commission 2023), an “impact materiality” perspective. Accordingly, we do not consider the “outside-in” or “financial materiality” perspective, which concerns the disclosure of financial risks to the company. An exhaustive study on this latter perspective for the agrifood sector has been conducted by Boiral et al. (2024).

    Data collection

    We collected data from the publicly available ESG reports of the 51 largest global agrifood companies by sales with operations in the EU (FoodDrinkEurope 2023). The list initially included 53 companies. We excluded one company whose sales are only partially related to agrifood products and another for which no ESG report could be identified. The range of global agrifood sales for the 51 companies was between 1.7 and 169.5 billion € in the 2022 fiscal year (FoodDrinkEurope 2023). We focused on firms with operations in Europe (with a processing plant in at least one member state) because of the region’s increasingly stringent sustainability governance landscape, demonstrated through, amongst others, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD; European Union 2022) and the EU Regulation on Deforestation-free Products (EUDR; European Union 2023). For each company, we retrieved the most recent sustainability report available on their website. The reports were downloaded in March and April 2024, and the latest available reports at that time covered either the 2023 or 2022 financial year. The dataset includes companies that were subject to the EU Directive 2014/95/EU (NFRD) as well as companies that reported voluntarily. Albeit not implemented yet at the financial year of the analysis, several companies already followed the structure and key characteristics of the CSRD, such as the double materiality assessment. We do not state company names because we do not aim to single out individual organizations but want to highlight structural tendencies within the sector.

    Data analysis

    We analyzed the data from the companies’ ESG reports using a qualitative content analysis approach (Mayring 2022). First, we systematically reviewed the reports and extracted all available numeric disclosures related to environmental impacts, which were recorded in an MS Excel file. We then categorized all data entries according to the six categories previously defined. Given the limited results of this initial step, we revisited the reports and decided to expand the scope of the analysis by also including qualitative acknowledgements of negative environmental impacts. These were added as quotes to our existing database. To better present the different qualitative and quantitative disclosures within each PBs category, we structured them into four different disclosure types:

    (A) Reported numeric impacts: All disclosures related to environmental impacts associated with the farming activities in the companies’ value chains. These impacts typically include a reported numeric status, often linked to a quantified target.

    (B) Numeric disclosures without reported impact: Instances where a target is mentioned or quantified, but no status is disclosed regarding progress toward the target. Even if no impact is reported in this category, the disclosure of an environmental reduction target inherently acknowledges the existence of a negative impact that must be reduced. We also included “positive” environmental targets, i.e., those aiming to have a positive environmental impact (e.g., planting pollinator flower strips), intensity disclosures (e.g., information pertaining to the GHG intensity of a kg of milk), and “sustainable sourcing” targets clearly linked to a PB (e.g., “% of palm oil sourced certified by RSPO”). Although these targets do not specify a negative impact to be reduced, they nonetheless indicate the company’s ambitions to improve environmental conditions within the agricultural supply chain.

    (C) Company-specific qualitative acknowledgements: This includes qualitative descriptions of companies’ negative environmental impacts through agricultural production in their value chains. For example, a company might state, “as the world’s largest dairy producer, we are partly responsible for the eutrophication of freshwater ecosystems.”

    (D) Sector-generic qualitative acknowledgements: Instances where a general qualitative acknowledgement of agriculture’s negative environmental impact is disclosed (e.g., “food production is a major contributor to climate change”).

    Because not every quantitative or qualitative acknowledgment could be clearly attributed to a PB, we added a category for “unclassified” impacts.

    RESULTS

    In total, we identified 148 disclosures that acknowledge an impact on the PBs under one of the A, B, C, or D categories (Table 1). Most disclosures relate to climate change and the fewest relate to novel entities. Most disclosures were of type B, and least of type C.

    Climate change

    Out of the 51 companies analyzed, 47 reported on climate change, with a total of 73 disclosures identified. These disclosures were categorized into four types:

    Type A (Quantitative impact): Thirty-five disclosures, for example: “Our company’s Scope 3 emissions account for 30% of our total emissions, with agriculture representing the largest portion.”

    Type B (Numeric targets without reported impact): Twenty-two disclosures, including commitments such as: “We aim to reduce Scope 3 emissions by 20% by 2030” but without disclosing a status on this target. The level of granularity in Type A and B disclosures varies: 14% cover Scope 1–3 emissions, 50% focus on Scope 3 emissions, 4% report on Scope 1–3 FLAG emissions, 5% on Scope 3 FLAG emissions, and 18% address agricultural emissions specifically.

    Type C (Qualitative acknowledgments): Four disclosures qualitatively acknowledged the company’s impact on climate change. A typical statement was: “As one of the largest dairy producers, we recognize our responsibility in mitigating climate change through reduced emissions from agriculture.”

    Type D (Sector-generic acknowledgments): Twelve disclosures included general industry-wide acknowledgments, such as: “Agriculture accounts for 25% of global GHG emissions, which must be reduced to address the climate crisis.”

    Biosphere integrity

    Twenty-one disclosures by 13 companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures that report positive impacts, “% of cultivated area using pollinator protection” and “total size of flower strips across beet growing countries.”

    Type C: Five disclosures acknowledge the reporting company’s negative impacts. For example, “(Our company) has a material impact on biodiversity loss, on the number of species and on the conditions of ecosystems. (Our company’s) impact on biodiversity materializes through the land use of our farmers.”

    Type D: Fourteen statements acknowledge either agriculture’s general, or commodity-specific (e.g., dairy, palm oil, soy, etc.) negative impacts, typically relating to biodiversity loss and land degradation. For example: “Today’s farming and food systems are accelerating the biodiversity loss that is threatening the health of the planet.”

    Land system change

    Forty-eight disclosures by 25 companies in two categories:

    Type B: Thirty-seven disclosures, of which 18 pertain to deforestation/conversion-free supply chain targets, 17 to certification targets that are directly associated with deforestation and conversion free sourcing of a commodity, and two relating to afforestation targets. Most disclosures are limited to a specific commodity, such as soy, palm oil, cocoa or coffee.

    Type D: Eleven disclosures, most of which relate to soy and palm oil. For example: “the significant global increase in demand for palm oil and soya has resulted in the clearing of land, sometimes illegally.”

    Biogeochemical flows

    Eight disclosures by six companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures, describing the “reduction of nitrogen pollution in water stressed areas through value chain activities (t N-eq),” and the “% of cultivated area on which nitrogen fertilization is reasonable.”

    Type C: Three disclosures, such as “as an agricultural company, we are depleting some crucial non-renewable resources, for example phosphorus through our land use.”

    Type D: Three disclosures, such as “Poor management of N & P contributes to GHG emissions and water contamination” and “Agricultural inputs can also affect the quality of water resources.”

    Freshwater change

    Fourteen disclosures by 14 companies in three categories:

    Type B: Two disclosures, describing the “improvement in irrigation efficiency,” and the “improvement in water use efficiency in water stressed regions.”

    Type C: Four disclosures, including examples such as “making our products requires large amounts of water, including water consumption in the agricultural supply chain.”

    Type D: Eight disclosures, for example: “On average, more than 70% of global freshwater use is associated with agriculture,” or “a substantial amount of water is used in food production.”

    Novel entities

    One disclosure:

    Type B: One disclosure of a positive target, “% of cultivated area on which at least one alternative method to synthetic pesticides is used.”

    Unclassified

    We identified 59 Type B disclosures that cannot be attributed to a specific PB but acknowledge negative environmental impacts through the disclosure of environmental targets. Thirty-three of these state that a commodity has been sourced “sustainably” or “responsibly,” without specifying what negative environmental impact this certified commodity is addressing.

    Further, 26 Type B disclosures relate to “sustainable agricultural management and regenerative agriculture,” including disclosures of areas under regenerative or sustainable production, shares of regeneratively farmed crops, farmer engagement, and adaptation of specific sustainable agronomic measures. Without specifying the problems that a sustainably sourced crop, certified commodity, or a regeneratively managed area aim to tackle, the quantitative disclosure of these indicators holds limited informative value in terms of acknowledging corporate impacts.

    Key findings

    Numeric impact disclosures (Type A) are only found in the climate change category. The highest disclosures are of Type B, expressing numeric environmental targets without disclosing any underlying environmental impact that is to be addressed. Climate change and land system change receive disproportionately higher attention in corporate ESG disclosures compared to other PBs, such as novel entities or freshwater change.

    DISCUSSION

    Our results show a misalignment between the reported and the sector’s actual impacts on the PBs. This trend may reflect both the maturity of different reporting frameworks and the institutional pressures that have historically centered around different environmental topics. In the following, we provide potential reasons for overlooking PB impacts in reporting practices. We do not claim that this is an exhaustive list of all relevant elements, but rather an overview of what can influence the (lack of) disclosure. We then proceed to discuss the broader implications of our findings for the sustainability transition of the agrifood sector.

    Landscape influences on reporting

    Frameworks

    The topics of climate change and land system change are covered in the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) standards, which combined are by far the most used standards in our dataset. Corporate Scope 3 GHG disclosure has further matured under the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi), under which over 7000 businesses have set emission reduction targets of which 96% cover Scope 3 emissions (SBTi 2023). Widely used carbon accounting frameworks, such as the GHG Protocol and SBTi, offer companies standardized tools for disclosure, further pushed by a global increase in mandatory corporate GHG disclosure (Amel-Zadeh and Tang 2025). Similar standards exist for corporate zero-deforestation commitments, especially regarding commodities linked to deforestation. The use of such frameworks has steadily increased in popularity (Newton and Benzeev 2018) and the EU Regulation on Deforestation-free Products (EUDR) now mandates that every company that places commodities associated with a deforestation risk on the EU market must prove that these “products do not originate from recently deforested land or have contributed to forest degradation” (European Union 2023).

    In contrast, disclosures on freshwater change, biosphere integrity, novel entities, and biogeochemical flows remain limited. Although freshwater use and biodiversity are also addressed in, for example, the GRI and SASB, these PBs are inherently more complex and less standardized in impact measurement. Freshwater use, for instance, varies widely by geography and crop type, and its impact depends not only on quantity but also on local water stress. Likewise, the category of novel entities, including pesticides, plastics, and other synthetic compounds, lacks consistent frameworks for corporate-level measurement or reporting. As such, these categories are often either ignored or reported at a minimal narrative level (Type C and D). More attention to these topics might be given in the future because of regulatory changes, such as the introduction of GRI’s agriculture-specific standards or the ESRS. The latter is seen by many as the most ambitious reporting framework to date (Baks 2024), covering the environmental topics climate change, pollution, water and marine resources, biodiversity and ecosystems, and resource use and circular economy. However, for these topics to mature to the same level as GHG disclosure will likely take time, because of difficulties in data collection and a scientific knowledge-practice divide.

    Materiality

    The reporting of these topics further depends on companies’ materiality assessments, which are a key feature of ESG frameworks to identify and prioritize the topics that a company should report on (Bellantuono et al. 2018). There are significant differences in how materiality is defined, thereby influencing the type of information disclosed (Jørgensen et al. 2022). By only looking at the financial effects of a given topic on the company’s “financial condition or operating performance” (SASB), the financial materiality approach inherently neglects the disclosure of environmental impacts.

    The impact materiality perspective aims to identify topics that represent the organization’s most significant impacts on the economy, environment, and people (Global Reporting Initiative 2021) and actual and potential negative impacts of companies and their value chains on people and the environment (European Commission 2023). However, this approach does not seem to sufficiently cause disclosure of actual PB impacts, as illustrated by the limited disclosure of impacts on biogeochemical flows. For example, a dairy company in our dataset that operates in a country where dairy production is strongly associated with eutrophication of water bodies, uses the ESRS’ double materiality assessment but defined pollution (including water pollution) as an immaterial topic. This exemplifies that even under the ESRS with its double materiality perspective, there is a risk of a misalignment between corporate disclosure of negative environmental impacts and their actual impacts, as also stressed by Wassénius et al. (2024).

    Stakeholder focus and legitimacy

    In addition to the regulatory elements and the design of reporting frameworks, previous literature has shown that ESG reporting behavior, including in the agrifood sector (Witt et al. 2025), is influenced by an interplay of mechanisms beyond regulatory factors, such as mimetic and normative pressures (Aureli et al. 2020, Zampone et al. 2023, Wukich et al. 2024) and efforts to maintain legitimacy (Baldini et al. 2018, Del Gesso and Lodhi 2025). The strong focus on climate could thereby be explained by its high presence in public sustainability discourses, while overlooking other important environmental issues, a phenomenon referred to as “carbon tunnel vision” (Achakulwisut et al. 2022). However, this does not sufficiently explain the disclosure gap of other negative environmental impacts. As an example, the topic of agrochemicals receives high public attention, displayed in consumer demands for organic products, concerns about pesticide residues (Koch et al. 2017), and lawsuits against producers of these products (Centner 2020). Nitrogen pollution also receives significant public attention and is addressed by several public policies, such as the EU Water Framework Directive (European Union 2000), but neither topic is extensively covered in the reports, suggesting a perception bias.

    Implications for the sustainability transition

    The implications of our findings for the sustainability transition of the agrifood sector are twofold. First, it matters from a classical market perspective on ESG reporting. A popular term in management studies is “what gets measured gets managed,” thus, “measuring the wrong thing matters” (Barnett 2015:5). Our results suggest that the non-disclosure of many of the sector’s most significant impacts hinders various stakeholders in their decision-making processes (e.g., investors, financial institutions, and business partners) to include the actual environmental impacts of the disclosing companies. This is also relevant from a financial risk perspective, as several of the financial risks disclosed by agrifood companies (Boiral et al. 2024) are direct consequences of their environmental impacts on ecosystems (Díaz et al. 2006). To sufficiently assess the financial risks that, for example, droughts have on the production of wheat within a food company’s value chain, one would need to know the actual water use (and thereby also dependency) that is needed to produce this commodity. This “cognitive disconnect” of not linking corporates’ own contributions to the very risks they try to manage can drive a systemic failure in risk assessments (Crona et al. 2021).

    Second, we argue that through the way these powerful agrifood companies disclose their environmental impact information, they shape and inform what is considered “sustainable agriculture.” Thereby, they influence the question of “transition toward what” (Geels et al. 2023) and consequently the possible pathways toward more sustainable agricultural production methods. Highly critical of ESG disclosure, Archer (2024) highlights how the practice of ESG reporting and the technical discussions surrounding it are often an exercise of corporate power that distracts from a focus on root causes of the Anthropocene crises and narrows discussions around alternative sustainable futures. We align with this perspective to elucidate how the limited disclosure of negative environmental impacts shapes the discussion on sustainable agriculture more broadly.

    We found that companies often disclose targets and ambitions that highlight a positive contribution to the environment, such as regenerative agricultural practices, without mentioning what specific negative impacts they address. When these impacts are mentioned, they are typically framed in abstract terms (Type B) or attributed to the sector at large (Type D), thereby deflecting responsibility from the individual company. Through leaving out this crucial information, the disclosure of positive targets can quickly turn into cherry-picking, with a pathway to a sustainable agricultural future guided by different trends, rather than being informed by actual negative planetary impacts. This is not to say that having these positive targets and strategies, such as for regenerative agriculture, is not worthwhile. In several instances and approaches to regenerative agriculture, these positive strategies might (coincidentally) align with the actual planetary impacts. However, by omitting specific information about which negative impacts should be addressed, companies can present a one-sided picture of their “doing-good.” This shifts the focus away from unsustainable agricultural production methods and distracts from more fundamental changes needed to reduce environmental harm, thereby ultimately helping to maintain the unsustainable status quo.

    We acknowledge the challenge of data collection from a vast number of suppliers to be able to disclose Type A information for all PB impacts. Setting up internal structures to enable sufficient reporting can be very resource intensive both for agrifood companies and farmers in their upstream value chain (Witt et al. 2025). Our point is not to criticize these companies for ignoring value chain data collection and reporting, but rather to highlight the implications of the structural negligence of the sector’s most relevant impacts on the PBs, as even Type C and D disclosures were limited for most categories. Because mimetic behavior is common in corporate ESG reporting (Herold 2018), the reporting practices of the analyzed multinational companies can significantly influence sector-wide practices.

    CONCLUSION

    Our findings show that many environmental topics are overlooked by large agrifood companies and are not aligned with the sector’s overall negative impacts on the PBs. Following Cambell’s (2017) assessment, agriculture’s contribution to climate change is relatively small compared to its significant impacts on other PBs. However, climate change was the most dominant category in terms of disclosure quantity, and it was the only category for which we found numeric impact disclosures (Type A). In stark contrast, despite biogeochemical flows being the most transgressed PB (driven largely by agricultural activities), we found only eight disclosures addressing this. This discrepancy can be attributed to several factors, including different maturity levels of data collection for different PB impacts, a lack of clear guidance in current ESG reporting standards, and a strong bias toward financial materiality.

    We emphasize that this underreporting of the sector’s most significant negative impacts is problematic for two key reasons. First, from a market perspective, it hinders the efficiency of channeling financial flows toward more sustainable activities. Second, by omitting disclosures on their most significant negative impacts, large agrifood companies can shape discussions and narratives of sustainable agriculture in ways that downplay the urgency of system-wide transformation.

    These findings have significant implications for researchers, practitioners, and policy makers within the domain of sustainability reporting, as they show that current ways of reporting are insufficient to capture the agrifood sector’s most pressing impacts. Scholars have therefore raised the need for a “planetary materiality” perspective, i.e., grounding the reporting of corporations’ environmental impacts in natural scientific assessments (Wassénius et al. 2024). Considering recent ESG simplification efforts in the EU under the so-called Omnibus-Act, our results emphasize that reporting focus should be given to these few but urgent actual environmental impacts. Finally, to fully understand how corporate actions contribute to the transgression of PBs, the need to incorporate sustainability thresholds has been highlighted (McElroy and Van Engelen 2012, Bjørn et al. 2017), a concept also referred to as “absolute sustainability” (Hauschild et al. 2020) and reflected in recent attempts to translate the PBs framework for businesses (Bai et al. 2024). We emphasize that, as a first step, actual negative impacts should be assessed before they are compared against such thresholds.

    RESPONSES TO THIS ARTICLE

    Responses to this article are invited. If accepted for publication, your response will be hyperlinked to the article. To submit a response, follow this link. To read responses already accepted, follow this link.

    ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    Funding: This work was funded by the MARVIC project, which has received funding from the Horizon Europe Soil Mission, Grant agreement No 101112942 and the European Joint Program for SOIL (EJP SOIL), which has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme: Grant agreement No 862695.

    Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and AI-assisted Tools

    None used.

    DATA AVAILABILITY

    The data that support the findings of this study are available in Zenodo at https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15222650. The ESG reports from which the disclosed data were retrieved are publicly available and were downloaded from the companies’ respective websites.

    LITERATURE CITED

    Achakulwisut, P., P. C. Almeida, and E. Arond. 2022. It’s time to move beyond “carbon tunnel vision.” SEI Perspectives. https://www.sei.org/perspectives/move-beyond-carbon-tunnel-vision/

    Amel-Zadeh, A., and Q. Tang. 2025. Managing the shift from voluntary to mandatory climate disclosure: the role of carbon accounting. British Accounting Review 57(2):101594. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bar.2025.101594

    Archer, M. 2024. Unsustainable: measurement, reporting, and the limits of corporate sustainability. New York University Press, New York, New York, USA. https://doi.org/10.18574/nyu/9781479822034.001.0001

    Aureli, S., M. Del Baldo, R. Lombardi, and F. Nappo. 2020. Nonfinancial reporting regulation and challenges in sustainability disclosure and corporate governance practices. Business Strategy and the Environment 29(6):2392-2403. https://doi.org/10.1002/bse.2509

    Bai, X., S. Hasan, L. S. Andersen, A. Bjørn, Ş. Kilkiş, D. Ospina, J. Liu, S. E. Cornell, O. Sabag Muñoz, A. De Bremond, B. Crona, F. Declerck, J. Gupta, H. Hoff, N. Nakicenovic, D. Obura, G. Whiteman, W. Broadgate, S. J. Lade, J. Rocha, J. Rockström, B. Stewart-Koster, D. Van Vuuren, and C. Zimm. 2024. Translating Earth system boundaries for cities and businesses. Nature Sustainability 7:108-119. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-023-01255-w

    Baks, M. 2024. The potential impact of the CSRD and other sustainability legislation on listed companies. European Company Law 21(1):23-29. https://doi.org/10.54648/EUCL2024003

    Baldini, M., L. D. Maso, G. Liberatore, F. Mazzi, and S. Terzani. 2018. Role of country- and firm-level determinants in environmental, social, and governance disclosure. Journal of Business Ethics 150(1):79-98. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10551-016-3139-1

    Barnett, P. 2015. If what gets measured gets managed, measuring the wrong thing matters. Corporate Finance Review 19(4):5-10.

    Bellantuono, N., P. Pontrandolfo, and B. Scozzi. 2018. Guiding materiality analysis for sustainability reporting: the case of agri-food sector. International Journal of Technology, Policy and Management 18:4. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJTPM.2018.096181

    Bjørn, A., N. Bey, S. Georg, I. Røpke, and M. Z. Hauschild. 2017. Is earth recognized as a finite system in corporate responsibility reporting? Journal of Cleaner Production 163:106-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.12.095

    Boiral, O., M. C. Brotherton, D. Talbot, and L. Guillaumie. 2024. Assessing and managing environmental, social, and governance risks in agri-food companies. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management 31(6):5690-5708. https://doi.org/10.1002/csr.2884

    Borrelli, P., D. A. Robinson, L. R. Fleischer, E. Lugato, C. Ballabio, C. Alewell, K. Meusburger, S. Modugno, B. Schütt, V. Ferro, V. Bagarello, K. V. Oost, L. Montanarella, and P. Panagos. 2017. An assessment of the global impact of 21st century land use change on soil erosion. Nature Communications 8:2013. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-017-02142-7

    Cabernard, L., S. Pfister, and S. Hellweg. 2024. Biodiversity impacts of recent land-use change driven by increases in agri-food imports. Nature Sustainability 7(11):1512-1524. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-024-01433-4

    Campbell, B. M., D. J. Beare, E. M. Bennett, J. M. Hall-Spencer, J. S. I. Ingram, F. Jaramillo, R. Ortiz, N. Ramankutty, J. A. Sayer, and D. Shindell. 2017. Agriculture production as a major driver of the Earth system exceeding planetary boundaries. Ecology and Society 22(4):8. https://doi.org/10.5751/ES-09595-220408

    Carpenter, S. R., and E. M. Bennett. 2011. Reconsideration of the planetary boundary for phosphorus. Environmental Research Letters 6(1):014009. https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/6/1/014009

    Centner, T. J. 2020. Monsanto’s Roundup verdicts portend liability for some pesticide health damages. Agronomy Journal 112(5):4519-4528. https://doi.org/10.1002/agj2.20366

    Clapp, J. 2022. The rise of big food and agriculture: corporate influence in the food system. Pages 45-66 in C. Sage, editor. A research agenda for food systems. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781800880269.00011

    Conca, L., F. Manta, D. Morrone, and P. Toma. 2021. The impact of direct environmental, social, and governance reporting: empirical evidence in European-listed companies in the agri-food sector. Business Strategy and the Environment 30(2):1080-1093. https://doi.org/10.1002/bse.2672

    Crippa, M., E. Solazzo, D. Guizzardi, F. Monforti-Ferrario, F. N. Tubiello, and A. Leip. 2021. Food systems are responsible for a third of global anthropogenic ghg emissions. Nature Food 2(3):198-209. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-021-00225-9

    Crona, B., C. Folke, and V. Galaz. 2021. The Anthropocene reality of financial risk. One Earth 4(5):618-628. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2021.04.016

    Del Gesso, C., and R. N. Lodhi. 2025. Theories underlying environmental, social and governance (ESG) disclosure: a systematic review of accounting studies. Journal of Accounting Literature 47(2):433-461. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAL-08-2023-0143

    Díaz, S., J. Fargione, F. S. Chapin III, and D. Tilman. 2006. Biodiversity loss threatens human well-being. PLoS Biology 4(8):e277. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.0040277

    Dinh, T., A. Husmann, and G. Melloni. 2023. Corporate sustainability reporting in Europe: a scoping review. Accounting in Europe 20(1):1-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/17449480.2022.2149345

    Dudley, N., and S. Alexander. 2017. Agriculture and biodiversity: a review. Biodiversity 18(2-3):45-49. https://doi.org/10.1080/14888386.2017.1351892

    El Bilali, H. 2020. Transition heuristic frameworks in research on agro-food sustainability transitions. Environment, Development and Sustainability 22(3):1693-1728. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-018-0290-0

    Ellis, E. C., K. Klein Goldewijk, S. Siebert, D. Lightman, and N. Ramankutty. 2010. Anthropogenic transformation of the biomes, 1700 to 2000. Global Ecology and Biogeography 19(5):589-606. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1466-8238.2010.00540.x

    European Commission. 2023. Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 supplementing Directive 2013/34/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards sustainability reporting standards. Annex i. European sustainability reporting standards (ESRS). European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2000. Directive 2000/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2000 establishing a framework for Community action in the field of water policy. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2022. Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 amending Regulation (EU) No 537/2014, Directive 2004/109/EC, Directive 2006/43/EC and Directive 2013/34/EU, as regards corporate sustainability reporting. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    European Union. 2023. Regulation (EU) 2023/1115 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2023 on the making available on the Union market and the export from the Union of certain commodities and products associated with deforestation and forest degradation and repealing Regulation (EU) No 995/2010. European Union, Brussels, Belgium.

    FoodDrinkEurope. 2023. Data & trends: EU food and drink industry 2023. FoodDrinkEurope, Brussels, Belgium. https://www.fooddrinkeurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/FoodDrinkEurope-Data-Trends-Report-2023-digital.pdf

    Galloway, J. N., A. R. Townsend, J. W. Erisman, M. Bekunda, Z. Cai, J. R. Freney, L. A. Martinelli, S. P. Seitzinger, and M. A. Sutton. 2008. Transformation of the nitrogen cycle: recent trends, questions, and potential solutions. Science 320(5878):889-892. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1136674

    Geels, F. W., F. Kern, and W. C. Clark. 2023. Sustainability transitions in consumption-production systems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120(47):e2310070120. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2310070120

    Gerten, D., V. Heck, J. Jägermeyr, B. L. Bodirsky, I. Fetzer, M. Jalava, M. Kummu, W. Lucht, J. Rockström, S. Schaphoff, and H. J. Schellnhuber. 2020. Feeding ten billion people is possible within four terrestrial planetary boundaries. Nature Sustainability 3(3):200-208. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41893-019-0465-1

    Global Reporting Initiative. 2021. Gri 3: Material topics 2021. GRI Standards, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

    Hauschild, M. Z., S. Kara, and I. Røpke. 2020. Absolute sustainability: challenges to life cycle engineering. CIRP Annals 69(2):533-553. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cirp.2020.05.004

    Herold, D. 2018. Demystifying the link between institutional theory and stakeholder theory in sustainability reporting. Economics, Management and Sustainability 3(2):6-19. https://doi.org/10.14254/jems.2018.3-2.1

    Ingrao, C., R. Strippoli, G. Lagioia, and D. Huisingh. 2023. Water scarcity in agriculture: an overview of causes, impacts and approaches for reducing the risks. Heliyon 9(8):e18507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2023.e18507

    Jain, K., and P. S. Tripathi. 2023. Mapping the environmental, social and governance literature: a bibliometric and content analysis. Journal of Strategy and Management 16(3):397-428. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSMA-05-2022-0092

    Jørgensen, S., A. Mjøs, and L. J. T. Pedersen. 2022. Sustainability reporting and approaches to materiality: tensions and potential resolutions. Sustainability Accounting, Management and Policy Journal 13(2):341-361. https://doi.org/10.1108/SAMPJ-01-2021-0009

    Koch, S., A. Epp, M. Lohmann, and G. F. Böl. 2017. Pesticide residues in food: attitudes, beliefs, and misconceptions among conventional and organic consumers. Journal of Food Protection 80(12):2083-2089. https://doi.org/10.4315/0362-028X.JFP-17-104

    Köhler, J., F. W. Geels, F. Kern, J. Markard, E. Onsongo, A. Wieczorek, F. Alkemade, F. Avelino, A. Bergek, F. Boons, L. Fünfschilling, D. Hess, G. Holtz, S. Hyysalo, K. Jenkins, P. Kivimaa, M. Martiskainen, A. McMeekin, M. S. Mühlemeier, B. Nykvist, B. Pel, R. Raven, H. Rohracher, B. Sandén, J. Schot, B. Sovacool, B. Turnheim, D. Welch, and P. Wells. 2019. An agenda for sustainability transitions research: state of the art and future directions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions 31:1-32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eist.2019.01.004

    Leite De Almeida, A. C., A. Dale, R. Hay, Y. Everingham, and S. Lockie. 2024. Environmental, social and governance (ESG) in agriculture: trends and gaps on research. Australasian Journal of Environmental Management 1-30. https://doi.org/10.1080/14486563.2024.2430313

    Liu, J., L. You, M. Amini, M. Obersteiner, M. Herrero, A. J. B. Zehnder, and H. Yang. 2010. A high-resolution assessment on global nitrogen flows in cropland. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107(17):8035-8040. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0913658107

    Mayring, P. 2022. Qualitative content analysis: a step-by-step guide. A. Owen, editor. SAGE, Thousand Oaks, California, USA.

    McElroy, M. W., and J. M. L. Van Engelen. 2012. Corporate sustainability management: the art and science of managing non-financial performance. Routledge, London, UK.

    Newton, P., and R. Benzeev. 2018. The role of zero-deforestation commitments in protecting and enhancing rural livelihoods. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability 32:126-133. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2018.05.023

    O’Mara, F. P. 2011. The significance of livestock as a contributor to global greenhouse gas emissions today and in the near future. Animal Feed Science and Technology 166-167:7-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.anifeedsci.2011.04.074

    Penuelas, J., F. Coello, and J. Sardans. 2023. A better use of fertilizers is needed for global food security and environmental sustainability. Agriculture & Food Security 12:5. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40066-023-00409-5

    Poore, J., and T. Nemecek. 2018. Reducing food’s environmental impacts through producers and consumers. Science 360(6392):987-992. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaq0216

    Richardson, K., W. Steffen, W. Lucht, J. Bendtsen, S. E. Cornell, J. F. Donges, M. Drüke, I. Fetzer, G. Bala, W. Von Bloh, G. Feulner, S. Fiedler, D. Gerten, T. Gleeson, M. Hofmann, W. Huiskamp, M. Kummu, C. Mohan, D. Nogués-Bravo, S. Petri, M. Porkka, S. Rahmstorf, S. Schaphoff, K. Thonicke, A. Tobian, V. Virkki, L. Wang-Erlandsson, L. Weber, and J. Rockström. 2023. Earth beyond six of nine planetary boundaries. Science Advances 9(37):eadh2458. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.adh2458

    Ritchie, H., and M. Roser. 2018. Water use and stress. OurWorldinData.org. https://ourworldindata.org/water-use-stress

    Rockström, J., W. Steffen, K. Noone, Å. Persson, F. S. Chapin III, E. F. Lambin, T. M. Lenton, M. Scheffer, C. Folke, H. J. Schellnhuber, B. Nykvist, C. A. De Wit, T. Hughes, S. Van Der Leeuw, H. Rodhe, S. Sörlin, P. K. Snyder, R. Costanza, U. Svedin, M. Falkenmark, L. Karlberg, R. W. Corell, V. J. Fabry, J. Hansen, B. Walker, D. Liverman, K. Richardson, P. Crutzen, and J. A. Foley. 2009. A safe operating space for humanity. Nature 461(7263):472-475. https://doi.org/10.1038/461472a

    Sánchez-Bayo, F., and K. A. G. Wyckhuys. 2019. Worldwide decline of the entomofauna: a review of its drivers. Biological Conservation 232:8-27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.01.020

    Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi). 2023. Scope 3: Stepping up science-based action. SBTi, London, UK. https://sciencebasedtargets.org/blog/scope-3-stepping-up-science-based-action

    Springmann, M., M. Clark, D. Mason-D’Croz, K. Wiebe, B. L. Bodirsky, L. Lassaletta, W. De Vries, S. J. Vermeulen, M. Herrero, K. M. Carlson, M. Jonell, M. Troell, F. Declerck, L. J. Gordon, R. Zurayk, P. Scarborough, M. Rayner, B. Loken, J. Fanzo, H. C. J. Godfray, D. Tilman, J. Rockström, and W. Willett. 2018. Options for keeping the food system within environmental limits. Nature 562(7728):519-525. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0594-0

    Wassénius, E., B. Crona, and S. Quahe. 2024. Essential environmental impact variables: a means for transparent corporate sustainability reporting aligned with planetary boundaries. One Earth 7(2):211-225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oneear.2024.01.014

    Winkler, K., R. Fuchs, M. Rounsevell, and M. Herold. 2021. Global land use changes are four times greater than previously estimated. Nature Communications 12:2501. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-22702-2

    Witt, N., M. Hvarregaard Thorsøe, and M. Graversgaard. 2025. ESG reporting meets farmer - implications of the European corporate sustainability reporting directive for the agrifood sector. British Food Journal 127(13):264-283. https://doi.org/10.1108/BFJ-01-2024-0110

    Wukich, J. J., E. L. Neuman, and T. J. Fogarty. 2024. Show me? Inspire me? Make me? An institutional theory exploration of social and environmental reporting practices. Journal of Accounting & Organizational Change 20(4):673-701. https://doi.org/10.1108/JAOC-01-2023-0013

    Yi, J., E.-M. Meemken, V. Mazariegos-Anastassiou, J. Liu, E. Kim, M. I. Gómez, P. Canning, and C. B. Barrett. 2021. Post-farmgate food value chains make up most of consumer food expenditures globally. Nature Food 2(6):417-425. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-021-00279-9

    Zampone, G., G. Sannino, and I.-M. García-Sánchez. 2023. Exploring the moderating effects of corporate social responsibility performance under mimetic pressures. An international analysis. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management 30(1):53-65. https://doi.org/10.1002/csr.2338

    Corresponding author:
    Niklas Witt
    niklaswitt@agro.au.dk
    Fig. 1
    Fig. 1. Agriculture's impacts on the planetary boundaries, their relation to firms’ environmental impact disclosure, and the landscape being informed by and shaping this disclosure.

    Fig. 1. Agriculture's impacts on the planetary boundaries, their relation to firms’ environmental impact disclosure, and the landscape being informed by and shaping this disclosure.

    Fig. 1
    Table 1
    Table 1. Summary of disclosures.

    Table 1. Summary of disclosures.

    A B C D Total %
    Climate change 35 22 4 12 73 44%
    Biosphere integrity 0 2 5 14 21 13%
    Land system change 0 37 0 11 48 29%
    Biogeochemical flows 0 2 3 3 8 5%
    Freshwater change 0 2 4 8 14 8%
    Novel entities 0 1 0 0 1 1%
    Total 35 66 16 48 165 100%
    % 21% 40% 10% 29% 100%
    Click and hold to drag window
    ×
    Download PDF Download icon Download Citation Download icon Submit a Response Arrow-Forward icon
    Share
    • Twitter logo
    • LinkedIn logo
    • Facebook logo
    • Email Icon
    • Link Icon

    Keywords

    Click on a keyword to view more articles on that topic.

    agrifood; corporate sustainability; ESG; planetary boundaries; sustainability transition

    Submit a response to this article

    Learn More
    See Issue Table of Contents

    Subscribe for updates

    * indicates required
    • Submit an Article
    • Submission Guidelines
    • Current Issue
    • Journal Policies
    • Find Back Issues
    • Open Access Policy
    • Find Features
    • Contact

    Resilience Alliance is a registered 501 (c)(3) non-profit organization

    Permissions and Copyright Information

    Online and Open Access since 1997

    Ecology and Society is now licensing all its articles under the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License

    Ecology and Society ISSN: 1708-3087